BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 11 DÙNG CHO DẠY THÊM THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH THÍ ĐIỂM THEO TỪNG UNIT (BẢN GV)

Page 1

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 11 ĐẦY ĐỦ

vectorstock.com/7952634

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 11 DÙNG CHO DẠY THÊM, DẠY HÈ THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH THÍ ĐIỂM BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP VÀ BÀI TEST THEO TỪNG UNIT (BẢN GV) (Phiên bản Dạy Kèm Quy Nhơn) WORD VERSION | 2022 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

ENGLISH 11

UNIT 1: THE GENERATION GAP (KHOẢNG CÁCH THẾ GIỚI)

FI CI A

L

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH 11 THÍ ĐIỂM

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

I.VOCABULARY 1. afford /əˈfɔːd/(v): có khả năng chi trả 2. attitude /ˈætɪtjuːd/(n): thái độ 3. bless /bles/ (v): cầu nguyện 4. brand name /ˈbrænd neɪm/(n.phr): hàng hiệu 5. browse /braʊz/ (v): tìm kiếm thông tin trên mạng 6. burden /ˈbɜːdn/(n): gánh nặng 7. casual /ˈkæʒuəl/(a): thường, bình thường, thông thường 8. change one’s mind /tʃeɪndʒ – maɪnd/(idm): thay đổi quan điểm 9. childcare /ˈtʃaɪldkeə(r)/(n): việc chăm sóc con cái 10. comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/(a): thoải mái, dễ chịu 11. compassion /kəmˈpæʃn/(n): lòng thương, lòng trắc ẩn 12. conflict /ˈkɒnflɪkt/(n): xung đột 13. conservative /kənˈsɜːvətɪv/ (a): bảo thủ 14. control /kənˈtrəʊl/(v): kiểm soát 15. curfew /ˈkɜːfjuː/(n): hạn thời gian về nhà, lệnh giới nghiêm 16. current /ˈkʌrənt/ (a): ngày nay, hiện nay 17. disapproval /ˌdɪsəˈpruːvl/ (n): sự không tán thành, phản đối 18. dye /daɪ/ (v): nhuộm 19. elegant /ˈelɪɡənt/(a): thanh lịch, tao nhã 20. experienced /ɪkˈspɪəriənst/(a): có kinh nghiệm 21. extended family /ɪkˌstendɪd ˈfæməli/(n.p): gia đình đa thế hệ 22. extracurricular /ˌekstrə kəˈrɪkjələ(r)/(a): ngoại khóa, thuộc về ngoại khóa 23. fashionable /ˈfæʃnəbl/(a): thời trang, hợp mốt 24. financial /faɪˈnænʃl/ (a): thuộc về tài chính 25. flashy /ˈflæʃi/(a): diện, hào nhoáng 26. follow in one’s footstep: theo bước, nối bước 27. forbid /fəˈbɪd/(v): cấm, ngăn cấm 28. force /fɔːs/(v): bắt buộc, buộc phải 29. frustrating /frʌˈstreɪtɪŋ/(a): gây khó chịu, bực mình 30. generation gap /dəˌdʒenəˈreɪʃn ɡæp/(n.p): khoảng cách giữa các thế hệ 31. hairstyle /ˈheəstaɪl/ (n): kiểu tóc 32. impose /ɪmˈpəʊz/(v) on somebody: áp đặt lên ai đó 33. interact /ˌɪntərˈækt/(v): tương tác, giao tiếp 34. judge /dʒʌdʒ/(v): phán xét, đánh giá 1

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

35. junk food /ˈdʒʌŋk fuːd/(n.p): đồ ăn vặt 36. mature /məˈtʃʊə(r)/ (a): trưởng thành, chín chắn 37. multi-generational /ˌmʌlti – ˌdʒenəˈreɪʃənl/(a): đa thế hệ, nhiều thế hệ 38. norm /nɔːm/(n): sự chuẩn mực 39. nuclear family /ˌnjuːkliəˈfæməli/(n.p): gia đình hạt nhân 40. obey /əˈbeɪ/(v): vâng lời, tuân theo 41. objection /əbˈdʒekʃn/(n): sự phản đối, phản kháng 42. open –minded /ˌəʊpən ˈmaɪndɪd/(a): thoáng, cởi mở 43. outweigh /ˌaʊtˈweɪ/(v): vượt hơn hẳn, nhiều hơn 44. pierce /pɪəs/(v): xâu khuyên (tai, mũi,..) 45. prayer /preə(r)/ (n): lời cầu nguyện, lời thỉnh cầu 46. pressure /ˈpreʃə(r)/(n): áp lực, sự thúc bách 47. privacy /ˈprɪvəsi/(n): sự riêng tư 48. relaxation /ˌriːlækˈseɪʃn/ (n): sự nghỉ ngơi, giải trí 49. respect /rɪˈspekt/ (v): tôn trọng 50. respectful /rɪˈspektfl/ (a): có thái độ tôn trọng 51. responsible /rɪˈspɒnsəbl/ (a): có trách nhiệm 52. right /raɪt/(n): quyền, quyền lợi 53. rude /ruːd/ (a):thô lỗ, lố lăng 54. sibling /ˈsɪblɪŋ/ (n):anh/chị/em ruột 55. skinny (of clothes) /ˈskɪni/ (a): bó sát, ôm sát 56. soft drink /ˌsɒft ˈdrɪŋk/(n.phr): nước ngọt, nước uống có gas 57. spit /spɪt/ (v):khạc nhổ 58. state-owned/ˌsteɪt – /əʊnd/(adj): thuộc về nhà nước 59. studious (a): chăm chỉ, siêng năng 60. stuff /stʌf/ (n):thứ, món, đồ 61. swear /sweə(r)/ (v): thề, chửi thề 62. table manners /ˈteɪbl mænəz/ (n.p): cung cách 63. taste /teɪst/ (n) in: thị hiếu về 64. tight /taɪt/ (a): bó sát, ôm sát 65. trend /trend/ (n): xu thế, xu hướng 66. upset /ʌpˈset/ (a): không vui, buồn chán, lo lắng, bối rối 67. value /ˈvæljuː/ (n): giá trị 68. viewpoint /ˈvjuːpɔɪnt/ (n): quan điểm 69. work out (phr.v): tìm ra GRAMMAR MODALS 1. Should – Ought to – Had better * Form: should/ ought to + V(bare -inf): nên làm gì Hình thức phủ định của should là should not (shouldn't); của ought to là ought not to (oughtn't) to; của had better là had better not. Chúng ta dùng should, ought to để đưa ra ý kiến của chúng ta về việc gì đó hoặc đưa ra lời khuyên cho ai đó (give our opinions about something or advice to somebody). Trong hầu hết các trường hợp thì chúng ta có thể dùng ought to thay thế cho should. 2

ENGLISH 11

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

E.g: You should/ ought to finish your homework before you go out. Tuy nhiên có sự khác biệt nhỏ giữa should và ought to: - "Should" thường được dùng khi chúng ta muốn biểu đạt quan điểm, ý kiến cá nhân E.g: I think you should see him. (Tôi nghĩ bạn nên gặp anh ta.) - "Ought to" thường được dùng khi nói đến điều luật, nhiệm vụ, quy định E.g: They ought to follow the school's policy, or they will get expelled. (Họ nên tuân theo chính sách của trường học, hoặc là họ sẽ bị đuổi ra khỏi trường.) - "Should" thường được dùng trong các câu hỏi hơn "ought to", đặc biệt là trong loại câu hỏi WHquestions E.g: What should I do if I have any problems? (Tôi nên làm gì nếu tôi gặp vấn đề?) - Should/ Ought to +have + PP: lẽ ra đã nên làm gì Diễn tả một điều gì đó lẽ ra đã nên hoặc phải xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng thực tế đã không xảy ra trong quá khứ vì lý do nào đó E.g: I should have gone to the post office this morning. (Lẽ ra sáng nay tôi phải đi bưu điện.)  tôi đã không đi Diễn tả sự đáng tiếc, hối hận đã không làm việc gì đó (express regret that something was not done) I failed the exam. I should have studied harder. (Tôi đã thi trượt. Đáng lẽ ra tôi nên chăm học hơn.) - Chúng ta có thể dùng cụm was/were supposed to V để thay thế cho should have pp E.g: She was supposed to go/ should have gone to the party last night. * Form: Had better + V: nên, tốt hơn nên làm gì (Had better ='d better) - Had better: cũng dùng khi cho lời khuyên, hay diễn đạt điều gì đó tốt nhất nên làm. Had better được dùng để cho lời khuyên về sự vật sự việc, tình huống cụ thể, còn lời khuyên chung chúng ta nên sử dụng "ought to" hoặc "should" E.g: It's cold today. You'd better wear a coat when you go out. (Hôm nay trời lạnh. Tốt hơn là bạn nên mặc áo khoác khi đi ra ngoài  một tình huống đặc biệt) - Had better đặc biệt được dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên mang tính cấp bách, cảnh báo và đe dọa E.g: You had better be on time or you will be punished. (Bạn nên đúng giờ hoặc nếu không bạn sẽ bị trừng phạt.) 2. Must- Have (Got) to "Must" và "Have (got) to" đều có nghĩa là "phải": để chỉ sự bắt buộc hay cần thiết phải làm một việc gì đó (express obligation or the need to do sth) E.g: I must/ have to go out now. Must và have (got) to có thể dùng để thay thế cho nhau nhưng đôi khi giữa chúng có sự khác nhau: - Must: mang tính chất cá nhân, để diễn tả sự bắt buộc đến từ người nói, cảm giác của cá nhân mình (chủ quan). Người nói thấy việc đó cần thiết phải làm E.g: I really must give up smoking (Tôi thực sự phải bỏ thuốc.) - Have (got) to: không mang tính chất cá nhân, để diễn tả sự bắt buộc đến từ các yếu tố ngoại cảnh bên ngoài như luật lệ, quy định (sự bắt buộc mang tính khách quan- external obligation). E.g: You can't turn right here. You have to turn left. (because of the traffic system) Have got to ~ have to nhưng have got to thường được dùng trong ngôn ngữ nói (informal)

DẠ

Have to

I/you/we/they have I/you/we/they don't have to Do I/you/we/they have to...?

3

Have got to to I/you/we/they have got to I/you/we/they haven't got to Have I/you/we/they got to...?

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Nếu have được tỉnh lược 've thì chúng ta phải có "got" E.g: They've got to be changed. (không được dùng They've to be changed) Trong thì quá khứ đơn, chúng ta thường dùng "had to" hơn là "had got to" - Must có thể được dùng để nói về hiện tại và tương lai, nhưng không được dùng ở quá khứ. Thay vào đó, ta phải dùng had to (have to dùng được ở tất cả các thì) E.g: I must go to school now. I must go to school tomorrow. /I will have to go to school tomorrow. I had to go to school yesterday. Nếu không chắc chắn nên dùng từ nào thì thông thường để "an toàn" hơn ta nên dùng have - Must còn dùng để đưa ra sự suy luận dựa vào lập luận logic E.g: She must be upstairs. We've looked everywhere else. (Cô ta chắc là ở trên tầng. Chúng tôi đã tìm mọi nơi khác.) - Must + be/ feel + adj: để bày tỏ sự thấu hiểu cảm giác của ai đó E.g: You must be tired after that trip. (Bạn chắc hẳn rất mệt sau chuyến đi đó.) Mustn't và Don't have to Must not (mustn't) khác hoàn toàn với don't/ doesn't have to + Mustn't: không được làm gì đó (chỉ sự cấm đoán) E.g: You mustn't tell the truth. (Bạn không được phép nói ra sự thật) + Don't have to = Don't need to: không cần làm gì, không phải làm gì (nhưng bạn có thể làm nếu bạn muốn) E.g: You don't have to get up early. (Bạn không cần thức dậy sớm đâu.) - Must + have + PP: chắc hẳn đã, hẳn là Diễn tả sự suy đoán hay kết luận logic dựa vào thực tế ở quá khứ (to draw a conclusion about something happened in the past) E.g: Mary passed the exam with flying colors. She must have studied hard. (Mary đã thi đậu với kết quả cao. Cô ấy chắc hẳn đã học chăm chỉ.)  Must + have been + Ving: chắc hẳn lúc ấy đang E.g: I didn't hear the doorbell. I must have been gardening behind the house. (Tôi đã không nghe thấy chuông cửa. Chắc hẳn lúc ấy tôi đang làm vườn phía sau nhà.) ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Choose the best option in the bracket to complete the sentences. 1. Yesterday I (must/ mustn't/ had to) finish my English project. 2. He will (must/ have to/ has to) wait in line like everyone else. 3. We (must be/ mustn't / have to) on time for work. 4. We (have to not/ must/ mustn't) forget to take the chicken out of the freezer. 5. If you are under 15, you (have/ must/ mustn't) to get your parents' permission. 6. Your child may (have to/ had to/ must) try on a few different sizes. 7. The doctor (must/ mustn't/ have to) get here as soon as he can. 8. Do you (have to/ must/ mustn't) work next weekend? 9. Bicyclists (mustn't/ must/ has to) remember to signal when they turn. 10. Susan, you (mustn't/ must/ have to) leave your clothes all over the floor like this. Bài 2: Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to complete the following sentences. 1. You__________use your mobile phone in the exam. A. oughtn't to B. mustn't C. don't have to D. shouldn't 4

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. My grandparents live in the suburb. Therefore, whenever we visit them, we__________a bus. A. must take B. should take C. have to be taken D. have to take 3. We__________smoke on the bus. A. mustn't B. can't C. needn't D. mightn't 4. There are a lot of tickets left, so you__________pay for the tickets in advance. A. mustn't B. won't C. should D. don't have to 5. You__________eat plenty of fruit or vegetables every day because they are good for your health. A. oughtn't to B. mustn't C. don't have to D. should 6. You__________wash the car. I had it done yesterday. A. mustn't B. needn't C. must D. may not 7. She is a good teacher; thus, I think you__________to ask her for some advice. A. oughtn't B. must C. have D. ought 8. It's a secret. You__________let anyone know about it. A. mustn't B. needn't C. mightn't D. may not 9. Vietnamese school students nowadays__________ wear uniform. A. have to B. need to C. should D. could 10. We__________open the lion's cage. It is contrary to zoo regulations. A. must B. mustn't C. needn't D. should 11. When swimming in the pool, children__________ be accompanied by their parents. A. should B. must C. don't have to D. have to 12. If you want to maintain a good relationship, you__________behave impolitely like that. A. ought to not B. ought not to C. mustn't D. don't have 13. This drink isn't beneficial for health. You__________drink it too much A. should B. ought to not C. ought not to D. mustn't 14. This warning sign says that you__________step on the grass. A. shouldn't B. mustn't C. don't have to D. ought not to 15. I think you__________do exercise regularly in order to keep in shape. A. must B. should C. ought to D. Both B and C are correct 16. My motorbike broke down yesterday, so I__________catch a taxi to school. A. should B. ought C. must D. has better 17. You look exhausted. You__________take a rest instead of working overtime. A. should B. ought C. must D. has better 18. Those audiences__________show their tickets before entering the concert hall. A. have to B. must C. ought to D. don't have to 19. The children__________spend too much time watching TV. A. mustn't B. ought to not C. shouldn't D. Both B and c are correct 20. If you have a bad headache, you__________see the doctor. A. had better B. must C. ought D. have better Bài 2: 1. B (Bạn không được sử dụng điện thoại di động trong kì thi.)

5

ENGLISH 11

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. D (Ông bà tôi sống ở vùng ngoại ô. Vì thế, bất cứ khi nào đến thăm ông bà thì chúng tôi phải bắt xe buýt.) 3. A (Chúng ta không được hút thuốc trên xe buýt.) 4. D (Còn nhiều vé nên bạn không cẩn phải đặt vé trước đâu.) 5. D (Bạn nên ăn nhiều loại rau và hoa quả mỗi ngày vì chúng tốt cho sức khỏe.) 6. B (Bạn không cần rửa ô tô. Tôi đã rửa hôm qua rồi.) 7. D (Cô ấy là một giáo viên giỏi; vì vậy tôi nghĩ bạn nên hỏi lời khuyên của cô ấy.) 8. A (Đó là một bí mật. Bạn không được để ai biết.) 9. A (Học sinh Việt Nam ngày nay phải mặc đồng phục.) 10. B (Chúng ta không được mở chuồng sư tử. Điều này trái với quy định của sở thú.) 11. B (Khi bơi trong bể bơi thì trẻ phải ở cùng với bố mẹ.) 12. B (Nếu bạn muốn duy trì mối quan hệ tốt đẹp thì bạn không nên cư xử bất lịch sự như vậy.) 13. C (Đồ uống này không có lợi cho sức khỏe. Bạn không nên uống quá nhiều.) 14. B (Biển báo cấm này cho biết bạn không được phép giẫm lên cỏ.) 15. D (Tôi nghĩ bạn nên tập thể dục thường xuyên để luôn khỏe mạnh.) 16. C (Hôm qua xe tôi bị hỏng nên tôi đã bắt taxi tới trường.) 17. A (Bạn trông rất mệt. Bạn nên nghỉ ngơi thay vì làm thêm giờ.) 18. A (Những khán kia phải xuất trình vé trước khi vào phòng hòa nhạc.) 19. C (Bọn trẻ không nên dành quá nhiều thời gian xem ti-vi.) 20. A (Nếu bạn đau đầu nặng thì tốt nhất nên đi gặp bác sỹ.) Bài 3: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 1. (A) I will leave here early (B) because (C) I must (D) studying for my exam. 2. I (A) stayed up (B) late last night because I (C) mustn't go to school (D) on Sunday. 3. We (A) ought to not play football (B) as (C) it's raining (D) outside. 4. You (A) mustn't (B) to drive a car (C) if you (D) don't have a driving licence. 5. If you (A) want some useful (B) advice, you (C) have better talk to your parents (D) about your problem. 6. Yesterday I (A) must (B) stay (C) at home (D) due to the bad storm. 7. Because of his (A) poverty, he (B) has to (C) struggling to (D) make ends meet. 8. (A) According to the rules (B) of this game, you (C) don't have to (D) drop the ball. 9. This competition is (A) optional, so we (B) not (C) have to take part in (D) it. 10. My (A) advice is you (B) have to consider carefully (C) before (D) making the final decision. Bài 3: 6. A (must => had to)

2. C (mustn't => don't have to)

7. C (struggling => struggle)

3. A (ought to not => ought not to)

8. C (don't have to => mustn't)

4. B (to drive => drive)

9. B (not => don't)

5. C (have better => had better)

10. B (have to => should)

DẠ

Y

1. D (studying => study)

Bài 4: Fill in the blanks with "must" or "have to".

6

ENGLISH 11

5. must

2. have to

6. have to

3. must

7. have to

4. have to

8. have to

ƠN

1. have to

OF

FI CI A

L

1. Professor Quang told me today that I__________give in that assignment by Friday at the latest. 2. Mark! This is a one way street. You__________turn back and use Le Loi Street. 3. My back has been hurting for weeks. I __________go to the doctor's. 4. My company said that if I want this promotion, I__________go to the doctor's for a thorough medical check-up first. 5. I went to see "Titanic" at the cinema last night. What a great film! You__________go and see it! 6. Linda, thanks for everything. It was a great party. I__________go now. My husband is waiting for me outside. 7. I am taking out a bank loan this month. I__________pay a lot of taxes all together. 8. The local council is really strict about protecting that piece of lawn! You__________walk around it! Bài 4:

6. must

11. have to

2. don't have to

7. have to

12. mustn't

3. don't have to

8. have to

13. mustn't

4. must

9. must

14. must

5. don't have to

10. has to

15. have to

DẠ

1. must

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

Bài 5: Fill in the blanks with affirmative or negative forms of "must or have to/ has to". 1. You really__________stop driving so fast or you'll have an accident! 2. I can give you my bike, so you__________buy a new one. 3. They__________be in a hurry, because they have got more than enough time. 4. I really__________remember to post that letter before five o'clock. 5. Tomorrow is Sunday. You__________get up very early. 6. This room is a mess. I really__________find time to clean it! 7. You__________wear a tie if you want to go to that restaurant. It's one of their rules! 8. I am broke. I__________borrow some money to buy a car. 9. You__________stop smoking. It is very harmful. 10. Mr. Dickson is travelling abroad this summer, so he__________get his passport soon. 11. All the students__________obey the school rules. 12. You__________speak too loud, the baby is sleeping. 13. Students__________look at their notes during the test. 14. I have a terrible headache, so I__________leave early. 15. Snow has blocked the roads. We__________stay here until it's cleared. Bài 5:

7

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

Bài 6: Rewrite each sentence using the word(s) in the brackets. 1. I am not allowed to go out in the evening, (mustn't)  I ____________________. 2. It is a good idea for US to take an umbrella with US when we go out. (should)  We ____________________. 3. It is necessary for young people to plan for their future, (have to)  Young people ____________________. 4. Ms. Hoa is in charge of cleaning the floor every day. (has to)  Ms. Hoa ____________________. 5. Tim doesn't get permission to use that computer, (mustn't)  Tim ____________________. Bài 6: 1. I mustn't go out in the evening. 2. We should take an umbrella with us when we go out. 3. Young people have to plan for their future. 4. Ms. Hoa has to clean the floor every day. 5. Tim mustn't use that computer.

L

ENGLISH 11

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

Bài 7: Rewrite the following sentences using modals. 1. Smoking is not allowed in the hospital.  You ____________________. 2. It isn't necessary for you to book the tickets.  You ____________________. 3. You are not allowed to park here.  You ____________________. 4. It is better for parents to take time to understand their children.  Parents had ____________________. 5. If I were you, I would buy this house.  You ____________________. Bài 7: 1. You must not smoke in the hospital. (Bạn không được phép hút thuốc trong bệnh viện.) 2. You don't have to/ don't need to book the tickets. (Bạn không cần phải đặt vé trước.) 3. You mustn't park here. (Bạn không được đỗ xe ở đây.) 4. Parents had better take time to understand their children. (Bố mẹ nên dành thời gian để hiểu con cái.) 5. You should buy this house. (Bạn nên mua ngôi nhà này.)

DẠ

Y

■ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 8: Choose the best option in the bracket to complete the sentences. 1. Look at my new mobile phone. It (must / can) play movies! 2. What's your new phone number? I (can't / mustn't) remember it. 3. Can you change my appointment? I'm busy so I (won't be able to / don't have to) come at eight o'clock tomorrow. 8

FI CI A

4. Jane (can / must) be in the office now. I saw her go in 5 minutes ago. 5. My wallet's gone! Someone (can / must) have stolen it! 6. (You've got / You're allowed) to show your driving licence when you rent a car. 7. Take your time. We (can't / don't have to) be there until seven. 8. We're late. (We'd better/ We might) hurry up. 9. You (couldn't / aren't allowed) to drive without a licence in the UK. 10. Are you hungry? (I make/ I’ll make) something for you.

L

ENGLISH 11

NH

ƠN

OF

Bài 8: 1. can (Hãy nhìn vào điện thoại mới của tôi đi. Nó có thể chiếu phim!) 2. can't (Số điện thoại mới của bạn là bao nhiêu? Tôi không thể nhớ được.) 3. won't able to (Bạn có thể thay đổi cuộc hẹn không? Tôi bận nên sẽ không thể đến vào lúc 8h sáng mai được.) 4. must (Bây giờ chắc Jane ở cơ quan. Tôi đã nhìn thấy cô ấy đi vào cách đây 5 phút.) 5. must (Ví tôi đã mất! Chắc ai đó đã lấy trộm rồi!) 6. You've got (Bạn phải xuất trình bằng lái xe khi bạn thuê xe.) 7. don't have to (Cứ từ từ. Chúng ta không cần phải ở đó cho tới lúc 7 giờ.) 8. We'd better (Chúng ta muộn rồi. Chúng ta nên nhanh lên.) 9. aren't allowed (Bạn không được phép lái xe nếu không có bằng lái ở nước Anh.) 10. I'll make (Bạn có đói không? Tôi sẽ làm thứ gì đó cho bạn.)

KÈ

M

QU Y

Bài 9: Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to complete the following sentences. 1. __________I have a look at those shoes, please? A. Would B. Should C. Could D. Must 2. We__________pay for the tickets because my mother won them. A. didn't have to B. couldn't C. mustn't D. hadn't to 3. You really__________make such a fuss about the old clothes you are wearing! A. won't B. can't C. mightn't D. shouldn't 4. I hope we__________find the cinema easily. A. should B. might C. can D. could 5. We couldn't find a hotel room so we__________sleep in the car. A. might B. should C. had to D. could 6. We'd love to__________afford a trip to South America. A. will have to B. be able to C. have to D. can 7. She could__________in the garage when we arrived. That might be why she didn't hear the bell.

DẠ

Y

A. work B. be worked C. have been working D. be working 8. You'll__________tell the police that your house was broken into. A. should B. must C. have to D. had to Bài 9: 1. C (Tôi có thể xem đôi giày kia được không?) 2. A (Chúng tôi không phải trả tiền vé nữa bởi vì mẹ tôi được tặng vé.) 3. D (Bạn thực sự không nên làm om sòm về quần áo cũ mà bạn đang mặc!) 9

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

4. C (Tôi hi vọng chúng tôi có thể tìm được rạp chiếu phim dễ dàng.) 5. C (Chúng tôi không thể tìm được phòng khách sạn vì vậy chúng tôi đã phải ngủ trong ô tô.) 6. B (Chúng tôi mong muốn có thể có điều kiện đi du lịch đến Nam Mỹ.) 7. C (Cô ấy có thể đang làm việc trong nhà để xe khi chúng ta đến. Đó có thể là lý do mà cô ấy không nghe tiếng chuông.) 8. C (Bạn sẽ phải báo với cảnh sát việc nhà bạn bị đột nhập.)

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

Bài 10: Choose the best option to complete the sentences. 1. When we were at school we (ought to/ had to/ must) wear a uniform. 2. You (don't have to/ mustn't/ ought not to) be an expert to use the basic functions of program. 3. You (should/ must/'ve got) to tell her that you are her mother. 4. You (were supposed to/ had got to/ must) go to the meeting. Why didn't you go? 5. I (mustn't/ don't have to/ shouldn't) wear glasses. I still can see perfectly well. 6. We went to bed right after dinner because we (had to/must/should) get up early the following day. 7. We (must/ can't/ should to) go for a drink one day. 8. You (hadn't to/ didn't have to/ shouldn't) take any money. I have enough for both of us. 9. What are you doing? You (don't have to/ aren't supposed to/ ought not) be here! 10. We (shouldn't/ weren't allowed to/ mustn't) talk to each other because it was an exam. Bài 10: 1. had to (Khi chúng tôi còn đi học thì chúng tôi phải mặc đồng phục) 2. don't have to (Bạn không cần phải là chuyên gia để sử dụng các chương năng cơ bản của chương trình.) 3. 've got (Bạn phải nói cho cô ấy biết bạn là mẹ cô ấy.) 4. were supposed to (Bạn lẽ ra nên đi họp. Tại sao bạn không đi?) 5. don't have to (Tôi không cần phải đeo kính. Tôi vẫn có thể nhìn được rõ.) 6. had to (Chúng tôi đã đi ngủ ngay sau khi ăn tối xong bởi vì chúng tôi phải dậy sớm vào ngày hôm sau.) 7. must (Chúng ta phải đi uống vào một ngày nào đó.) 8. didn't have to (Bạn không cần phải mang tiền đâu. Tôi có đủ cho cả hai chúng ta rồi.) 9. aren't supposed to (be not supposed to ~ mustn't: không được phép làm gì) (Bạn đang làm gì vậy? Bạn không được phép ở đây!) 10. weren't allowed to (Chúng tôi không được phép nói chuyện với nhau bởi vì đây là kì thi.) Bài 11: Fill in the blanks with "couldn't/ have to/ might/ must/ ought to /shouldn't". 1. It's very cold today. Do you think it__________snow later? 2. You__________leave your door unlocked when you go out. 3. They__________have filled the car with petrol before they set off. 4. You don't__________pick me up at the station. I can get a taxi. 5. This is impossible, it__________be a mistake! 6. Tom__________have seen me because he walked past without saying "Hello".

DẠ

Bài 11:

1. might

3. ought to

5. must

2. shouldn't

4. have to

6. couldn't

10

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Bài 12: Fill in the blanks with "must/ might/ can't" 1. Your mother__________be a great cook. You are always so keen to get back home to eat! 2. I don't know why I am so tired these days. I__________be working too hard. Or maybe I am not sleeping too well. 3. Do you know where Mike is? He__________be out - his car keys are on the table. 4. You seem to know everything about the theatre. You__________go every week. 5. To give the promotion to David was silly. He__________ know much about this company after only a year working here. 6. Go and look in the kitchen for your gloves. They__________be in there. 7. Oh, the phone is ringing. Answer it. It__________be Lisa. She always rings at this time. 8. Bob has been drinking that whiskey since early this afternoon. He__________be totally drunk by now. 9. That couple__________think much of this film. They're leaving already - after only 20 minutes! 10. That's the second new car they have bought this year. They__________be very rich! Bài 12: 1. must (Mẹ bạn chắc là một người nấu ăn giỏi. Bạn luôn muốn về nhà ăn cơm!) 2. might (Tôi không biết sao những ngày này mệt thế. Có thể là tôi đang làm việc quá nhiều. Hoặc có thể tôi không ngủ ngon.) 3. can't (Bạn có biết Mike ở đâu không? Anh ấy không thể ra ngoài- chìa khóa xe anh ấy đang còn trên bàn.) 4. must (Bạn dường như biết mọi thứ về rạp hát. Bạn chắc là đi hàng tuần.) 5. can't (Cho David thăng chức thì thật ngớ ngẩn. Anh ấy không thể biết nhiều về công ty này chỉ sau một năm làm việc ở đây.) 6. might (Đi và tìm găng tay của bạn ở nhà bếp xem sao. Đôi găng tay có thể ở trong đó.) 7. must (Ồ, điện thoại đang reo. Hãy trả lời đi. Chắc là Lisa. Cô ấy luôn điện vào giờ này.) 8. must (Bob đã uống rượu từ đẩu giờ chiều nay. Giờ này anh ấy chắc là đã say rồi.) 9. can't (Cặp đôi đó không thể nghĩ nhiều về bộ phim này. Họ rời đi- chỉ sau 20 phút.) 10. must (Đó là chiếc ô tô mới thứ hai họ đã mua vào năm nay. Họ chắc là rất giàu!) Bài 13: Fill in the blanks with "must/ can't/ could/ may/ might" There may be more than one correct answer for each question. 1. I'm sure she is here - I can see her car in front of the building. She__________be here. I can see her car in front of the building. 2. They're coming this week but I don't know which day. They__________be coming tomorrow. 3. I'm not sure I'm going to pass the exam. I don't feel very confident. I __________pass the exam. I don't feel very confident. 4. I've bought a lottery ticket. There's a chance I'll become a millionaire! I__________become a millionaire! 5. I'm sure she doesn't speak French very well - she's only lived in Paris for a few weeks. She__________speak French very well. She's only lived in Paris for a few weeks. 6. My key's not in my pocket or on my desk so I'm sure it's in the drawer. My key's not in my pocket or on my desk so it__________be in the drawer. 7. Someone told me that Tim was in New York but I saw him yesterday so I'm sure he's not abroad. Tim__________be abroad. 11

ENGLISH 11

1. must

6. must

2. may/could/might

7. can't

3. may not/might not

8. must

4. may/could/might

9. may/could/may

5. can't

10. may/could/may

OF

FI CI A

L

8. You got the job? That's great. I'm sure you're delighted. You got the job? That's great. You__________be delighted. 9. They told me to prepare the project by tomorrow but it's almost impossible to have it done so fast. I__________finish it by tomorrow if I stay at work all night, but I'm not sure. 10. I asked them to send the goods as soon as possible; we__________receive them by the end of the week if the post is fast. Bài 13:

must have

ƠN

Bài 14: Choose one of the following to complete the sentences. might have

should have

can't have

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

1. Tom__________gone on holiday. I saw him in the company this morning. 2. Nobody answered the phone at the clinic. It__________closed early. 3. I__________revised more for my exams. I think I'll fail! 4. Alex looks really pleased with herself. She__________passed her driving test this morning. 5. I can't believe Mike hasn't arrived yet. He__________caught the wrong train. 6. His number was busy all night - he__________been on the phone continuously for hours. 7. It__________been Tim I saw at the party. He didn't recognise me at all. Bài 14: 1. can't have (Tom không thể đã đi nghỉ. Sáng nay tôi gặp cậu ấy ở công ty.) 2. must have (Ở phòng khám không ai nghe mấy. Chắc là đóng cửa sớm rồi.) 3. should have (Tôi lẽ ra đã nên ôn bài nhiều hơn cho kì thi. Tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ trượt!) 4. must have (Alex trông có vẻ rất hài lòng với chính mình. Chắc là sáng nay cô ấy đã vượt qua kì thi bằng lái xe.) 5. must have (Tôi không thể tin Mike vẫn chưa đến. Anh ấy chắc là bắt nhầm chuyến tàu rồi.) 6. must have (Số điện thoại anh ấy bận suốt đêm- anh ấy chắc là nói chuyện điện thoại suốt nhiều tiếng đồng hồ.) 7. can't have (Không thể là Tim mà tôi gặp ở bữa tiệc. Anh ấy đã không nhận ra tôi gì hết.) Bài 15: Use "could (n't) have/ should(n't) have/ must(n't) have" to complete the sentence. 1. Your house looks very nice. You__________spent a lot of time painting it. 2. John went running in the rain. He__________gotten sick. 3. It was so dark that he fell down the stairs. He__________fixed the light. 4. Daisy__________gone by bus. Why did she walk? 5. I called him but nobody answered. He__________gone out. 6. You__________cleaned the floor. It looks so clean. 7. Nam__________stolen the car. He was with me all the time. 8. My bicycle is broken. I__________ridden it down the stairs. 12

OF

FI CI A

9. Tom looks happy. I think he__________gotten a new job. 10. The chocolate cake is all gone! Someone__________eaten it. Bài 15: 1. must have (Nhà bạn trông rất đẹp. Bạn chắc là mất nhiều thời gian quét sơn cho nó.) 2. could have (John đã chạy dưới mưa. Anh ta có thể bị ốm.) 3. should have (Trời quá tối nên anh ta đã ngã cầu thang. Lẽ ra anh ta nên sửa bóng điện.) 4. could have (Daisy có thể đi xe buýt. Tại sao cô ấy đã đi bộ?) 5. must have (Tôi đã gọi anh ấy nhưng không ai trả lời. Anh ấy chắc là đã đi ra ngoài.) 6. must have (Bạn chắc là đã lau sàn nhà. Nó trông rất sạch.) 7. couldn't have (Nam không thể lấy trộm xe được. Cậu ta lúc nào cũng ở với tôi.) 8. shouldn't have (Xe đạp tôi hỏng rồi. Lẽ ra tôi không nên bỏ nó dưới cầu thang.) 9. must have (Tom trông có vẻ rất vui. Tôi nghĩ anh ta chắc là đã có công việc mới.) 10. must have (Bánh sôcôla đã hết rồi. Chắc ai đó đã ăn nó.) TEST1

L

ENGLISH 11

ƠN

A. PHONETICS

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. B. daughter

C. cough

D. sight

2. A. sure

B. soup

C. sugar

D. machine

3. A. but

B. bury

C. nut

D. young

4. A. measure

B. decision

C. permission

D. pleasure

5. A. dose

B. chose

C. close

D. lose

6. A. position

B. oasis

C. desert

D. resort

7. A. stone

B. zone

C. phone

D. none

8. A. give

B. five

C. hive

D. dive

9. A. switch

B. stomach

C. match

D. catch

10. A. study

B. ready

C. puppy

D. occupy

QU Y

NH

1. A. bought

C. irrational

D. variety

2. A. agreement

B. elephant

C. mineral

D. violent

3. A. professor

B. typical

C. accountant

D. develop

4. A. electrician

B. majority

C. appropriate

D. traditional

5. A. decay

B. vanish

C. attack

D. depend

sibling

prayer

afford

2. casual

rude

conflict

studious

3. sibling

obey

norm

attitude

4. elegant

comfortable

frustrating

trend

KÈ

1. A. facility

M

B. characterize

Y

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the odd one out.

DẠ

1. trend

13

ENGLISH 11 dye

browse

afford

6. conflict

burden

norm

mature

7. rude

skinny

tight

pierce

8. curfew

flashy

value

trend

9. attitude

tight

skinny

rude

10. interact

swear

spit

studious

mustn't

don't have to

should

FI CI A

II. Complete the sentences using the given words.

L

5. trivial

ought

1. You ______ don't have to _______ type your essay but if you want, you can do it.

OF

2. I ________ mustn't ________ go home too late. My parents are very strict.

3. She is an expert adviser; thus, I think you _______ ought _________ to ask her for some advice. 4. You ________ should ________ ask your teacher if you don't understand the lesson. shouldn't

have to

ought not

must

ƠN

5. I __________ have to _________ finish homework before going to class. My teacher is rather strict. 6. We _________ must _________ show respect to our parents.

7. I think you _________ shouldn't _________ stay up late because it is not good for your health.

NH

8. If you want to help your friend, you _________ ought not ________ to do her homework. Instead, you should show her how to do it by herself. III. Choose one of the two bold words which best completes the sentences. 1. It's cold. You should/shouldn't turn on the fan.

2. You ought not to/ought to do homework before you go out with your friends.

QU Y

3. You should/shouldn't eat plenty of fruit or vegetables every day in order to keep healthy. 4. You must/mustn't eat in the class.

5. You ought to/ought not to drink a lot of water every day. 6. I must/have to submit my homework before 12 o'clock because the deadline is 12 o'clock. 7. I must/have to stay at home to take care of my children.

M

8. My friend says: "You don't have to/mustn't drink champagne. You can have a coke or fruit juice instead.

KÈ

9. You don't have to/mustn't drink if you're going to drive afterwards. 10. You don't have to/mustn't pick up Tom at the airport because Judy will pick him up. IV. Fill in the gaps with "must" and "have to". Use the negative form if necessary. 1. Tomorrow is Mai's birthday. I ______ must _____ buy a present for her.

Y

2. We might ______ have to _____ leave earlier than we expected.

DẠ

3. If you feel better, you ______ don't have to _______ take medicine any more.

4. I ______ have to _____ leave home at 6:00 because I have an appointment at 7:00.

5. You _____ must not_____ eat a lot before doing the exercise. If you do, you might get into some trouble with your stomach. 14

ENGLISH 11 6. We couldn't find a better present so we _____had to______ choose this one.

8. I had the flu, so I _____had to______ stay in the bed for two days.

FI CI A

L

7. If you are a member of the club, you ______do not have to___ pay to use these facilities because they are included in the membership fee. 9. If you are under 18 years old, you _____mustn’t _____ ride a motorbike. 10. All students _____have to_____ wear uniforms on Mondays. V. Choose the best options to fill in the blanks. 1. You will get into trouble if you come back home after the ____. A. norm

B. curfew

C. value

A. comfortable

B. current

C. mature

OF

2. She doesn't want to waste her money on clothes, so she ignores the ____ fashion trend. 3. When you ride a motorbike, you must ____ the general road rules. B. force

C. obey

4. I decided to get my nose ____ last week. A. pierced

B. forbade

ƠN

A. judge

C. afforded

5. Instead of ____ someone by their appearance, you should get to know them better. B. judging

C. controlling

NH

A. swearing

6. Having two children in a family is becoming the ____ in some Asian countries. A. norm

B. privacy

C. conflict

7. For a change, why don't you ____ your hair red? B. force

QU Y

A. control

C. dye

8. My parents do not want me to wear ____ dresses because they think that they aren't suitable for my age. A. tight

B. casual

C. rude

9. I don't understand why you like ____ clothes. They are too bright and young for your age. A. flashy

B. fashionable

C. comfortable

M

10. She whispered a ____ that her sibling wouldn't die. A. sibiling

B. burden

C. prayer

KÈ

VI. Complete the following sentences using the given words. elegant

trivial

compared

forbid

frustrating

afford

conflict

interacts

1. His conservative character would frequently bring him into _______ conflict ______ with others.

Y

2. She is really beautiful in that _______ elegant ____ dress.

DẠ

3. The challenges I must face were nothing ______ compared _______ to yours. 4. It is ______ frustrating ________ that I must be responsible for all what they did. 5. I have no time to care about such ________ trivial ______ things. 6. My parents ______ forbid ______ me to be rude to others.

15

ENGLISH 11 7. It is really interesting to see how everyone ______ interacts ______ in the party.

L

8. It's hard to believe that she can ______ afford_______ a new house on her salary.

FI CI A

VII. Match each phrase on the left with its definition on the right. 1. Extended family A

A. A big family that includes not only the parents and children, but also grandparents, uncles, aunts and cousins, all living under the same roof.

2. Generation gap C

B. A family that consists of parents and children.

3. Nuclear family B

C. The difference in attitudes or behaviors between younger and older age groups, which can cause a lack of understanding.

OF

4. Extracurricular activity D. The rules of behavior that are typically accepted while people are eating at the table. E E. An activity that can be done by students but not a part of school or college course.

6. Table manners D

F. A person's opinion about the subjects.

ƠN

5. Viewpoint F

VIII. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the words in brackets. _______CONSERVATIVE________

about

their

eating

habit.

NH

1. The elderly are more (CONSERVATIVELY)

2. They raised serious _______ OBJECTIONS_______ to the proposal. (OBJECT) 3. Thanks to his _____ OPEN-MINDEDNESS _____, every misunderstanding is cleared up. (OPEN MINDED) 4. He shouldn't treat his parents _____ DISRESPECTFULLY_____. (DISRESPECT)

QU Y

5. My wife is ____RESPONSIBLE______ for cooking meals. (RESPONSIBILITY) 6. Teenagers like catching up with ______ FASHIONNABLE______ clothes, which puts a financial burden on their parents. (FASHION) 7. We are in need of ______ EXPERIENCED_____ professionals for this subject. (EXPERIENCE) 8. There are at least three ___GENERATIONS__ living under the same roof in my family. (GENERATIONAL)

M

IX. Complete the following sentences using the given words. impose

bridge the gap

follows in

KÈ

change your mind

good taste in

1. If you want to succeed in that aspect, you must _____ change your mind _____. 2. I don't want to ________ impose _______ my decisions on my children.

Y

3. Open communication can _______ bridge the gap _______ between parents and children. 4. She ______ follows in _______ her mother's footsteps, becoming a doctor.

DẠ

5. The fashion designer has exercised _______ good taste in _______ her use of various colors and patterns.

16

state-owned

open-minded

financial burden

homestay

work out

ENGLISH 11

7. Scientists are discussing to ______ work out ________ the best solution to this problem.

L

6. She must shoulder the _____ financial burden ______ after her husband's death.

FI CI A

8. We recommend _______ homestay ______ for students who want to live with local families. 9. Parents tend to be more ________ open-minded ______ about the children's hairstyles.

10. After graduating from his university, he wants to have a job in a _____ state-owned ____ company. X. Choose the best options to fill in the blanks. 1. This plan can't be carried out because of the widespread public ____. A. relaxation

B. disapproval

C. perception

2. It is not ____ to wear these trousers at the moment. B. fashionable

C. conservative

3. You should weigh up the pros and cons of the ____ living. A. objection

B. responsible

C. multi-generational

B. relaxation

ƠN

4. It is important for parents to respect children's ____. A. privacy

OF

A. experienced

C. rudeness

5. The advantages of this plan ____ its disadvantages. B. outweigh

C. READING I. Read and do the tasks below.

C. work out

NH

A. disrespect

The generation gap, which refers to a broad difference between one generation and another, especially between young people and their parents, usually leads to numerous conflicts. Such family conflicts can seriously threaten the relationship between parents and children at times.

QU Y

It goes without saying that, however old their children are, parents still regard them as small kids and keep in mind that their offspring are too young to protect themselves cautiously or have wise choices. Therefore, they tend to make a great attempt to help their children to discover the outside world. Nevertheless, they forget that as children grow up, they want to be more independent and develop their own identity by creating their own opinions, thoughts, styles and values about life.

KÈ

M

One common issue that drives conflicts is the clothes of teenagers. While teens are keen on wearing fashionable clothes which try to catch up with the youth trends, parents who value traditional clothes believe that those kinds of attire violate the rules and the norms of the society. It becomes worse when the expensive brand name clothes teens choose seem to be beyond the financial capacity of parents.

Y

Another reason contributing to conflicts is the interest in choosing a career path or education between parents and teenagers. Young people are told that they have the world at their feet and that dazzling future opportunities are just waiting for them to seize. However, their parents try to impose their choices of university or career on them regardless of their children's preference.

DẠ

Indeed, conflicts between parents and children are the everlasting family phenomena. It seems that the best way to solve the matter is open communication to create mutual trust and understanding. Task 1. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. 1. According to the passage, the relationship between parents and children is 17

False

ENGLISH 11 not easily destroyed by the family conflicts. False

L

2. As children get older, parents let them live on their own way and do what 3. Teenagers try to please their parents by wearing traditional clothes.

FI CI A

they are interested in.

Not Given

4. Parents want children to follow their wishes in deciding the education and future jobs. 5. Some parents indulge their children with expensive brand name clothes.

Not Given

6. In order to bridge the gap between the old generation and the younger one, Task 2. Choose the best answers for the following questions.

True

OF

open communication to promote mutual understanding is the vital key.

True

1. Why do most parents still treat their teenage children like small kids? A. Because children usually make mistakes

ƠN

B. Because they think that children are too young to live independently. C. Because they think that children can't protect themselves well. 2. The word "offspring" in the second paragraph refers to ____. A. parents

B. children

C. mind

NH

3. What do parents usually do to help their children as they are young? A. They prepare everything for their children. B. They take care of their children carefully.

C. They encourage their children to explore the outside world.

QU Y

4. Which kinds of clothes do teenagers want to wear? A. latest fashionable clothes tops

B. casual clothes

C. shiny trousers and tight

5. According to the passage, what are parents' viewpoints about the teenagers' clothes? A. Teenagers' clothes get the latest teen fashion trends. B. Teenagers' clothes are too short and ripped.

M

C. Teenagers' clothes are contrary to the accepted standards and values of the society. 6. Why do teenagers want to choose their university or career?

KÈ

A. They want to explore the world on their own. B. They want to decide their future by themselves.

C. Both A and B are correct.

7. The word "seize" in the fourth paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

Y

A. catch

B. choose

DẠ

8. Which can be the best title for the passage?

18

A. Where do parent-child conflicts come from? B. How are children different from their parents? C. How do we bridge the generation gap?

C. find

ENGLISH 11

keep my room tidy

help around

respect

swear

go out

FI CI A

do morning exercise

L

II. Read Lan's letter about her family rules and select the best option for each blank.

88 Lang Street Hanoi, Vietnam June 12th, 2017 Dear Sam,

OF

Hi! How are you? I'm overjoyed that you're going to stay with my family in one month. In the previous letter, you asked me about our family rules and now, I will tell you about them. Each family has its own rules and mine has a few. Here are some rules of my family. My parents want me to (1.) ____ help around ____

ƠN

with the housework and other home duties as they think that all family members should share housework. What's more, they tell me to take my studies seriously. They said that learning is very important and it has great influence on my future. Other rules in my family are that I should (2.) ___ do morning exercise __ every day to stay fit and healthy and always (3.) ____ keep my room tidy ___. Apart from these, I am not allowed

NH

to (4.) _____ go out _______ late in the evening because this is dangerous. Last but not least, they ask me to (5.) _______ respect ________ elderly and forbid me to (6.) ______ swear ______. I think that family rules play an integral role in helping family members understand one another and improve their own behaviors. If you have any questions, please let me know. I hope you will enjoy your time in Vietnam. I'm looking forward to meeting you. Lots of love, by

QU Y

III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word. comparison

differences

generational

younger

history

because

to

A generation gap

M

A generation gap is a popular term used to describe big (1) ___ differences ____ between people of a younger generation and their elders. This can be defined as occurring "when older and (2) ____ younger ____

KÈ

people do not understand each other (3) _____ because _____ of their different experiences, opinions, habits and behavior." Although some (4) _____ generational ____ differences have existed throughout

Y

(5) _____ history ________, during this era differences between the two generations grew significantly in (6) _____ comparison ______ with previous times, particularly with respect (7) _______to_______ such matters as musical tastes, fashion, drug use, culture and politics. This may have been magnified (8) ____by___ the unprecedented size of the young Baby Boomer generation, which gave it unprecedented power, influence, and willingness to rebel against social norms.

DẠ

D. WRITING I. Complete the sentences without changing the meaning. 1. They think that it is a good idea for me to do voluntary work. (I)

19

ENGLISH 11 They think that I should do voluntary work / ought to do voluntary work.

L

2. They insist that I should come home at 9 o'clock every night. (make)

FI CI A

They make me come home at 9 o'clock every night. 3. It is very important for us to do well at school. (must) We must do well at school.

4. It is not necessary for me to agree with everything my parents say. (not have) I don’t have to agree with everything my parents say. 5. My parents never let me forget to do my homework. (remind) My parents always remind me to do my homework. They never let me stay overnight at my friend's house.

OF

6. They always refuse to allow me to stay overnight at my friend's house. (never let) 7. My mother expects me to work as a teacher like her. (It is my mother's wish)

ƠN

It is my mother's wish that I should work as a teacher like her. 8. I can go out with my friends at the weekend. (allow)

I am allowed to go out with my friends at the weekend.

II. Rewrite each sentence using the word(s) in the brackets, without changing its meaning.

NH

1. If I were you, I would spend more time talking with my children. (should) You should spend more time talking with your children.

2. John doesn't get permission to use that computer. (mustn't) John mustn’t use that computer.

QU Y

3. It is necessary that people who work here leave by 6 p.m. (must) People who work here must leave by 6 p.m.

4. Every staff isn't allowed to smoke or eat in the office. (mustn't) Every staff mustn't smoke or eat in the office. 5. Customers are advised to check their luggage before leaving the airport. (ought to) Customers ought to check their luggage before leaving the airport.

M

6. It is forbidden for students to cheat in the exam. (mustn't) Students mustn't cheat in the exam.

KÈ

7. Ms. Ly is in charge of cleaning the floor every day. (has to) Ms. Ly has to clear the floor every day. 8. You are not allowed to take photographs in the museum. (mustn't) You mustn't take photographs in the museum.

Y

9. It would be a good idea for you to share the housework with your mother. (ought to)

DẠ

You ought to share the housework with your mother. 10. It is not necessary for Jack to call Ben today. (doesn't have to) Jack doesn't have to call Ben today.

20

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

ENGLISH 11 A. PHONETICS

FI CI A

L

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. adopt

B. involve

C. stroll

D. follow

2. A. exist

B. mind

C. inspire

D. provide

3. A. refusal

B. music

C. student

D. studying

4. A. lecturer

B. medium

C. inventor

D. president

5. A. teach

B. cheer

C. characterize

D. watch

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. C. fashion

2. A. education

B. industrial

C. intelligent

3. A. industry

B. refugee

C. magazine

4. A. freedom

B. contact

C. furnish

5. A. independence

B. impractical

C. education

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Fill in each blank with the given word. school children

D. traditional D. Japanese

D. disturb

D. entertainment

generation gap

hairstyle

NH

nuclear family

D. motion

OF

B. commit

ƠN

1. A. actor

junk food

1. Why is there a _____ generation gap ________ between parents and children? 2. Why are soft drinks and ______ junk food ________ not good for our health?

QU Y

3. Do you think ________ school children ______ should wear uniforms? 4. Is the _________ nuclear family ________ the perfect type of family? 5. Have your parents ever complained about your _______ hairstyle ________? II. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "must". 1. You ________must_________ study harder to get better marks. 2. The boy is only twelve years old. He _______ must not _________ ride a motorbike.

M

3. Jimmy, you _______ must not __________ bite nails. 4. My classmate is very ill. She _______ must _________ see a doctor as soon as possible.

KÈ

5. Your hands are dirty. You _______ must _________ wash them before meal. 6. We ________ must __________ brush our teeth at least once a day. 7. Children _______ must not _________ play with dangerous objects like knives and matches. 8. Students _________ must not _________ use mobile phones during the test.

Y

9. Babies __________ must __________ go to bed early.

DẠ

10. You _________ must not __________ be impolite to elderly people. III. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "have to". 1. Secretaries ________ have to ___________ answer the phone. That is a part of their job.

2. Jason and Linda are on holiday. They ______do not have to_____ go to school today 21

ENGLISH 11 3. He _______doesn’t have to_______ come if he doesn't want to join with us.

L

4. You _______ doesn’t have to ______ worry about me! I am ok now. 6. All the students _______ have to ________ obey the school rules.

FI CI A

5. Lam ________has to_________ leave her house at 6.30 a.m. in order to get to her school at 7 a.m.

7. Today she doesn't have the literature lesson, so she ________ doesn’t have to ____ bring her literature book. 8. I _______ have to __________ take these books back to the school library on time or I will get a fine. 9. There is a lift in this building, so we ______ do not have to _____ climb the stairs.

OF

10. Susan doesn't like her new job. Sometimes she _______has to___ work at weekends. IV. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "ought to". 1. You ______ ought to _________ study harder to get better marks.

2. They _______ought not to_______ be angry. It isn't good for their health.

ƠN

3. A: It's so cold.

B: You ______ ought to ________ put on your thick coat before going out. 4. If somebody steals your wallet, you ________ ought to _________ tell the police.

NH

5. You ______ ought not to _________ buy that meat. It doesn't look fresh enough. 6. She _______ ought not to _______ stay up too late at night as she may feel tired in the morning. 7. Candidates ______ ought not to ____ wear shorts and a T-shirt to a job interview. 8. It's raining. If you don't want your dress to get wet, you ________ ought to ________ take an umbrella.

QU Y

9. You are driving too fast. You _______ ought to _____ slow down. 10. Lisa _______ ought not to __________ treat her younger sister badly. It makes her very unhappy. V. Choose the incorrect underlined part in the following sentences. 1. You (A) have to (B) made sure that children (C) don't play outside alone. 2. You (A) mustn't (B) uses the motorbike without a driver's license. It's (C) against the law.

M

3. Drivers (A) haven't (B) to stop at (C) yellow traffic lights. 4. You (A) ought (B) to taking him (C) to the emergency room.

KÈ

5. During the lesson, (A) does you (B) have (C) to listen to your teacher carefully and take notes quickly. 6. Students (A) don't have to (B) consume (C) food or drink in the class or in the library. 7. Get out of the grass! (A) You (B) must walk on the grass (C) here.

Y

8. The baby (A) is sleeping. (B) You (C) don't have to shout. 9. Lien, we (A) must (B) are (C) quicker or we will miss the last train to Hai Phong city.

DẠ

10. You (A) have to (B) feed the dog. (C) I've already fed it. VI. Cross out the wrong part in the following sentences. 1. You don't have to/ must eat anything you don't like. 22

ENGLISH 11 2. If you don't want to have a sore throat, you don't have to/ oughtn't to drink too much iced water.

L

3. Flight attendants have to/ mustn't take care of passengers on the plane. 5. Her mother cooks for her, so she herself doesn't have to/mustn't cook.

FI CI A

4. During the lesson, students don't have to/ mustn't leave class without the teacher's permission. 6. Smokers don't have to/ mustn't smoke in public places. This is stated in a new law.

7. Drinks are free for today. It means that you don't have to/mustn't pay money for drinks today. 8. Kelvin won the lottery last year, so he doesn't have to/mustn't work now.

9. According to the company regulations, staff have to/ must finish their work with highest efficiency. C. READING I. Read the text and do the following task. Types of Families

OF

10. To be healthy, we mustn't/ ought to eat healthful food and do the exercise regularly.

ƠN

A family is a group of people that have a common ancestor. They usually live together in the same house. Although it is a fact that not all families are the same, they can be categorized into different types.

NH

A nuclear family consists of parents and their children living together. In many countries in Europe and North American this is the most common form of family. There are three types of nuclear families. In the first type the father works and the mother cares for the children. In the second type, the mother works and the father stays at home with the children. In the third type of family, both parents work. This last type of family is the most common in the USA and Canada.

QU Y

In an extended family, different family members such as grandparents, aunts, uncles and cousins live together. In many areas of the world, such as Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America, and Southern Europe, this type of family is common. Recently in some countries, couples are choosing to have only one child. These types of families are called single child families. Some people believe that children raised in these kinds of families are spoilt, selfish and lonely. But research doesn't support this.

M

Some families have no children at all. The couples that make up these families sometimes make the choice not to have children because they want to have more free time. Some couples choose not to have children for financial reasons.

KÈ

Families with only one parent are called single parent families. There are several causes of these types of families. The first reason is divorce. Another reason is that the one of the parent dies, leaving the surviving parent widowed. Additionally, some parents never get married in the first place.

DẠ

Y

When the husband or wife in a marriage brings children with them from a past marriage, this is called a blended or reconstituted family. This type of family has become more common due to the increase in divorces. For some children this kind of family can be good because there are two parents, instead of just one. But there can also be some difficulties as the two new families try to become one. As the basis of all societies, families of all types are very important. This is true now and will be true in the future as well. Match each description of a family on the left with a type of family on the right. 23

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

1. Two years ago Darrel and Tanya got married. Before they got married Childless Family 4 Darrel had three sons and Tanya had a daughter. Now they all live together. 2. Hiroshi's wife died several years ago of cancer. He now raises his two Blended Family 1 sons Tomo and Taiki by himself.

3. Jose and Maria live with their 3 children. They also live with their Single Child Family 5 parents, an uncle and an aunt.

OF

4. Husband and wife Dalee and Meegung have been married for two Nuclear Family 6 years. They are both very successful business people and don't have any children.

5. Harry and his wife Jane have been married for six years. They have Extended Family 3 one daughter named Melissa.

II. Read the text and answer the questions.

ƠN

6. Jack and Betty, who have been married for over 15 years, have two Single Parent Family 2 children named Daniel and Chirstine.

NH

Teenagers today are undergoing lots of changes. They are between the ages of 13 to 19. Many of them are undergoing physical and emotional changes. These are the stages in the teenagers that are unavoidable.

QU Y

The teenage life is full of happiness, sadness, enjoyment and it can be interesting too. This is because in the teenage life that a teenager is subjected to physical growth, hormonal changes and even dilemmas. They may be in a stage of conflict like undergoing puppy love. This is only a normal part of life. Making friends is part and parcel of a teenager's life. The teenager should enjoy life by making friends with peers and participate in healthy activities such as camping, picnic, kayaking, swimming and so on. Through friends, a teenager learns to joke, laugh and play to release stress and tension. By making friends, the teenager learns to sweeten his or her joys and even eases the bitterness of life's downtime.

KÈ

M

Many teenagers are very conscious of their physical outlook. It is at this part of their life that beauty strikes as the main self-image. They love to follow up with the latest trends for dressing, hairstyle and even look good with their physical image. Some girls and boys go on a crash diet to slim down in order to look attractive. Others may suffer from acne and pimples that may scar their external beauty.

Y

Another stage in a teenager is the teenager's love life. There are chemical changes in the body and so the teenager tends to have a sense of feelings for the opposite sex. They will experience love and rejection. These sometimes will affect their studies.

DẠ

Parents tend to play a role in a teenager's life. Parents today are overly concern over their children's well-being. They like to control their freedom and have a say what the teenagers do. Hence, we have cases of disagreements, disputes, quarrels and even runaways from homes among some teenage girls.

24

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

There are also negative problems that may pop out during a teenage life. A teenager is not well guided may fall into the wrong path. Some teenagers are involved in drugs trafflicking, smoking, drinking and smuggling of illegal products into the country. Others tend to vent their anger by vandalizing public property. We have those with no regard and respect for the elders.

The mass media has an influence over the lives of many teenagers. Violent action movies, obscene shows and pornography surfed from the Internet can bring a disastrous effect on a teenager's life. There will be more harm than good if nothing is done. 1.

From paragraph 1 (a) What is the age range of a teenager?

OF

(b) What are the changes that a teenager undergoes? (a) In the 13 to 19 age range. (b) Physical and emotional changes. 2.

From paragraph 2

ƠN

(a) Why is it that a teenage life is full of ups and downs? (b) What kind of conflict does a teenage face?

(a) A teenager is subjected to physical growth, hormonal changes and even dilemmas. 3.

From paragraph 3

NH

(b) The teenager undergoes puppy love.

List activities that a teenager can get involved in. Camping, picnic, kayaking and swimming. 4.

From paragraph 4

QU Y

What are the things that a teenager likes to keep up to date with? Dressing, hairstyle, physical image. 5.

From paragraph 8

State why parents are worried about their teenagers. Answer in your own words. Parents are worried about their teenagers because of the influence from the mass media such as violent movies, obscene shows and pornography that may have a diverse effect over the youngsters.

KÈ

M

III. Read an article about how to make a list of family rules and answer reading comprehension questions. Family Rules

Y

Would you like to have a boss who didn't specify what the rules were in your work place but punished you if you broke these unknown rules? You would feel pretty frustrated, wouldn't you? That's how children feel when they are punished for breaking rules that have never been explained to them. Family rules are necessary to make clear what is expected of children and to outline punishments for misbehavior and rewards for good behavior.

DẠ

When creating a list of family rules remember to be specific both in what is expected and the punishment or reward. Gather the family together when creating the list of family rules. Involve children in the creation of the rules and get their input as to appropriate rewards or punishments. 25

ENGLISH 11

L

Explain to children why youd like to include certain rules. They'll accept them more if they understand that they are for their own benefit and safety.

FI CI A

You can create the list of rules in the form of a contract which all family members sign. Before completing the contract make sure that all family members are in agreement as to the wording of the rules and the punishments or rewards for each rule.

Once the rules have been created, remember to be consistent with their enforcement. The list of rules doesn't mean anything unless it is consistently enforced. 1. Why do we need a list of family rules? To clarity what’s expected of children.

OF

2. Why should we explain to children the reason behind the rules? They will be more willing to accept them. 3. Who should sign the family rules contract? The parents and children. Children won’t take the contract seriously. recognize

dangers

individuals

according

generation

acting

understand

along

control

teens

NH

IV. Read and fill in the blanks.

ƠN

4. What could happen if you don't consistently enforce the rules?

QU Y

(1. _____ according ____) to the results of a survey in USA WEEKEND Magazine, there isn't really a generation gap. The magazine's "Teens & Parents" survey shows that today's generation of young people generally get (2. ____ along _____) well with their parents and appreciate the way they're being raised. Most feel that their parents (3. ___ understand ___) them, and they believe their parents consider family as the No. 1 priority in their lives. Although more than a third of (4. ___ teens _____) have something in their rooms they would like to keep secret from their parents, it is usually nothing more harmful than a diary or a CD.

KÈ

M

Such results may seem surprising in the context of the violent events that people hear about in the media. Maybe because of the things they hear, parents worry that their own kids might get out of (5. __ control __) once they reach the teenage years. However, the facts in the survey should make us feel better. The survey shows us that today's teens are loving and sensible. They are certainly happier than the angry people in the teenage stereotypes we all know about. True, some teenagers are very angry, and we need to (6. __ recognize__) their needs, but the great majority of teens are not like that at all.

Y

In contrast to some stereotypes, most teens believe they must be understanding about differences among (7. ___ individuals ___). Many of them volunteer for community service with disadvantaged people. When they talk about themselves, their friends and their families, they sound positive and proud. Generally, these are very nice kids.

DẠ

Is this spirit of harmony a change from the past? Only a generation ago, parent child relations were described as the "(8. ___ generation ___) gap". Yet even then, things were not so bad. Most kids in the 1960s and 1970s shared their parents' basic values. Perhaps, however, it is true that American families are growing closer at the beginning of this new millennium. Perhaps there is less to fight about, and the (9. ___ dangers ___) of drug abuse and 26

ENGLISH 11

D. WRITING

FI CI A

L

other unacceptable behavior are now well known. Perhaps, compared to the impersonal world outside the home, a young person's family is like a friendly shelter, not a prison. And perhaps parents are (10. ___ acting ___) more like parents than they did 20 or 30 years ago. I. Rewrite the following sentences and add the available modal verbs to the appropriate position. 1. If you go swimming in the sea, you wear a life jacket. (ought to) If you go swimming in the sea, you ought to wear a life jacket. 2. I will tell you my secret, but you tell anyone. (mustn't) I will tell you my secret, but you mustn't tell anyone.

OF

3. You spend too much time playing computer games. You stop that. (must) You spend too much time playing computer games. You must stop that.

4. Phuong loves chocolate, but she eat too much, or she will gain weight. (oughtn't to) Phuong loves chocolate, but she oughtn't to eat too much, or she will gain weight.

ƠN

5. We wear helmets when we ride a motorbike. (have to) We have to wear helmets when we ride a motorbike. 6. I book the tickets in advance. (don't have to)

NH

I don't have to book the tickets in advance. 7. Alia, you say rude words like that. (mustn't) Alia, you mustn't say rude words like that.

8. We play table tennis. We can play chess instead. (don't have to) We don't have to play table tennis. We can play chess instead.

QU Y

9. Children put their hands into sockets. That is very dangerous. (mustn't) Children mustn't put their hands into sockets. That is very dangerous. 10. Doctors sometimes work at the weekends and on national holidays. (have to) Doctors sometimes have to work at the weekends and on national holidays.

M

II. Rewrite sentences with the same meaning as sentences given, using the given words and the correct form of modal verbs in parentheses. 1. I advise him to stop wasting money on lottery. (ought to)

KÈ

He ought to stop wasting money on lottery. 2. It's necessary for you to finish your homework before going to bed. (must) You must finish your homework before going to bed.

3. It isn't necessary for you to bring food and drink for lunch. (have to)

Y

You don’t have to bring food and drink for lunch.

DẠ

4. Fishing is not allowed in this park. (must) You mustn’t fish in this park.

5. Every receptionist in our hotel is obliged to wear a uniform. (have to)

27

Every receptionist in our hotel has to wear a uniform.

ENGLISH 11 6. It's forbidden to sell cigarettes to children. (must not)

L

Shops must not sell cigarettes to children. Waiters don’t have to wear a tie. 8. His doctor advises him not to drink too much alcohol. (ought to) He ought not to drink too much alcohol.

FI CI A

7. It's optional for waiters to wear a tie. (have to)

9. It's obligatory for every employee to keep the company's information secret. (have to) Every employee has to keep the company's information secret. 10. Teachers advise me to study English to get a good job. (ought to)

OF

I ought to study English to get a good job. TEST 3 Part I. PHONETICS

1. A. access

B. afford

C. brochure

B. determined

D. casual

C. counselor

3. A. donate

B. compare

C. campaign

4. A. experience

B. mobility

5. A. romantic

B. solution

6. A. legal

B. obey

7. A. constitution

B. disrespectful

NH

2. A. behaviour

ƠN

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.

8. A. generational

D. flashy

C. independent C. protective

D. decisive D. prioritise

D. elegant D. impose

C. sympathetic

D. elongated

B. interpersonal

C. discrimination

D. nationality

9. A. studious

B. unite

C. mature

D. involve

10. A. frustrating

B. charity

QU Y

C. forbid

C. impairment

D. infectious

Part II. VOCABULARY

M

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 11. I live in a/an ____ with my parents and my elder sister in the coastal area.

KÈ

A. extended family C. extended house

B. nuclear family D. nuclear house

12. One advantage of living in a/an ____ is to strengthen relationship between young children and adults.

Y

A. nuclear family C. extended family

B. nuclear house D. extended house

DẠ

13. In my opinion, family members are responsible for ____. A. the housework

B. the chores

C. homework

D. A and B

14. My grandpa is the most conservative person in my family. He never ____ about way of life.

28

A. gives his opinion

B. changes his mind

C. gives his view

D. keeps in mind

L

ENGLISH 11

A. follow in

B. succeed in

FI CI A

15. After graduating from university, I want to ____ my father's footsteps. C. go after

D. keep up

16. In a nuclear family, both mother and father have responsibility for housekeeping and ____. A. child care

B. homework

C. childcare

D. generation gap

17. Four generations living in the same roof will have different ____ of lifestyle. A. gaps

B. rules

C. manners

D. viewpoints

18. Luckily, my parents are always willing to listen to my new ideas. They're very ____. B. open-minded

C. elegant

D. careful

OF

A. narrow-minded

19. My mother ____ me from going home after 10 p.m. every day. A. forbids

B. allows

C. lets

D. All are correct

A. plainly

B. properly

ƠN

20. Anna often dresses ____ when going to the parties in order to attract her friends' attention. C. flashily

D. soberly

21. We're surprised by Joe's ____ every Monday. He changes it at least 4 times a month. A. hairstyle

B. lifestyle

C. viewpoint

D. manner

A. snack/energy drink

NH

22. I rarely eat ____ and drink ____ because they're not food for health. B. fast food/juice

drink

C. fruit/alcoholic drink

D.

junk

food/soft

23. Generation ____ is the difference in the thoughts and viewpoints amongst generations living together. B. gap

QU Y

A. distance

C. space.

D. All are correct

24. I was tired and couldn't ____ on doing my research project properly. A. concentrate

B. look

C. pay attention

D. Both A and C

25. My parents don't let me get married until I graduate from university and they never ____ their mind about that. B. impose

C. focus

D. change

M

A. keep

KÈ

26. The ____ arises when Jack and his parents have considerable disagreement on his choice of university. A. discrimination

B. conflict

C. agreement

D. gap

27. I do morning exercise and play volleyball regularly so as to keep ____ and be healthier. A. fit

B. good shape

C. healthy

D. strong

Y

28. Since the family law was implemented, domestic violence has been a rare ____ in this area. A. happen

B. taking place

C. occurrence

D. happenstance

DẠ

29. My father used to ____ a lot of challenges before establishing his own insurance company. A. provide

B. enjoy

C. give

30. I wish I could do something to reduce financial ____ on my parents.

29

D. face

ENGLISH 11 A. capital

B. burden

C. limit

D. gap

FI CI A

L

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 31. Despite being a kid, Tuan always helps his mother do the chores every day. A. homework

B. works

C. housework

32. When I was a child, my mother used to teach me table manners. A. etiquette

B. rule

C. problem

D. house duties D. norm

33. Many parents find it hard to understand their children when they are teenagers. A. adults

B. elders

C. adolescents

D. kids

A. profits

B. issues

C. views

35. Mary has a strong desire to make independent decisions. A. dependent

B. self-confident

OF

34. There're many problems which are unavoidable when living in an extended family.

C. self-confessed

D. merits

D. self-determining

A. routine

B. barrier

ƠN

36. My mother mistakenly believes that my fashion style breaks the norm of society. C. rule

D. conflict

37. I always look at this matter from a different viewpoint. B. view from point

C. idea

NH

A. point of view

D. opinion

38. We find it unattractive when dress flashily. A. luxuriantly

B. ostentatiously

C. cheaply

D. fashionably

39. Consuming too much junk food increases the risk of obesity. B. reduce

QU Y

A. decrease

C. rise

D. raise

40. I feel extremely depressed as conflict occurs frequently amongst generations in my family. A. comes on

B. comes up

C. comes in

D. comes into

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 41. If you live in an extended family, you'll have great joy and get support of other members. B. traditional family

C. nuclear family

D.

large

M

A. close family family

KÈ

42. Our mother encourages us to be open-minded about new opinions and experiences A. optimistic

B. elegant

C. close-knit

D. narrow-minded

43. Domestic violence is strictly forbidden all over the world. A. permitted

B. limited

C. restricted

D. prohibited

Y

44. Jane found herself in conflict with her parents over her future career.

DẠ

A. disagreement

B. harmony

C. controversy

D. fighting

45. I can't concentrate on my work because of the noise caused by my children. A. focus

B. abandon

C. neglect

46. My grandpa's point of view about marriage remains conservative.

30

D. allow

ENGLISH 11 B. traditional

C. retrogressive

D. conventional

47. Finally, I decide to follow in my father's footsteps to work in state-owned enterprise. B. public limited

C. privately-owned

owned

D.

government-

FI CI A

A. private-owned

L

A. progressive

48. My grandma usually takes care of us when my parents are away on business. A. follows

B. abandons

C. concerns

D. bothers

49. We greatly respect my teacher for all of the best things that she brought to us. A. look up to

B. look forwards

C. look for

D. look down on

A. shortage

B. abundance

C. scarcity

Part III. GRAMMAR

OF

50. I regretted not to buy those trendy shoes through lack of money.

D. deficiency

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. A. should

ƠN

51. All students ____ wear uniforms at school because it is a rule. B. have to

C. ought to

D. must

52. You ____ finish your homework before you go to bed. B. have to

C. should

NH

A. must

D. ought to

53. This drink isn't beneficial for health. You ____ drink it too much. A. should

B. ought to not

C. ought not to

D. mustn't

54. This warning sign indicates that you ____ step on the grass. A. shouldn't

B. mustn't

C. don't have to

D. ought not to

A. must

QU Y

55. I think you ____ do exercise regularly in order to keep your body in good shape. B. should

C. ought to

D. Both B and C

56. I will lend you some money, but you ____ pay it back to me next week. A. should

B. have to

C. must

D. mustn't

57. Hoa ____ feed the cats because her mother has done it already.

M

A. has to

B. doesn't have to

C. must

D. Both A and C

58. Those audiences ____ show their tickets before entering the concert hall.

KÈ

A. have to

B. must

C. ought to

D. don't have to

59. The children ____ spend too much time playing computer games. A. mustn't

B. ought to not

C . shouldn't

D. Both B and C

60. In case you're suffered from the injury, you ____ see the doctor today.

Y

A. had better

B. must

C. ought

D. have better

DẠ

61. Water park is free for kids under 6 years old, so you ____ pay money for your son. A. have to

B. mustn't

C. should

D. don't have to

62. You look totally exhausted. You ____ take a rest instead of working overtime.

31

A. should

B. ought

C. must

D. has better

ENGLISH 11

A. ought to

B. must

C. should

D. has to

A. have to

B. must

C. should

D. ought

65. My car broke down yesterday, so I ____ catch a taxi to the office. A. have to

B. had better

FI CI A

64. In the peak season, travellers ____ book their accommodation in advance.

L

63. Anyone ____ have a passport, even a visa when travelling all around the world.

C. had to

D. has to

66. We ____ eat as much fruit as possible in order to get enough vitamins for our bodies. A. had better

B. should

C. ought to

D. All are correct

67. You ____ tell anyone what I've revealed to you. It's still a secret. B. had better not

C. ought not to

OF

A. mustn't

D. don't have to

68. If you still want to maintain this relationship, you ____ behave improperly like that. A. ought to not

B. ought not to

C. mustn't

D. don't have to

A. should

ƠN

69. When playing or swimming in the pool, children ____ be accompanied by their parents. B. must

C. don't have to

D. have to

70. We ____ go to work by car. Sky train is a wise choice during rush hour. A. ought to

B. mustn't

C. shouldn't

D. have to

NH

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 71. I will leave the party early because I must studying for my exam. B

C

D

QU Y

A

72. I stayed up late last night because I mustn't go to school on Sunday. A

B

C

D

73. We ought to not play football as it's raining outside. A

B

C

D

74. You mustn't to drive a car if you don't have a driving licence. B

C

M

A

D

75. If you want some useful advice, you have better talk to your parents about your problem. B

KÈ

A

C

D

76. I had stay at home 3 days due to snowing heavily. A B

C

D

77. Because of his poverty, he has to struggling to make ends meet.

Y

A

B

C

D

DẠ

78. According to the rules of this game, you had better not drop the ball. A

B

C

D

79. If you want to get a higher mark in the next test, you have better put more effort into vocabulary.

32

A

B

C

D

ENGLISH 11

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

FI CI A

81. Look at the sky, it is going to rain. Thus, you must bring along a raincoat. D

82. I ought to go home now because I don't want to walk in the dark. A

B

C

L

80. We shouldn't make an appointment with this doctor. You can see him whenever you want.

D

83. As our teacher said yesterday, we ought to not worry about the mid-term test. Take it easy. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

OF

84. This competition is optional, so we not have to take part in it.

85. Despite having a little chance to win, you should give up your dream of becoming a star. A

B

C

D

A

ƠN

86. The professor told me that we should give this assignment in by Thursday at the latest. B

C

D

87. What you should do now is to make slides for the presentation tomorrow as we have a little time left. B

NH

A

C

D

88. You have to apply for this position as soon as possible since it has only three vacancies. A

B

C

D

89. Ms. Anna will give a fascinating lecture at 8 a.m., so you should be here at 7.45 to check in. B

QU Y

A

C

D

90. My advice is you have to consider carefully before making the final decision. A

B

Part IV. SPEAKING

C

D

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.

M

91. Would you mind if I opened the windows? It's too stuffy in here. A. Yes, of course.

B. No, please do.

C. I think it is OK.

D. You look so tired.

KÈ

92. Could you show me how to get to the nearest train station from here? A. I'm not certain but it's maybe at the end of the street. B. I totally agree with you. C. Sorry, I never know you.

Y

D. I'm busy. now.

DẠ

93. From my point of view, all family members should share the chores equally. A. It's a breathtaking view.

B. You lied to me.

C. But you're right.

D. There's no doubt about it.

94. I've been awarded a scholarship to Harvard University.

33

ENGLISH 11 A. Just kidding!

B. It's up to you.

C. Good job!

D. Same to you. Thanks!

B. Not much.

C. It's quite difficult.

me. 96. Thanks a lot for helping me fix the car yesterday. A. I'd love to.

B. You're welcome.

C. Of course not.

97. I've seen John at the workshop on communication skills. A. I see. I'll call him. C. That can't be John because he's in Paris now. D. No, I don't think so. 98. How do I sign up for the psychology course? A. You need to fill in the online application form first.

ƠN

C. The course was full. D. Your deadline is May 15.

NH

99. What's about going to the waterpark? A. That's a good idea.

D. I like it.

OF

B. The workshop was very useful.

B. It's not yours.

D. Thank you for reminding

FI CI A

A. I'll do it later.

L

95. Don't forget to finish your homework before class.

B. That's right.

C. Of course!

D. I'm sorry I can't.

100. Hi, I'd like to buy three tickets for the Lost in Fear. A. How many tickets?

B. I'm sorry. They were sold out.

D. You should see other interesting films.

QU Y

C. We don't like this film. 101. Do you enjoy buying souvenirs? A. No, I don't.

B. No, thank you!

C. Never mind.

D. No, I am not.

102. Which show would you like to watch, madam? A. Here you are!

B. No, thanks.

C. I am sorry.

D. Pardon?

C. It was great.

D. I don't care.

C. I can't do it.

D. I can't wait for it.

103. What did you do on Sunday?

M

A. No way!

B. Not much.

104. I love listening to rock n' roll. How about you?

KÈ

A. I can't stand it.

B. I can't help it.

105. What's wrong with the shirt you bought last week? A. Oh! What a beautiful shirt!

B.I wore it last night.

C. The zip has come off.

D. I've the receipt.

Y

Part V. READING

DẠ

Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

34

Fathers in today families are spending more time with their children than at any point in the past 100 years. (106) ____ the number of hours the average woman spends at home with her children

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

has declined since the early 1900s, as more and more women enter the workforce, there has been a decrease in the number of children per family and an increase in (107) ____ attention to each child. As a result, mothers today in the United States, (108) ____ those who work part- or fulltime, spend almost twice as much time with each child as mothers did in the 1920s. People (109) ____ raised children in the 1940s and 1950s typically report that their own adult children and grandchildren communicate far better with their kids and spend more time (110) ____ with homework than they did. America's children are also safer today than they've (111) ____ been. An infant was four times more likely to die in the 1950s than today. A parent then was 27 per cent more likely to lose an older teen (112) ____ death.

B. However

107. A. isolated

B. individual

108. A. adding

B. counting

109. A. whom

B. which

110. A. helping

B. to help

111. A. never

B. already

112. A. in 114. A. at 115. A. destruction 116. A. drawing 117. A. put up

D. Besides

C. unique

D. single

C. taking

D. including

C. who

D. when

C. help

D. on help

C. ever

D. just

B. for

C. to

D. with

B. challenges

C. challenging

D. challenged

B. for

C. in

D. by

B. destroying

C. destroyed

D. destructive

B. drawn

C. draw

D. drew

B. live up

C. go up

D. catch up

QU Y

113. A. challanger

C. Unless

NH

106. A. Although

ƠN

OF

If we look back over the last millennium, we can see that families have always been diverse. In each period, families have solved one set of problems only to face new (113) ____. What works for a family in one economic and cultural setting doesn't work for a family in another. What's helpful (114) ____ one stage of a family's life may be (115) ____ at the next stage. If there is one lesson to be (116) ____ from the last millennium of family history, it's that families always have to (117) ____ with a changing world.

M

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

Stella McCartney was born in 1972, the daughter of pop star Sir Paul McCartney. She is the youngest of three sisters. One sister is a potter and the other sister does the same job as their mother used to do - she works as a photographer. Stella's brother, James, is a musician. Stella first hit the newspaper headlines in 1995 when she graduated in fashion design from art college. At her final show, her clothes were modeled by her friends, Naomi Campbell and Kate Moss, both well-known models. Unsurprisingly, the student show became front-page news around the world. Stella hadn't been in the news before as a fashion designer but she had spent time working in the fashion world since she was fifteen. In March 1997, Stella went to work for the fashion house Chloe. People said the famous fashion house had given her the job because of her surname and her famous parents but Stella soon showed how good she was. She designs clothes

35

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

which she would like to wear herself, although she's not a model, and many famous models and actors choose to wear them. In 2001 Stella started her own fashion house and has since opened stores around the world and won many prizes. A lifelong vegetarian, McCartney does not use any leather or fur in her design. Instead, she uses silk, wool and other animal-derived fabrics. 118. Which of the following is NOT true about Stella's family? A. She has three sisters.

B. One of her sisters is a photographer.

C. She is the youngest.

D. Her father is a famous singer.

119. Stella, Naomi Campbell and Kate Moss ____.

B. are very famous fashion models

C. had been friends before 1995

D. all performed at the final show in 1995

120. Which of the following is TRUE about the show?

OF

A. met for the first time at her fashion show

A. Everyone was surprised when Stella's show was successful. C. The show was the last show of Stella.

ƠN

B. The models performed clothes designed by Stella. D. There was no one famous appearing in the show. 121. Stella thinks about the kinds of clothes that ____.

B. she likes to wear

NH

A. famous people like to wear C. well-known models perform beautifully

D. bring her prizes

122. The word “lifelong” in the passage is closest in meaning to ____. A. permanent

B. inconstant

C. temporary

D. changing

QU Y

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

M

In American, although most men still do less housework than their wives, that gap has been halved since the 1960s. Today, 41 per cent of couples say they share childcare equally, compared with 25 percent in 1985. Men's greater involvement at home is good for their relationships with their spouses, and also good for their children. Hands-on fathers make better parents than men who let their wives do all the nurturing and childcare. They raise sons who are more expressive and daughters who are more likely to do well in school - especially in math and science.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

In 1900, life expectancy in the United States was 47 years, and only four per cent of the population was 65 or older. Today, life expectancy is 76 years, and by 2025, it is estimated about 20 per cent of the U.S. population will be 65 or older. For the first time, a generation of adults must plan for the needs of both their parents and their children. Most Americans are responding with remarkable grace. One in four households gives the equivalent of a full day a week or more in unpaid care to an aging relative, and more than half say they expect to do so in the next 10 years. Older people are less likely to be impoverished or incapacitated by illness than in the past, and have more opportunity to develop a relationship with their grandchildren.

36

Even some of the choices that worry people the most are turning out to be manageable. Divorce rates are likely to remain high, and in many cases marital breakdown causes serious problems

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

for both adults and kids. Yet when parents minimize conflict, family bonds can be maintained. And many families are doing this. More non-custodial parents are staying in touch with their children. Child-support receipts are rising. A lower proportion of children from divorced families are exhibiting problems than in earlier decades. And stepfamilies are learning to maximize children's access to supportive adults rather than cutting them off from one side of the family. 123. Which of the following can be the most suitable heading for paragraph 1? A. Men's involvement at home B. Benefits of men's involvement at home D. Children studying math and science 124. Nowadays, ____ of men help take care of children. A. 50%

B. 41%

C. 25%

OF

C. Drawbacks of men's involvement at home

D. 20%

ƠN

125. According to the writer, old people in the USA ____. A. are experiencing a shorter life expectancy

B. receive less care from their children than they used to

C. have better relationships with their children and grandchildren

NH

D. may live in worst living conditions

126. Which of the following is NOT true about divorce rates in the USA? A. They will still be high.

B. They can cause problems for both parents and children.

QU Y

C. More problems are caused by children from divorced families. D. Children are encouraged to meet their separate parents. 127. The word "equivalent” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____. A. comparable

B. opposed

C. dissimilar

D . constrasting

128. The word "manageable” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____. A. difficult

B. challenging

C. demanding

D. easy

M

129. The word “this” in the paragraph 3 refers to ____. B. minimizing conflict

C. causing problems to kids

D. maintaining bonds

KÈ

A. getting divorced

130. According to the writer, the future of American family life can be ____. A. positive

B. negative

C. unchanged

D. unpredictable

Y

Part VI. WRITING

DẠ

Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. Nobody in the class is as tall as Mike.

37

A. Everybody in the class is taller than Mike. B. Somebody in the class may be shorter than Mike.

ENGLISH 11 C. Mike is the tallest student in the class.

L

D. Mike may be taller than most students in the class. A. I need more money to buy a new car. B. I don't want to spend more money on a new car. C. A new car is not something I really need. D. Money is not the most essential issue to buy a new car. 133. I am really keen on playing sports.

FI CI A

132. I haven't got enough money to buy a new car.

B. Playing sports makes me sick.

C. I am not really into sports.

D. I can't stand sports.

OF

A. I am a big fan of sports. 134. “I will come back home soon,” he said. A. He advised to come back home soon. C. He promised to come back home soon.

ƠN

B. He offered to come back home soon. D. He suggested that he should come back home soon. 135. He prevented his close friend from telling the truth.

NH

A. He forbade his close friend to tell the truth.

B. He allowed his close friend to tell the truth. C. He ordered his close friend to tell the truth. D. He paid his close friend to tell the truth.

QU Y

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. My brother speaks too loud. It is really annoying. A. My brother is speaking too loud.

B. My brother likes to speak too loud.

C. My brother feels annoyed when he can't speak too loud.

M

D. My brother is always speaking too loud.

KÈ

137. There is always conflict between parents and children. However, they still should talk and share things with each other. A. Although there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and share things with each other.

DẠ

Y

B. There is always conflict between parents and children, so they still should talk and share things with each other. C. Unless there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and share things with each other. D. Not only there is always conflict between parents and children, but they still should talk and share things with each other.

138. Your parents will help you with the problem. You should tell them the story.

38

ENGLISH 11

B. Your parents will help you with the problem since you should tell them the story.

FI CI A

C. If your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.

L

A. Because your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.

D. Your parents will help you with the problem because you should tell them the story.

139. Unemployment rate is high. This makes many children move back to their parents' house.

A. Many children move back to their parents' house, which makes high unemployment rate. B. High unemployment rate forces many children to move back to their parents' house. C. Moving back to their parents' house suggests that the unemployment rate is high. 140. She is an honest person. She is also a very friendly one. A. She is an honest but friendly person.

OF

D. It is necessary to move back to your parents' house if unemployment rate is high.

B. She is not only an honest but also a very friendly person.

ƠN

C. Though she is a honest person, she is friendly. D. Being honest is necessary to become friendly.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

VOCABULARY

NH

Unit 2. RELATIONSHIPS /ˈɑːɡjumənt/

(n.)

sự tranh cãi, sự tranh luận

relationship

/rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/

(n.)

mối quan hệ, mối liên hệ

romantic relationship mạn

/rəʊˈmæntɪk rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/

mối quan hệ lãng

/bi ɪn ə rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/

(v. phr.)

hẹn hò, có mối quan

/bɪ'treɪ/

(v.)

/breɪk ʌp/

(phr. v.)

concentrate (on)

/'kɒnsntreɪt/

(v)

tập trung

counsellor

/ˈkaʊnsələ(r)/

(n.)

người khuyên bảo, cố vấn

/deɪt/

(n.)

cuộc hẹn hò, sự hẹn gặp

emotional

/ɪ'məʊʃənl/

(adj.)

cảm động, cảm xúc

lend an ear hiểu

/lend ən ɪə(r)/

(v. phr.)

opposite-sex

/ˈɒpəzɪt seks/

(adj.)

quit school

/kwɪt sku:l/

(v. phr.)

reconcile (with someone)

/ˈreknsaɪl/

(v)

làm hòa, giảng hòa

single-sex school nữ sinh, trường nam sinh)

/ˈsɪŋgl seks sku:l/

(n. phr.)

trường học một giới (trường

be in a relationship hệ tình cảm betray tin)

QU Y

(n. phr.)

Y

argument

DẠ 39

KÈ

date

M

break up (with someone)

phản bội, lừa dối, phụ lòng chia tay

lắng nghe và thấu khác giới bỏ học

ENGLISH 11 /ˌsɪmpəˈθetɪk/

(adj.)

đồng cảm, thông cảm

achievement

/ə'tʃi:vmənt/

(n.)

thành tích, thành tựu

appearance

/ə'pɪərəns/

(n.)

diện mạo, vẻ bề ngoài

community

/kəˈmju:nəti/

(n.)

confidence

/ˈkɒnfɪdəns/

(n.)

contribution

/ˌkɒntrɪˈbju:ʃn/

(n.)

engage được (tình cảm...)

/ɪnˈgeɪdʒ/

(v.)

enthusiastic

/ɪnˌθju:zi'æstɪk/

(adj.)

initiative xướng

/ɪ'nɪʃətɪv/

(n.)

matchmaking

/'mætʃmeɪkɪŋ/

(n.)

FI CI A

L

sympathetic

cộng đồng

sự tin tưởng, sự tin cậy

sự đóng góp

thu hút (sự chú ý...), giành nhiệt tình, hào hứng

OF

bước khởi đầu, sự khởi sự làm mối

(idiom)

có quan hệ tốt với ai

oppose

/ə'pəʊz/

(v.)

chống đối, phản đối

permission

/pə'mɪʃn/

(n.)

sự cho phép, sự chấp nhận

persuade

/pə'sweɪd/

(v.)

thuyết phục

potential

/pə'tenʃl/

(adj.)

tiềm năng, tiềm tàng

psychologist

/saɪ'kɒlədʒɪst/

(n.)

nhà tâm lý học

reaction

/ri'ækʃn/

(n.)

sự phản ứng

tension căng thẳng

/'tenʃn/

(n)

sự căng thẳng, tình trạng

turn into

/tɜ:n 'ɪntu:/

(phr. v.)

biến thành, trở thành

QU Y

NH

ƠN

on good terms (with someone) /ɒn gʊd tɜ:mz/

GRAMMAR

M

I. LINKING VERBS 1. Định nghĩa Động từ nối (Linking verbs) là các động từ dùng để diễn tả trạng thái / bản chất của chủ ngữ thay vì miêu tả hành động của chủ ngữ.

KÈ

2. Cấu trúc Form: S + linking verbs + Complement (Adj/ N) 3. Ví dụ E.g:

DẠ

Y

- Hung looks happy. ("look" là động từ nối; "happy" là tính từ làm bổ ngữ cho chủ ngữ "Hung") - The football match was exciting. ("was" là động từ nối; "good" là tính từ làm bổ ngữ) - Lan becomes the president of this club. ("become" là động từ nối, "the president of this club" là cụm danh từ làm bổ ngữ) Những động từ nối thường gặp là: be (thì, là, ở)

40

become (trở nên)

remain (vẫn)

stay (vẫn)

seem (dường như)

sound (nghe có vẻ)

taste (có vị)

feel (cảm thấy)

look (trông có vẻ)

smell (có mùi)

get (trở nên)

prove (tỏ ra) 4. Lưu ý

grow (trở nên)

turn (trở nên)

- Phía sau động từ nối là tính từ chứ không phải trạng từ.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

E.g: She feels unhappy. - Động từ nối không được chia ở dạng tiếp diễn

FI CI A

appear (dường như)

41

L

ENGLISH 11

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

- She looks angry. (Cô ấy trông có vẻ tức giận). "look" là động từ nối - She looks at the man angrily. (Cô ấy nhìn vào người đàn ông một cách giận dữ.) từ thường

L

- Một số động từ ở phía trên có thể làm chức năng là động từ nối (linking verbs) hoặc là động từ thường (ordinary verbs). E.g 1:

E.g 2: - The food tastes delicious. (Thức ăn ngon quá.) "taste" là động từ nối - They tasted the food. (Họ đã nếm thức ăn.) "taste" là động từ thường

"look" là động

NH

1. At the hospital, the sick woman's face turned blue. 2. These potatoes tasted awful. 3. The boy was injured during the soccer match. 4. My parents sounded unhappy after the news. 5. At the park, I feel happy.

ƠN

■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Underline the linking verb in each sentence.

OF

E.g 3: - This house smells musty. (Ngôi nhà có mùi mốc.) "smell" là động từ nối - The woman is smelling the flowers gingerly. (Người phụ nữ đang ngửi hương thơm của hoa một cách thận trọng.) "smell" là động từ thường

Bài 2: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words below. sounds

tastes

QU Y

looks

become

feel

M

1. I uncomfortable when living here. 2. The food delicious. 3. Lan very nice in that pink skirt. 4. - Lisa: How about going to the movies tonight? - Mark: That great! 5. I want to a talented football player like Messi.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

Bài 2: 1. feel (Tôi cảm thấy không thoải mái khi sống ở đây.) 2. tastes (Thức ăn rất ngon.) 3. looks (Lan trông rất đẹp trong bộ váy màu hồng.) 4. sounds (Lisa: Tối nay chúng ta đi xem phim nhé? Mark: Nghe có vẻ tuyệt đó!) 5. become (Tôi muốn trở thành một cầu thủ bóng đá tài năng như Messi.) Bài 3: Decide whether the underlined part in each of the following sentences is an "ordinary verb" or a "linking verb". 1. Miss Lan is smelling the flowers that her students has just given to her.

42

FI CI A

2. My mother tasted this soup carefully. 3. Alex looks more beautiful when wearing this shirt. 4. Mary's grandmother used to look after her carefully when she was a child. 5. I want to become a good doctor after graduating from university. 6. The weather here is getting worse and worse. 7. If you want to stay healthy, you should take exercise regularly. 8. I decide to stay at a friend's house in Nha Trang for several days. 9. When my son grows older, he will understand what I do for him. 10. My father seems exhausted after a long working day on the farm.

L

ENGLISH 11

NH

ƠN

OF

Bài 3: 1. ordinary verb (Cô Lan đang ngửi hương thơm của những bông hoa mà học sinh cô ấy vừa tặng.) 2. ordinary verb (Mẹ tôi đã nếm món canh cẩn thận.) 3. linking verb (Alex trông rất đẹp khi mặc áo sơ mi này.) 4. ordinary verb (Bà của Mary đã từng chăm sóc cô ấy cẩn thận khi cô ấy còn bé.) 5. linking verb (Tôi muốn trở thành một bác sĩ giỏi sau khi tốt nghiệp đại học.) 6. linking verb (Thời tiết ở đây đang trở nên tồi tệ hơn.) 7. linking verb (Nếu bạn muốn luôn khỏe mạnh thì bạn nên tập thể dục đều đặn.) 8. ordinary verb (Tôi quyết định ở lại nhà bạn ở Nha Trang vài ngày.) 9. linking verb (Khi con trai tôi lớn hơn thì nó sẽ hiểu những điều mà tôi làm cho nó.) 10. linking verb (Bố tôi dường như rất mệt sau một ngày dài làm việc trên nông trại.)

M

QU Y

Bài 4: Choose the best answer in the brackets complete the sentences. 1. What's wrong with you? You look (unhappy/unhappily) today. 2. He (sudden/ suddenly) appeared in the meeting. 3. I taste the soup very careful/carefully. Don't worry! 4. My wife appeared (calm/ calmly) after the news. 5. He is shouting at his son. He seemed very (angry/angrily). 6. I think the food smells (terrible/terribly). You should throw it away. 7. This plant grows (quickly/quick) if it absorbs enough water. 8. His resignation was very (surprising/ surprisingly). 9. The doctor checked my legs (carefully/careful) to see if there were any injuries. 10. She is looking at the picture (attentive/attentively).

DẠ

Y

KÈ

Bài 4: 1. unhappy (Bạn có chuyện gì vậy? Hôm nay bạn trông có vẻ buồn.) 2. suddenly (Anh ấy đột ngột xuất hiện ở cuộc họp.) 3. carefully (Tôi nếm canh rất cẩn thận. Đừng lo!) 4. calm (Vợ tôi dường như rất bình tĩnh sau khi nghe tin.) 5. angry (Anh ấy đang quất con trai. Dường như anh ấy rất tức giận.) 6. terrible (Tôi nghĩ thức ăn có mùi kinh khủng. Bạn nên vứt đi.) 7. quickly (Thực vật này phát triển rất nhanh nếu nó hấp thụ đủ nước.) 8. surprising (Việc anh ấy từ chức rất ngạc nhiên.) 9. carefully (Bác sĩ đã kiểm tra chân tôi rất cẩn thận để xem có bị thương gì không.) 10. attentively (Cô ấy đang nhìn vào bức tranh một cách chăm chú.)

43

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A OF

candidates dishes now.

NH

ƠN

1. Can you help me? I for my shoes now. A. look B. am looking C. looked 2. The sky brighter after the storm. A. is growing B. grows C. grow 3. At the moment, he calm. A. remains B. remained C. is remaining 4. To determine who is the winner of the competition, the examiners A. taste B. tasted C. are tasting 5. She upset after hearing the exam result. A. seem B. seems C. is seeming 6. Listen! His story interesting. A. sounds B. is sounding C. sound 7. She at a hotel when she visits Vietnam. A. will stay B. stays C. stayed 8. He really unhappy when you mention his baldness. A. gets B. got C. is getting 9. The situation unchanged in the past few years. A. is remaining B. remained C. has remained 10. The boy sad today. A. is B. was C. is being

L

Bài 5: Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

QU Y

Bài 5: 1. B (Bạn có thể giúp tôi không? Giờ tôi đang tìm giày) 2. B (Bầu trời trở nên sáng sủa sau cơn bão.) 3. A (Bây giờ anh ấy vẫn bình tĩnh.) 4. C (Để xác định được người chiến thắng của cuộc thi, các giám khảo đang nếm món ăn của các thí sinh.)

KÈ

M

5. B (Cô ấy dường như rất buồn bã sau khi nghe kết quả thi.) 6. A (Hãy lắng nghe! Câu chuyện của anh ấy nghe có vẻ thú vị.) 7. A (Cô ấy sẽ ở một khách sạn khi đến Việt Nam.) 8. A (Anh ấy trở nên buồn bã khi bạn nói anh ấy bị hói.) 9. C (Tinh huống vẫn không thay đổi trong vòng vài năm qua.) → in the past few years: trong vòng vài năm qua (động từ chia ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành)

Y

10. A (Hôm nay cậu bé buồn.) II. CLEFT SENTENCES Câu chẻ (Cleft sentences) được dùng để nhấn mạnh một thành phần của câu như chủ ngữ, tân ngữ hay trạng từ

DẠ

1. It cleft sentences (Câu chẻ với it) * Form: It + be (is/ was) + emphasized word/ phrase (từ/ cụm từ được nhấn mạnh)+ relative clause (that/who/which clause) E.g: It was in 2008 that we first met each other. (Chính vào năm 2008 chúng tôi đã gặp nhau lần đầu

44

ENGLISH 11 tiên.)

FI CI A

L

Note: Các đại từ who, which có thể được dùng để thay thế cho "that". When và where cũng có thể được sử dụng (informal English), nhưng how và why thì không thể thay thế cho "that" trong câu chẻ. E.g: It was last Saturday that/ when we played badminton. It was in New York that/ where she met him. a. Emphasis on subject (Nhấn mạnh vào chủ ngữ) E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday.  It was Tom that took Mary to the party on Sunday.

OF

b. Emphasis on object (Nhấn mạnh vào tân ngữ) E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday. It was Mary that Tom took to the party on Saturday.

ƠN

c. Emphasis on adverbial (Nhắn mạnh vào trạng ngữ) E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday. It was on Sunday that Tom took Mary to the party. d. Emphasis on prepositional phrase (Nhấn mạnh vào cụm giới từ) E.g: Tom took Mary to the party on Sunday. It was to the party that Tom took Mary on Sunday.

E.g: They gave me some gifts. What they

was some gifts.

NH

2. Wh_ cleft sentences * Form: Wh_clause (What clause) + be + emphasized word/ phrase

What ~ The thing(s) that

QU Y

All he wanted to do as he was growing up was play tennis. (= the only thing he wanted to do): Điều duy nhất anh ta đã muốn làm khi anh ta trưởng thành là chơi quần vợt.  Thỉnh thoảng chúng ta có thể dùng "all" thay cho "what".

KÈ

M

Sau mệnh đề what, động từ to be thường được chia ở dạng số ít (is/ was). Tuy nhiên, thỉnh thoảng hình thức số nhiều (are/ were) có thể được sử dụng trước danh từ số nhiều. E.g: What I hope to see is/ are children who are successful in their studies. - Chúng ta có thể đặt mệnh đề what ở đầu hoặc cuối câu. E.g: What makes me happy is his love. / His love is what makes me happy. (Điều mà làm tôi hạnh phúc là tình yêu của anh ấy.)

Y

Để nhấn mạnh vào một hành động (action), chúng ta dùng cấu trúc: What + S + hình thức của động từ do + be + (to) + infinitive E.g: What Tom did was (to) Mary to the party. Bài 6: Rewrite each sentence to emphasize the underlined phrase.

DẠ

1. Mr David saw that I could also take part in the contest.  It . 2. I didn't invite them.  It . 3. I began to think about everything at that moment.

45

ENGLISH 11

OF

FI CI A

L

 It .. 4. His attitude towards other people really annoys me.  It . 5. I didn't decide to postpone the match.  It . 6. The candidates didn't start the trouble.  It . 7. The computer gives me a headache.  It . 8. My uncle came on Monday.  It .

NH

ƠN

Bài 6: 1. It was Mr David that/ who saw that I could also take part in the contest. 2. It wasn't I who/ It wasn't me that invited them. 3. It was at that moment that I began to think about everything. 4. It is his attitude towards other people that really annoys me. 5. It wasn't I who/ It wasn't me that decided to postpone the match. 6. It wasn't the candidates who/ that started the trouble. 7. It is the computer that gives me a headache. 8. It was on Monday that my uncle came. Bài 7: Rewrite each sentence to emphasize the underlined phrase, starting with It was... Look carefully at the underlined words in the last two questions.

QU Y

1. She liked the smell of garlic the best. 2. She found studying Math most difficult at school. 3. H e first heard about it from Mary. 4. She got the job because she was the best qualified. 5. Mike first met Jenny when they were both studying in London. 6. I only realized who he was when he started speaking. 7. I didn't hear about it until yesterday.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Bài 7: 1. It was the smell of garlic that she liked the best. 2. It was studying Math that she found most difficult at school. 3. It was from Mary that he first heard about it. 4. It was because she was the best qualified that she got the job. 5. It was when they were both studying in London that Mike first met Jenny. 6. It was only when he started speaking that I realized who he was. 7. It wasn't until yesterday that I heard about it. Bài 8: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 1. (A) That (B) was Tim (C) who (D) went to hospital last week. 2. It was (A) in Nha Trang (B) that I first (C) meet (D) my wife. 3. It (A) is (B) in 2010 (C) that I (D) graduated from university. 4. It (A) was (B) on New Year's Eve (C) who my sister (D) broke up with her boyfriend.

46

ENGLISH 11 5. It (A) was her husband (B) who (C) dropped out of his university and (D) setted up his business.

FI CI A

L

Bài 8: 1. A (That  It) "Chính Tim đã đến bệnh viện vào tuần trước." 2. C (meet  met) "Chính ở Nha Trang là nơi mà lần đầu tiên tôi gặp vợ mình."

4. C (who  that) "Chính vào đêm giao thừa chị tôi đã chia tay với bạn trai." 5.D (setted up  set up) Hình thức quá khứ của động từ "set" là "set". "Chồng tôi đã bỏ học đại học và mở công việc kinh doanh của mình."

OF

3. A (is  was) "Chính vào năm 2010 tôi đã tốt nghiệp đại học."

reason

thing

QU Y

M

5. way

9. person that 10. way

3. thing that

7. place

4. reason

8. thing

11. place that 12. way that

DẠ

Bài 10: Rearrange the words to make a complete sentence. 1. missed/ what/ friends/ old/ I/ was/ all/ my/. 2. my/ what/ was/l/ that/ passport/ happened/ lost/.

47

way

you really need to speak to is Mike, the guy standing by the fire. I've asked you here today is to talk about last week's sales. really got my goal was that he never even apologized. I want to talk to you is to discuss your future. it works is that you press this button here and hey presto! we got married was the happiest day of my life. I'll never forget is Ba Na Hills. you need to remember is that he's only a child. impressed me the most was Mary; she really knew her stuff. to get it through the door is to put it on its end. made the most lasting impression was the Temple of Literature. works best for me is to write down new words in context.

6. day

Y

2. reason

place

KÈ

1. The 2. One 3. The 4. The main 5. The 6. The 7. One 8. The 9. The 10. One 11. The 12. The Bài 9: 1. person

person

NH

day

ƠN

Bài 9: Complete each gap with one of the words in the box. Where necessary (but only where necessary) add that.

ENGLISH 11

L

3. the/ most/ that/ me/ surprised/ was/ thing/ price/ the/.

FI CI A

4. it/ only/ relax/ I/ weekends/ is/ at/ that/ the/ can/.

OF

5. happened/ apologize / that/ all/ was/ had I to/ I. Bài 10: 1. What I missed was all my old friends. 2. What happened was that I lost my passport. 3. The thing that surprised me most was the price. 4. It is only at the weekends that I can relax. 5. All that happened was I had to apologize. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 11: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

B. impatient C. patient D. patiently from the hours of overtime at work. It became quite

NH

A. impatiently 3. Sarah grew a long vacation.

ƠN

1. What's the matter with you? You look . A. happily B. sadly C. unhappy D. unhappily 2. I have been very up to this point, but I am going to lose my temper if you don't find my luggage immediately. that she needed

QU Y

A. tired/obvious B. tired/obviously C. tiredly/obvious D. tiredly/obviously 4. These watermelons were sweet. A. excepting B. exception C. exceptional D. exceptionally 5. You can't blame an automaker for wanting to design a car that looks , even if it doesn't have what it takes under the hood.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

A. fast B. fastly C. quickness D. quickly 6. The young girl sing . A. amazing good B. amazing well C. amazingly good D. amazingly well 7. She said she would become a actress . A. famous/quick B. famous/quickly C. famously/quick D. famously/quickly 8. The skies became as the moon moved between the Earth and the Sun. A. surprising dark B. surprising darkly C. surprisingly dark D. surprisingly darkly 9. Healthy relationships allow both partners to feel supported and connected but still feel . A. dependence B. dependent C. depending D. independent 10. Talking to professional counsellors who are trained to help people to process feelings, can be most .

48

ENGLISH 11 A. beneficial

B. beneficially

C. beneficiary

D. benefit

FI CI A

L

Bài 12: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 1. The chef (A) tasted the meat (B) cautious before (C) carefully serving it to his (D) special guest. 2. The doctor (A) checked the leg (B) carefully to (C) see if there were any (D) brokenly bones. 3. After (A) being closed for (B) a long period of time, the house (C) became dirty and (D) smelled awfully.

6. C (difficulty => difficult) 7. B (in where => that) 8. C (hardly => hard) 9. D (slowly => slow) 10. B (what => that)

NH

Bài 12: 1. B (cautious => cautiously) 2. D (brokenly => broken) 3. D (smelled awfully => smelled awful) 4. D (very good => very well) 5. C (nervously => nervous)

ƠN

OF

4. Tim (A) has lived in Vietnam (B) for several years. He (C) knows the culture (D) very good. 5. I (A) feel both (B) excited and (C) nervously because I have got a (D) date with Daisy tomorrow. 6. The (A) humid weather (B) made it (C) difficultly to enjoy the (D) tropical beach. 7. It was in a (A) warm and cosy coffee shop (B) in where they (C) had their (D) first date. 8. Tom's parents (A) are not pleased because he (B) does not study (C) hardly and (D) seriously enough. 9. The food was (A) good with (B) reasonable price, (C) but the service was (D) slowly. 10. (A) It is his dishonesty (B) what I (C) dislike (D) the most.

QU Y

Bài 13: Choose the best answer in the brackets to complete the sentences. 1. Tom spoke (confident/confidently) to the audience urging them to elect him president of the union. He knew he had a (good/well) chance of winning the election. 2. Alex (quick/ quickly) ate her lunch. She knew the meeting was (important/ importantly) and she didn't want to be late. 3. The entrance examination is (extreme/ extremely) challenging. Very few people make it into the (prestigious/ prestigiously) medical school.

M

4. Although Lisa speaks (soft/ softly) and seems quite (timid/ timidly), she is the leading expert in her field. Don't underestimate her abilities.

KÈ

5. After the medieval cathedral was (tragic/ tragically) burnt down last year, the city (quick/ quickly) rebuilt it stone for stone. It looks exactly the same as it did before the fire. 6. The tomato plants grew (quick/ quickly) in the rich soil. Mrs. Brown intended to use the homegrown tomatoes to make her (delicious/ deliciously) tempting lasagna.

DẠ

Y

7. Mr. Michael (generous/ generously) donated $ 1,000,000 to the law school's scholarship fund. With this money, they will be able to help low-income students cope with the (increasing/ increasingly) cost of education. 8. Tim is (good/ well) known for his sense of humor. Last Saturday, when he told the joke about the fireman and the school teacher, everybody there started laughing (uncontrollable/ uncontrollably). Bài 13:

49

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

1. confidently - good 5. tragically - quickly 2. quickly - important 6. quickly - deliciously 3. extremely - prestigious 7. generously - increasing 4. softly - timid 8. well - uncontrollably Bài 14: Fill each gap with ONE suitable word. a. What I liked most about the movie (1) the music. b. What she (2) was (3) look for another job. c. (4) I said (5) that she was a bit late and she bit my head off. d. What (6) then (7) that all hell broke loose. e. All that has happened is (8) the police (9) given me a warning. f. (10) really annoys me (11) that he's always right. g. All I (12) (13) to ask for a clean cup, and the waiter went berserk. h. What (14) happened was that she'd completely forgotten about it. i. Your attitude is exactly (15) I wanted to talk to you about. Bài 14: 6. happened 11. is 1. was 2. did 7. was 12. did

L

ENGLISH 11

8. place

13. was

4. all

9. thing

14. had

5. was

10. What

NH

3. to

15. what

QU Y

Bài 15: Rewrite the following sentences using the words given in bold. 1. We just need 3 minutes to fix it. (all) 2. I'm not questioning her dedication, (isn't) 3. Those men are totally ruthless, (what)

4. We inherited everything except the garden, (only thing)

M

5. You know the shop assistant told me exactly the same thing, (that's)

KÈ

6. We're cleaning the house, (doing)

DẠ

Y

Bài 15: 1. All we need is 3 minutes (to fix it). 2. It isn't her dedication (that) I'm questioning. 3. What those men are is totally ruthless. 4. The only thing we didn't inherit was the garden./ The garden was the only thing we didn't inherit. 5. That's exactly what the shop assistant told me. 6. What we are doing is cleaning the house.

50

ENGLISH 11

1. I really enjoy a long walk in the country. It's What (is) A long walk 2. I dislike his rudeness the most. What (what) His rudeness It's 3. His sense of irony makes me laugh. (what) His It's What

. . . . .

. .

Bài 16: 1.It's a long walk in the country I really enjoy. What I really enjoy is a long walk in the country. A long 2. What I dislike the most is his rudeness. His rudeness is what I dislike the most. It's his rudeness that I dislike the most.

NH

walk in the country is what I really enjoy.

ƠN

.

OF

.

FI CI A

L

Bài 16: Complete the sentences as cleft sentences focusing on the underlined phrases and including any words in bold. After It's, only use that where necessary.

3. His sense of irony is what makes me laugh.

QU Y

It's his sense of irony that makes me laugh. What makes me laugh is his sense of irony. TEST 1 . PHONETICS

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. B. appearance

C. enthusiastic

D. initiative

2 A. confidence

B. achievement

D. permission

B. psychologist

C. oppose

D. contribution

M

1 A. achievement

C. engage

4. A. initiative

B. confidence

C. enthusiastic

D. tension

5 A. reaction

B. achievement

C. matchmaking

D. enthusiastic

KÈ

3. A. potential

II. Choose the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress. B. constructive

C. essential

D. national

2. A. copy

B. remove

C. notice

D. cancel

3. A. curriculum

B. economics

C. hesitation

D. calculation

4. A. interact

B. specify

C. illustrate

D. fertilize

5. A. territorial

B. economic

C. considerate

D. continental

DẠ

Y

1. A. commercial

51

B. oceanic

C. economy

D. biology

7. A. prediction

B. rehearsal

C. essential

D. industry

8. A. maximum

B. vacancy

C. terrorist

D. investment

9. A. vertical

B. contractual

C. domestic

D. outstanding

10. A. emergency

B. alternative

C. expensively

D. geothermal

FI CI A

6. A. realistic

L

ENGLISH 11

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match the word/ phrase with its definition.

A. to listen to someone with patience and sympathy

2. lend an ear A

B. kind to people who are hurt or sad, showing that you understand and care about their problems

3. sympathetic B

C. a relationship based on love and emotional attraction

4. argument F

D. to end a relationship, a company, etc.

5. break up (with someone) D

E. become friends again after conflicts or arguments

6. be reconciled (with someone) E

F. a conversation or discussion in which people disagree, often angrily

ƠN

OF

1. romantic relationship C

II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in the bracket.

NH

1. My teacher is very caring and _______SYMPATHETIC_______. (SYMPHATHY) 2. She had an argument with one of her close friend, but she's managed to be ______RECONCILED______ with her. (RECONCILIATION)

3. When you have a romantic relationship, you're having a relationship based on love and _ EMOTIONAL_ attraction. (EMOTION)

QU Y

4. I thought my friend _____ BETRAYED______ my trust when she told others my secret. (BETRAY) 5. My parents always worry that I am in a ____ RELATIONSHIP___ with Nam, my close friend. (RELATION) 6. My best friend and I had an _____ARGUMENT_____ because she had revealed my secret. (ARGUE) 7. My parents and teachers are always telling me that I have to _____CONCENTRATE______ on my study. (CONCENTRATION)

M

III. Choose the right words to describe the pictures.

KÈ

break up (with someone)

Y

concentrate on

DẠ

1. ____ lend an ear _____

52

be in a relationship

lend an ear

argument

single-sex school

2. ___ break up (with someone)___ 3. _____ be in a relationship ____

4. _____ argument ______

FI CI A

L

ENGLISH 11

6. ______ concentrate on _______

5. ____ single-sex school ____

IV. Choose and fill in the blanks with correct words. potential

tension

reactions

oppose

a romantic relationship

permission

on good terms

psychologist

1. In my class, the girls are _______ on good terms _______ with all the boys except me.

OF

2. We need to get our parents' _____ permission ____ to take part in the English Speaking Contest in Hanoi next month. 3. They will select ______ potential ______ matches and help the two people meet face to face. 4. He was not willing to talk to a ______ psychologist _____.

ƠN

5. Does the counselor agree with Ha's _____ reactions ____?

6. The ______ tension _____ between Minh and his parents is because they always judge his friends by their appearances. 7. My grandmother thinks friendship between a boy and a girl will turn into ___ a romantic relationship ___.

NH

8. Should parents strongly ______ oppose _______ their children's romantic relationships? V. Put the given words into the right column. seem

remain

taste

јumр

sound

dance

feel

run

laugh

grow

climb

are

smell

Action Verbs

QU Y

become

jumр, dance, run, climb, laugh

Linking verbs

become, seem, are

Both taste, smell, feel, sound, remain, grow

VI. Complete the sentences using the given words. felt

M

become

appears

sounds

grow

seemed

looks

getting

2.

KÈ

1. She ______ looks ______ so beautiful in that white dress. A: What about going to the Italian restaurant? B: That _____ sounds ______ great! 3. She wants to ____ become ___ a fashion designer like Victoria Beckham in the future.

Y

4. I ______ felt ________ painful in my stomach after eating that cake.

DẠ

5. It ____ seemed _____ interesting that he didn't like anything except that bowl 6. Teenagers like to make their own choice when they _______ grow ______ older. 7. Turn on the fan. It is ____ getting ____ hotter and hotter.

8. That Super Junior ______ appears _____ suddenly at the end of concert makes its fans overjoyed. 53

ENGLISH 11

L

VII. Decide whether the bold part in each of the following sentences is an “action verb” or a “linking verb”. A. action verb

B. linking verb

2. My mother appeared exhausted after a hard day working on the paddy field. A. action verb

B. linking verb

3. Jane looks more beautiful when tying her hair. A. action verb

B. linking verb

A. action verb

B. linking verb

OF

4. Maria's grandmother used to look after her carefully when she was small.

FI CI A

1. July is smelling the flowers her boyfriend has given to her.

5. He wants to become an inspiring teacher after graduating from his university. A. action verb

B. linking verb

A. action verb

B. linking verb

ƠN

6. The worldwide economic situation is getting worse and worse. 7. If you want to stay healthy, you should follow the doctor's advice. A. action verb

B. linking verb

A. action verb

NH

8. She is going to stay at a friend's house in Ha Long Bay for 3days. B. linking verb

9. When my daughter grows older, she will understand what I do for her. A. action verb

B. linking verb

QU Y

10. My aunt tasted this soup carefully. A. action verb

B. linking verb

VIII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence. 1. What's the matter with you? You look happy/happily today. 2. He appears very excited/excitedly when looking at her. 3. I taste the soup very careful/carefully. Don't worry!

M

4. John appeared sudden/suddenly behind us and said hello to us. 5. He is shouting at his friend. He seems very angry/angrily. A: Why do you smell the milk?

KÈ

6.

B: Because it smells terrible/terribly. You should throw it away. 7. This plan grows quickly/quick if it absorbs enough water. 8. He kept talking and his friends seemed annoyedly/annoyed.

Y

9. The doctor checked my legs carefully/careful to see if there were any injuries.

DẠ

10. She is looking for the colored pens serious/seriously because she needs them now. X. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. 1. Can you help me? I (look) ____ for my pen now. A. look

54

B. am looking

C. looked

ENGLISH 11 2. The sky (grow) ____ brighter after the heavy rain. B. grows

C. grow

L

A. is growing A. remain

B. remained

FI CI A

3. At present, I (remain) ____ calm. C. is remaining

4. To decide the winner of the competition, the examiners (taste) ____ candidates' dishes now. A. taste

B. tasted

C. are tasting

5. What's the matter with Mary? She (seem) ____ upset. A. seem

B. seems

C. is seeming

A. sounds

B. is sounding

C. sound

OF

6. Listen! Her story (sound) ____ interesting. 7. She (stay) ____ at one of her penpal friends' houses when she visits Vietnam. A. is staying

B. stays

C. stayed

A. gets

ƠN

8. The room (get) ____ quiet when teachers entered. B. got

C. is getting

9. The situation (remain) ____ unchanged in the past 20 years. A. remains

B. remained

A. is

NH

10. John (be) ____ impolite today.

C. has remained

B. was

C. is being

X. Find EIGHT mistakes in the use of linking verbs in this text.

QU Y

(1) Maria and I stayed ready for the party on Sunday morning. (2) Suddenly, Maria smelt extremely tired and her face stayed pale. (3) I sounded so scared that I did not know what to do but took her to the nearby clinic. (4) The doctor said that her health condition was remaining worse and worse and asked me what she had eaten the night before. (5) Maria ate the soup I bought at the restaurant but both of us had no idea that in that soup, there was a lot of shrimp powder to which she became allergically. (6) After one-hour treatment, her health condition gets stable. (7) Now I taste relieved as she looks like better. 1. got/were

2. turned/grew/became

3. was/felt

4. getting/becoming

5. allergic

6. got

7. feel

8. bỏ “like”

KÈ

1. It is her sad story A

M

XI. Match parts of the sentences to make correct ones. A. that makes me cry. B. that she had a date with Jim.

3. It was in the Italian restaurant B

C. who she broke up with.

4. It was speaking skill E

D. that attracts me a lot.

5. It is her small dog D

E. that she found the most difficult in learning English.

6. It is at 8 o'clock F

F. that there is weather news.

DẠ

Y

2. It was Peter C

XII. Complete the following sentences using the given phrases.

55

the man

on the schoolyard

on weekends

the lovely cat

on the way to school

after I left my house

ENGLISH 11 my close friends

the strong storm

my mom

the letter

L

1. It was _____ the lovely cat ______ that my younger sister wanted to buy. 3. It was ______ the man _______ who was arrested by the police two days ago 4. It is _____ on the way to school _____ that I meet my English teacher. 5. It is ______ on the schoolyard _____ that we play football very happily.

FI CI A

2. It was ___ after I left my house ____ that I realized that family had played an integral role in my life.

6. It was _____ the strong storm ______ that blew out some roofs of houses in the village. 7. It was _____ the letter ______ that I received from my mother last week. 8. It is _____ on weekends ______ that we often have picnics.

OF

9. It is ______ my close friends _____ who always stand by me when I get into some trouble. 10. It is ______ my mom ______ who takes responsibility for cooking in my family. XIII. Choose the underlined part that is incorrect in the following sentences. A. That

B. was

ƠN

1. That was Jim who went to hospital last month. C. who

D. went

C. that

D. meet

2. It was in Paris that I first meet my wife. A. in

B. Paris

A. is

B. that

NH

3. It is in 2010 that my life turned over a new leaf.

C. turned

D. leaf

4. It was on New Year's Eve who Mary broke up with her boyfriend. A. was

B. on

C. who

D. broke up with

QU Y

5. It was her brother who dropped out of his university and setted up his business. A. was

B. who

C. dropped

D. setted up

XIV. Choose the correct sentence that is written using the underlined part and cleft sentence with “It”. 1. He spent his summer vacation in Da Lat.

A. It is in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation. B. It was in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation.

M

C. It is in Da Lat that he spends his summer vacation. D. It was in Da Lat where he spends his summer vacation.

KÈ

2. Candidates all over the world took part in the competition with great enthusiasm. A. It is great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition. B. It was great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition. C. It was with great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition.

Y

D. It is with great enthusiasm which candidates all over the world take part the competition.

DẠ

3. He gains impressive achievements at the age of 20. A. It is at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements. B. It was at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements. C. It is at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements.

56

ENGLISH 11 D. It was at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements.

L

4. Mary made a great contribution to her husband's success. B. It was Mary who makes a great contribution to her husband's success. C. It was Mary who made a great contribution for her husband's success. D. It was Mary who made a great contribution to her husband's success. 5. Most parents are willing to lend their ear to their children.

FI CI A

A. It is Mary who made a great contribution to her husband's success.

A. They are their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear to. B. It is their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear to.

OF

C. They are their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear. D. It is their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear. C. READING

I. Reading comprehension on Online Dating and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).

ƠN

It has long been seen as a less romantic way of meeting Mr Right. But finding love over the internet is a good way of meeting a marriage partner, research has showed. It found that one in five of those who have used dating sites to find their perfect partner have gone on to marry someone they met over the web.

NH

The study, by consumer group Which?, also revealed that more than half of the 1,504 people questioned had been on a date with someone they met in cyberspace. Sixty-two per cent agreed that it was easier to meet someone on a dating site than in other ways, such as in a pub or club, or through friends. At the same time, the under 35s were more likely to know someone who had been on a date or had a long-term relationship with someone they met through online dating.

QU Y

Jess Ross, editor of which.co.uk, said: 'Online dating is revolutionising the way people meet each other. Switching the computer on could be the first step to success! According to industry surveys, more than 22 million people visited dating websites in 2007, and more than two million Britons are signed up to singles sites.

M

Of the 147 couples who took part in the study, 61 per cent said their relationships had high levels of these three components. The researchers also found that men were more likely to find true love on the internet than women.

KÈ

Dr Jeff Gavin, who led the team, said: “To date, there has been no systematic study of love in the context of relationships formed via online dating sites. “But with the popularity of online dating, it is imperative we understand the factors that influence satisfaction in relationships formed in this way." Charlotte Harper, of Match.com, said: 'We were thrilled to find so many of our former members have found love. 'It supports our belief that the internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship.

Y

Statements

DẠ

1. Online dating is seen as modern romance. 2. Research has shown that online dating is not a good way of meeting people.

3. Most people who took part in the survey said it is easier to meet people online than √ elsewhere.

57

(T)

(F) √ √

ENGLISH 11 √

4. Jess Ross thinks online dating is changing the way people meet each other.

√

L

5. Less than 20 million people visited dating websites in 2007.

√

FI CI A

6. Women are more likely to find their ideal partner online than men.

√

7. Many members of match.com have found love. II. Read the passage and complete the task that follow.

In our modern life, we can watch television or surf the Internet to find out about what is happening around the world but our neighborhood can be a place we never really know. A survey has been conducted to find out some people's thought of talking with their neighbors. Here came the results:

OF

A.

ƠN

We had been living here for five years and had never really got to know our neighbors. Then a tremendous hurricane came and crashed our house. Our neighbors came round to offer us food and help. When finally recovering, we still lived in the same neighborhood and never spoke to our neighbors. I don't know why. B.

NH

My neighbor went to work on the same route with me. I passed over her every morning when walking to work but never said hello. One morning I said "hello", then a "good morning" and a friendly smile were exchanged between us for the next week. But then, she changed her way to work. I feel that some neighbors may prefer being left undisturbed. C.

QU Y

I think it's very nice to come up and talk with your neighbors. Take me as an example. I commute to work every day by bus. One day, I saw Harry on the station platform. We exchanged nods and smiles and eventually he came up to me and said hello. He told me that he had been my new neighbor for three weeks but I didn't even know. We started chatting since then and got to know each other better. Then, guess what? We are now engaged and are getting married next year. Write the letter A, B or C that indicates the person next to their description/ opinion below. 1. ______A_______ suffered from a natural disaster. 2. ______C________ is in a relationship with one of her neighbors.

M

3. _____B________ thinks that some people may find talking with neighbors annoying 4. _____B_______ once went to work on the same route with her neighbor.

KÈ

5. _____C_______ thinks positively about talking with neighbors. 6. _____B_______ walks to work. 7. _____A______ got help from the neighbors. 8. ______C______ uses public transportation to work.

Y

III. Read the passage and complete the tasks that follow.

DẠ

Huyen Anh is introducing herself and her closest friends.

Many people consider me sociable because I am keen on taking part in community activities. I find it easy to start a conversation and get on well with different kinds of people, so I have numerous friends. Among them, Tram Anh, Minh and Bich are my closest ones.

58

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Tram Anh is the tallest girl in my group. She looks beautiful with a straight nose, long black hair, fair skin and dimples. She is interested in helping the poor and the disabled. She volunteers to teach English at the local orphanage every Sunday. She also spends a lot of time helping other classmates to improve their English. She is so gentle and generous that her teachers and friends adore her. Besides, she is a diligent student who always gets good marks.

OF

Similar to Tram Anh, Minh is very outgoing and warm-hearted. He enjoys participating in social activities, such as blood donation and environmental protection campaigns. He is quite talkative and humorous, so he is sometimes regarded as a class clown who always makes others laugh by telling jokes and pretending to do silly things. His jokes, however, sometimes annoy his friends. He also receives many compliments from teachers for being so intelligent and hard-working. He is not only our class's star soccer player but also a talented amateur singer. Unlike Tram Anh and Minh, Bich is quite shy in public. At break time, she enjoys staying in the classroom to finish her homework before going home. Also, she likes the quiet and peaceful atmosphere of the school library. In her free time, she prefers reading books and helping her mother prepare meals.

ƠN

Although each of us has different personalities, we share a number of common hobbies and have a lot of fun together. I find myself lucky to have them as my intimate friends. Task 1. Answer the following questions by choosing the correct options. A. 2

B. 3

2. What is Huyen Anh like? A. She is a sociable girl.

NH

1. How many friends is Huyen Anh talking about?

B. She is quite reserved in public.

3. What does Tram Anh look like?

C. 4 C. She is talkative.

QU Y

A. She is tall and beautiful.

B. She enjoys helping the poor and the disabled. C. She is so gentle and generous. 4. Tram Anh and Minh, ____. A. sing quite well

B. are sociable and helpful

C. are talkative and humorous

M

5. What does Bich love doing in her free time? A. Doing her homework

B. Studying in the library

C. Reading and helping her mother

Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). F

7. Tram Anh teaches orphans English on Saturdays.

F

8. Minh's jokes can be annoying to his friends sometimes.

T

9. Minh can play soccer very well.

T

Y

KÈ

6. It is hard for Huyen Anh to start the conversation with someone.

10. Bich never does her homework during break time.

F

DẠ

IV. Read the passage and do the task that follows/do the tasks that follow.

Generally, friendship exists for three reasons: virtue; usefulness; or pleasure. When virtue is the reason, friendship exists for the sake of friendship; where both like each other and cherish each other for some creditable values in the other's personality. You know that you would even die to swear your friendship for 59

ENGLISH 11

L

that person. You also know that the other would make you live than die for him/her regardless of intelligence, handsomeness, utility or the capability of giving pleasure.

FI CI A

A friendship of the second kind is formed for the practical value of it. How useful so and so is to me? What can I benefit from him? Will he use his reputation and influence to fetch me a good job? Thus a person may maintain relationship for practical, professional, and political reasons. However, once we do away with the usefulness, the friendship eventually dies.

OF

Friendship of the third kind is formed essentially on account of the pleasure the relationship can give. He is a joker. The moment he enters, you forget all your worries. She is cute, intelligent and charming. The very notion that she is your friend makes you feel proud. The point rests here: How good is he/she in giving me pleasure physically, emotionally, mentally and materially? Now to the question: Which of the three is good? The second type is good, yet since basing on utility, it falls short of longevity and quality. The third type is good too, but how long one enjoys only pleasure in life? But the first type, virtue-based friendship is fantastic for this reason: it lasts till the end of this universe. 1. From paragraph 1, we can infer that ____.

ƠN

A. Real friendship does not count one person's cleverness, appearance, utility and his/her aptitude for creating fun. B. You have to die in order to prove your friendship.

NH

C. Personality is not an important factor in choosing a friend. D. There are two main motives for friendship.

2. Which of the following has the closet meaning to “do away with” in paragraph 2? A. kill

B. escape

C. get rid of

D. ask for

3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the reading passage?

QU Y

A. Friendship basing on the capacity for creating pleasure still possesses some uncertainty B. Friendship requires a lot of patience and efforts from both sides C. Friendship usually does not last long if it is built on materialistic need D. Virtue-based friendship's core is a friend's creditable traits in his or her personality 4. Synonym(s) of utility in paragraph 4 can be found in: B. paragraph 2

M

A. paragraph 1

C. paragraph 3

D. paragraph 4

C. The third

D. Not mentioned

5. Which kind of friendship is most unshakable? B. The second

KÈ

A. The first D. WRITING

I. Rewrite each sentence with the word in brackets to emphasize the underlined part. 1. We had a wonderful party in the garden. (that) It was in the garden that we had a wonderful party.

Y

2. Mary is very depressed about the result of the examination. (who)

DẠ

It is Mary who is very depressed about the result of the examination. 3. The boys play football in the schoolyard every afternoon. (that) It is every afternoon that the boys play football in the schoolyard. 4. The poor girl won first prize in the singing competition. (that) 60

ENGLISH 11 It was first prize that the poor girl won in the singing competition.

FI CI A

L

5. My friend gave me a present at my birthday party. (that) It was at my birthday party that my friend gave me a present. 6. We really enjoy doing volunteer work. (that) It is volunteer work that we really enjoy doing.

7. Hung is in the romantic relationship with Mai. (who) It is Mai who Hung is in the romantic relationship with. 8. He bought two houses on Nguyen Trai Street at the age of 25. (that) It was at the age of 25 that he bought two houses on Nguyen Trai Street. It is the teacher who students usually ask a lot of interesting questions.

OF

9. Students usually ask the teacher a lot of interesting questions. (who)

10. My mom is making some cakes for our dinner. (that) It is for our dinner that my mom is making some cakes. II. Reorder the words to make complete sentences.

ƠN

1. It/ he/ his/ that/ changed/ father's/ a/ after/ was/ death / lot./ himself It was after his father’s death that he changed himself a lot. 2. going/ to/ am/ I/ the / Tokyo/ that/ in / It/ is/ holiday./ spendIt is in Tokyo that I am going to spend the holiday.

NH

3. USA/ 2008/ got/It/ the / married./ in/ settled/ down/ he/ was/ that/ in/ and It was in 2008 that he settled down in the USA and got married.

4. that/ It/ mom/ was/ their/ gave / on/ wedding / anniversary / dad/ diamond/ ring./ my/ my/ a It was on their wedding anniversary that my dad have my mom a diamond ring.

QU Y

5. some/ It/ in / boyfriend/ me/ took / beautiful/ photos/ my/ was / who/ for/ Japan. It was my boyfriend who took some beautiful photos for me in Japan. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

A. PHONETICS

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

4. A. season 5. A. thing

C. plan

D. state

B. tiger

C. tin

D. time

B. animal

C. man

D. decay

B. sometimes

C. sea

D. stop

B. threaten

C. thought

D. than

KÈ

2. A. tiny 3. A. planet

B. plane

M

1. A. lake

Y

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. B. disuse

C. broaden

D. invest

2. A. consumption

B. advertise

C. influence

D. history

3. A. development

B. responsible

C. reinforcement

D. spontaneous

4. A. chemical

B. element

C. attention

D. tropical

5. A. decay

B. exist

C. timber

D. supply

DẠ

1. A. obey

61

ENGLISH 11 B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

L

I. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. A. Determined

B. Determination

FI CI A

1. ____ is a decisive factor in giving up smoking. C. Time management

D. Reaction

2. It is your ____ that determines how fast you achieve your goal and how well you acquire a skill or knowledge. A. tension

B. reliability

C. expense

D. attitude

3. Men are often attracted by ____ girls in heavy make-up. B. flashlight

C. flashy

4. He____ as girls change their clothes. A. bridges the gap

B. changes his mind C. betrays

D. flashily

OF

A. flash

D. reacts

5. With the outstanding talent and skills, he is one of the most ____ candidates for the presidency. A. flashy

B. mature

C. potential

D. trivial

ƠN

II. Fill in the blank with the correct form of the given words.

1. The he asks the same question again and again is so ______FRUSTRATING_____ (FRUSTRATE). 2. Parents can put their trust in Ms Lan because she is an _____ EXPERIENCED___ teacher (EXPERIENCE).

NH

3. The naughty boy denied _____DISRESPECTING______ (RESPECT) his Math teacher. 4. Finally, after much effort, he gained a lot of __ACHIEVEMENTS__ (ACHIEVE) in protecting wild animals. 5. Having too many children puts a lot of __FINANCIAL__ (FINANCE) burdens on poor parents in rural areas.

QU Y

III. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to the given sentence(s). 1. Peter's parents don't allow him to play computer games or chat online. A. Peter mustn't play computer games or chat online. B. Peter doesn't have to play computer games or chat online. C. Peter's parents oughtn’t to allow him to play computer games or chat online.

M

2. It is advisable that you call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office. A. You have to call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office.

KÈ

B. Mrs Brown advises you to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office. C. You should call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office 3. Ben always gets poor marks in Geography, but he is very good at German. A. It is Geography that Ben always gets good marks in. B. It's German that Ben is very good at.

Y

C. Ben excels at both Geography and German.

DẠ

4. John considers Julie intelligent while most of us don't. A. It is Julie who most of us consider to be intelligent. B. It was John who considered Julie intelligent.

C. It's Julie who John considers intelligent.

5. Van was surprised because she lost five kilos in two weeks.

62

ENGLISH 11 A. Van surprised as she gained five kilos in two weeks. B. Van is surprised that she can lose weight.

L

C. Van was surprised to lose five kilos in 2 weeks. A. It's not easy for Jane to start a new relationship after the break-up. B. It's always hard to start a relationship with Jane.

FI CI A

6. Jane finds it hard to start a new relationship after the break-up.

C. It's hard to believe that Jane starts a new relationship soon after the break-up. 7. We can't change the result of the test. It's impossible. A. It's possible for us to change the result of the test. C. It's likely that we will change the result of the test.

OF

B. It's impossible for us to change the result of the test. 8. Judy and I are amazed that Anna is willing to help us decorate the classroom.

A. Judy and I are amazed at Anna's willingness to help us decorate the classroom.

ƠN

B. Judy and I are amazed that Anna's unwilling to help us decorate the classroom. C. Judy and I aren't amazed at Anna's unwillingness to help us decorate the classroom. IV. Choose the underlined part which is incorrect.

A. didn't

B. to buy

NH

1. Nancy said you didn't need to buy her anything for her birthday, but I think you ought at least get her some flowers or a little bottle of perfume. C. ought

D. or

2. After three hours of discussion, all the members of the committee felt happily about the decision. A. After

B. all

C. felt

D. happily

A. was

QU Y

3. She was so happy because her request participated in the international youth's meeting was granted. C. participated

B. nervously

C. seemed

B. happy

D. granted

4. You don't have to do your homework on Saturday morning. That way you have the rest of the weekend free. A. don't have to

B. on

C. That way

D. free

5. All the interviewees appeared nervously before the start of the interview, but after that they seemed very happy.

M

A. interviewees

D. happy

6. It is my purse who I have been looking for for two hours, but I haven't found it. B. who

KÈ

A. is

C. two hours

D. it

7. Mark isn't good at public speaking so it's difficult of him to make a speech in front of thousands of people. A. good

B. so

C. of

D. thousands

8. You have to be horrible to your older sister. It makes her very sad.

Y

A. have to

B. be

C. makes

DẠ

C. READING

I. Choose the best answers to the following questions.

63

D. sad

ENGLISH 11

L

In many aspects of life, effective communication skills are extremely important. With good communication skills, people can enjoy better interpersonal relationships with friends and family. The following are some guides that can help you improve your communication skills.

FI CI A

Learn to listen

Listening is not the same as hearing you should learn to listen not only to the words being spoken but also how they are being spoken and the non-verbal messages sent with them. You shouldn't think about what to say next while listening; instead clear your mind and focus on the message being received. Your friends, colleagues and other acquaintances will appreciate your good listening skills. Try to understand other people's emotions

OF

To understand other people's emotions, you should be sympathetic to other people's misfortunes and congratulate them on their achievements. To do this, you need to be aware of what is going on in other people's lives. It's crucial to maintain eye contact and do not be afraid to ask others for their opinions as this will help to make them feel valued.

ƠN

Encourage

1. What is the best title for the passage?

NH

It's advised that you offer words and actions of encouragement, as well as praise, to others, which make other people feel welcome, valued and appreciated in your communications. If you let others know that they are valued, they are much more likely to give you their best. You should also try to ensure that everyone get involved in an interaction or conversation by using effective body language and open questions. A. Benefits of owning effective communication skills B. Ways to improve communication skills C. Behaviours of a good listener

2. Why are effective communication skills important in our lives?

QU Y

A. They help us enjoy a calm state of mind. B. They help us catch people's attention. C. They help us build good interpersonal relationships with others. 3. What should listeners do while someone is speaking? A. Listen attentively to what is being spoken and how it is delivered. B. Think of what should be spoken next.

M

C. Only pay attention to the words being spoken, not the non-verbal messages sent with them. 4. According to the writer, what is the way to feel other people's emotions?

KÈ

A. We should show sympathy for other people's bad luck. B. We should express congratulations on other people's success. C. Both A and B are correct. 5. What should we do to involve everyone in an interaction or conversation? A. Discourage them through words and actions. B. Use body language and open questions.

Y

C. Let others feel valued and appreciated. D. WRITING

DẠ

I. Complete the following letter using the given words. scholarship Dear Mr. Bill Weston,

64

grateful

hearing

date

enquire

ENGLISH 11 I am writing to (1) ___ enquire __ about your English courses which is advertised in ‘English Today?

FI CI A

L

I've just received the result of the IELTS exam, with an overall band score of 6.0. That wasn't a satisfying result because I need 7.0 in order to apply for a (2) ___ scholarship __ to study abroad. I was wondering how I can improve my English skills quickly when I saw your advertisement. I realized that my speaking and writing skills are not as good as listening and reading ones.

Could you please tell me if you have any advanced courses aiming at speaking or writing skill available? What (3) ___ date ___ does the course start and how much does it cost? I would be (4) ___ grateful ____ if you could send me more information about the course, including teacher's information and course duration.

OF

Thank you very much for your time. I look forward to (5) ____ hearing ____ from you. Sincerely, Hoa Nguyen

ƠN

II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. me/ to/ lend/ a / parents/ ear/ are/ My/ willing/ sympathetic/ My parents are willing to lend me a sympathetic ear.

2. my/ be/ with/ that/ you'll / staying/ I'm/ know/ family/ to/ for/ weeks/ happy

NH

I’m happy to know that you’ll be staying with my family for weeks. 3. have/ me/ know/ questions / let/ any/ Please/ if/ you Please let me know if you have any questions.

1. A. amazing

QU Y

Test 3

B. charge

C. female

D. taste

2. A. break

B. breath

C. thread

D. tread

B. plough

C. rough

D. tough

B. dreams

C. girls

D. parents

B. laughed

C. looked

D. loved

Part I. PHONETICS

3. A. enough 5. A. kissed

KÈ

4. A. believes

M

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions. B. female

C. humour

D. partner

7. A. advice

B. contact

C. mature

D. maintain

8. A. favourite

B. recommend

C. understand

D. volunteer

9. A. argument

B. counsellor

C. reconcile

D. romantic

10. A. comfortable

B. preservative

C. relationship

D. significant

DẠ

Y

6. A. campaign

65

ENGLISH 11 Part II. VOCABULARY

FI CI A

L

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 11. I was shocked to find out my boyfriend had cheated on me. A. angry

B. pleased

C. upset

D. worried

12. He was furious with himself for letting things get out of control. A. angry

B. confused

C. sad

D. surprised

13. Mary and John have a lot in common. B. spend lots of time together

C. share similar ideas

D. share accommodation

14. She felt unsafe and insecure in love. A. anxious

B. calm

C. silly

OF

A. live together

D. unlucky

A. contactable

ƠN

15. I am now reconciled with two of my estranged siblings - not just my older brother, but my sister, whom I hadn't spoken to for 17 years. B. harmonised

C. opposed

D. truthful

A. advisor

NH

16. When couples encounter problems or issues, they may wonder when it is appropriate to visit a marriage counsellor. B. director

C. professor

D. trainer

17. He doesn't completely trust online partners, as they usually hide their real identity. A. argument

B. decision

C. opinion

D. personality

18. Sometimes, in order to get things done, you have to take the initiative. B. make important changes D. sacrifice for others

QU Y

A. make the last decision C. raise the first idea

19. From the moment they met, he was completely attracted by her. A. accepted

B. fascinated

C. influenced

D. rejected

20. She was so happy when he got down on bended knee and popped the question.

M

A. asked her out

C. asked her to give him some money

B. asked her to be on a date D. asked her to marry him

KÈ

21. Gary didn't always see eye to eye with his father, and this is where the honesty shows through. A. agree with

B. be truthful with

C. look up to

D. take after

22. Some parents strongly oppose their children's romantic relationship. A. assist

B. forbid

C. ignore

D. preserve

Y

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

DẠ

23. I was really depressed about his winning the election, like a lot of people. A. fed up

B. pessimistic

C. satisfied

D. unhappy

24. Miss Walker was a mature lady when she married. A. annoyed

66

B. childish

C. energetic

D. sensitive

ENGLISH 11

A. avoid

B. forget

C. neglect

D. regard

A. admit

B. conceal

C. declare

D. expose

27. Among friends again, we may be happy to confide our innermost secrets. A. admit

B. conceal

FI CI A

26. Don't confess your love to your friends unless you know they feel the same way.

L

25. Students are advised to tune out distractions and focus on study.

C. hint

D. reveal

28 Most of us, even with every communication option possible, drift apart from friends. A. be independent

B. be associated

C. be isolated

D. be separated

29. Then the strangest thing happens - Will and Marcus strike up an unusual friendship. B. give up

C. make up

30. He'll give Joe a red rose and a lovey-dovey poem he wrote. A. lovesick

B. romantic

C. tragic

A. dear

B. foe

C. mate

D. spouse

C. disrespect

D. underestimate

32. I look up to my father for my whole life. A. depend on

D. wild

ƠN

31. Feel free to bring along your significant other to the party.

D. remain

OF

A. cover up

B. disapprove

A. inhuman

B. tolerant

NH

33. He's a wonderful example of a kind-hearted person with good judgement. C. generous

D. sympathetic

34. The situation seemed hopeless and desperation filled them both with anger. A. pessimistic

B. pointless

C. promising

D. useless

QU Y

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 35. I don't know what to say to break the ____ with someone I've just met at the party. A. air

B. ice

C. leg

D. rule

36. Their close friendship ____ a romantic relationship. A. brings about

B. puts up

C. takes over

D. turns into

C. settled down

D. worked out

37. It's time I ____ and raised a family.

B. grew up

M

A. carried on

38. They fell ____ because they disagreed on the care of their young son.

KÈ

A. apart

B. away

C. out

D. over

39. All the three boys seem to fall ____ over heels in love with her. A. head

B. heart

C. mind

D. soul

40. She says she has kissed and ____ up with Nigel, and the reunion was a fun night.

Y

A. caught

B. done

C. made

D. took

DẠ

41. Due to financial conflict over years, they decided to get ____. A. divorced

B. engaged

C. married

D. proposed

42. Many husbands and wives can't remember why they ever got ____ in the first place because they no longer have anything in common. 67

ENGLISH 11 B. engaged

C. married

D. proposed

43. We started ____ out together before we realised we were in love. B. eating

C. going

D. hanging

FI CI A

A. asking

L

A. divorced

44. Parents are always willing to lend a sympathetic ____ to their children when they have problems. A. hand

B. ear

C. eye

D. paw

45. I have a ____ on a classmate who is very near and dear to me. A. crush

B. desire

C. flame

D. passion

46. Jane arranged for me to go on a/an ____ date with a guy from her office. A. blind

B. group

C. online

D. speed

A. Blind

B. Group

C. Online

48. If you are lucky, it will be love at first ____. B. see

C. sight

D. Speed D. site

ƠN

A. look

OF

47. ____ dating involves couples going out together. It gives you the chance to see how your date interacts with other people.

49. When you start dating somebody regularly, we say that you are ____ somebody. A. knowing

B. looking

C. seeing

A. apple

B. honey

Part III. GRAMMAR

NH

50. His youngest daughter was the ____ of his eye.

C. sweet

D. viewing D. strawberry

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

QU Y

51. What's the matter? You look ____. A. happily

B. sadly

C. unhappy

D. unhappily

52. I have been very ____ up to this point, but I am going to lose my temper if you don't find my baggage immediately. A. impatiently

B. impatient

C. patient

D. patiently

C. relaxing

D. relaxingly

B. exception

C. exceptional

D. exceptionally

B. goodly

C. well

D. badly

C. smells

D. tastes

53. You seem more ____ now.

B. relax

M

A. relaxed

54. These watermelons were ____ sweet.

KÈ

A. excepting

55. The cake tastes ____. A. good

56. That kitten's fur ____ so soft.

Y

A. looks

B. sounds

DẠ

57. The waves crashed on the shore where they ____ cool on my hot feet. A. appeared

B. felt

C. looked

D. sounded

58. The milk went ____ within seven days from opening. A. bad

68

B. badly

C. best

D. well

ENGLISH 11

B. fastly

C. quick

D. quickly

C. beautiful

D. beautifully

C. desperately

D. desperation

FI CI A

A. fast

60. My darling, you looked ____ in that dress. A. beauty

B. beautify

61. She looked ____ around for a weapon. A. desperate

B. desperating

L

59. You can't blame an automaker for wanting to design a car that looks ____, even if it doesn't have what it takes under the hood.

62. Nicole grew ____ from the hours of overtime at work. It became quite ____ that she needed a long vacation. B. tired/obviously

C. tiredly/obvious

B. amazing well

C. amazingly good

63. The young girl sing ____. A. amazing good

64. She said she would become a ____ singer ____. B. famous/quickly

D. amazingly well

C. famously/quick

ƠN

A. famous/quick

D. tiredly/obviously

OF

A. tired/obvious

D. famously/quickly

65. The skies became ____ as the moon moved between the Earth and the Sun. A. surprising dark

B. surprising darkly

C. surprisingly dark

D. surprisingly darkly

A. for

B. on

NH

66. Although my best friend now lives in Da Nang, we still try to keep in touch ____ each other. C. up to

D. with

67. They said it was a great chance to form new friendships and enjoy each other's ____. A. companion

B. companionable

C. companionship

D. company

68. Terry has been carrying a torch for Liz for years, but she seems not ____. B. notice

QU Y

A. been noticed

C. noticing

D. to notice

69. Many parents are worried that their children will get involved ____ a romantic relationship in their teenage years. A. for

B. in

C. on

D. with

70. Some people are meant to fall in love ____ each other but not meant to be together. B. in

M

A. for

C. on

D. with

71. Healthy relationships allow both partners to feel supported and connected but still feel ____.

KÈ

A. dependence

B. dependent

C. depending

D. independent

72. Warmth, ____, and understanding should cost nothing in any country. A. sympathy

B. sympathetic

C. sympathise

D. sympathising

73. Talking to professional counsellors who are trained to help people to process feelings, can be most ____.

Y

A. beneficial

B. beneficially

C. beneficiary

D. benefit

DẠ

74. If you have feeling for someone, then you have worked up the ____ to ask them out. A. encourage

B. encouragement

C. courage

D. courageous

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 69

ENGLISH 11 75. The chef tasted the meat cautious before carefully serving it to his special guest. B

C

D

L

A A

B

C

D

FI CI A

76. The doctor felt the leg carefully to see if there were any brokenly bones. 77. After being closed for a long period of time, the house became dirty and smelled awfully. A

B

C

D

78. All the members of the committee felt happily about the ultimate decision. A

B

C

D

79. Sophie has lived in Thailand for several years. She knows the culture very good. B

C

D

OF

A

80. I feel both excited and nervously because I have got a date with Lara tomorrow. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

ƠN

81. The humid weather made it difficultly to enjoy the tropical beach. D

82. It was a warm and cosy coffee shop in where they had their first date. A

B

C

D

A

NH

83. Jerry's parents are not pleased because he does not study hardly and seriously enough. B

C

D

84. I wonder how you felt when you broke up from your ex-girlfriend. A

B

C

D

QU Y

85. Most important, I can quickly either start or end an online relationship whenever I want. A

B

C

D

86. The food was good with reasonable price, but the service was slowly. A

B

C

D

87. According to Kate's parents' viewpoint, she is never mature enough to be in love.

M

A

B

C

D

88. It is his dishonesty what I dislike the most. B

KÈ

A

C

D

89. My students are not so good at Mathematics but they study English good. A

B

C

D

Y

90. They are accustomed to share every sorrow and mirth with each other. A

B

C

D

DẠ

Part IV. SPEAKING Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “Are you ready? The school bus is leaving.” – “Yes, just a minute. ____” 70

ENGLISH 11 B. I'm coming.

C. I'd be OK.

D. I'm leaving.

92. “Hi, Jenny. Where are you going?” – “Sorry, Mike. I can't stop now. ____” B. Oops!

C. See you.

D. Watch out!

93. “Were you in school yesterday?” – “No, ____” A. I was not sure.

B. I was free.

C. I was absent.

94. “Do you mind if I sit next to you?” – “____” A. Don't mention it.

B. My pleasure.

C. No, not at all.

95. “Your new dress looks fantastic!” – “Thanks, ____” B. I'd rather not.

C. It's up to you.

96. “Do you feel like going to the prom with me?” – “ ____” A. I feel very bored. B. That would be great.

ƠN

- “____, Mommy. We are just good friends.” B. Don't worry

D. Yes, why not?

D. You can say that again.

C. Yes, congratulations.

97. "I'm afraid there is no real friendship between boys and girls!” A. Don't mention it

D. It was boring

OF

A. I bought it at Daisy's.

FI CI A

A. Of course not!

L

A. No longer.

C. I hope so

D. You're welcome.

D. Of course not

98. “I think students must go to single sex schools.” – “No, ____” A. I totally approve.

B. I disagree.

A. Of course not.

D. What a pity.

NH

99. “Didn't you feel tired of being alone?” – “____”

C. How amazing

B. No, thanks.

100. “What's wrong with you?” – “____”

C. Sounds boring.

B. I'm having a headache.

C. You are welcome.

D. Yes, I was tired yesterday.

QU Y

A. Thank you.

D. No, why not?

101. “You look so sad. ____” – “I couldn't have my parent's permission.” A. Can you help me?

B. How do you deal with it?

C. What's the problem?

D. What should I do?

102. “I can't understand why my parents don't allow me to play with boys.” – “____” A. Me also.

B. Me either.

C. Me neither.

D. Me too

A. Good idea.

M

103. “Why don't we talk to Mr Green first? I think he can help.” – “____” B. I understand.

C. Yes, thanks.

D. You are wrong.

KÈ

104. “Hello. ____” – “Hello. Hold on please. I get you through.” A. Can I meet Mr Green?

B. Can I take Mr Green's number?

C. May I speak to Mr Green?

D. Where is Mr Green's room?

105. "Can you help Carol to persuade her parents?” – “____”

Y

A. I think so.

B. Not completely.

C. Yes, I'm afraid not.

D. Why not?

DẠ

Part V. READING Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

71

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

In a healthy relationship, both partners respect, trust and embrace (106) ____ differences. Both partners are able to communicate (107) ____ their needs and listen to their partner, and work to resolve conflict in a rational and (108) ____ way. But maintaining a healthy relationship (109) ____ for skills many young people are never taught. A lack of these skills, and (110) ____ up in a society that sometimes celebrates violence or in a community that experiences a high (111) ____ of violence, can lead to unhealthy and even violent relationships among youth. Dating violence (112) ____ psychological or emotional violence, such as controlling behaviours or jealousy; physical violence, such as hitting or punching. More than 20 per cent of all adolescents report having experienced (113) ____ psychological or physical violence from an intimate partner - and underreporting remains a concern.

ƠN

OF

Adolescents, (114) ____ older adolescents, often have romantic relationships, which are long-term, serious, and intimate. Society has a responsibility to provide young people with the resources, skills, and space (115) ____ to safeguard their physical and emotional well being in these relationships. Youth-serving professionals, educators, and parents can help young people in need access services to (116) ____ dating abuse victimisation. Research also has shown that programmes intended to prevent dating violence can be (117) ____. B. each another's

C. each other's

D. one another's

107. A. effective

B. effectively

C. effectiveness

D. ineffective

108. A. non-violent

B. violently

C. violent

109. A. asks

B. calls

C. looks

D. requires

NH

106. A. another's

D. violence

12. A. comprises

B. consists

C. contains

D. includes

113. A. both

B. either

C. neither

D. whether

114. A. especial

B. especially

C. special

D. specially

115. A. necessitating

B. necessarily

C. necessary

D. necessity

116. A. address

B. confess

C. deny

D. obey

117. A. succeed

B. success

C. successful

D. successfully

B. growing

C. raising

D. taking

111. A. amount

B. number

C. rate

D. scale

QU Y

110. A. bringing

M

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Y

KÈ

Let's see if you can correctly answer the following question: At what age are Latter-day Saint youth allowed to date? Of course, you probably immediately said, "16". OK, then, how about this one: At what age are you allowed to have a boyfriend or girlfriend? You may be thinking, “Um, 16. Didn't I just answer that?" Well, if that was your answer, then, even though you aced the first question, you missed the second one. Just because you can date when you turn 16 doesn't mean you should immediately start looking for a steady boyfriend or girlfriend.

DẠ

For decades, prophets have preached that youth who are in no position to marry should not pair off exclusively. For instance, President Hinckley (1910-2008) said, "When you are young, do not get involved in steady dating. When you reach an age where you think of marriage, then is the time to

72

ENGLISH 11

L

become so involved. But you boys who are in high school don't need this, and neither do the girls”. So what does this counsel really mean, and what are the reasons for it?

OF

FI CI A

To begin with, there are two different types of dating: casual dating and steady (or serious) dating. The distinction between the two has to do with exclusivity. With casual dating, there is no exclusivity. The two people aren't “a couple” or “an item”, and they don't refer to each other as a “boyfriend” or “girlfriend”. They don't pair off. People who are casually dating are simply friends. This is the kind of dating the Church encourages you to do after you turn 16. You should put aside a need to find a “one and only”. If you're dating casually, you don't expect a relationship to become a romance. You have fun; you do a variety of things with a variety of people. On the other hand, steady dating means the couple is exclusive with one another. They expect each other not to date anyone else or to be emotionally or physically close with other people. Couples who date seriously consider the future, because there is a real possibility they could stay together. This is the kind of dating the Church encourages young adults (generally, people in their 20s) to progress toward, because that's the age when they should be thinking of marrying.

NH

ƠN

You should avoid becoming exclusive as teenagers, because an exclusive relationship requires a high level of commitment from both partners, and you're not in a position to make that kind of commitment as teens – neither emotionally, physically, nor in terms of your future plans. As President Boyd K. Packer, President of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles, has said to youth, “Avoid steady dating. Steady dating is courtship, and surely the beginning of courtship ought to be delayed until you have emerged from your teens”. 118. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ____.

A. dating doesn't mean having exclusive boyfriend or girlfriend

QU Y

B. teenagers are supposed to have a steady boyfriend or girlfriend C. teenagers date as many boyfriends or girlfriends as they can D. young people shouldn't be allowed to date at 16 119. The word “aced” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____. A. gave up

B. misled

C. succeeded in

D. understood

120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about casual dating? B. You don't pair off exclusively.

C. You find your "one and only”.

D. You meet different kinds of people.

M

A. You can be friend with each other.

KÈ

121. It is stated in the passage that steady dating ____. A. includes a variety of things with a variety of people B. is courtship that you ought to have in your teens C. requires hardly any commitment

Y

D. suits people who are in their 20s

DẠ

122. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage? A. At what age are young people allowed to date? B. Casual dating or steady dating.

C. Make your teenage dating by keeping it casual.

73

ENGLISH 11 D. Popular kinds of dating for teenagers.

FI CI A

L

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

OF

It has long been seen as a less romantic way of meeting Mr Right. But finding love over the Internet is a good way of meeting a marriage partner, research has showed. It found that one in five of those who have used dating sites to find their perfect partner have gone on to marry someone they met over the web. The study, by consumer group Which?, also revealed that more than half of the 1,504 people questioned had been on a date with someone they met in cyberspace. Sixty-two per cent agreed that it was easier to meet someone on a dating site than in other ways, such as in a pub or club, or through friends. At the same time, the under-35s were more likely to know someone who had been on a date or had a long-term relationship with someone they met through online dating. The survey also found that Match.com and Dating Direct were the most popular dating websites.

QU Y

NH

ƠN

Jess Ross, editor of which.co.uk, said: “Online dating is revolutionising the way people meet each other. Switching the computer on could be the first step to success.” According to industry surveys, more than 22 million people visited dating websites in 2007, and more than two million Britons are signed up to singles sites. Previous research has shown that couples who get to know each other via emails are more likely to see each other again after their first date. Two years ago, a study by Bath University revealed that those who met on dating websites were 94 per cent more likely to see each other after their first meeting than other couples. The researchers studied relationships formed on online dating website Match.com over a six-month period. They found that consummate love described as a balance of passion, intimacy and commitment - was evident at around 12 months into a relationship. Of the 147 couples who took part in the study, 61 per cent said their relationships had high levels of these components. The researchers also found that men were more likely to find true love on the Internet than women. Some 67 per cent of men but just 57 per cent of women said they had experienced consummate love with an online partner.

KÈ

M

Companionate love - a relationship with high levels of intimacy and commitment, but lower levels of passion - was the next most frequently experienced form of love, exhibited by 16 per cent of the study group. Dr Jeff Gavin, who led the team, said: “To date, there has been no systematic study of love in the context-of relationships formed via online dating sites. But with the popularity of online dating, it is imperative we understand the factors that influence satisfaction in relationships formed in this way.” Charlotte Harper, of Match.com, said: “We were thrilled to find so many of our former members have found love. It supports our belief that the Internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship.” 123. According to the passage, online dating is seen as ____. A. a modern romantic way of dating

B. an economical way of dating

C. the fastest way to find a soul mate

D. a great change in the way people meet

Y

124. The words “cyberspace” in paragraph 2 probably means ____. A. dating agency

B. group dating

C. online network

D. school club

DẠ

125. According to the passage, the number of people taking part in a study by Bath University was ____. A. more than 1500

B. more than 750

C. about 150

126. The words “systematic" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ____. 74

D. about 300

ENGLISH 11 B. fixed

C. flexible

D. insecure

127. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage? B. Less than 20 million people visited dating websites in 2007. C. Many members of match.com have found love. D. Men are more likely to find their ideal partner online than women. 128. The word “imperative” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ____. A. crucial

B. minor

C. optional

D. useless

129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

OF

A. Many couples got married within 12 months since their first meeting. B. Men were more likely to visit dating websites than women.

FI CI A

A. Consummate love has higher levels of passion than companionate love.

L

A. efficient

C. The number of single people in Britons reduced owing to online dating.

ƠN

D. Many people had a long-term relationship through online dating. 130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage? A. Internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship. B. Online dating - a good way of meeting people.

NH

C. Online dating is showed to help you find your perfect partner. D. The revolution of online dating is alarming. Part VI. WRITING

QU Y

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. I have to take the responsibility. A. It's I am that responsible.

B. It is I who am responsible.

C. It is me who am responsible.

D. It's that me is responsible.

132. It was her story that made me cry.

B. I was made to cry by her story.

C. Her story made me crying.

D. Her story made me to cry.

M

A. I was made crying by her story.

133. It is unlikely that he will come on time. B. It is likely that he will not come too late.

C. It looks as if he will come late.

D. It seems that he will come lately.

KÈ

A. He is unlikely to come early.

134. He became successful as a professional writer at the age of 20. A. He did not succeed as a professional writer until he was 20.

Y

B. He did not write professionally until he succeeded at the age of 20.

DẠ

C. He succeeded as a professional writer until he was 20. D. He wrote professionally until he became successful at the age of 20.

135. Mai: “Why don't we ask Mr Brown for help?” A. Mai asked why they did not ask Mr Brown for help.

75

ENGLISH 11 B. Mai begged Mr Brown for help to find the reason.

L

C. Mai suggested that they should ask Mr Brown for help.

FI CI A

D. Mai wanted to know why Mr Brown did not help.

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. John lied to Linda. She didn't know the reason. A. Linda didn't believe that John lied to her.

B. Linda didn't know how John lied to her.

C. Linda didn't know that John lied to her.

D. Linda didn't know what John lied for.

A. It was the garden and garage that Billy found his cat. B. It wasn't the garden that Billy did not find his cat. C. It wasn't the garden but the garage that Billy found his cat. 138. She is so attractive. Many boys run after her.

ƠN

D. Billy could not find his cat anywhere, even in the garage.

OF

137. Billy did not find his cat in the garden. He found it in the garage.

A. So attractive is shę many boys that run after her. B. So attractive is she that many boys run after her.

NH

C. So attractive she is that many boys run after her.

D. So that attractive she is many boys run after her.

139. You can feel more at ease by taking part in group dating. It's the only way. A. By taking part in group dating can you only feel more at ease.

QU Y

B. Only by taking part in group dating can you feel more at ease. C. The only way you is by taking part in group dating can feel more at ease. D. The way you can feel more at ease is taking part in only group dating. 140. Mary broke up with her boyfriend. She couldn't stand his complaining. A. Although Mary broke up with her boyfriend, she couldn't stand his complaining. B. Mary broke up with her boyfriend because she couldn't stand his complaining.

M

C. Mary broke up with her boyfriend; however, she couldn't stand his complaining.

KÈ

D. Mary broke up with her boyfriend in case she couldn't stand his complaining.

Y

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… UNIT 3. BECOMING INDEPENDENT

DẠ

Vocabulary 1.confident /ˈkɒnfɪdənt/ (a): tự tin 2. cope with /kəʊp/ (v): đương đầu với 3. decisive /dɪˈsaɪsɪv/ (a): quyết đooán 4. determined /dɪˈtɜːmɪnd/(a): quyết tâm 76

Sống tự lập

FI CI A OF

ƠN

5. housekeeping /ˈhaʊskiːpɪŋ/ (n): công việc gia đình, việc nhà 6. humanitarian /hjuːˌmænɪˈteəriən/ (a): nhân đạo 7. interpersonal /ˌɪntəˈpɜːsənl/ (a): liên nhân 8. motivated/ˈməʊtɪveɪtɪd/ (a): có động lực, động cơ, tích cực 9. prioritise /praɪˈɒrətaɪz/ (v): ưu tiên 10. reliable /rɪˈlaɪəbl/(a): có thể tin cậy được 11. self-discipline /ˌself ˈdɪsəplɪn/ (n): tinh thần tự giác 12. self-esteem /ˌself ɪˈstiːm/ (n): tự tôn, tự trọng 13. self-reliant /ˌself rɪˈlaɪənt/ (n): tự lực 14. strive /straɪv/ (v): cố gắng, nỗ lực 15. time management /taɪmˈmænɪdʒmənt/ (n.p): quản lý thời gian 16. well-informed /ˌwel ɪnˈfɔːmd/ (a): thạo tin, hiểu biết 17. wisely /ˈwaɪzli/ (adv): (một cách) khôn ngoan 18. protective /prəˈtektɪv/ (adj): che chở, bảo vệ Grammar :

L

ENGLISH 11

A. GRAMMAR 1. To-infinitives after adjectives

NH

* Form 1: Noun/ Pronoun + linking verb + adjective + to -infinitive Chúng ta dùng động từ nguyên mẫu có "to" sau một số tính từ để miêu tả cảm xúc của ai đó liên quan đến hành động được diễn tả, tức là "ai đó thấy thế nào khi làm gì đó". Các tính từ được sử dụng trong cấu trúc này là: content

amazed anxious ashamed

delighted

grateful

shocked

determined

happy lucky

sorry

disappointed

pleased

surprised

eager eligible

proud ready

terrified

frightened

reluctant

KÈ

E.g:

sad

M

bound careful certain

glad

QU Y

afraid

- I am afraid to go out alone. - The boy is lucky to be born in a rich family.

Y

- They are happy to see their old friends again. Những động từ "to hear, to see, to learn, to discover, to find" thường được sử dụng sau một số tính từ như "glad, happy, delighted, disappointed, surprised, sorry".

DẠ

E.g:

- She is glad to hear that news. - They are surprised to learn that their daughter had quit her job. * Form 2: It + linking verb + adjective (+ for somebody) + to -infinitive

77

ENGLISH 11

L

Chúng ta có thể sử dụng cấu trúc với chủ ngữ "it" để đưa ra bình luận, đánh giá tính chất của hành động. Các tính từ được sử dụng trong cấu trúc này là: easy, difficult, hard, interesting, boring, nice, great, good, possible, impossible, likely, important, necessary, unreasonable.

FI CI A

E.g: - It is impossible for me to finish the report on time. - It was necessary to go there.

* Form 3: It + linking verb + adjective + of somebody + to -infinitive Các tính từ được sử dụng trong cấu trúc này với giới từ "of" là các tính từ miêu tả cách cư xử hoặc khả năng của ai đó: right, wrong, nice, kind, clever, intelligent, silly, stupid

OF

E.g: - It is kind of you to help me. - It was silly of her to spend all her money. 2. To-infinitives after nouns

ƠN

* Form 1: Noun + to -infinitive Chúng ta dùng động từ nguyên mẫu có "to" sau 1 số danh từ trừu tượng để nói về những hành động mà chúng liên quan.

ability

chance

advice

choice

agreement

decision

NH

Các danh từ thường gặp trong dạng này là:

ambition

permission

reminder

goal

plan

request

intention

preparation

requirement

demand

motivation

promise

suggestion

desire

need

proposal

tendency

appeal

determination

offer

recommendation

way

arrangement

dream

opportunity

refusal

willingness

eagerness

order

reluctance

wish

anxiety

attempt

M

E.g:

QU Y

failure

KÈ

- My decision to close the company was a difficult one to make. - They gave me an opportunity to escape. - I have a desire to live abroad. Lưu ý: Sau danh từ "way" ta có thể dùng "of V-ing" hoặc "to infinitive"

Y

E.g: There is noway of stopping/to stop him from talking in class. * Form 2: It + linking verb + noun phrase (+ for somebody) + to -infinitive

DẠ

E.g:

- It is a difficult question to answer.

- It would be a pity for us to lose such a good player. Ngoài ra, ta có thể dùng cụm danh từ (noun phrase + to infinitive) để diễn tả sự cần thiết hoặc khả năng

78

ENGLISH 11 làm gì.

L

E.g: - Let's get something to eat. (= Let's get something that we can eat.) ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box. shocked

bound

1. He was very 2. I'm

about

hesitant

sorry

to go back there after what had happened.

OF

delighted

FI CI A

- There is a lot of work to do on the farm. (= There is a lot of work that we need to do on the farm.)

to have to say this, but we're going to have to let you go.

3. She was

to hear the news of his death. He was so young! to learn that he had been promoted.

5. You're

to do well because you are intelligent.

6. They're Bài 1:

to have a baby. It's due any day now.

ƠN

4. He was

1. hesitant (Anh ấy do dự về việc quay lại đó sau những chuyện đã xảy ra.)

NH

2. sorry (Tôi rất tiếc phải nói điều này, nhưng chúng tôi sẽ phải để bạn đi.) 3. shocked (Cô ấy đã rất sốc khi nghe tin anh ấy chết. Anh ấy còn quá trẻ!) 4. delighted (Anh ấy rất vui sướng khi biết mình đã được thăng tiến.) 5. bound (Bạn chắc sẽ làm tốt vì bạn rất thông minh.)

QU Y

6. about (Họ sắp có em bé rồi. Gần đến ngày rồi.) Bài 2: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box. Bài 2:key 6. determined

2. lucky

7. astonished

3. proud

8. ashamed 9. keen 10. motivated

KÈ

4. ready 5. likely

M

1. happy

ashamed

motivated

happy

astonished

likely

lucky

keen

proud

ready

determined

Y

1. I'm

DẠ

2. She was so

3. Linda is really

to be able to give you the good news that you've all passed. to get this job. It's really great. to be the mother of such a successful young man.

4. Is everybody

to go? The bus is waiting outside.

5. Sarah is very

to win this race. Her practice times were excellent.

79

ENGLISH 11 6. She may have messed this one up, but she's

to discover that women didn't always fall for his smarmy charm.

8. He's 9. He's very

FI CI A

to go back there after what he did and said. to go in for this competition. He thinks he has a good chance.

10. My cousin doesn't seem to be

to do anything with his life.

Bài 3: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box. reluctant

relieved

1. He was very

afraid

eager

careful

upset

not to say anything about the divorce to his mother.

2. She was rather

to hear I had broken her favourite vase.

3. She's very

to move to another city when she has so many friends here.

4. He was very

to find out that he didn't have to go to court.

5. We were very

ƠN

to see him at the hotel with his secretary.

6. She was

to start work as soon as possible.

7. I was very 8. I'm Bài 3:

surprised

OF

fortunate

L

7. He was

to do better next time.

to have had parents who gave me a lot of encouragement.

NH

to go in there; you know what he's like.

1. careful (Anh ấy đã rất thận trọng không nói gì về việc ly hôn với mẹ mình.) 2. upset (Cô ấy hơi buồn khi nghe tôi đã làm vỡ cái bình yêu thích của cô ấy.) 3. reluctant (Cô ấy bất đắc dĩ phải chuyển đến thành phố khác khi mà cô ấy có rất nhiều bạn bè ở đây.)

QU Y

4. relieved (Anh ấy cảm thấy nhẹ lòng khi biết không phải đi đến tòa.) 5. surprised (Chúng tôi rất ngạc nhiên khi nhìn thấy anh ấy ở khách sạn với thư kí của mình.) 6. eager (Cô ấy đã rất hào hứng bắt đầu công việc càng sớm càng tốt.) 7. fortunate (Tôi rất may mắn khi có bố mẹ luôn ủng hộ tôi.) 8. afraid (Tôi sợ đi vào trong đó; bạn biết tính cách anh ấy thế nào mà.)

KÈ

M

Bài 4: Fill in the blanks with the suitable words from the box. unhappy ashamed able due angry

unable

1. Mark was very

to discover that his wife was having an affair.

2. They were very

to learn that their daughter was in trouble.

3. The report is

to be published next week.

Y

4. It's great! We were

DẠ

5. I am

to find a real holiday bargain.

to say that I can't remember your name.

6. We regret we are

to extend your overdraft.

Bài 4:

1. angry

80

4. able

5. ashamed

3. due

6. Unable

Bài 5: Fill in the blanks with "for" or "of". 1. It was really stupid 2. It's unusual

you to get involved. him to behave in this way.

3. It was necessary 4. It is wrong

us to solve this question as soon as possible. him to get so angry over such a little thing.

5. Isn't it possible

you to arrive on time occasionally?

6. It's hard 7. It was so clever

you to think of doing it like that.

8. It was important

him to realise how serious this was.

9. It was right

her to complain. I'd have done the same.

10. It is so kind

OF

her to make a living from her business.

FI CI A

2. unhappy

L

ENGLISH 11

ƠN

you to look after the children for the afternoon.

Bài 6: Complete the sentences using the given phrases in the box. offer to help

1. We were surprised at his 2. Her

opportunity to improve plan to move

NH

desire to get decision to drop

US with the project.

QU Y

out of school is a difficult one to make.

3. Studying in the USA gives you an 4. It was his 5. Susan's

your English skills.

a good job that motivated him to study Chinese. to California made her parents angry.

Bài 6:

M

1. offer to help (Chúng tôi rất ngạc nhiên với lời đề nghị của anh ấy sẽ giúp đỡ chúng tôi thực hiện dự án.) 2. decision to drop (Quyết định bỏ học của cô ấy là quyết định khó khăn đối với cô ấy.)

KÈ

3. opportunity to improve (Học ở Mỹ cho bạn cơ hội để cải thiện kĩ năng tiếng Anh của mình.) 4. desire to get (Chính mong muốn có được công việc tốt đã thúc đẩy anh ấy học tiếng Trung.) 5. plan to move (Kế hoạch chuyển tới California của Susan làm bố mẹ cô ấy tức giận.) Bài 7: Rewrite the sentences, using the nouns in brackets and a to -infinitive phrase.

DẠ

Y

1. I know how to deal with the problem. (way)  I know . 2. It's surprising that Mai can speak five foreign languages. (ability)  Mai's . 3. The students were not allowed to use materials in the examination room. (permission)

81

4. We didn't know that Mark was going to change his job. (plan)  We didn't know . 5. That she decided to participate in the contest surprised all of us. (decision)  Her . Bài 7: 1. I know the way to deal with the problem. 2. Mai's ability to speak five foreign languages is surprising.

5. We didn't know about Mark's plan to change his job.

Bài 8: Choose the best answer 1. I was not allowed to stay outside overnight. A. I didn't have to stay outside overnight.

NH

B. I had no permission to stay outside overnight.

ƠN

6. Her decision to participate in the contest surprised all of us.

OF

3. The students couldn't get permission to use materials in the examination room 4. His effort to overcome difficulties makes us surprised.

2. Don't expect that everyone will agree with you. That is unreasonable. A. Everyone is reasonable to agree with you.

B. It is unreasonable to expect that everyone will agree with you.

QU Y

3. Watch this film. It is very useful.

A. It is very useful to watch this film. B. Watch this film is very useful.

4. My sister is able to solve every problem quickly. A. My sister has the ability to solve every problem quickly. B. It is hard for my sister to solve every problem quickly.

M

5. We can't find a suitable candidate for this position. That is difficult. A. It is difficult for US to find a suitable candidate for this position.

KÈ

B. It was difficult for US to find a suitable candidate for this position. 6. She has determination to achieve the goal. A. It was her determination that helped her achieve the goal. B. She is determined to achieve the goal.

Y

7. I don't know how to use this washing machine.

DẠ

A. I don't know the way how to use this machine. B. I don't know the way to use this washing machine.

8. Don't touch that button. It is dangerous. A. It is dangerous not to touch that button.

82

.

FI CI A

 The students couldn't . He tried very hard to overcome difficulties and that makes us surprised. (effort) His

L

ENGLISH 11

ENGLISH 11 B. It is dangerous to touch that button.

L

Bài 8:

FI CI A

1. B (Tôi không được phép ở lại bên ngoài qua đêm.) 2. B (Vô lý khi mong chờ mọi người sẽ đồng tình với bạn.) 3. A (Rất hữu ích khi xem bộ phim này.) 4. A (Chị tôi có khả năng giải quyết mọi vấn đề nhanh chóng.) 5. A (Thật khó với chúng tôi để tìm ra thí sinh phù hợp cho vị trí này.)

OF

6. B (Cô ấy quyết tâm đạt được mục tiêu.) 7. B (Tôi không biết cách sử dụng máy giặt này.)

ƠN

8. B (Thật là nguy hiểm khi chạm vào cái nút đó.)

NH

Bài 9: Complete the letter by choosing the best answer in brackets. Dear Daisy, My parents and I are (1) (glad, disappointed, sad) to know that you passed the final exam with flying colors. Congratulations! I think that with your excellence, your (2) (decisive, dream, advice) to become a good doctor will come true.

QU Y

My younger sister was really (3) (surprised, ability, determined) to receive a hair curling machine from you on her birthday and she asked me to say "thank you" to you. However, she doesn't know the (4) (chance, way, permission) to use that machine. It seems (5) (difficult, chance, easy) for her to use it. I am excited that you're going to visit my beautiful city. I want to show you my (6) (willing, willingness, demand) to take you to famous places. We're looking forward to seeing you. It will be (7) (nice, unreasonable, necessity) for me to welcome you to my house.

M

Write me soon and confirm your arrival date and time. Love,

Bài 9:

KÈ

Lisa

1. glad (Tớ và bố mẹ tớ rất vui khi biết cậu đã vượt qua kì thi với kết quả cao.) 2. dream (... ước mơ của bạn trở thành một bác sĩ giỏi sẽ thành hiện thực.) 3. surprised (Em gái tớ thực sự rất bất ngờ khi nhận được máy uốn tóc cậu gửi tặng vào ngày sinh nhật...)

Y

4. way (Tuy nhiên, em tớ không biết cách sử dụng máy đó.)

DẠ

5. difficult (Dường như với cô ấy để sử dụng nó.) 6. willingness (Tớ muốn cậu thấy tớ rất sẵn lòng dẫn cậu đến những nơi nổi tiếng.) 7. nice (Sẽ rất tuyệt với tớ khi được chào đón cậu đến thăm nhà tớ.)

83

ENGLISH 11 Bài 10: Fill in the blank with the correct form of the given words (use n/adj+ to V) 1. I am

2. It is important for you

confidence in yourself, (having)

the secret causes a lot of trouble for her. (fail, kept)

4. It was her 5. Mary is

FI CI A

3. Her

L

the result of the exam too late, (disappointment, receive)

abroad that inspires her to study hard, (motivate, lived)

one of the most excellent students in her class, (happiness, became)

6. It is

(luck, have) good friends.

7. Her competitor is not good, which increases her 8. It is rude of him

the champion, (chance, became)

OF

when his mouth is full of food, (speaker)

Bài 11: Rewrite the following sentences using "noun/ adj + to V" and the given words in brackets. 1. Lan is excited that she wins the first prize in the competition. (excited) .

ƠN

2. My wife was very surprised when she heard that I had won a lottery. (surprised) . 3. I was very happy that I met my old friends again. (happy) .

NH

4. He is determined that he can find the best solution to this problem. (determined) . 5. The room needs cleaning by Ms. Brown this afternoon. (necessary) .

1. disappointed to receive 2. to have

QU Y

6. She finds it interesting to study and listen to music at the same time. (interesting) . Bài 10: 5. happy to become 6. lucky to have

4. motivation to live

7. chance to become

M

3. failure to keep

8. to speak

KÈ

Bài 12: Rewrite the following sentences using "noun + to V" and the given words in brackets. 1. They want to beat US, but that seems unrealistic. (goal) . 2. Tim always tries hard to finish his homework on time. (effort) .

DẠ

Y

3. Nobody knew that she had always wanted to become a teacher. (dream) . 4. She has a lot of friends because she's willing to help others unconditionally. (because of, willingness) . 5.She decided to take part in the contest. (decision)

84

ENGLISH 11

L

.

FI CI A

Bài 11:

1. Lan is excited to win the first prize in the competition. (Lan rất phấn khởi khi giành giải nhất của cuộc thi.)

2. My wife was very surprised to hearthat I had won a lottery. (Vợ tôi rất ngạc nhiên khi nghe tin tôi trúng xổ số.)

OF

3. I was very happy to meet my old friends. (Tôi rất vui khi gặp lại những người bạn cũ.)

4. He is determined to find the best solution to this problem. (Anh ấy quyết tâm tìm ra giải pháp tốt nhất cho vấn đề này.)

5. It is necessary for Ms Brown to clean the room this afternoon. (Thật cần thiết để cô Brown lau chùi

ƠN

căn phòng vào chiều nay.)

6. It is interesting for her to study and listen to music at the same time. (Cô ấy thấy thú vị khi vừa học vừa

NH

nghe nhạc.) Bài 12:

1. Their goal to beat us seems unrealistic (Mục tiêu của họ đánh bại chúng tôi dường như không thiết thực.)

QU Y

2. Tim always makes every effort to finish his homework on time. (Tim luôn cố gắng hoàn thành bài tập về nhà đúng giờ.) 3. Nobody knew about her dream to become a teacher. (Không ai biết về ước mơ trở thành giáo viên của cô ấy.)

KÈ

Test1

M

4. She has a lot of friends because of her willingness to help others unconditionally. (Cô ấy có nhiều bạn vì cô ấy sẵn sàng giúp đỡ người khác vô điều kiện.) 5. She made a decision to take part in the contest. (Cô ấy đã quyết định tham gia vào cuộc thi.)

A. PHONETICS

Y

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. B. new

C. threw

D. knew

2. A. weight

B. height

C. eight

D. vein

3. A. wanted

B. helped

C. wicked

D. naked

4. A. intermediate

B. immediate

C. medium

D. medicine

DẠ

1. A. few

85

ENGLISH 11 B. unbeatable

C. unanimous

D. undone

6. A. shield

B. cement

C. executive

D. spill

7. A. hasty

B. nasty

C. tasty

D. wastage

8. A. prestige

B. village

C. advantage

D. heritage

9. A. scheme

B. parachute

C. architect

D. psychology

10. A. visit

B. site

C. invite

D. decide

FI CI A

L

5. A. uncertain

II. Choose the word which is different from the other in the position of primary stress. B. edition

C. advantage

D. enrichment

2. A. commit

B. open

C. index

D. preview

3. A. candidate

B. habitat

C. wilderness

D. attendance

4. A. recipe

B. candidate

C. instrument

D. commitment

5. A. conceal

B. contain

C. converse

D. conquer

6. A. integral

B. terrific

C. museum

D. cathedral

7. A. architectural

B. cosmopolitan

C. appreciative

D. archeologist

8. A. compulsory

B. compliment

C. methodical

D. certificate

9. A. endanger

B. catastrophe

C. opponent

D. vulnerable

10. A. economics

B. engineering

C. information

NH

ƠN

OF

1. A. sovereignty

D. geography

III. Choose the word whose part of speech is different from the others. B. approach

C. communicate

D. contribute

2. A. enquire

B. enroll

C. expense

D. approach

3. A. foolish

B. entrance

C. motivated

D. overcome

4. A. priority

B. motivated

C. time management D. expense

5. A. protective

B. prioritize

C. overcome

QU Y

1. A. accurate

D. enquire

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match words with their definitions.

A. the belief and confidence in your own ability and value

2. self-esteem A

B. the ability to make yourself do what you know you should do although you do not want to do

C. doing everything on your own without others' help

KÈ

3. self-reliant C

M

1. sell-discipline B

D. a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do

5. reliability F

E. a choice you make after thinking and talking about what is the best thing to do

6. decision E

F. the quality of being able to be trusted to do what somebody wants or needs

Y

4. assignment D

DẠ

II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in the brackets. 1. Being too ___DEPENDENT____ on his mother makes me have a bad impression on him. (INDEPENDENT) 2. She is ____DETERMINED____ to become a director of that company. (DETERMINATION) 86

ENGLISH 11

4. My _____ADMIRATION____ for this girl grows daily. (ADMIRE)

FI CI A

5. Before watching TV. I must finish all of these ____ASSIGNMENTS___. (ASSIGN)

L

3. You should think it over before making that ______DECISION______. (DECIDE)

6. Family plays an important role in establishing children's ____SELF-ESTEEM____. (ESTEEM ) 7. How can you know that he is a _____RELIABLE_____ man? (RELIABILITY) III. Choose the best answer.

1. In order to have a great essay, you should look for useful information from ____ sources. A. well informed

B. reliable

C. determined

A. determined

B. decisive

C. well-informed

OF

2. My cousin is a very ____ person because he has a lot of knowledge about current topics and particular situations. 3. She is the most ____ woman in the world I have ever known. When she makes a firm decision to do something, she will never give up or let someone prevent her. B. independent

C. accurate

ƠN

A. determined

4. Being ____ is a vital skill for people who want to take more control of their lives and reach their goal on their own. B. decisive

C. reliable

NH

A. independent

5. The teacher ____ a different task to each student at the beginning of the term. A. assigned

B. admired

C. reminded

6. Many teenagers ____ heavily on their parents, so they cannot live independently. A. admire

B. rely

C. decide

QU Y

7. Your education background is a ____ factor for your future career. A. motivated

B. well-informed

C. decisive

IV. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions.

1. It's time for you to stop relying ____ your parents. A. on

B. in

C. at

A. on

M

2. She strives ____ a balance between studies and relationships. B. at

C. for

A. to

KÈ

3. Aptitude and motivation contribute enormously ____ the success of learning a language. B. in

C. for

4. Yoga and meditation help to improve the ability to cope ____ stress and anxiety. A. about

B. with

C. for

Y

5. That situation placed me ____ a loss, which I will never forget.

DẠ

A. on

B. in

C. at

6. He must have suffered ____ flu for a long time. A. from

B. at

C. in

V. Complete the sentences using the given words/ phrases.

87

enroll

approaching

expense

enquired

am at a loss

priority

overcoming

cope with

FI CI A

1. To _____ cope with _____ these problems, you must be well-prepared. 2. I _______ am at a loss _________ when running across my boyfriend in the street.

3. If you want to be a good leader, __________ overcoming ________ these challenges is essential. 4. Finding somewhere to live is now my top _______ priority _____.

5. Tom invests a great _____ expense ___ in this project in hope that he can be successful. 6. Jane ____ enquired _______ a lot about the reading assignment. 7. We could see the train _____ approaching _____ in the distance.

OF

8. Please tell me about the course as soon as possible so that I can ______ enroll ___ early. VI. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence. 1. It is necessary ____ for that book. B. looking

2. It is very simple to ____ this machine. A. to use

C. look

ƠN

A. to look

B. used

C. use

B. receive

NH

3. She was excited ____ a letter from her mother last week. A. to receive

C. receiving

4. We are very surprised to ____ Peter at the party. A. seeing

B. see

5. Your handwriting is ____.

B. hard for reading

QU Y

A. hard to read

C. seen C. hardly to read

6. She has the ____ well with work pressure. A. able to cope

B. ability for coping

C. ability to cope

7. Susan made a great effort ____ all homework before the deadline but it was in vain. A. for accomplishment

B. to accomplish

C. accomplish

M

8. Jack harbors an ambition ____ an inspiring teacher A. being

B. be

C. to be

KÈ

9. It is important ____ us to hand in the report on time. A. to

B. for

C. of

B. generously

C. generosity

10. It is ____ of him to help the poor. A. generous

VII. Complete the sentences using the given phrases. dangerous to go

decision to drop

difficult to follow

hard to believe

desire to get

chance to improve

plan to move

DẠ

Y

offer to help easy to understand

necessary to wait

1. A: Turn right, then left, go ahead and then left again. B: It is ______ difficult to follow _______ your directions. Can you tell me more details?

88

L

ENGLISH 11

ENGLISH 11 2. A: Do you make out what the teacher has just said?

L

B: Yes, I do. It is quite _____ easy to understand ______. B: It is ______ hard to believe _____. Mary said that she had done it terribly. 4. A: It is 9 o'clock. Can we start now?

FI CI A

3. A: Mary has just received first prize in the competition.

B: It is ______ necessary to wait _______ for the marketing manager. I think that he is on the way here. 5. A: Stop! Susan. It is _______ dangerous to go ______ near the tiger cage. B: Oh! Thanks a lot. You save my life. 6. We were surprised at his _______ offer to help ______ with the project.

OF

7. Her ______ decision to drop _______ out of school is a difficult one to make.

8. Studying in England gives you a ________ chance to improve ___ your English skills. 9. It was his ______ desire to get ________ a good job that motivated him to study Japanese. 10. Sandy's ______ plan to move ________ to Madrid bothered her parents.

ƠN

VIII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the given words (use n./adj. to V) 1. I am _____disappointed to receive_____ the result of the exam too late. (disappointment, receive) 2. It is important for you ______to have_______ confidence in yourself. (having)

NH

3. Her ______failure to keep_____ the secret causes a lot of trouble for her (fail, kept) 4. It was her _____motivation to live________ abroad that inspires her to study hard. (motivate, lived) 5. Mary is _____happy to become______ one of the most excellent students in her class. (happiness, became) 6. It's _____lucky to have______ a good friend. (luck, have)

QU Y

7. Her competitor is ill, which increases her ____chance to become___ the champion. (chance, became) 8. It is rude of him ______to speak______ when his mouth is full of food. (speaker) IX. Complete the letter by choosing the appropriate adjectives or nouns. willingness

difficult

nice

glad

way

dream

hard

surprised

M

Dear Mary, My parents and I are (1) ____ glad _____ to know that you passed the end-of-term examination. Congratulations! I think that with your excellence, your (2) _____ dream ____ to become a good doctor will come true.

KÈ

My younger sister was really (3) ______ surprised ____ to receive a hair curling machine from you on her birthday and she asked me to say "thank you to you However, she doesn't know the (4) _____ way ___ to use that machine. It seems (5) ____ difficult ____ for her to use it.

Y

I was relieved that your mother had recovered after a serious surgery. It was (6) ____ hard _____ to believe that she had to suffer from a severe disease for a long period of time. Please give her my love.

DẠ

I am excited that you're going to visit my beautiful city. I want to show you my (7) ___ willingness ___ to take you to famous places. We're looking forward to seeing you. It will be (8) ____nice___ for me to welcome you to my house. Write me soon and confirm your arrival date and time.

Love, Sam.

89

ENGLISH 11 X. Choose the sentence that is best rewritten from the given one(s).

L

1. You should bring an umbrella with you. That is necessary. B. It is necessary of you to bring an umbrella. 2. I was not allowed to stay outside overnight. A. I didn't have to stay outside overnight. B. I had no permission to stay outside overnight. 3. Don't expect that everyone will agree with you. That is unreasonable. A. Everyone is reasonable to agree with you. 4. She has determination to achieve the goal. A. It was her determination that helped her achieve the goal.

ƠN

B. She is determined to achieve the goal.

OF

B. It is unreasonable to expect that everyone will agree with you.

FI CI A

A. It is necessary to bring an umbrella with you.

5. We can't know exactly what will happen in 20 years. That is impossible. A. It is impossible to know exactly what will happen in 20 years. 6. Watch this video. It is very useful. A. It is very useful to watch this video. B. Watch this video is very useful.

NH

B. It is impossible of us to know exactly what will happen in 20 years.

7. My sister is able to solve every problem quickly.

QU Y

A. My sister has the ability to solve every problem quickly. B. It is hard for my sister to solve every problem quickly. 8. Don't touch that button. It is dangerous.

A. It is dangerous not to touch that button. B. It is dangerous to touch that button.

9. We can't find a suitable candidate for this position. That is difficult.

M

A. It is difficult for us to find a suitable candidate for this position. B. It was difficult for us to find a suitable candidate for this position.

KÈ

10. I don't know how to use this washing machine. A. I don't know the way how to use this machine. B. I don't know the way to use this washing machine. C. READING

Y

I. Read the text and do the tasks below.

DẠ

Many young people strive to be independent. That means you are able to take care of yourself, and you don't have to rely on anyone else. However, to live independently, you need a number of life skills in order not to depend on your parents and older brothers or sisters. One of the most important skills is time management which can help you build your confidence and self-esteem. With good time management skills, you can 90

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

perform your daily tasks, including your responsibilities at school and at home with pleasing results. Moreover, you will not feel stressed when exam dates are approaching. These skills can also help you act more independently and responsibly, get better grades at school and have more time for your family and friends. Developing time-management skills is not as challenging as you may think. Firstly, make a plan for things you need to do, including appointments and deadlines. Using a diary or apps on mobile devices will remind you of what you need to accomplish and when you need to accomplish it. Secondly, prioritize your activities. You need to decide which tasks are the most urgent and important and then, concentrate on these first. This way, you may not be at a loss to deal with too much work at the same time. Thirdly, develop routines because routines, when established, take less time for you to do your tasks.

OF

Time management skills are not hard to develop; once you master them, you will find out that they are great keys to success and you can become independent. Task 1. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. 1. Not only young people try to be independent.

Not Given

2. People will be independent when they are mature.

ƠN

Not Given

3. Time-management is the only thing you need to be independent.

False

4. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem when they are good at managing their time.

True

5. Good time-management can help teenagers get better grades at school.

True

1. What is the main idea of the passage?

NH

Task 2. Choose the best answers for the following questions.

A. Young people need a lot of life skills to be independent. B. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem if they have good time-management skills.

QU Y

C. Mastering time-management skills can bring many benefits and there are three steps to develop them. 2. Which of the following is not mentioned as benefits of good time-management? A. Be more confident and self-esteemed.

B. Complete the daily tasks with the best result. C. Get better grades at school and have more time for other activities.

M

3. How can you prioritize your activities? A. Make schedule for things you need to do.

KÈ

B. Concentrate on the most urgent and important tasks first. C. Try to establish routines. 4. What does the word accomplish mean? A. Complete

B. Involve

C. Duty

Y

5. What is the author's viewpoint on developing time-management skills?

DẠ

A. It's hard but you can master it well. B. It's very challenging to build.

C. It's easier to master than people think.

II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.

91

reasonable

confidence

independent

Encourage

alone

complete

worth

set

giving

reward

L

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

Helping your child to become an independent learner One of the most important learning skills you can help your child to develop is to become an (1.) ____ independent ___ learner. Children who are more independent learners tend to have more self-confidence and have a greater sense that they are in control of their learning. Encouraging independent learning can happen from a young age, but it can be hard for parents who are not trained teachers to know when they are (2.) ____ giving ____ too much help and when they are not giving enough. If you regularly help your child with their homework, there are a few simple steps you can take to help your child become more independent learners.

OF

✓Help your child to answer the first question or two in an activity then allow them to do the next ones by themselves. (3.) ___ Encourage ___ them to get the answer themselves, but if they are struggling it may help them to point out how you would find the answer.

ƠN

✓ Negotiate a time limit on how long they think it will take them to finish the rest of the activity to help them stay focused on their work. Perhaps even (4.) ____set__ a timer on your phone and encourage them to 'race' the clock. The time limit should be (5.) ____ reasonable _____ so that children can complete the activity with neat writing.

NH

✓If your child is used to your presence when they (6.) ____ complete ____ their homework, gradually move away from them over a period of time. Helping them to start their homework and then moving to sit nearby but not with them while they finished can give them the comfort of you being there but encourage them to complete the work by themselves. Over time you can put more distance between you until they are able to work (7.) ____alone_____ while you are able to get on with other things you might need to do.

QU Y

✓ Set aside time after your child has finished their homework to spend some time alone and focused on them. You could play a game together or read a story. It's a good (8.) _____ reward ____ for having finished their work by themselves. Most importantly, be firm. If your child won't try to work independently or is fussing over something that they can do quite easily when you are there, let them know that you have (9.) __confidence in their ability to do it by themselves but you won't help them unless they really need it. It can be hard to say ‘no, but it is (10.) _____worth___ seeing them become more confident and self-assured as learners and people.

M

III. Read through the text below, answer the questions below.

KÈ

Scottish Independence The majority of people in Scotland are in favour breaking away from the rest of the UK and becoming independent, according to a poll taken just before the 300th anniversary of the Act of Union, which united Scotland and England.

Y

A pair of Acts of Parliament, passed in 1706 and 1707 that came into effect on May 1, 1707, created Great Britain. The parliaments of both countries were dissolved, and replaced by a new Parliament of Great Britain in Westminster, London.

DẠ

The poll showed support for independence for Scotland is running at 51%. This is the first time since 1998 that support for separation has passed 50%, and the first time since devolution gave power to the country in 1999. Six months before elections for the Scottish Parliament, these poll results come as good news to the Scottish Nationalist Party, who are hoping to make progress against Labour and further the cause of an independent Scotland. 92

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Many people have become disillusioned with devolution, and believe that the Scottish Parliament has failed to deliver what they had hoped it would; only a tenth have no opinion. In fact, only 39% of those polled want to keep things as they are. 1. Scotland and England ____. A. have always been united.

B. want to break up the union.

C. have been united for a long time.

D. were united by war.

2. Great Britain ____. A. was formed by an Act of Parliament in 1706. B. was formed by two Acts of Parliament in 1707.

OF

C. was formed by an Act of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707. D. was formed by Acts of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707. 3. People who want indepence for Scotland ____.

B. are in the minority.

C. are the slight majority.

D. have decreased in number since devolution.

ƠN

A. are the vast majority.

4. The majority of people wanted independence for the first time ____. A. before devolution.

B. in 1999.

D. before and after independence.

5. The results of the poll are good news ____. A. for Labour.

NH

C. after devolution.

B. for both parties.

C. for the Scottish Nationalist Party. A. have gone up. C. are the same.

QU Y

6. Most people's opinions of devolution ____.

D. for devolution. B. have gone down. D. make progress against Labour.

7. The number of people who want to keep things as they are ____. A. is greater than those that don't know.

B. is smaller than those that don't know.

C. is increasing

D. is the majority.

M

D. WRITING

I. Rewrite each sentence using "noun/ adj + to V" and the given word in brackets.

KÈ

1. She is excited that she gets first prize in the competition. (excited) She is excited to get first prize in the competition. 2. My mother was very surprised when she heard that I had won a lottery. (surprised) My mother was very surprised to hear that I had won a lottery.

Y

3. I was very happy that I met my long-lost friend again. (happy)

DẠ

I was very happy to meet my long-lost friend again. 4. She is determined that she can find the best solution for this serious problem. (determined) She is determined to find the best solution for this serious problem. 5. That room needs cleaning by Ms. Laura this afternoon. (necessary) 93

ENGLISH 11

6. Linda finds it interesting to study and listen to music at the same time. (interesting) 7. Mary is kind because she helps the poor and the disabled. (kind) It is kind of Mary to help the poor and the disabled. 8. Peter is clever when he chooses to work in Nancy's team. (clever) It is clever of Peter to choose to work in Nancy's team. 9. Finally, she decided to take part in the talk show for young people. (decision) 10. Mark always tries to finish his homework on time. (attempt) Mark always makes an attempt to finish his homework on time.

OF

Finally, she made a decision to take part in the talk show for young people.

FI CI A

It is interesting for Linda to study and listen to music at the same time.

II. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meaning, using the given words.

ƠN

1. It's a long time since he last called me. He hasn't called me for a long time. 2. When did he get the job? 3. I advise you to book a table in advance.

NH

How long ago did he get the job? If I were you, I would book a table in advance. 4. I don't want to tell them the secret. I would rather not tell them the secret.

QU Y

5. If I improved my English speaking skill, I would easily get that job. Were I to improve my English speaking skill, I would easily get that job. 6. We wanted to get good seats so we arrived early. In order to get good seats, we arrived early. 7. It took her nearly an hour to do the crossword.

She spent nearly an hour doing the crossword.

M

8. The policeman made him confess after three days. He was made to confess after three days.

KÈ

9. Nga finds Maths easier than Physics. Physics is not as easy as Maths for Nga. 10. I advise you to see a doctor. You ought to see a doctor.

Y

III. Write these sentences in another way beginning as shown.

DẠ

1. It's difficult to understand him. He is difficult to understand.

2. It's easy to use this machine. This machine is easy to use.

94

L

It is necessary for Ms. Laura to clean that room this afternoon.

ENGLISH 11 3. It was very difficult to open the window.

L

The window was very difficult to open.

FI CI A

4. It's impossible to translate some words. Some words are impossible to translate. 5. It's expensive to maintain a car. A car is expensive to maintain. 6. It's not safe to stand on that chair. That chair isn’t safe to stand on.

IV. Complete the second sentences. Use the adjective in brackets and “to…” as in the example.

OF

1. I couldn't answer the question. (difficult) It was a difficult question to answer. 2. Everybody makes that mistake.

ƠN

(easy) It's an easy mistake to make. 3. I like living in this place. (nice) It's a nice place to live. (good) It was a good game to watch.

NH

4. We enjoyed watching the game.

V. Make a new sentence beginning "It ...". Use one of these adjectives each time. careless

inconsiderate

1. Sue has offered to help me.

kind

nice

QU Y

It's kind of Sue to offer to help me. 2. You make the same mistake again and again.

It careless of you to make the same mistake again and again. 3. Dan and Jenny invited me to stay with them. They are so nice. It was nice of them to invite me/ it was nice of Dan and Jenny to invite me to stay with them. 4. The neighbours make so much noise at night. They are so inconsiderate.

M

It’s inconsiderate of them to make so much noise at night. VI. Use the following words to complete these sentences.

KÈ

sorry/hear

glad/hear

pleased/get

surprised/see

1. We were pleased to get your letter last week. 2. I got your message. I ____am glad to hear______ that you're keeping well. 3. We _____were surprised to see_____ Paula at the party. We didn't expect her to come.

Y

4. I _____am sorry to hear______ that your mother isn't well. I hope she gets better soon.

DẠ

TEST 2

A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

95

B. involve

C. stroll

D. follow

2. A. exist

B. mind

C. inspire

D. provide

3. A refusal

B. music

C. student

D. studying

4. A. lecturer

B. medium

C. inventor

D. president

5. A teach

B. cheer

C. characterize

D. watch

FI CI A

1. A. adopt

L

ENGLISH 11

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. B. commit

C. fashion

D. motion

2. A. education

B. industrial

C. intelligent

D. traditional

3. A. industry

B. refugee

C. magazine

D. Japanese

4. A. freedom

B. contact

C. furnish

D. disturb

5. A. independence

B. impractical

C. education

D. entertainment

OF

1. A. actor

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

ƠN

I. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. We could not ____ my kid in that course because the class was full. A. send

B. enroll

C. afford

D. interact

C. objection

D. housekeeping

2. All members in my family share the ____. B. norm

NH

A. homework

3. The new chairman's policy ____ much to the development of our city. A. outweighs

B. works out

C. contributes

D. breaks up

4. Those who have strong ____ skills are able to get on well with most types of people. B. interpersonal

QU Y

A. personal

C. matchmaking

D. potential

5. An example of ____ is when a child doesn't need anyone to remind him of what to do. A. self-discipline

B. self-esteem

C. self-employment

D. self-educated

II. Complete the following sentences using the given words. confident

relationship

independent

reconciled

argument

1. They had a/an _______ independent _____ life, so they can decide everything on their own.

M

2. Before breaking up, Mai Anh and Nam had a serious _____ argument ______. 3. We cannot be _______ reconciled _____ because he can't forgive me for my fault.

KÈ

4. It's very important to teach students to become _____ confident ___ and strong-willed. 5. Getting involved in a romantic ____ relationship ____ does not sound right for you now. You are too young. III. Choose the options that best fit the blanks.

Y

1. According to the doctor's advice, April ____ overuse antibiotics and stay up after midnight.

DẠ

A. should

B. must

C. shouldn't

D. oughtn't

2. It ____ my carelessness that caused me a lot of problems in my life and my work. A. is

B. was

C. has been

D. will be

3. Every student ____ be disrespectful to their teachers in any circumstances.

96

ENGLISH 11 A. mustn't

B. doesn't have to

C. don't have to

D. ought to

A. have to

B. must

FI CI A

L

4. I can get up late, enjoy a cup of tea while listening to my favourite piece of music on Sunday because I ____ work that day. C. ought not to

D. don't have to

5. You ____ work in front of a computer screen for too long. It isn't good for your eyesight as well as your back. A. shouldn't

B. should

C. don't have to

D. have to

6. These flowers smell ____. I'll buy them for my girlfriend's birthday. A. please

B. pleased

C. pleasant

D. pleasantly

A. sounds

B. looks

C. smells

OF

7. When John ____ older, he'll probably be mature enough to decide his own life.

D. gets

8. It is in a luxury restaurant ____ the thirtieth wedding anniversary of Mr. and Mrs. Brown is held. A. that

B. what

C. when

D. who

ƠN

IV. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. His boss seems (angrily) ______angry_____ today, so he avoids adding fuel to the fire. 2. It (be) ______is______ Van Anh who I always share my stories with.

NH

3. I was (amaze) _____amazed____ to hear that their close friendship turned into a romantic relationship. 4. It's impossible for her (take) _____to take_______ care of her twins and her mother-in-law. 5. Laura's very surprised at her kids' offer (doing) ______to do_______ the dishes. 6. It is unreasonable (expectation) _____to expect_____ everyone in this world to be kind to you.

QU Y

7. Instead of forcing children to do things in a very controlling way, parents (ought, explanation) ____________ _____ought to explain______ what they expect them to do and why. 8. Most teens become (depress) _____depressed_____ if their romantic relationship ends. C. READING

I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Graduating from high school is one of the most important milestones in your life. It's when you have to decide whether you should go to university or you should stop going to school and get a job or attend a vocational training course. Each system has its own focus, style of learning and unique strengths to offer, which can make choosing the right option for you a challenge. The most important factors to consider are your strengths and your interests. If you have a specific career in mind like one in medicine or science, going to university is the best choice, because these jobs really need the academic knowledge only a university education can give you. However, if you simply want to enter higher education because you believe that a degree will open doors for you once you enter the job market, you should think it over. You can go straight into a job and take evening classes to gain qualifications. If you start work and take a break to study when you are older, you can save your money for your studies and get practical experience. Now it's time for you to make an important decision. 1. High school graduation marks a turning point in a person's life. A. True

97

B. False

C. Not given

ENGLISH 11 2. Most people choose to go to university after finishing high school instead of starting to work. B. False

C. Not given

L

A. True A. True

B. False

FI CI A

3. If a person wants to become a physician, going to university is the best choice. C. Not given

4. If someone only thinks of obtaining a degree as a privilege in the job market, they can land a job and take evening classes to gain qualifications. A. True

B. False

C. Not given

A. True

B. False

C. Not given

D. WRITING I. Complete the letter by choosing the appropriate word. take

to help

to visit

unchanged

OF

5. The writer knows some people get a job after graduating from high school and then come back to their studies later in their lives.

pay homage to

NH

ƠN

Dear Barbara, I'm so glad to hear about your plan (1) ____ to visit _____ Vietnam this summer vacation and your eagerness to know about some general family rules for teenagers in Vietnam. I've just told my parents about your forthcoming trip, and they said they are very happy to welcome you to our house. About some Vietnamese family rules for teens, I think that there are three most crucial ones that family members, especially teenagers are expected to follow.

QU Y

First of all, respecting the elderly is the most noticeable family tradition or value. From early ages, children are taught to (2) ___ pay homage to ___ their parents and other older people. Parents themselves set good examples for their children by looking after their old-aged parents and providing them with both financial and emotional support. Secondly, it's expected that adolescents help their parents around with the housework and other home duties. Teens can help cook meals, do the washing up, tidy up the house or (3) ____take_____ care of younger siblings. Those who live in the countryside are sometimes required to work on the farm with their parents to support the family.

M

Last but not least, children are supposed to perform well at school. Most Vietnamese people believe that education is the only weapon to combat poverty and change a person's life, so parents want their children to study hard in the hope of a bright future. Then children may have a better chance (4) ____ to help ____ their parents in return.

KÈ

Life is changing day by day, and family rules are changing as well. However, in my view, the three mentioned rules remain (5) ____ unchanged ____in our culture. I hope this information is useful to you. If you have any questions, please let me know. I look forward to seeing you in Vietnam!

Y

Lots of love, Gia Han

DẠ

II. Rewrite each sentence without changing its meaning, using the given word(s)in brackets. 1. Tim doesn’t have to agree with everything his parents say. (It, necessary)

It is not necessary for Tim to agree with everything his parents say. 2. My parents always refuse to allow me to stay out late. (never, let) 98

ENGLISH 11 My parents never let me stay out late.

L

3. She has a lot of friends because she’s willing to help others unconditionally. (because of, willingness)

FI CI A

She has a lot of friends because of her willingness to help others unconditionally.

Test 3 Part I. PHONETICS

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. bay

C. cane

D. lack

2. A. lurk

B. luck

C. but

D. putt

3. A. stopped

B. expected

C. finished

D. faced

4. A. thoughtful

B. threaten

C. therefore

D. thin

5. A. grease

B. sympathy

C. horse

D. rose

ƠN

OF

1. A. lake

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions. B. independent

C. responsible

7. A. difficult

B. confident

C. critical

D. important

8. A. permission

B. well-informed

C. activity

D. effective

9. A. routine

B. problem

C. lonely

D. hygiene

10. A. laundry

B. punish

C. depend

D. reason

QU Y

Part II. VOCABULARY

D. decisiveness

NH

6. A. reliable

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 11. When getting into troubles, Jack never ____ on other people for help. He always solves them on his own. A. determines

B. influences

C. relies

D. manages

12. He suffered ____ serious depression after losing his beloved pet. B. from

M

A. in

C. with

D. for

13. It was essential for him to be financially ____ of his parents, so he decided to find a part-time job.

KÈ

A. dependent

B. independent

C. dependable

D. undependable

14. Thanks to many investors, my dream to set up my own trading company came ____. A. exactly

B. real

C. right

D. true

15. His dedication to the educational charity was truly ____.

Y

A. admirable

B. reliable

C. critical

D. disapproving

16. The director informed that no candidates ____ all the criteria for the administrative position.

DẠ

A. completed

B. fulfilled

C. achieved

D. suited

17. ____ time-management skill is a core requirement for this job. A. Solving

99

B. Adapting

C. Developing

D. Mastering

ENGLISH 11

A. try

B. strive

C. reach

D. achieve

A. assigned

B. done

C. taken

FI CI A

19. We're punished for not submitting our outline on time as the task ____ was too difficult.

L

18. I was encouraged to ____ for the grandest prize in the dancing competition.

D. reminded

20. That Tom is ____ of finishing the research project prior to the deadline satisfied our manager. A. able

B. skillful

C. capable

D. talented

21. We've divided the group report into three parts and you're ____ for the conclusion one. A. responsible

B. irresponsible

C. response

D. responsive

22. You should make a list of things to do and ____ them if you want to work effectively. B. arrange

C. prioritise

D. approach

OF

A. do

23. Despite my parents' disagreement, I'm ____ to drop out of university and establish my own business. A. determined

B. confident

C. successful

D. All are correct

A. demanded

ƠN

24. He ____ me about the lecture yesterday. Otherwise, I would have missed it completely. B. approached

C. said

D. reminded

25. The government must take ____ action against environmental pollution. A. important

B. unstable

C. decisive

D. soft

A. wants

B. manages

NH

26. When being assigned difficult exercises, Lan always ____ to complete them without any help from her teacher. C. desires

D. Finds

27. Our enterprise is seeking for candidates who are ____ and hard-working. B. reliance

QU Y

A. reliant

C. unreliable

D. reliable

28. ____ communication skill plays an important role in career success. A. Personal

B. Individual

C. Interpersonal

D. Interactive

29. In spite of being the new resident in this area, he always tries to ____ with his neighbours. A. catch up

B. go in

C. put up

D. get along well

30. If you choose to study abroad, you have to live ____ from home. B. away

M

A. on

C. in

D. up

KÈ

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 31. I'm totally exhausted after having finished successive assignments in only a week. A. Jobs

B. works

C. exercises

D. problems

32. He is truly a reliable friend. He will always be with me and never let me down.

Y

A. mean

B. independent

C. decisive

D. dependable

DẠ

33. At last, Huong made a determined effort to get a scholarship so that he could have chance to study overseas. A. tenacious

B. serious

C. unresolved

D. necessary

34. In spite of poverty and dreadful conditions, they still manage to keep their self-respect. 100

ENGLISH 11 B. self-restraint

C. self-esteem

D. self-assured

35. All students are revising carefully, for the final test is approaching soon. B. reaching fast

C. coming near

D. getting near

FI CI A

A. going fast

L

A. self-reliant

36. John is an admirable person as he isn't influenced by other people's opinions when making decision to do something. A. relied

B. impacted

C. decided

D. assigned

37. The prom is permitted providing that everyone behaves responsibly. A. honestly

B. imperfectly

C. sensitively

D. sensibly

38. Don't worry! The answer to this quiz is on the back page. B. method

C. solution

D. way

OF

A. treatment

39. It is lazy of him for not doing his homework every day. A. idle

B. hard

C. busy

D. diligent

40. The government found it very difficult to cope with the rising unemployment. B. manage

C. reduce

D. increase

ƠN

A. try

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

A. perfectly-informed

NH

41. Nam is considered to be the best student in our class because he's not only good at learning but also wellinformed about everything around the world. B. badly-informed

C. bad-informed

D. ill-informed

42. Tommy was fired owing to his arrogant manner. A. humble

B. overconfident

C. superior

D. haughty

A. affective

QU Y

43. The maintenance of this company is dependent on international investment. B. self-reliant

C. self-restricted

D. reliant

44. With his remarkable ability, Lam can deal with this problem effectively. A. uneffectively

B. inefficiently

C. ineffectively

D. unefficiently

45. The physical therapy helped Jim overcome his fear of height. B. control

C. neglect

D. conquer

M

A. overwhelm

KÈ

46. At first, he was reluctant to help us. However, after persuading for a long time, he agreed to play the guitar at our tea-shop. A. hesitate

B. willing

C eager

D. keen

47. Stop being mean to everyone or you'll have no friends. A. unkind

B. cruel

C. miserable

D. kind

Y

48. My parents seemed fully satisfied with the result of my entrance exam. A. pleased

B. contented

C. disappointed

D. joyful

DẠ

49. After a long time working incessantly, all my efforts ended in failure. A. success

B. collapse

C. breakdown

D. loser

50. This reference book is essential material for us to prepare for the next assignment. 101

ENGLISH 11 A. necessary

B. dispensable

C. vital

D. fundamental

L

Part III. GRAMMAR 51. My parents are glad ____ my success in finding a job after graduation. A. to see

B. seeing

C. see

D. saw

52. It isn't ____ for him to take charge of the financial burden on his family. A. boring

B. expensive

C. easy

D. mind

53. My teacher always gives me advice ____ suitable career in the future. A. choosing

B. to choose

FI CI A

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

C. choose

D. not to choose

A. happily

B. unhappy

OF

54. We're ____ to announce that you were selected to be our new faculty manager. C. happiness

D. happy

55. It is unnecessary for ____ to do this task. It's not ours. B. us

C. they

56. She left a message with a request ____ in the contract. A. not to sign

B. not sign

D. our

ƠN

A. we

C. to not sign

D. don't sign

57. I found it truly ____ to hear that Mr. Kim had been appointed to the committee. B. surprised

C. surprising

D. surprisingly

NH

A. surprise

58. Don't be afraid ____ me if you have any further queries. A. not to ask

B. asking

C. to asking

D. to ask

59. It's ____ for us to submit the project on time as it's really difficult. B. simple

QU Y

A. possible

C. impossible

D. Both B and C

60. It would be unreasonable ____ him ____ you money if you didn't pay it back. A. to expect/lend

B. to expect/to lend

C. expect/to lend

D. expecting/lend

61. His ability ____ mathematics in a short time is wholly admirable. A. not to work out

B. work out

C. to work out

D. working out

62. We're disappointed ____ that our sales have declined sharply in the last 2 months. B. to heard

M

A. to hear

C. not to hear

D. hearing

63. After failing many times in ____ a new dish, she made a decision ____.

KÈ

A. creating/giving up up

B. to create/to give up

C. to create/give up

D. creating/to give

64. My father made a determined effort ____ a new company. A. to setting up

B. to set up

C. setting up

D. set up

Y

65. It is ____ for him to enjoy the party because he's fairly busy now.

DẠ

A. unlike

B. likeable

C. likely

D. unlikely

66. I'm sorry ____ that your enterprise has been declared bankrupt. A. to hear

B. for hearing

C. hear

67. I feel very proud ____ an important part of the English club. 102

D. All are correct

ENGLISH 11 A. to be

B. of be

C. being

D. is

B. working

C. can work

D. works

69. We appreciated more opportunities ____ part in the story-telling contest. A. giving/to take

B. to give/taking

C. given/to take

FI CI A

A. to work

L

68. It is great that you ____ for my organization. I hope you'll gain more experience here.

D. being given/to take

70. Thank you for your kind offer ____ a dinner at your apartment. It was excellent. A. having

B. to have

C. had

D. have

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. A

B

C

OF

71. She was amazing to find that no one died in the tragic accident yesterday. D

72. His driving ambition was entering one of the top universities in the city. A

B

C

D

A

B

ƠN

73. It is particularly interested to explore the mystery of the universe. C

D

74. Your success in learning depends on your willing to acquire new knowledge. B

C

D

NH

A

75. We haven't made a plan not to travel overseas yet as I'm very busy with my work. A

B

C

D

76. It was lucky for us that we able to enjoy the concert. B

C

D

QU Y

A

77. His parents are very sadly to see that Binh doesn't usually do his homework. A

B

C

D

78. The factory was refused permit to expand because of lack of money. A

B

C

D

79. It is imperative finish all the practice tests by next week since our teacher will give marks for them. B

C

M

A

D

80. He is a real coward because of his anxiety encountering with problems.

KÈ

A B

C

D

81. Look at those dark clouds, it is possibly to rain. A

B

C

D

Y

82. In this project, your responsibility is search for information about environmental pollution as much as A

B

C

D

DẠ

possible.

83.Lan is looking forward to return to her country after finishing four-year university in America. A

B

C

84. They were entirely confident that everything will go as planned. 103

D

ENGLISH 11 B

C

D

85. Having goal to crowned champion, they had practiced ceaselessly and they succeeded. B

C

D

FI CI A

A

L

A

86. In the peak season, you are advisable booking your accommodation in advance. A

B

C

D

87. It is necessary for you to clean the floor as our mother has done it already. A

B

C

D

88. We only have 5 minutes left, Peter. There's no need dressing up. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

OF

89. Unless you keep a map, you're sure get lost in the city. D

A

B

C

Part IV. SPEAKING

ƠN

90. This adventure game is not suitable for children not to play because they're too small. D

NH

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “What does your younger sister look like?” – “____” A. She likes a secondary student.

B. My sister is a university student.

C. She's very kind and hard working.

D. She's tall and thin with long hair.

92. “Could I leave a message for your manager?” – “____” B. Of course not.

C. He's busy now.

QU Y

A. Sure.

D. He's off work today.

93. “How often do you have your teeth checked?” – “____” A. Two months.

B. Not much.

C. Rarely.

D. They're checked carefully.

94. "Many happy returns!” –“____” A. Wish you all the best.

B. Thanks.

C. Same to you.

D. Not at all.

A. For 2005.

M

95. “How long have you learnt Japanese?” – “____” C. Since I was 10.

B. I learnt it at my university. D. It lasted 3 months.

KÈ

96. "Is it going to rain tomorrow?” – “____” A. I think not.

B. I bet.

C. Just a moment.

D. I don't hope so.

97. "You look very pretty in this dress." – “____” B. Yes, it is fairly expensive.

C. I see what you mean.

D. Thanks for your wish.

Y

A. It's so nice of you to say that.

DẠ

98. “Huy hasn't finished his assignment, has he?" – “____” A. Yes, he has. He hasn't finished it yet.

B. Yes, he hasn't. He's too lazy.

C. No, he has in spite of being a good student.

D. No, he hasn't because of his illness.

99. “When will our factory be expanded?” – “____” 104

ENGLISH 11 B. It depends on our director's decision.

C. I didn't hear about it.

D. That's good news.

L

A. It was expanded in 1996.

FI CI A

100. “You're late again, Peter.” – “____” A. It's none of your business.

B. Only 5 minutes left.

C. I'm sorry. My car was broken this morning.

D. I expect not to be fired.

101. “I'm meeting some friends for a meal in town tomorrow. Fancy joining us?” – “____” A. That's fine.

B. What's the time now?

C. I am not sure. What time?

D. Fine. I won't!

102. "Can you give me some information about the city?” – “____” B. No. I'm afraid not.

C. I can't help doing it.

D. Certainly.

103. “Excuse me. I have a reservation for tonight.” – “____”

B. I liked that one, too.

C. Wonderful! I'd like to hear some of your ideas.

ƠN

A. Just a moment, please, while I check.

OF

A. Great. Thanks very much.

D. What's up?

104. "Don't forget. We are invited out to dinner tonight.” – “____”

B. It's so unforgettable.

C. OK, I'll try it first.

D. I remember you.

NH

A. Oh, I almost forgot.

105. Dr. Jonas can see you next Thursday. Do you prefer morning or afternoon? A. That would be fine. C. I am looking forward to seeing you.

D. Thank you very much.

QU Y

Part V. READING

B. Morning is best for me.

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

M

Would you like to learn to rock climb? Or spend time working at an animal sanctuary? That's (106) ____ Andrea Black and Jenny Smith are doing as part of their Duke of Edinburgh Award programme. The award encourages young people to do (107) ____ cultural, social and adventure activities in their (108) ____ time. The Queen's husband, the Duke of Edinburgh, started the award in 1956. He started it (109) ____ he wanted young people to learn to help themselves and other people.

KÈ

The award is for people aged 14-25, and there are three levels: Bronze, for those aged 14 or over, Silver for over 15s, and Gold for over 16s. You have to complete four activities to (110) ____ the award: – go on an (111) ____ (e.g. hiking, kayaking or climbing) – learn a new practical or social skill (anything from painting to podcasting!)

Y

– take (112) ____ a physical challenge (e.g. learn or improve at a sport)

DẠ

– do (113) ____ work helping people or the environment (e.g. work with disabled or elderly people, or (114) money for a charity).

105

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Young people usually do the award at a Duke of Edinburgh club at their school or at a local (115) ____ group. They (116) ____ what they are going to do, and write a plan. It usually takes (117) ____ one and three years to finish an award. B. why

C. which

D. when

107. A. excited

B. exciting

C. excitement

D. excite

108. A. idle

B. journey

C. waiting

D. free

109. A. therefore

B. but

C. because

D. if

110. A. compete

B. accept

C. realize

D. achieve

111. A. expenditure

B. expense

C. expedition

D. expect

112. A. on

B. in

C. away

D. after

113. A. volunteer

B. voluntary

C. volunteering

114. A. lift

B. increase

C. raise

115. A. youth

B. young

C. immature

116. A. decide

B. are deciding

C. decided

D. had decided

117. A. from

B. in

C. during

D. between

OF

106. A. what

D. volunteered

D. advance

ƠN

D. immaturity

NH

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The skills needed to succeed in college are very different from those required in high school. In addition to study skills that may be new to students, there will also be everyday living skills that students may not have had to use before. Students should:

QU Y

– know how to handle everyday living skills such as doing laundry, paying bills, balancing a checkbook, cooking, getting the oil changed in the car, etc. – be familiar and compliant with medical needs concerning medication and health problems. If ongoing medical and/or psychological treatment is needed, arrangements should be made in advance to continue that care while the student is away at college.

M

– understand that the environmental, academic, and social structure provided by parents and teachers will not be in place in college. With this lack of structure comes an increased need for responsibility in decision-making and goal-setting.

KÈ

– know how to interact appropriately with instructors, college staff, roommates, and peers. Appropriate social interaction and communication are essential at the college level of education.

Y

– be comfortable asking for help when needed. The transition from high school to college can be overwhelming socially and academically. Students should know when they need help and should be able to reach out and ask for that help. 118. According to the writer, if students want to have medical treatment, they should ____. B. be familiar with medical needs

C. make arrangements

D. meet their parents

DẠ

A. be away

119. The word “ongoing" is closest in meaning to ____.

106

ENGLISH 11 A. continuing

B. short-term

C. brief

D. little

L

120. College students should be aware that ____.

B. parents and teachers are not in college

C. structures must be provided by parents

D. structures must be provided by teachers

FI CI A

A. everything in college will be different

121. Which of the following is NOT true about college life? A. It is essential to have good communication skills. B. Students must be responsible for their own decisions. C. Students should know some living skills. 122. The word “overwhelming” is closest in meaning to ____. A. simple

B. confusing

OF

D. Students should not ask for help. C. manageable

D. easy

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Read about some alternative schools of thought…

ƠN

ARE TRADITIONAL WAYS OF LEARNING THE BEST?

QU Y

NH

One school in Hampshire, UK, offers 24-hour teaching. The children can decide when or if they come to school. The school is open from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m., for 364 days a year and provides online teaching throughout the night. The idea is that pupils don't have to come to school and they can decide when they want to study. Cheryl Heron, the head teacher, said “Some students learn better at night. Some students learn better in the morning.” Cheryl believes that if children are bored, they will not come to school. “Why must teaching only be conducted in a classroom? You can teach a child without him ever coming to school.”

M

Steiner schools encourage creativity and free thinking so children can study art, music and gardening as well as science and history. They don’t have to learn to read and write at an early age. At some Steiner schools the teachers can’t use textbooks. They talk to the children, who learn by listening. Every morning the children have to go to special music and movement classes called “eurhythmy”, which help them learn to concentrate. Very young children learn foreign languages through music and song. Another difference from traditional schools is that at Steiner schools you don't have to do any tests or exams.

Y

KÈ

A child learning music with the Suzuki method has to start as young as possible. Even two-year-old children can learn to play difficult pieces of classical music, often on the violin. They do this by watching and listening. They learn by copying, just like they learn their mother tongue. The child has to join in, but doesn't have to get it right. “They soon learn that they mustn't stop every time they make a mistake. They just carry on,” said one Suzuki trainer. The children have to practise for hours every day and they give performances once a week, so they learn quickly. “The parents must be involved too,” said the trainer, “or it just doesn't work.”

DẠ

123. Which of the following is NOT true about 24-hour teaching? A. Students can come to school from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. B. Students can study online at night.

107

ENGLISH 11 C. Students can choose the time to study.

L

D. Some students need to study in the morning and some need to study at night.

FI CI A

124. According to Cheryl Heron, teaching ____. A. should happen throughout the night

B. is not necessarily carried out in class

C. is for children who will not come to school

D. must be around the year

125. Steiner schools don't ____. A. encourage children's creativity and free thinking B. allow teachers to teach things out of textbooks D. teach music to children 126. Which of the following is TRUE about Steiner schools? A. They are different from traditional schools.

ƠN

B. Young children are not taught foreign languages.

OF

C. teach reading and writing to young children

C. Students must concentrate on music. D. Students have to do exams and tests.

127. Which of the following is the most suitable title for the third paragraph? C. Learn by listening

B. 24-hour teaching

NH

A. Traditional ways of teaching

D. Starting young

128. Students learning music with Suzuki method ____. A. must learn difficult music .

QU Y

C. stop when they make mistakes

B. like to learn their mother tongue

D. start at an early age

129. The word “this” in paragraph 3 refers to ____. A. starting as young as possible

B. the violin

C. playing difficult pieces of music

D. learning their mother tongue

130. The word “involved” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____. Part VI. WRITING

B. encouraging

C. accepting

D. rejecting

M

A. engaged

KÈ

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. I am looking forward to seeing you. A. I don't have time to see you.

B. I will try to find some time to see you.

C. I should find some time to see you.

D. I am expecting to see you.

Y

132. I haven't got used to Indian food although I have lived here for three months.

DẠ

A. I still find it strange to eat Indian food though I have lived here for three months. B. Eating Indian food is one of the habits when I lived in Indian three months ago. C. Because I still live in India, I find Indian food strange to eat. D. I have to eat Indian food to get used to eat as I have to live in India.

108

ENGLISH 11 133. “Don't touch the hot cooker," my mother said.

L

A. My mother promised me to touch the hot cooker. C. My mother suggested me not touching the hot cooker. D. My mother reminded me of touching the hot cooker. 134. Stop giving me a hard time, I could not do anything about it. A. Don't make me feel guilty because I couldn't do anything about it.

FI CI A

B. My mother warned me not to touch the hot cooker.

B. I could not do anything about it because I am going through a hard time. C. Going through a hard time doesn't help me do anything about it.

OF

D. I couldn't do anything about it so I would stop.

135. I hope you stay in touch with me even when you are back to the U.S.A. A. I want you to stay with me and not to come back to the U.S.A.

ƠN

B. I hope to meet you in the U.S.A. C. I want us to be connected even if you are in the U.S.A.

D. I want to stay close to you so I will come to the U.S.A.

NH

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully. He could finish the test very well. A. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully whereas he could finish the test very well. B. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully; therefore he could finish the test very well.

QU Y

C. If Tom reviewed the lessons carefully, he could finish the test very well. D. Although Tom reviewed the lessons carefully, he could finish the test very well. 137. There are many things I have to do before going home. Cleaning, packing and saying goodbye to you are some. A. If I can do anything before going home, I will do the cleaning, packing and say goodbye to you.

M

B. Although I want to do many things before going home, I have done cleaning, packing and said goodbye to you.

KÈ

C. There are many things I have to do before going home including cleaning, packing and saying goodbye to you. D. Cleaning, packing and saying goodbye to you are everything I have to do before going home. 138. The room became hotter and hotter. I had to take off my sweater. A. Unless the room became hotter and hotter, I had to take off my sweater.

Y

B. Although the room became hotter and hotter, I had to take off my sweater. C. The room became hotter and hotter but I had to take off my sweater.

DẠ

D. The room became hotter and hotter so I had to take off my sweater.

139. He worked the whole night last night. His eyes are red now. A. If he didn't work the whole night, his eyes wouldn't be red now.

109

ENGLISH 11

C. If he hadn't worked the whole night last night, his eyes wouldn't be red now.

FI CI A

D. He worked the whole night last night otherwise his eyes were red now.

L

B. Unless he worked the whole night last night, his eyes were red now.

140. It might be my opinion. My mother is the best cook in the world. A. People said that my mother is the best cook in the world. B. In my opinion, my mother is the best cook in the world. C. My mother is believed to be the best cook in the world.

OF

D. I am not so sure about the fact that my mother is the best cook in the world.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. UNIT 4. CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

Quan tâm đến những người cần sự giúp đỡ Vocabular 1.access /ˈækses/(v): tiếp cận, sử dụng + accessible /əkˈsesəbl/ (adj): có thể tiếp cận, sử dụng 2. barrier /ˈbæriə(r)/(n): rào cản, chướng ngại vật 3. blind /blaɪnd/(adj): mù, không nhìn thấy được 4. campaign /kæmˈpeɪn/(n): chiến dịch 5. care /keə(r)/ (n, v): (sự) chăm sóc, chăm nom 6. charity /ˈtʃærəti/ (n): hội từ thiện 7. cognitive /ˈkɒɡnətɪv/(a): liên quan đến nhận thức 8. coordination /kəʊˌɔːdɪˈneɪʃn/(n): sự hợp tác 9. deaf /def/(a): điếc, không nghe được 10. disability /ˌdɪsəˈbɪləti/(n): sự ốm yếu, tàn tật 11. disable /dɪsˈeɪbl/(n,a): không có khả năng sử dụng chân tay, tàn tật 12. discrimination/dɪˌskrɪmɪˈneɪʃn/ (n): sự phân biệt đối xử 13. disrespectful /ˌdɪsrɪˈspektfl/(a): thiếu tôn trọng 14. donate /dəʊˈneɪt/(v): quyên góp, tặng 15. dumb /dʌm/ (a): câm, không nói được 16. fracture /ˈfræktʃə(r)/ (n): (chỗ) gãy (xương) 17. healthcare /ˈhelθ keə(r)/(a): với mục đích chăm sóc sức khỏe 18. hearing /ˈhɪərɪŋ/(n): thính giác, nghe 19. impaired /ɪmˈpeəd/(a): bị làm hỏng, bị làm suy yếu + impairment /ɪmˈpeəmənt/ (n): sự suy yếu, hư hại, hư hỏng 20. independent /ˌɪndɪˈpendənt/(a): độc lập, không phụ thuộc 21. integrate /ˈɪntɪɡreɪt/ (v): hòa nhập, hội nhập 22. involve /ɪnˈvɒlv/ (v): để tâm trí vào việc gì 23. mobility /məʊˈbɪləti/(n): tính lưu động, di động 24. physical /ˈfɪzɪkl/(a): thuộc về cơ thể, thể chất 25. solution /səˈluːʃn/ (n): giải pháp, cách giải quyết 110

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

26. suffer /ˈsʌfə(r)/ (v): trải qua hoặc chịu đựng ( cái gì khó chịu) 27. support /səˈpɔːt/ (n, v): (sự) ủng hộ, khuyến khích 29. talent /ˈtælənt/ (n):tài năng, người có tài Grammar : 1.The past simple tense (Thì quá khứ đơn) a. Cấu trúc (Form) Affirmative (Khẳng định)

Negative (Phủ định)

Interrogative (Nghi vấn)

S + did not/ didn't + V(bare - inf) (+ O)

Did + S + V(bare-inf) (+ O)?

They went to the cinema last night.

They didn't go to the cinema last night.

Did they go to the cinema last night?

OF

S + V (past) (+ O)

ƠN

b. Cách dùng (Use) - Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ (finished actions or events) E.g: I saw him at the airport yesterday. (Hôm qua tôi đã nhìn thấy anh ấy ở sân bay.)

NH

My aunt sent me a letter two days ago. (Cách đây 2 ngày cô tôi đã gửi thư cho tôi.) - Diễn tả hành động lặp đi lặp lại trong quá khứ (repeated actions) E.g: I played soccer three times a week when I was at school. (Lúc tôi còn đi học thì tôi đã chơi bóng đá 3 lần một tuần.)

QU Y

She went to Paris twice last year. (Năm ngoái cô ấy đến Pari 2 lần.) - Diễn tả thói quen trong quá khứ (past habits) E.g: She visited her parents every Sunday. (Vào mỗi Chủ nhật thì cô ấy đã đến thăm bố mẹ.) We often went swimming every afternoon. (Vào mỗi buổi chiều thì chúng tôi đã thường đi bơi.) - Diễn tả tình trạng hay tình huống trong quá khứ E.g: Did you have a car when you were young? (Có phải bạn có ô tô khi bạn còn trẻ không?)

KÈ

M

- Diễn tả một chuỗi hành động xảy ra liên tiếp nhau trong quá khứ (sequences of actions) E.g: He ran to the car, jumped in and raced off into the night. (Anh ta chạy ra xe, nhảy vào trong và lao vào màn đêm).

Y

c. Các cụm từ thời gian (Time phrases) Một số cụm từ thời gian được dùng trong thì quá khứ đơn: yesterday, last night/week/month/ year, etc., two days/ weeks/months ago, etc., in 2000, at that moment, then, suddenly, when 2. The present perfect simple tense (Thì hiện tại hoàn thành)

DẠ

a. Cấu trúc (Form) Affirmative (Khẳng định)

111

Negative (Phủ định)

Interrogative (Nghi van)

S + have/ has + pp (past

S + have/ has + not + pp + (O)

Have/ Has + S + pp + (O)?

She hasn't bought this house.

Has she bought this house?

She has bought this house. b.Cách dùng (use)

FI CI A

participle) + (O)

L

ENGLISH 11

Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và hoàn thành ở một thời điểm không xác định trong quá khứ. (actions completed at an unspecific time in the past) E.g: She has traveled around the world. (Cô ấy đã đi du lịch khắp thế giới.)

OF

- Diễn tả hành động đã hoàn thành rồi nhưng kết quả vẫn còn ở hiện tại (completed actions with a result in the present) E.g: Look! He has dyed his hair red. (Nhìn kìa! Anh ta đã nhuộm tóc thành màu đỏ.)

- Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và còn tiếp tục đến hiện tại (actions that started in the past and have continued until now)

ƠN

E.g: I have learnt/ learned English for 15 years. (Tôi đã học tiếng Anh được 15 năm rồi.) - Diễn tả hành động xảy ra tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ nhưng vào thời điểm nói hành động đó vẫn chưa hoàn thành (actions at a specified time which are not complete at the time of speaking) → Cách dùng này thường gặp với trạng từ thời gian như this morning/ afternoon,...

NH

E.g: I have read four books so far this morning.

- Diễn tả một hành động lặp lại nhiều lần cho đến thời điểm hiện tại, chúng ta thường thấy các từ đi kèm ở cách dùng này như sau: Several times/hours/days/weeks/months/years, etc E.g: I have watched this film several times.

QU Y

 Note: - Sau cấu trúc so sánh hơn nhất ta dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành. It is the most interesting book that I have ever read. - Sau cấu trúc: This/It is the first/second... time, phải dùng thì hiện tại hoàn thành. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food.

KÈ

M

b. Time phrases (Các cụm từ thời gian) Các từ/ cụm từ thời gian thường gặp trong thì này như: - already (đã ...rồi), never (chưa bao giờ), ever (đã từng), yet (chưa), just (vừa mới), (cho đến bây giờ), recently (gần đây), lately (gần đây),

Y

- so far/ up to now/ up to present (cho tới bây giờ), in / over + the past/ last + thời gian: trong...... qua - for + khoảng thời gian (for 2 days: trong khoảng 2 ngày) - since + mốc thời gian: kể từ. ... (since 2000: từ năm 2000) Nếu sau "since" là một mệnh đề thì mệnh đề trước since ta chia thì hiện tại hoàn thành còn mệnh đề sau since chia thì quá khứ đơn.

DẠ

E.g: I have taught English since I graduated from University. * Vị trí của các trạng từ trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành: - already, never, ever, just: sau "have/ has" và đứng trước động từ phân từ II.

- already: cũng có thể đứng cuối câu.

112

ENGLISH 11

■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences. 1. The students English last week. A. studies B. to study 2. Did you ride a bicycle ? A. every day B. at this time 3. They lazy last week. A. are B. had 4. The fisherman a big fish yesterday. A. to catch B. catch 5. His brother to England last year. A. went B. go 6. Tim to school this morning. A. goes B. did goes 7. Did they basketball yesterday? A. played B. play 8. We our homework last night. A. do B. does 9. Hung sad yesterday. A. had B. is 10. He in the pool last Sunday. A. swam B. swim

D. tomorrow

C. were

D. have

ƠN

C. this morning

C. catching

D. caught

C. going

D. to go

C. go

D. didn't go

C. to play

D. plays

C. doing

D.did

C. was

D. has

C. swims

D. swimming

NH

QU Y

D. study

OF

C. studied

FI CI A

E.g: have bought this house recently. (Gần đây tôi đã mua ngôi nhà này.)

L

- yet: đứng cuối câu, và thường được sử dụng trong câu phủ định và nghi vấn. - so far, recently, lately, up to present, up to this moment, in/ over + the past/ last + thời gian: Có thể đứng đầu hoặc cuối câu.

M

Bài 2: Are the underlined parts of the sentences right or wrong? Correct them where necessary. 1. Here's some news! Tim's closed his store. OK 2. I don't have my bike right now. I've lent it to Alex. 3. Where has Richard gone to school as a child?

KÈ

4. Who has made the first TV?

5. Corruption has become a big issue in Brazil. 6. His math book isn't here. He's forgotten it at school. 7. My great grandfather has worked in a paper mill.

Y

8. The internet has gone down so I can't send emails.

DẠ

9. Elvis has been the singer who has sold many albums in the past.

Bài 2: 1. OK

113

4. made

7. worked

8. OK

3. made

6. OK

9. was, sold

Bài 3: Choose the best answer in brackets. 1. Actually I had supper with my brother (lately/ last night). 2. I haven't seen Linda (for/ since) a long time. How is she? 3. What have you been doing (yesterday/ today)? 4. It's ages (since/ ago) I last went to the cinema. 5. I've been trying to sell my car (for the last time/ for ages). 6. I can't remember (how long/ when) I've had this car. 7. Bin hasn't been to London (when/ since) we went there last year. 8. I've written to Sally (last week/ recently). 9. I've been living here (since/ for/ in) the end of last year. 10. Have you eaten Chinese food (before/ already)?

ƠN

Bài 3:

7. since

3. today

8. recently

4. since

9. since

5. for ages

10. before

QU Y

2. for

NH

6. how long

1. last night

FI CI A

5. OK

OF

2. OK

L

ENGLISH 11

Bài 4: Fill in the blank using the following adverbs. already

never

always

yet

ever

for

since

Bài 4:

Y

1. never

KÈ

M

1. She is a cold, unfeeling woman, she has showed any affection. 2. her husband's death, Alex has become a cold-blooded woman. 3. Tim doesn't want to go to Paris as he has been there. 4. They have been engaged two months. 5. The young boy hasn't eaten his dinner . 6. I've been a warm-hearted person. And you? 7. She has been laughing she saw that woman.

5. yet 6. always

3. already

7. ever since

DẠ

2. since

114

ENGLISH 11

L

4. for

FI CI A

Bài 5: Put the verbs into the simple tense. On Thursday, the children (1. talk) about a day out together in the country. The next morning, they (2. go) to the country with their two dogs and (3. play) together. Tim and David (4. have) some kites. Some time later the dogs _ (5. be) not there, so they (6. call) them and (7. look) for them in the forest. After half an hour the children (8. find) them and(9. take) them back. Charlie (10. be) very happy to see them again. At lunch time Mike (11. go) to the bikes and (12. fetch) the (13. play) football. Mike and (15. ride) home.

Bài 5: 11. went

2. went

7. looked

12. fetched

3. played

8. found

13. played

4. had

9. took

14. won

5. were

10. was

15. rode

NH

ƠN

6. called

1. talked

OF

basket with some meat sandwiches. Then they David (14. win). In the evening they

QU Y

Bài 6: Choose the best answer in brackets (either the past simple or present perfect tense). 1. Did you like the cartoon "Tom and Jerry"? I (did not see/ haven't seen) it yet. 2. Tom is a very close friend of mine. We (know/ have known) each other for years. 3. Do you know what time Lisa (left/ has left) the office? 4. You (were/have been) lateforworktoomanytimesthisyear. If you're not careful, you will be sacked. 5. I (had/ have had) a few financial problems last year but this year things are getting better. 6. We had a foreign friend from Thailand who (never saw/ has never seen) the sea so we're taking him to a beach this weekend.

M

7. Since I started working here I (became/ have become) more experienced at dealing with problems. 8. I can't remember the last time I (went/ have been) to the cinema. Bài 6:

Y

KÈ

1. haven't seen (Bạn có thích xem phim hoạt hình "Tom và Jerry"không? Tớ vẫn chưa xem phim đó.) 2. have known (Tom là người bạn rất thân của tôi. Chúng tôi đã quen biết nhau nhiều năm rồi.) 3. left (Bạn có biết Lisa đã rời cơ quan lúc mấy giờ không?) 4. have been (Năm nay bạn đã đi làm muộn nhiều lần rồi. Nếu bạn không cẩn thận thì bạn sẽ bị sa thải.) 5. had (Năm ngoái tôi gặp một vài vấn đề khó khăn về tài chính nhưng năm nay mọi thứ trở nên tốt hơn rồi.)

DẠ

6. has never seen (Chúng tôi có một người bạn từ Thái Lan mà chưa bao giờ thấy biển nên chúng tôi sẽ đưa cậu ấy đi biển vào cuối tuần này.) 7. have become (Từ khi tôi bắt đầu làm việc ở đây, tôi đã trở nên có nhiều kinh nghiệm hơn trong việc giải quyết các vấn đề.)

115

FI CI A

8. went (Tôi không thể nhớ lần cuối tôi đi xem phim là khi nào.) Bài 7: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense. 1. "How long have you lived here?" "I (live) here since 2000." 2. He lived in London for two years and then he (go) to Edinburgh. (you/see) the moon last night? 3. (write) a lot of plays. 4. Shakespeare

L

ENGLISH 11

ƠN

OF

5. My brother (write) several books. He has just finished his latest. 6. I (not see) him for five years. I wonder where he is. 7. He (not smoke) for one month. He is trying to give it up. 8. He (compose) some pieces of music when he worked in New York. 9. "When (he/arrive)?""He arrived at 3 o'clock." 10. I read his books when I was at school. I (enjoy) them very much. 11. I can't go out because I (not finish) my work yet. 12. "I (never/drink) wine". "Well, have some now!" 13. Here are your shoes. I (just/clean) them. 14. I left home at 9.00 a.m and I (get) here at 8.00p.m. 15. I (meet) him last May.

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

Bài 7: 1. have I lived (Bạn đã sống ở đây bao lâu rồi? Tôi đã sống ở đây từ năm 2000.) 2. went (Anh ấy đã sống ở Luân Đôn được 2 năm rồi và sau đó anh ấy chuyển đến Edinburgh.) 3. Did you see (Tối qua bạn có nhìn thấy mặt trăng không?) 4. wrote (Shakespeare đã viết rất nhiều vở kịch.) 5. has written (Anh tôi đã viết được một vài cuốn sách. Anh ấy vừa mới viết xong một cuốn gần đây.) 6. haven't seen (Tôi đã không gặp anh ấy 5 năm rồi. Tôi tự hỏi giờ anh ấy ở đâu.) 7. hasn't smoked (Anh ấy đã không hút thuốc được 1 tháng rồi. Anh ấy đang cố gắng bỏ.) 8. composed (Ông ấy đã sáng tác một số bản nhạc khi còn làm việc ở New York.) 10. enjoyed (Tôi đã đọc sách của anh ấy khi còn đi học. Tôi rất thích những cuốn sách đó.) 11. haven't finished (Tôi không thể đi chơi bởi vì tôi vẫn chưa xong việc.) 12. have never drunk (Trước đây tôi chưa bao giờ uống rượu. Giờ thì có uống một chút!) 13. have just cleaned (Đây là giày của bạn. Tôi vừa mới đánh sạch.) 14. got (Tôi đã ra khỏi nhà từ lúc 9 giờ sáng và đã đến đây lúc 8 giờ tối.) 15. met (Tôi đã gặp anh ấy vào tháng năm năm ngoái.) Bài 8: Rewrite the following sentences.

DẠ

Y

1. This is the first time he visited Ha Long Bay.  He has 2. She started working here last year.  She has 3. We began eating lunch when it started to rain.  We have 4. I last had my hair cut when she left me.  I haven't

116

. . . .

FI CI A OF

5. The last time he met me was 5 months ago.  He hasn't . 6. It is a long time since we last met.  We haven't . 7. When did you have this computer?  How long ? 8. This is the first time I had such a delicious meal.  I haven't . 9. I haven't gone to work for a month.  The last . 10. I haven't talked to him for 5 days. => It is .

L

ENGLISH 11

ƠN

Bài 8: 1. He has never/ not visited Ha Long Bay before. (Trước đây anh ấy chưa bao giờ đến tham quan Vịnh Hạ Long.)

QU Y

NH

2. She has worked here since last year. (Cô ấy đã làm việc ở đây từ năm ngoái.) 3. We have eaten lunch since it started to rain. (Chúng tôi đã ăn trưa từ lúc trời đổ mưa.) 4. I haven't had my hair cut since she left me. (Tôi đã không cắt tóc từ khi cô ấy bỏ tôi.) 5. He hasn't met me for 5 months. (Anh ấy đã không gặp tôi 5 tháng rồi.) 6. We haven't met for a long time. (Chúng tôi đã không gặp nhau lâu rồi.) 7. How long have you had this computer? (Bạn có máy tính này bao lâu rồi?) 8. I haven't had such a delicious meal before. (Trước đây tôi chưa có bữa ăn nào ngon như vậy.) 9. The last time I went to work was a month ago. (Lần cuối tôi đi làm là cách đây 1 tháng.) 10. It is 5 days since I last took a bath. (Đã 5 ngày kể từ lần cuối tôi nói chuyện với anh ấy.) BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 9: Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.

A. swum

B. had introduced C. introduced D. was introduced across the narrow canal in ten minutes to find himself out of danger several years

KÈ

A. has introduced 3. The boy ago.

M

1. Last month, the Youth Union a campaign to help students with disabilities. A. has launched B. launched C. was launched D. was launching 2. Lately, a gang of enterprising New Zealanders an incredible scheme to raise awareness of depression and mental health issues.

B. was swum

C. swam

D. had swam

DẠ

Y

4. I to help students at a special school twice since I finished grade 11. A. have volunteered B. had volunteered C. was volunteering D. volunteered 5. It is now over seventy years since Lindbergh across the Atlantic. A. has been flying B. flew C. had flown D. has flown 6. We won't go out before we the homework. A. finish B. will have finished C. will finish

117

D. finished

ENGLISH 11

A. had agreed

B. agreed

C. was agreed

L

to cooperate. D. hasn't promised that it would increase job

FI CI A

7. Although he was on the whole very suspicious of the project, Mr Hung A. didn't promise B. promised C. has promised 8. Even though Susan was totally opposed to the project, she opportunities for the local people.

D. would agree.

9. When he ten years old, he the National Institute for the Blind in Paris. A. was/entered B. was/was entering C. was/was entered D. was/would enter 10. In the past ten years, he more than 100 bicycles to needy students in Central Vietnam. A. gave B. has given C. has been given D. has been giving 11. Nam

OF

the idea of giving sweaters and warm clothes to the poor just a couple of weeks

ago, shortly after the beginning of the rainy season.

A. is provided

ƠN

A. came up with B. comes up with C. has come up with D. was coming up with 12. In the past, health care in some rural areas of this country by only a small number of doctors and nurses. B. provided

C. provides

D. was provided

NH

13. Neither Mike nor his brothers to school because their father teaches them at home. A. have never been B. has ever been C. have ever been D. ever went 14. Not until we the school for children with disabilities how they overcome difficulties.

QU Y

A. had visited/have we known C. visited/did we know 15. Until now I more than 1000 stamps. A. collected B. collect

B. visited/had we known D. have visited/did we know

C. am collecting

D. have collected

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Bài 9: 1. B (last month  động từ chia ở thì quá khứ đơn) 2. A (Lately  động từ chia ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành) 3. C (several years ago động từ chia ở thì quá khứ đơn) 4. A (HTHT + since + QKĐ) 5. B (It + is + time + since + QKĐ) 6. A (TLĐ + before + HTĐ) 7. B (sự việc đã xảy ra và chấm dứt vào 1 thời điểm trong quá khứ) 8. B (sự việc đã xảy ra và chấm dứt vào 1 thời điểm trong quá khứ) 9. A (sự việc đã xảy ra và chấm dứt vào 1 thời điểm trong quá khứ) 10. B (In the past ten years  động từ chia ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành) 11. A (a couple of weeks ago  động từ chia ở thì quá khứ đơn) 12. D (In the past  động từ chia ở thì quá khứ; bị động) 13. C (ever: chia động từ ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành; Neither S1 + nor + S2 + V chia theo S2  ever PP) 14. C (Not until + S + V- past simple +... + did + S + V...: mãi cho đến khi... thì)

118

ENGLISH 11

L

15. D (Until now => chia động từ ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành)

FI CI A

Bài 10: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.

1. (A) The annual increase in the (B) world's population (C) has peaked at (D) about 88 million in the late 1980s.

OF

2. (A) Overpopulation is (B) one of the main factors that leads to (C) poor, (D) illiteracy, and social evils. 3. The teacher (A) said that (B) about 10 children (C) need special help (D) in reading skills. 4. Youth Newspaper (A) donated book collections (B) to two (C) mountainous schools in (D) northern Vietnam lately. 5. Vina Capital Foundation's Heartbeat Vietnam (A) has performed 5,000 free heart (B) surgery for kids (C) across the country (D) for the last ten years. 6. A Hoi An-based charity organisation (A) gave free milk to (B) poor, ailing, and (C) disabled children in the central province of Quang Nam (D) on last Wednesday.

ƠN

7. Although Marie Curie had (A) very little money (B) to live on, (C) but she went to Paris to realise her dream of (D) a scientific career.

NH

8. Albert Einstein, (A) the father of modern physics, could not read until he (B) was eight, but that (C) hasn't stopped him (D) from becoming one of the greatest scientists of our time

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

Bài 10: 1. C (has peaked  peaked) - in the late 1980s: vào thập niên 1980 (động từ chia ở thì quá khứ đơn) 2. C (poor  poverty) - poor (adj): nghèo đói - poverty (n): sự nghèo nàn, sự nghèo đói 3. C (need  needed) Cấu trúc: S + said that + S + V- lùi thì... 4. A (donated  has donated) - lately (adv): gần đây (động từ chia ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành) 5. B (surgery  surgeries) - surgery (n-countable): cuộc phẫu thuật 6. D (on last Wednesday  last Wednesday) 7. C (but  bỏ) Cấu trúc: Although + S + V… S + V ... (mặc dù ...nhưng .... ) 8. C (hasn't stopped  didn't stopped) Đây là sự việc đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ nên động từ được chia ở thì quá khứ đơn.

DẠ

Bài 11: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense. 1. have you tried 6. did you start 2. did you go 7. have moved 3. Have you had 8. has been 4. haven't seen 9. was

119

ENGLISH 11

to pass your driving test?

L

5. Have you spoken 10. has visited 1. Tim: How many times (you/try)

FI CI A

Mike: Three times so far. 2. When (you/go) to Ho Chi Minh City? 3. You look different, (you/have) a haircut? 4. I (not/see) David at all this week. I don't even know where he is. 5. Tim: (you/speak) to Peter yet? Mike: Not yet.

ƠN

OF

6. When (you/start) your job? 7. I (move) house three times in the last five years. 8. My sister (be) to New York three times and she's going again next month. 9. The US President (be) in our country last year. 10. He (visit) this village three times in the last two years.

Bài 12: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense.

M

QU Y

NH

Bài 12: 1. had 11. has not bought 2. have al ready seen 12. had 3. were- began 13. has broken 4. have not begun 14. has just finished 5. has not slept - went 15. landed 6. has never forgotten 16. have done 7. travelled/ traveled 17. did Columbus discover 8. decided 18. have not visited 9. Have you ever been 19. has lostlived 20. played 1. I (have) a problem with my computer yesterday. 2. We (already see) that movie, but I will go with you again if you want me to. 3. We (be) in Tim's room when the storm (begin). 4. I (not begin) my homework yet. 5. He (not sleep) for three nights, even though he (go) to bed early yesterday evening.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

6. My father (never forget) my birthday. 7. They (travel) around the world last summer. 8. They (decide) this at a meeting some days ago. 9. (You ever be) to New York? 10. I know Hanoi City well. I (live) there for three years when I was a student. 11. Michael does not have much money so he (not buy) a car yet. 12. We (have) a good time at the party last weekend. 13. Look at that. Someone (break) my motorbike. 14. Emily (just finish) packing her bags. 15. The plane (land) ten minutes ago.

120

FI CI A

16. I (do) all the housework. Everything is clean now. 17. When (Columbus discover) the New World? 18. We (not visit) him since last weekend. 19. She feels great. She (lose) five pounds since Christmas. 20. The last time I (play) tennis was four years ago.

L

ENGLISH 11

OF

Bài 13: Fill in the blank using either the Present Perfect or the Simple Past. Last week I (meet) an old lady called Brown. She (be) eighty-two. She (be) a beggar. She (talk) to me and I (hear) the story of her entire life. I (feel) so sad when she (finish) it that I almost (cry). As I (feel) sorry for her, I (give) Brown some money. This morning something wonderful and amazing (happen) to me. I Brown again, but, my goodness, she (be) different. She told me the following.

(meet)

ƠN

Since you (give) me that money my life (change) completely. With the money you (give) me I (buy) a lottery ticket and I (win). I (buy) myself a house where I'm living now. I (just buy) some new clothes, a TV set... you can't imagine how happy I am! (follow) her and ...

NH

I (be) so astonished that I couldn't even say a word. I surprise! She had bought me a yellow Ferrari.

QU Y

Bài 13: met, was, was, talked, heard, felt, finished, cried, felt, gave, happened, met, was, gave, has changed, gave, bought, won, bought, have just bought, was, followed Bài 14: Put the verbs in the brackets into either the past simple or present perfect tense. 1. A: Did you like the movie "The Lord of the Rings?" B: I don't know. I (see, never)

that movie.

M

2. Nam (arrive) in New York a week ago. 3. My best friend and I (know) each other for over fifteen years. We still get together once a week. ten very creative short stories in the last year. One day,

KÈ

4. He is a fantastic writer. He (write) he'll be as famous as Hemingway.

Y

5. I (have, not) this much fun since I (be) a kid. 6. Things (change) a great deal at this company. When we first _ (start) working here three years ago, the company (have, only) ten employees. Since then, we (expand) to include more than 2000 full-time workers.

DẠ

7. I (tell) him to stay on the path while he was hiking, but he (wander) the forest and (be) was bitten by a snake. 8. Listen Daniel, I don't care if you (miss) late for work too many times. You are fired!

the

bus

this

morning.

off into You

(be)

9. Mike is from Colorado, which is hundreds of miles from the coast, so he (see, never)

121

ENGLISH 11 the ocean. He should come with us to Miami.

L

of going to California before he died, but he didn't make

FI CI A

10. How sad! Mr. David (dream) it. He (see, never) the ocean.

11. In the last hundred years, traveling (become) much easier and very comfortable. In the 19th century, it (take) two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon. The trip (be) very rough and often dangerous. Things (change) a great deal in the last

13. This tree (be) hundred years ago.

planted by the settlers who (found)

our city over four

climbed by anyone. Several mountaineers (try) to reach . The climb is extremely difficult and many people

ƠN

14. This mountain (be, never) the top, but nobody (succeed, ever) (die)

OF

hundred and fifty years. Now you can fly from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours. 12. John, I can't believe how much you (change) since the last time I (see) you. You (grow) at least a foot!

NH

trying to reach the summit. 15. I (visit, never) Africa, but I (travel) to South America several times. The last time I (go) to South America, I (visit) Brazil and Peru. I (spend) two weeks in the Amazon, hiked for a week near Machu Picchu, and (fly) over the Nazca Lines. Bài 14: 1. have never seen 2. arrived 3. have known

QU Y

7. missed - have been 8. missed - have been 9. has never seen

4. has written

10. dreamt - never saw

5. haven't had - was

12. have changed - saw - have grown 13. was- founded 14. has never been have tried - has ever succeeded- have died 15. have never visited – have travelled - went - visited- spent-flew

11. has become - took – was have changed

KÈ

M

6. have changed - started only had - have expanded Test 1 A. PHONETICS

Y

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. B. hobby

C. knowledge

D. popular

2. A. about

B. announce

C. cough

D. shout

3. A. hood

B. hook

C. stood

D. tool

4. A. done

B. gone

C. mum

D. won

DẠ

1. A. comfort

122

B. group

C. soup

D. tough

6. A. filled

B. landed

C. suited

D. wicked

7. A. cloth

B. clothe

C. with

D. without

8. A. cease

B. chase

C. increase

D. raise

9. A. beds

B. doors

C. students

D. plays

10. A. gypsy

B. huge

C. piggy

D. strange

FI CI A

5. A. coup

L

ENGLISH 11

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. B. children

C. village

D. advice

2. A. important

B. performance

C. silently

D. permission

3. A. efficient

B. flowery

C. flourishing

D. gramophone

4. A. inhabitant

B. initiate

C. engineering

D. ingenious

5. A. content

B. advice

C. promise

D. admire

OF

1. A. silent

II1. Put the given words into the right group. deaf

donate

launch

campaign

blind

dumb

disabled

talent

cognitive

Disabilities

impairments Others

visual, talent, launch, campaign, donate

NH

blind, deaf, dumb, disabled, cognitive, impairments

ƠN

visual

IV. Choose the suitable word to complete the sentence.

1. Last week we interviewed some volunteers who had worked with disabled/disabilities students. 2. There are more devices to enable people with impairments/physical disabilities to travel around.

QU Y

3. These are students with various visual, hearing/deaf, physical and cognitive impairments. 4. We need to help disabled students to become independent and integrate/launch in the community. 5. The students in our class have charity/donated more than 50 gifts. V. Complete the sentences using the given words. impairments

voluntary

visual

volunteers

support

1. People with physical _______ impairments _________ have difficulty climbing stairs.

M

2. This special school helps students with _______ visual ______ impairments to learn Braille. 3. Many ____ volunteers ______ have taken part in our programmes since the campaign was launched.

KÈ

4. We have launched various services to _______ support _____ people with learning disabilities. 5. We completed a ______ voluntary ______ project for our community center a month ago. VI. Fill in each gap with the past simple or the present perfect form of the given word(s).

Y

1. Last night I (lose) _______lost________ my keys. I had to call my flatmate to let me in. 2. I (lose) ______have lost________ my keys. Can you help me look for them?

DẠ

3. He (live) _____lived______ with his great grandmother for a few years - she died when he was eight.

4. She and her best friends (know) _______have known_______ each other for over fifteen years. They still get together once a week. 5.

123

A: What's wrong?

ENGLISH 11

6. She (be) ______has been_______ a teacher for ten years, and she still enjoys it.

FI CI A

7. How many times (she/ go) _____did she go_____ to the cinema last month?

L

B: I (break) _____have broken_____ a glass.

8. Aunt to Jonny: Jonny, I can't believe how much you've changed since the last time I saw you. You (grow) ____have grown______ at least a foot! 9.

A: How long (you/ live) ______did you live_____ in Paris? B: Twenty years. We came back to live in England in 2010.

10.

A: How long (you/ live) _____have you lived_____ in Japan? B: Four years. And we really like it here.

OF

VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. The company last won a trophy 20 years ago.

The company hasn't won a trophy __________for 20 years_______ 2. The club has been successful for three years. 3. The team last won a home game in September.

ƠN

The club started to be successful ____________three years ago_________ The team hasn't won a home game ________since September___________

NH

4. Peter hasn't scored a goal for 2 months.

Peter last scored a goal ____________2 months ago__________ 5. The club started to play in this stadium in 2010.

The club has played in this stadium _____________since 2010___________ 6. She became the marketing manager 4 months ago.

QU Y

She has been the marketing manager __________for 4 months_________ 7. Lien last visited a centre for children with cognitive impairments two weeks ago. Lien hasn't visited a centre for children with cognitive impairments _____for two weeks___ 8. His sister got injured three weeks ago, and she's still in hospital now. His sister has been injured ____________for three weeks_________

M

VIII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence.

2.

KÈ

1. Last year I volunteered to teach at a school for people with hearing impairments and launched/have launched a campaign to help them. A: How many times did you try/have you tried to pass your driving test? B: Three times so far. 3.

A: I can't send my e-mails because my computer's broken.

Y

B: How long was your computer/has your computer been broken?

DẠ

A: About a week. I'm going to take it back to the shop when I have time.

4.

A: I went to Japan on holiday last year. B: How long were you/have you been there? A: Only two weeks. It wasn't really long enough to see everything.

124

ENGLISH 11 5.

A: When did he arrive/has he arrived? A: Why don't you want to play football with us this weekend?

FI CI A

6.

L

B: He arrived at 2 o'clock. B: I broke/have broken my leg. 7.

A: I never drank/have never drunk whiskey. B: Have some now.

8. My best friend, Linh went to Canana two years ago, but I wasn't/haven't been there so far.

IX. Decide whether the underlined parts in the following sentences are Correct or Incorrect in terms of grammar. A. Correct

OF

1. When I turned on the radio yesterday, I heard a song that was popular when I was in high school. B. Incorrect

2. Ben has had a beautiful house near the beach for more than 20 years, but he sold it about five years ago. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

A. Correct

ƠN

3. The US president has visited our country three times in the last two years. B. Incorrect

4. Look! There is so much food left. Nobody has eaten anything. B. Incorrect

NH

A. Correct

5. We had a nice honeymoon in Budapest a few days ago but the journey to this beautiful city was exhausting as we have spent ten hours sitting on the train. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

QU Y

6. I watched fireworks on New Year's Eve twice - once last year and once this year. I hope I can watch it next year. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

7. How often did you go on holiday when you were a child? A. Correct

B. Incorrect

8. John joined our team as a novice since last summer. Today he's promoted as the leader. B. Incorrect

M

A. Correct

X. Give the correct forms of the verbs in brackets using simple past or present perfect.

KÈ

1. The floor looks dirty. I'm sure you (not clean up) ______haven’t clean up ______. 2. (you/enjoy) _______Did you enjoy________ the party last night? 3. My bicycle isn't here. I think someone (just take) _____has just taken_____ it. 4. They (know) ______have known_____ each other since they were children.

Y

5. They are the most kind-hearted people he (ever meet) _______has ever met_______.

DẠ

6. He was late yesterday because he (be) ________was_________ stuck in the traffic jam. 7. Last year, he (donate) __________donated_______ 99% of his fortune to charitable organizations. 8. I (be) _________have been_________ a member of this non-profit organization since 1996.

9. She (make) __________has made_________ many new friends since she joined this English club.

125

ENGLISH 11

L

10. Last month I (feel) ________felt________ happy when I cooked a meal for the elderly at a nursing home.

FI CI A

XI. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you/ wash) _______Have you washed____ the dishes yet?

2. Daughter: I (wash) _____washed ____ the dishes yesterday, but I (have / not) _____have not had_______ the time yet to do it today. 3. Mother: (you/do/yet) ______Have you done____ your homework __________yet_______? 4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) ______have just come_________ home from school. 5. Mother: You (come) ______came_______ home from school two hours ago!

OF

6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) _______called________ when _____arrived_______ and I (finish / just) _____have just finished______ the phone call.

I

(arrive)

7. Mother: (you/ see / not) _____Didn’t you see___ Lucy at school in the morning?

8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) ________did not have_____ time to talk then.

ƠN

XII. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. I (cycle /just) _______have just cycled__________ 50 km. 2. I (cycle) ______ cycled _________ 100 km last week. 3. I (write) _____wrote______ an essay yesterday.

NH

4. I (write / already) ______have already written_____ two essays this term. 5. I (ring/just) _____have just rung_______ my friend.

6. I (ring) _______rang_________ my friend 10 minutes ago.

7. Two days ago, I (watch) _______watched______ a Madonna concert on TV.

QU Y

8. I (see / already) _______have already seen________ Madonna live in concert. 9. I (spend) ________spent_______ my summer holiday in Australia last year. 10. I (be/not) ______have not been________ to Australia yet. XIII. Put the verbs into the correct tense in the following dialogue (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / be / ever) ______Have you ever been_____ to London?

M

2. B: Yes, I (be) _____have been______ there three times.

KÈ

3. A: When (be) ______was_______ the last time you (be) ______were_____ there? 4. B: Last summer. I (spend) ________spent_______ two weeks in Brighton with my parents and we (go) ______went_________ to London one weekend. 5. (you/ like) _______Did you like______ it?

Y

6. Oh yes. We really (have) ____had___ a great time in London. 7. Lucky you! I (be / never) _____have never been_____ to London.

DẠ

XIV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / try / ever) _____Have you ever tried______ haggis? 2. B: Oh, yes! 3. A: How often (you / eat) ______have you eaten________ haggis yet?

126

ENGLISH 11 4. B: Two times exactly.

L

5. A: When (you / eat/ first) ______did you first eat______ haggis?

FI CI A

6. B: That (be) ___was____ in 2005. We (have) ____had__ a Scottish festival in our town and they also (sell) ______sold____ traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) ____bought____ haggis. 7. A: (you / like) _____Did you like_____ it?

8. B: It (be / not) _______was not_________ too bad. And I (know / not) ____did not know___ anything about haggis then. 9. A: When (you / find out) _____did you find out___?

OF

10. B: When I (be) ______was_____ in Scotland in 2007. I (go) _____went____ to a restaurant and (order) _______ordered_______ haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell) _______told________ me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never) ____have never eaten__ haggis again since then. XV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).

ƠN

1. A: (you / play / ever) _____Have you ever played_____ the new computer game? 2. B: No, not yet. I only (buy) ___bought___ it yesterday and I (have / not) ___have not had____ the time yet. 3. A: (you / go) ____Did you go___ to the cinema last night?

NH

4. B: Yes. I (be) _____was_____ there with Sue and Louis. (you / be) ____Have you been_____ to the cinema recently? 5. A: I last (go) _____went____ to the cinema two weeks ago.

6. B: So you (see / not) _____have not seen____ the new action film yet.

QU Y

7. A: No, unfortunately not. (you / enjoy) _____Did you enjoy___ it? 8. B: Oh, I really (love) _____loved____ it. But Sue (like / not) _____did not like____ it - too much action! 9. A: But why (you / take) ___did you take____ her with you? She (tell) ______told___ me last week that she (hate) _____hated______ action films. XVI. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. I (just / finish) ______have just finished_____ my homework.

M

2. Mary (already / write) ____has already written___ five letters. 3. Tom (move) ____moved____ to this town in 1994.

KÈ

4. My friend (be) _____was____ in Canada two years ago. 5. I (not / be) ________have not been______ to Canada so far. 6. I (already / travel) ______have already travelled_____ to London a couple of times. 7. Last week, Mary and Paul (go) _____went______ to the cinema.

Y

8. I can't take any pictures because I (not / buy) ______have not bought____ a new film yet.

DẠ

9. (they / spend) _____Did they spend____ their holiday in New Zealand last summer? 10. (you / ever / see) ____Have you ever seen___ a whale? C. READING I. Read the passage and answer the following questions.

127

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Each summer, the Winant and Clayton Volunteer program sends a group of Americans to volunteer in London for seven weeks and provides housing and a small stipend to help defray the high cost of living. After seven weeks of volunteering, participants have two weeks to travel independently before returning to London to evaluate the program and get their flight back to the United States. The application includes a few short essays, a series of questions about the type of placement one would prefer, and an informal interview with former volunteers that gives applicants a chance to find out more about the program.

1. How long do a group of Americans volunteer in London? A. two weeks

B. each summer

C. seven weeks

OF

Deciding to participate takes a small leap of faith. The roster of volunteer placements and housing options can change from year to year and volunteers can't choose their placement in advance. But once you're accepted you instantly feel that you've joined a close-knit group. The volunteer coordinator is in frequent contact through mailings and e-mails to help you prepare for the trip, and there is a daylong orientation in New York that bring all the volunteers together before departure for London. D. three weeks

ƠN

2. What does the Winant and Clayton Volunteer program provide them with? A. housing and a small stipend

B. a few short essays

C. transportation

D. foods and clothes

NH

3. Which of the following is NOT included in the application?

A. A series of questions about the type of placement one would prefer B. An informal interview with former volunteers C. A few short essays

QU Y

D. The roster of volunteer placements

4. What can the volunteers do after seven weeks of volunteering? A. They can have two weeks to travel independently B. They can have two weeks to evaluate the program C. They can return to London

D. They can get their flight back to the United States

M

5. How does the volunteer coordinator keep in contact with you? B. Through telephone and e-mails

C. Through mailings and e-mails

D. Through radio and cell phone

KÈ

A. Through television and newspapers

II. Read the following passage and choose the best option.

Y

The United States has been criticized for its treatment of its elderly citizens. Although in many other countries the elderly usually live with their children's family, many older Americans live alone, without the close companionship of their children. This situation is sometimes blamed on the "selfishness" of the young generation, but a closer look shows that many of the elderly prefer to maintain their independent lives.

DẠ

Research on the situation of the elderly in America has shown that while grandparents are delighted to be visited periodically by their children and grandchildren, they prefer to continue living in the surroundings that they are familiar with. This suggests that children should permit their parents to live alone if they wish to, and should encourage them to maintain close ties to the rest of the family. 128

ENGLISH 11

1. Many elderly Americans live ____. A. without satisfaction.

B. by themselves.

C. a lonely life.

D. a simple life.

2. What do some people see as the cause of this situation? B. The young people usually trouble the elderly of their own. C. The government concerns hardly about the elderly people. D. The young people are too selfish. 3. Many of the elderly Americans want to ____.

OF

A. The society of the USA treats its elderly people as troubles.

FI CI A

L

Another surprising result of the research on the elderly in the United States has been the very positive influence which pets have been found to have on the elderly people that they live with. It has been shown that elderly people who care for small pets, such as cats and dogs, live longer, are healthier, and have better attitudes towards their lives than similar elderly people without these companions.

B. remain with the grandchildren in their houses. C. remove to their sons' or daughters' homes.

NH

D. live with their friends in their hometown.

ƠN

A. keep living in their well-known places and conditions.

4. The author advises the young people to ____.

A. keep close ties with the elderly of their own.

B. let the elderly of their families live by themselves. C. permit their elderly relatives to raise some pets.

QU Y

D. respect the wishes of their elderly parents. 5. The author's main thought is that ____.

A. the elderly who care for some pets live together. B. the social practice in the USA makes the elderly live alone. C. the elderly people should have better attitudes towards their lives.

M

D. it is a social tradition that the elderly Americans enjoy the self-directing lives. III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.

KÈ

treatment physical

social

retirement

elderly

aspects

aging

needs

pensioners

on

Y

There are many (1) _____ aspects ___ that are involved in taking care of (2) ____ elderly ____ or aged people. Those who have the responsibility of taking care of the aged need to be aware of the various needs and requirements that the elderly have.

DẠ

Elderly individuals who live (3) ____on_____ their own, without the support of anyone, may have a certain amount of financial needs. Such people need to fend for themselves for everything, including food, groceries, medicines etc. (4) ____ pensioners ___ have the benefit of a steady source of monthly income. Those who do not have any pension or other source of income would have to live entirely on their saving or through special senior citizens' government financial schemes or donations from charitable organisations. 129

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

It is natural that elderly people prefer staying at home in their old age. This brings the benefit of familiar surroundings and people around them. The homes of such people may be modified to accommodate their changing needs. There is the added benefit of familiar neighbours in the event of an emergency. Transportation is quick and easier for elderly people residing in areas that are familiar to them. Health services are the most important requirement when it comes to elderly (5) _____ needs ____.

OF

Elderly people have age-related health issues. This is a normal part of life and cannot be avoided. Proper care and nursing facilities go a long way in keeping most of these health issues in check and also preventing them from causing any serious harm. Regular medical check-ups are useful to monitor the health or the elderly and also to anticipate potential future issues. Regular medical check ups also help in identifying serious health problems at the initial stage when (6) _____ treatment ___ has a greater chance of success.

ƠN

As people age, their digestive systems gradually starts to weaken. Elderly people often find that they have difficulty digesting certain foods. It is important to realize that diet has to change to accommodate the reduced ability of the body. It may be okay to over-indulge with regards to food when young. But for the elderly, a nutritious and balanced diet made up of foodstuffs that the digestive system is able to accept is of utmost importance. Very often, the diet needs to be altered taking into consideration the medicines that are consumed each day.

NH

For the elderly whose mobility has been affected due to (7) ______aging____, a certain amount of assistance in the daily routines becomes a necessity. It may not be possible for a family member to be present the whole day. Home nurses are the latest professionals to have appeared on the career list. For those elderly who need assistance in basic activities like walking, eating, bathing and dressing a home nurse is an invaluable companion.

QU Y

The elderly have (8) _____social____ needs too. Being debilitated by age is no reason for the elderly to be confined to themselves or in their rooms. Modern medicine recognises as fact that the elderly, just as ordinary people, need to feel wanted, cared for and loved. The world over, kind-hearted people take turns to give companionship to the elderly. Oftentimes, just physical proximity is enough comfort for the elderly. Some read to them and some others chat with them. (9) _____ physical _____ comfort for the elderly differs from the needs of the young. As an example, air-conditioning may be looked upon as a necessity for the young. Yet, for an aged body, it may be very uncomfortable.

KÈ

M

Considering all that has been said, is it any wonder that care homes have become a billion dollar industry? Not every business is about profits. Care homes serve an important purpose in modern society. Nursing homes, care homes, (10) ____ retirement _____ villages and retirement communities are just some of the forms that organised elderly care has taken. In the United States alone, this industry was worth USD 17 billion in 2010. IV. Read the text and decide the following statements are True or False.

DẠ

Y

As you are reading this text, someone in your country has been affected by the AIDS crisis. People in every part of the world have been affected by the AIDS pandemic. Every nation in the world has had to take steps to address it. According to a recent United Nations estimate, 38.5 million people across the globe are infected with HIV-AIDS. Because AIDS has had such far-reaching effects, in the year 2000, for the first time in the history of the United Nations, the Security Council took up a health issue - HIV-AIDS. The world body declared the 130

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

spread of the virus a global emergency, a threat to peace and security in Africa, the continent that has been the hardest hit by the disease. The AIDS virus was considered no less destructive than warfare itself. In the year 2000, armed conflict took the lives of 2,000 people in Africa, while the AIDS virus claimed the lives of 2 million.

World-wide, the effect of the spreading AIDS virus has created 16.6 million orphans, 90 per cent of whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, a region where the crisis has been particularly deadly. Because so many have died, the very infrastructure of the region is endangered. So many people who play key roles in society - doctors, teachers, farmers - are dying of AIDS.

ƠN

OF

What is the United Nations doing to address the AIDS crisis? UN-AIDS and its agencies have brought some innovative ways of spreading the message that, first, people need to overcome the stigma of AIDS so they can come forward to learn about prevention, diagnosis and treatment. One way to transmit this message is by providing education and AIDS awareness training to local community members whose work brings them into regular contact with other members. One such local community member is Paul Lopez, a hairdresser in Mexico City. Paul's clients tend to confide in him, their regular hairdresser. Therefore, he was trained by a UN-AIDS programme to dispense advice about testing and treatment of HIV-AIDS. Now, along with advice about beauty, Paul tells clients how they can protect themselves from the AIDS virus or where they can go for treatment should they need it.

NH

Another crisis that United Nations programmes address is the crisis of care produced by the overwhelming number of AIDS orphans, 95 per cent of whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, where the spread of AIDS has been particularly lethal. Normally, when a child's parents die of AIDS, other family members, such as uncles and aunts, will take responsibility for the orphaned child. But because there are such

QU Y

increasing numbers of AIDS orphans and because the economic resources of some communities are so limited, it is increasingly difficult to find adults who can take in extra children. Often, children live by themselves in their deceased parents' home, surviving as well as they can.

KÈ

M

A typical case is fourteen year-old Justin of Malawi, who has to care for his 10-year-old brother and nine-year-old sister. Justin says it is very hard to find enough to eat although he does his best to support himself and his siblings through his job carrying food for merchants. Since Justin and his siblings have no one to take them in, they continue to live by themselves in their deceased parents' home. United Nations and its agencies such as UNICEF sends aid workers and mobilizes community-based volunteer groups to go to the homes or orphaned children with daily supplies of food, money and advice on how to spend it. The aid workers also know the necessity of encouraging the children to go to school. Children's chances of completing their education are cut in half once they become orphans.

Y

In the Ugandan village of Kalong, for example, a tragic scene that is all too common in rural villages took place: six-year-old Nakeyeyune cried as the elders decided who would take custody of her six-monthold brother and other young siblings after both his parents had died from AIDS-related causes. In Uganda, one quarter of all families are caring for AIDS orphans. The poverty of many rural families makes it difficult for them to take responsibility for more children.

DẠ

One way the United Nations helps single and foster parents to raise income levels is by fostering micro-credit cooperatives in rural villages. Micro-credit programmes allow traditional craft-makers and farmers to form cooperatives and sell more of what they produce. The increased incomes enable single and

131

ENGLISH 11

L

adoptive fosterparents to raise their income levels so they can support orphaned children. Such programmes have been especially successful among single mothers.

FI CI A

False 1. Only a few parts of the world have been affected by the AIDS crisis. True 2. In this writing, over 40 million people in the world are affected with HIV-AIDS. False 3. The Security Council had often dealt with medical issues.

False 4. The Secretary-General said the AIDS crisis could not compare with the devastating effects of war. False 5. There are a total of 13 million orphans in the world.

False 6. UN aid workers take jobs as hairdressers and farmers in local communities to help fight the spread of AIDS.

OF

False 7. Orphans never live alone in any country.

True 8. Sometimes AIDS orphans have to work to support younger brothers and sisters. True 9. UNICEF aid workers bring food, money, and advice to the orphans.

True 10. In Uganda (at this writing) 25 per cent of families take care of AIDS orphans.

ƠN

False 11. Families who take care of orphans have enough resources to do so easily. True 12. The United Nations has sponsored micro-credit cooperatives to help guardians support orphaned children. D. WRITING

1.

NH

I. Write a sentence with the given words so that it has similar meaning to the given sentence. Use the past simple or the present perfect. This is the first time Mary has had a tablet. Mary/ have/ never/ a tablet/ before 2.

QU Y

Mary has never had a tablet before.

We haven't seen Mark since last week.

The last time/ we/ see/ Mark/ be/ last week The last time we saw Mark was last week. 3.

Nick joined a golf club a year ago.

M

Nick/ be/ a member of a golf club/ a year

Nick has been a member of a golf club for a year. Mr. Diamond lives in Singapore. He moved there in 2010.

KÈ

4.

Mr. Diamond/ live/ in Singapore/ 2010 Mr. Diamond has lived in Singapore since 2010. 5.

I have attended an English course for three weeks.

Y

I/ start/ an English course/ three weeks I started an English course three weeks ago. Phuong is still working on her homework.

DẠ

6.

Phuong/ not/ finish/ her homework/ yet

Phuong has not finished her homework yet. 132

ENGLISH 11 7.

We haven't played tennis for a month.

L

We/ last/ play/ tennis/ a month 8.

FI CI A

We last played tennis a month ago. Mr. Phil is a swimmer. He started swimming when he was five years old. Mr. Phil/ be/ a swimmer/ he/ be/ five Mr. Phil has been a swimmer since he has five.

II. Write recommendations to improve accessibility for disabled people, using the words and phrases given. Change the word forms, if necessary. 1. consider / ways / make / day-to-day life / easier /. 2. help / people with disabilities / engage / hobbies / activities /.

OF

We ought to consider different ways to make day-to-day life easier for people with disabilities. We should help people with disabilities (to) engage in hobbies and sports activities. 3. change / the way / think / act towards / people in need /.

ƠN

We need to change the way we think about and act towards people in need. 4. improve / home safety / provide / friendly environment / disabled people/. We should improve home safety and provide a friendly environment for disabled people.

NH

5. remove / barriers / stop / disabled / contribute / the community/.

We ought to remove the barriers that stop disabled people from contributing to the community. 6. provide / people / hearing impairments / with / suitable / hearing aids /. We should provide people with hearing impairments with suitable hearing aids. III. Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use the present perfect or past simple. → It hasn't rained this week.

QU Y

1. it/ not/ rain/ this week)

2. (the weather/ be/ cold/ recently)

The weather _______has been cold recently___________ 3. (it/ cold/ last week)

It _________was cold last week___________

M

4. (I/ not/ read/ a newspaper yesterday) I _________didn’t read a newspaper yesterday ______

KÈ

5. (I/ not/ read/ a newspaper today) I ______haven’t read a newspaper today __________ 6. (Emily/ earn/a lot of money/ this year) Emily has earned a lot of money this year.

Y

7. (she/ not/ earn/ so much/ last year)

DẠ

She didn’t earn so much last year. 8. (you/ have/ a holiday recently?) Have you had a holiday recently? TEST 2 133

ENGLISH 11 A. PHONETICS

1. A. chores

B. brothers

C. boys

D. students

2. A. crocodile

B. signature

C. dine

D. dinosaur

3. A. apple

B. basic

C. transit

D. tramp

4. A. chimney

B. chemical

C. chilly

D. china

5. A. chick

B. service

C. textile

D. fabric

FI CI A

L

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. B. advantageous

C. compulsory

D. influential

2. A. inflation

B. maximum

C. applicant

D. character

3. A. compulsory

B. biography

C. curriculum

D. admirable

4. A. struggle

B. anxious

C. confide

D. comfort

5. A. teacher

B. lesson

C. action

D. police

I. Complete the sentences using the given words. campaign

donate

cognitive

blind

NH

integrate

ƠN

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

OF

1. A. oceanic

1. He found it very difficult to _______ integrate ______ himself into a society whose culture is too different from his own. 2. We've received a lot of expressions of support for our ________ campaign ______. 3. When you _________ donate ________ money, you should help the poor not the rich.

QU Y

4. _____ cognitive _______ impairment can cause problems with a person's thinking, communication, understanding or memory. 5. Physical movement is one of the biggest challenges for ________ blind _________ people. II. Complete the following sentences using the given words.

M

1. When you encounter someone who is being rude or _____ DISRESPECTFUL _, it's hard to know how to react. (RESPECTFUL) 2. Thanks to your ____DONATION____ today we are able to help disabled children in the neighbourhood. (DONATE)

KÈ

3. Getting treatment for ______HEARING______ loss can greatly improve quality of life for individuals affected. (HEAR) 4. Visual ____IMPAIRMENTS___ cause issues with eyesight that can interfere with students' academic success. (IMPAIR)

DẠ

Y

5. This organization's main aim is to help disabled people to overcome their ____DISABILITIES____. (DISABLE) III. Choose the options that best fit the blanks. 1. The boy from Brazil ____ to be the best dancer in the group. A. appears

134

B. to appear

C. is appearing

ENGLISH 11

A. isn't having

B. didn't have

C. hasn't had

A. see

B. to see

C. seeing

FI CI A

3. Bob can't stand not ____ Mary each day because she is an indispensable part of his life.

L

2. He doesn't earn much money, so he ____ a car yet.

4. These boys are so talented. They have been able to play musical instruments since they ____ five. A. are

B. were

C. have been

5. Yesterday, John ____ home, ____ his suitcase and ____ to bed early.

A. was arriving - unpacking - going B. arrived - unpacked - went C. has arrived - unpacked - gone A. tried

B. trying

C. to try

7. How many times ____ to ring her back this morning? - Three times so far. B. did you try

C. have you tried

ƠN

A. do you try

OF

6. It's no use ____ to persuade him when he is in a bad mood.

8. Bean ____ Laura an apology because he left her to marry another girl without giving a clear explanation. A. owns

B. owes

C. owing

IV. Decide whether the underlined part in each of the following is Correct or Incorrect.

A. Correct

B. Incorrect

NH

1. Betty deserves be the team leader because she really puts her mind to her work and gets on well with her colleagues. 2. We lived in Bangkok for ten months but we've been in London for the last three years. B. Incorrect

QU Y

A. Correct 3. Mom: Hello.

Son: Hi Mum, it's me. I want to say I've just arrived at Boston safely and everything is fine. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

4. Lead a happy life isn't as easy as a pie because it depends on many factors. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

A. Correct

M

5. Shall we go to the cinema? I haven't been there since last month. B. Incorrect

KÈ

6. Visiting Gardens by the Bay and Botanic Gardens are a must if you are on a Singapore city tour. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

7. We are having a mini-discussion on a member state of ASEAN during our tomorrow's English lesson. A. Correct

B. Incorrect

Y

8. Although the chicken soup Linda cooked isn't tasting good, I still feel thankful for her care.

DẠ

A. Correct

B. Incorrect

C. READING I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given.

135

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Children with disabilities often have difficulties fulfilling tasks at school or in their daily life. However, nowadays their life seems to be easier with the help of technology. Assistive technology brings them devices that help them to perform activities.

Audio players and recorders may help these children to be able to listen to the words as they read them on the page. Many e-books have audio files, and smartphones and tablet computers come with text-tospeech software that can read aloud anything on children's screen. If they struggle with writing or taking notes, an audio recorder can capture what the teacher says in class so the child can listen to it again at home.

OF

Talking calculators and large-display calculators might be useful for people with visual impairments. A talking calculator has built-in speech output to read the numbers, symbols and operation keys aloud. It can help people confirm that they have pressed the correct keys. If children have trouble with writing, try using plastic pencil grips or a computer. Basic word processing programs come with features that can help with spelling and grammar issues. Speech recognition software allows children to speak and have the text appear on the screen. 1. The life of disabled children is less hard with technology. B. False

C. Not given

ƠN

A. True

2. Text-to-speech software can help students with cognitive impairment to learn more easily. A. True

B. False

C. Not given

A. True

B. False

NH

3. Children can use an audio recorder to help them catch what the teacher says in class. C. Not given

4. People with hearing impairments might need help of talking calculators. A. True

B. False

C. Not given

A. True

QU Y

5. Speech recognition software help disabled students by reading aloud what appear on the screen. B. False

D. WRITING

C. Not given

1. Complete the sentences by choosing the appropriate word(s). has

salty

visiting

visitors

beautiful white

1. When you go to Thailand, the first thing you should do is _______ visiting ________ the ancient temples.

M

2. The combination of sweet, sour, hot and _____ salty ______ flavours makes Thai cuisine so distinct. 3. With over 13,000 islands, Indonesia has something unique to offer to all sorts of ______ visitors _____.

KÈ

4. From the _____ beautiful white ____ sands of Bali, to the vibrant capital city of Jakarta, to the untouched lands of Sumatra, you can always find something different in Indonesia. 5. Situated in the midst of the Asia Pacific region, Malaysia _______ has _________ a strategic location and a year-round tropical climate.

Y

II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. square/ of/ land/ has/ a/ kilometers/ Cambodia/ area/ 181,035

DẠ

Cambodia has a land area of 181,035 square kilometers. 2. the/ is/ kip/ unit/ currency/ in/ The/ Laos/ Lao The currency unit in Laos is the Lao kip. 136

ENGLISH 11 3. spoken/ is/ Standard/ The/ official/ language/ in/ Brunei/ Malay

Test 3 Part I. PHONETICS

FI CI A

L

The official language spoken in Brunei is Standard Malay.

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. frightening

C. happening

D. threatening

2. A. secondary

B. complimentary

C. vocabulary

D. supplementary

3. A. idiot

B. idea

C. idol

D. ideal

4. A. police

B. policy

C. polite

D. pollute

5. A. preferable

B. preference

C. preferably

D. preferential

OF

1. A. deafening

ƠN

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions. 6. A. disrespectful

B. independent

C. physically

D. understanding

7. A. donate

B. impair

C. mental

D. support

8. A. campaign

B. hearing

C. slogan

9. A. community

B. energetic

C. enthusiast

D. participate

10. A. cognitive

B. volunteer

C. medical

D. physical

NH

Part II. VOCABULARY

D. talent

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

QU Y

11. The Braille alphabet has been one of the greatest ____ in human history. A. invention

B. inventions

C. inventors

D. inventive

12. Everyone can help the needy by making a ____ to a charity organisation. A. donate

B. donation

C. donor

D. donating

A. deaf

M

13. We couldn't hear anything because of the ____ noise of the drums the next-door neighbours were playing. B. deafen

C. deafening

D. deafness

KÈ

14. ____ believe that some of the happiest people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others. A. Voluntary

B. Voluntarily

C. Volunteer

D. Volunteers

Y

15. During summer holidays, university students are willing to take part in providing education for children in remote and ____ areas. A. mountain

B. mountainous

C. mountaineer

D. mountaineering

DẠ

16. People with disabilities always need to be ____ after. A. asked

B. cared

C. looked

D. taken

17. The lottery winner was willing to spend a considerable sum of money to ____ to charity to help those in need.

137

ENGLISH 11 A. give away

B. give in

C. give back

D. give up

A. call back

B. call off

FI CI A

L

18. The volunteer team ____ students with various visual, hearing, physical and cognitive impairments every two months to give them both financial and spiritual support. C. call on

D. call out

19. If one wants to take part in volunteer organisations such as Green Summer Camp, Green Saturday Movement, Blood Donor..., he/she will have to ____ an application form. A. fill in

B. find out

C. log on

D. send off

20. An organisation for Educational Development co-operated with our school to____ free English classes for the poor in the area. B. put off

C. set off

D. set up

OF

A. put away

21. Children with cognitive impairments may have ____ in learning basic skills like reading, writing, or problem solving. A. ability

B. determination

C. difficulty

D. refusal

A. acquainted

ƠN

22. After the visit to that special school, we ____ friends with some students with reading disabilities. B. had

C. made

D. realised

23. The Convention for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities came into 3rd May 2008. A. action

B. force

C. truth

D. reality

A. case

B. need

NH

24. Elderly housebound patients are often those most in ____ of pharmacy services. C. time

D. trouble

25. The Youth Union in our school has decided to launch a/an ____ to raise funds for local charities. A. activity

B. announcement

C. campaign

D. decision

QU Y

26. Many experts believe that noise is the main cause of approximately half of all cases of ____ loss. A. cognitive

B. hearing

C. mental

D. visual

27. Allowing your child to get involved in ____ activities at school is a wise choice to develop teamworking skills, people skills, and more. A. academic

B. entertaining

C. extracurricular

D. physical

A. blind

M

28. ASL (American Sign Language), a language that is expressed through the hands and face and is perceived through the eyes, is every useful for the ____. B. mentally disabled

C. dump

D. mentally retarded

KÈ

29. A hearing aid or deaf aid is a device which is ____ to improve hearing. A. designed

B. designation

C. designing

D. to design

30. The ____ in that country are waiting for food aid from the UN.

Y

A. handicapped

B. hungry

C. sick

D. unemployed

31. He has not developed mentally as much as others at the same age. He's ____.

DẠ

A. mentally alert

B. mentally ill

C. mentally retarded

D. mentally restricted

32. One aim of the International Day of Persons with Disabilities is to further ____ awareness of disability issues. A. raise

138

B. rise

C. increase

D. pull

ENGLISH 11 33. Traditionally, it was family members within the extended family who took ____ for elderly care. B. care

C. responsibility

D. time

L

A. advantages

A. Ill-educated

B. Homeless

FI CI A

34. ____ children get sick four times as often as children in permanent homes and also suffer from anxiety and depression at a higher rate than stably housed children. C. Homely

D. Weak

35. Talented students with a disability should be helped to become independent, ____ in the society and achieve success at school. A. contribute

B. integrate

C. involve

D. socialise

36. Precisely when the first wheeled chairs were invented and used for ____ persons is unknown. B. poor

C. unhappy

D. unemployed

OF

A. disabled

37. Many students with visual impairments in regular schools cannot participate in school activities, thereby being left ____. A. again

B. lonely

C. behind

D. over

A. against

ƠN

38. Many people who took part in the fight ____ illiteracy considered it an honourable job to help others. B. back

C. for

D. with

39. The aim of the LIVE project is to train students from developing ____. B. nationalists

C. nationalities

NH

A. nations

D. nationalism

40. Every donation, regardless of size, helps to rebuild communities that are hit by ____ natural. A. attacks

B. damages

C. disasters

D. issues

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

A. get involved in

QU Y

41. Young college and university students participate in helping the poor who have suffered badly in wars or natural disasters. B. interfere with

C. join hands

D. come into

42. They give care and comfort to the disadvantaged and handicapped children and help them to get over difficulties. A. accept

B. face

C. overcome

D. take

M

43. At first, there was a lot of opposition from the parents of the disabled children as they were not under the impression that their children could learn anything at all.

KÈ

A. didn't believe

B. didn't report

C. didn't declare

D. didn't support

44. Every year, the United Nations set up an activity to call for world-wide support for the rights and wellbeing of disabled people. A. apply for

B. ask for

C. care for

D. persist in

Y

45. That homeless child would have died if we hadn't been able to find a suitable blood donor.

DẠ

A. giver

B. maker

C. taker

D. sender

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

139

ENGLISH 11

B. disappointing

C. pessimistic

D. positive

47. Little Mary had a disadvantaged childhood with little education and money. A. difficult

B. poor

C. prosperous

FI CI A

A. helpless

L

46. Sadly, many non-disabled people have negative attitudes toward children with cognitive impairments in developing countries.

D. starving

48. According to WHO, many disabled people still face challenges, discrimination, poverty, and limited access to education, employment, and healthcare. A. controlled

B. inadequate

C. short

D. unrestricted

A. abolish

B. stick to

OF

49. The theme of the upcoming conference is to remove barriers to create an inclusive and accessible society for all. C. get rid of

D. keep

50. Most of these children come from large and poor families, which prevent them from having proper schooling. B. desired

C. inappropriate

D. useful

ƠN

A. convenient Part III. GRAMMAR

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 51. Last Sunday, the Youth Union ____ a campaign to help students with disabilities. B. launched

C. was launched

NH

A. has launched

D. was launching

52. Recently, a gang of enterprising New Zealanders ____ an incredible scheme to raise awareness of depression and mental health issues. A. has introduced

B. had introduced

C. introduced

D. was introduced

A. have participated participating

QU Y

53. Last Sunday, Texas-based game-fans The Speed Gamers ____ in a charity activity to donate money to relief organisations. B. participated

C. had participated

D.

were

54. The Real Life Super Hero Project is a gathering of men and women who ____ forces to better their community. B. are joining

C. will join

M

A. have joined

D. are joined

KÈ

55. The famous physicist Albert Einstein ____ for a $1 to $5 donation before scribbling his name on a piece of parchment, and ____every cent to various charities. A. asked/donated

B. had asked/donated

C. has asked/donated

D. asked/donating

56. Former special education teacher Ashman, 74, involved in fundraising 20 years ago. A. got

B. has got

C. had got

D. has been getting

DẠ

Y

57. When his mum ____, he ____ that, as well as enjoying doing it, he ____ to give something back to the Dorothy House Hospice Care. A had died decided/has wanted

B. died/has decided/has wanted

C. died/decided/wanted

D. died/decided/had wanted

58. This year, so far, we ____ £ 16,000 and are still counting.

140

ENGLISH 11 A. are raising

B. have been raised

C. have raised

D. raised

B. had completed

C. would complete

D. was complete

FI CI A

A. completed

L

59. Hughes, 26, a sports therapist, ____ 53 marathons in 53 days in 53 different UK cities.

60. My plan ____ to raise awareness, especially for young people, of the importance of keeping fit for the past two months. A. are

B. has been

C. have been

D. was

61. I'm a keen golfer and I ____ three golfing days that ____ £6,000, £8,000 and £5,000 last year. A. organised/raised

B. were organising/raised

C. have organised/raised

D. organised/have raised

A. have volunteered

OF

62. I ____ to help students at a special school twice since I finished grade 11. B. had volunteered

C. was volunteering

D. volunteered

63. It is now over seventy years since Lindbergh ____ across the Atlantic. A. has been flying

B. flew

C. had flown

D. has flown

A. had been

B. would have been

C. have been

NH

65. - When will Mary be able to leave hospital?

ƠN

64. Since every penny of the grant ____ spent on equipment, we started looking for volunteers to do the cleaning. D. was

- Don't be so impatient. We cannot release her before we ____ the last test. A. have completed completed

B. will have completed

C. will complete

D.

66. You should try to follow the lecture without asking questions unless you ____ something important. B. will miss

QU Y

A. would miss

C. had missed

D. have missed

67. Although at that time my knowledge of German was very poor, I ____ most of what they said about how to help people with mental disorders. A. understood understand

B. have understood

C. had understood

D.

didn't

A. will be

M

68. One thing should be made quite clear: there can't be any last-minute changes once the programme ____ approved by all the people involved. B. will have been

C. has been

D. had been

KÈ

69. Although he was on the whole very suspicious of the project, Mr Adams ____ to cooperate. A. didn't promise

B. promised

C. has promised

D. hasn't promised

70. Even though Lady Sarah was totally opposed to the project, she ____ that it would increase job opportunities for the local people.

Y

A. had agreed

B. agreed

C. was agreed

D. would agree.

DẠ

71. When he ____ ten years old. Louis Braille ____ the National Institute for the Blind in Paris. A. was/entered

B. was/was entering

enter

72. "How many aid packages ____ so far?” - "Ten”.

141

C. was/was entered

D.

was/would

ENGLISH 11 B. did you prepare

C. have you prepared

D. had you prepared

73. In over ten years, he ____ more than 100 bicycles to needy students in Central Viet Nam. B. has given

C. has been given

D. has been giving

FI CI A

A. gave

L

A. do you prepare

74. Tan ____ the idea of giving sweaters and warm clothes to the poor just a couple of weeks ago, shortly after the beginning of the rainy season. A. came up with

B. comes up with

C. has come up with

D. was coming up with

75. In the past, health care in some rural areas of this country ____ by only a small number of doctors and nurses. A. is provided

B. provided

C. provides

D. was provided

A. do/participate

B. did/participate

OF

76. Never ____ more people ____ in charity work than now.

C. have/participated

D. had/participated

77. Neither Phillips nor his brothers ____ to school because their father teaches them at home. A. have never been

B. has ever been

C. have ever been

D. ever went

ƠN

78. Not until we the school for children with disabilities ____ how they overcome difficulties. A. had visited/did we know

B. visited/had we known

C. visited/did we know

D. have visited/did we know

A. swum

NH

79. The boy ____ across the narrow canal in ten minutes to find himself out of danger. B. was swum

C. swam

D. had swam

80. A group of young Vietnamese in the north-central province of Nghe An ____ a free bread box dedicated to poor blue-collar workers. A. have set up

B. sets up

C. had set up

D. have been setting up

QU Y

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 81. The annual increase in the world's population has peaked at about 88 million in the late 1980s. A

B

C

D

82. Overpopulation is one of the main factors that leads to poor, illiteracy, and social evils. B

M

A

C

D

83. The teacher said that about 10 children need special help in reading skills.

KÈ

A

B

C

D

84. Youth Newspaper lately donated book collections to two mountainous schools in northern Viet Nam. A

B

C

D

85. Vina Capital Foundation's Heartbeat Viet Nam has performed 5,000 free heart surgery for kids across the B

C

Y

A

DẠ

country for the last ten years. D

86. A Hoi An-based charity organisation gave free milk to poor, ailing, and disabled children in the central

142

A

B

C

ENGLISH 11 province of Quang Nam on last Wednesday.

L

D A

B

C

a scientific career. D

FI CI A

87. Although Marie Curie had very little money to live on, but she went to Paris to realise her dream of

88. Albert Einstein, the father of modern physics, could not read until he was eight, but that hasn't stopped him A

B

OF

from becoming one of the greatest scientists of our time.

C

D

89. In Thomas Edison's early life, he has been thought to have a learning disability and he could not read till he B

C

ƠN

A was twelve. D

NH

90. Beethoven is the greatest German composer and musician who is deaf in the later part of his life. A

B

Part IV. SPEAKING

C

D

- “____” A. That's a great idea!

QU Y

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. - "Shall we join the Green Summer Camp after the semester finishes?” B. They're very good!

C. Not at all!

D. No, let's!

92. “Thanks for your support for our campaign!" – “____” A. I don't bother. nuisance.

B. That'll be fine for me.

C. It's my pleasure.

D.

That's

M

93. "Why don't we send them some textbooks, newspapers and picture books?" – “____” B. No, they are not available.

C. We're sorry to hear this.

D. You should agree with us.

KÈ

A. Great idea! What meaningful gifts!

94. “As far as I know, doing charity work is a really helpful thing for everyone in the society." – “____” A. That sounds great.

B. I couldn't agree with you more.

C. I'll take part in this campaign.

D. That's fine for me.

Y

95 "If I were you, I would collect this waste paper for a charity activity at school." – “____” A. I guess I should.

B. It doesn't matter.

C. I don't agree.

D. It's a waste of money

DẠ

96. "Guess what? I've been recruited to be a member of Green Dream Volunteer Group." – “____”

143

A. Good luck next time!

B. It doesn't make sense to me.

C. That's the least thing I could do for you.

D. That's great! Congratulations!

a

ENGLISH 11 97. "Mom, may I go away to Quang Binh at the weekends to help the unlucky people there?" – “____” B. No way, you've run out of time.

C. No, of course, I won't.

D. Yes, of course. That's a good thing to do.

A. Are you writing your essay on how to help the disabled? B. Could you allow me to read your essay on how to help the disabled?

FI CI A

98. “____” - “No, that would be fine."

L

A. Never mind. Your first priority is to study.

C. Do you mind if I have a look at your essay on how to help the disabled? D. Would you correct your essay on how to help the disabled? 99. “Oh, this suitcase is really heavy, and my back is killing me!" – “____”

B. Oh, thanks for your help.

C. It's very good of you to do that.

D. Shall I carry it for you?

OF

A. I sometimes have a backache.

100. “Let's join hands to help the lonely elderly in our neighbourhood!” – “____” B. It's true for now.

C. You're welcome!

ƠN

A. By all means, we can't.

D. Yes, let's plan on it.

101. "What a charitable deed you have, Mary!" – “____” A. I don't like your sayings.

B. It's nice of you to say so. D. Thank you very much, I'm afraid.

NH

C. You are a liar.

102." Can you tell me the way to Hoa Binh Orphanage?" – “____” A. It's about two kilometres.

B. It opens at nine o'clock.

C. Go straight and turn to the first left.

D. You can walk or go there by taxi.

QU Y

103. "Can students from other schools join “Special Christmas Gifts” campaign, Maria?" - "____” A. Great idea! What a meaningful gift! B. Oh, how can they lend us a hand? C. It is very kind of you to say so.

D. Sure, a few other schools have already joined us. 104. "How often do you visit the nursing home for the elderly?" – “____” B. From that bus stop over there.

C. Much often.

D. Twice or three times.

M

A. Every two weeks.

KÈ

105. "Would you mind helping me with the heavy boxes?" – “____” A. My Gosh!

B. Not at all.

C. What a pity!

D. Yes, I would

Part V. READING

Y

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

DẠ

Humanitarian Dorothea Dix was born in Hampden, Maine, in 1802. At the age of 19, she established a school for girls, the Dix Mansion School, in Boston, but had to close it in 1835 due to her poor health. She wrote and published the first of many books for children in 1824. In 1841, Dix accepted an invitation to teach classes at a prison in East Cambridge, Massachusetts. She was deeply disturbed by the sight of mentally-ill persons thrown in the jail and treated like criminals. For the next eighteen

144

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

months, she toured Massachusetts institutions where other mental patients were confined and reported the shocking conditions she found to the state legislature. When improvements followed in Massachusetts, she turned her attention to the neighbouring states and then to the West and South.

Dix's work was interrupted by the Civil War; she served as superintendent of women hospital nurses for the federal government. Dix saw special hospitals for the mentally-ill built in some fifteen states. Although her plan to obtain public land for her cause failed, she aroused concern for the problem of mental illnesses all over the United States as well as in Canada and Europe.

OF

Dix's success was due to her independent and thorough research, her gentle but persistent manner, and her ability to secure the help of powerful and wealthy supporters. 106. In what year was the Dix Mansion School closed? A. 1802

B. 1824

C. 1835

D. 1841

107. Why did Dorothea Dix first go to a prison?

B. She taught classes there.

C. She was sent there by the state legislature.

ƠN

A. She was convicted of a crime.

D. She was doing research for a book.

108. Where was Dorothea Dix first able to bring about reforms in the treatment of the mentally-ill? B. Europe

South

C. Massachusetts

NH

A. Canada

D. The West and the

109. The word "confined" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____. A. restricted

B. treated

C. cared for

D. supported

110. Dorothea Dix was NOT successful in her attempt to ____. C. obtain public lands

QU Y

A. arouse concern for the mentally-ill

B. become superintendent of nurses D. publish books for children

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. All over the country, young people are entering a world of homelessness and poverty, according to a recent report by the housing group, Shelter.

KÈ

M

Nearly 150,000 young people aged between sixteen and twenty-five will become homeless this year, says Shelter. Some of the young homeless may sleep out in the open in such places as the "cardboard city” in London, where people of all ages sleep in the open air in their only homes - cardboard boxes. Others may find accommodation in shelters run by voluntary organisations or get a place in a hostel, which gives them board up to ten weeks.

Y

But who are these people? Those who are seeking a roof over their heads are mostly not runaways but “throwaways" - people who have been thrown out of their homes or forced to leave because of parental divorce, an unsympathetic step-parent or one of many other reasons.

DẠ

Take the case of one sixteen-year-old schoolgirl, Alice. She did not come from a poor home and had just passed her exams with good results. The Shelter team met her in a hostel where she was doing her physics homework. Her parents had thrown her out of her home for no other reason that she

145

ENGLISH 11

L

wanted to do Science Advanced Level Exams - which her parents refused her permission to do, saying that studying sciences was unladylike!

FI CI A

Shelter says that the government's laws do nothing to help these youngsters. Rising rents, the shortage of cheap housing and the cut in benefits for young people under the age of twenty-five are causing a national problem, according to Shelter. The recent changes in the benefit laws mean that someone aged between sixteen and twenty-five gets less than older people and they can only claim state help if they prove that they left home for a good reason.

111. According to a recent report by Shelter, it appears that ____.

OF

Shelter believes that because of the major cuts in benefits to young people, more and more are being forced to sleep on the streets. Shelter also points out that if you are homeless, you can't get a job because employers will not hire someone without a permanent address; and if you can't get a job, you are homeless because you don't have any money to pay for accommodation. It's an impossible situation. A. hostels are too full to offer accommodation to homeless young people

ƠN

B. more and more young people all over the world are finding themselves homeless C. nearly 150,000 young people live out in the open

D. young homeless people live in places like "cardboard city” A. people of all ages

NH

112. The word “Others” in paragraph 2 refers to ____.

B.young people

C. the young homeless

D. voluntary organisations

113. Most young people become homeless because ____.

QU Y

A. circumstances make it impossible for them to live at home B. they do not want to live with a divorced parent C. they have run away from home

D. they have thrown away any chances of living at home by behaving badly 114. Why was Alice turned out of her home?

A. Her parents didn't agree with what she wanted to do.

M

B. She didn't want to study for her Advanced Level Exams. C. She had not obtained high marks in her exams.

KÈ

D. She refused to do her homework in the evening. 115. According to the passage, “benefits" are ____. A. extra wages for part-time workers

B. gifts of food and clothing

C. laws about distributing money

D. subsidies for those in need

Y

116. The changes in the system of benefits mean that ____.

DẠ

A. anyone under twenty-five and not living at home will receive help with food and accommodation B. the under twenty-fives can claim money only if they have left home C. young people do not receive as much money as those over twenty-five D. young people cannot claim money unless they are under sixteen or over twenty-five

146

ENGLISH 11 117. According to Shelter, once young people have been forced onto the streets, ____. B. they will find it difficult to find work

C. they will never go back home again

D. they will encourage their friends to do the same

A. flexible

B. obvious

C. stable

FI CI A

118. The word "permanent" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

L

A. their benefits will be severely cut

D. simple

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN (1770-1827)

ƠN

OF

Beethoven is widely regarded as one of the greatest composers in history. He gave his first public (119) ____ as a pianist when he was only 8 years old. He studied in Vienna (120) ____ the guidance of Mozart. By his mid-twenties he (121) ____ a name for himself as a great pianist known for unpredictable and brilliant improvisations. In 1796, Beethoven began losing his hearing. (122) ____ his illness, he involved himself in his work and (123) ____ some of the greatest works of music. Beethoven's finest works are also the finest works of their kind in music history: the 9th Symphony, the 5th Piano Concerto, the Violin Concerto, the Late Quartets, and his Missa Solemnis. And be achieved all these despite being completely (124) ____ for the last 25 he years or so of his life. B. performance

C. performing

D. performer

120. A. on

B. for

C. behind

D. under

121. A. had earned

B. earned

C. has earned

D. was earning

122. A. In case of

B. Instead of

C. In order to

D. In spite of

123. A. did

B. created

C. painted

D. learned

124. A. deaf

B. mute

C. blind

D. sick

QU Y

NH

119. A. perform

Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. THANKS A MILLION

M

Percy Ross was born in 1916 in Michigan. His parents has come to the USA from Latvia and Russia and the family were poor. But Percy soon showed a talent (125) ____ business and made a fortune in the fur trade and auction business. Then disaster struck and he (126) ____ all his money. But he soon made a fortune again - this time by (127) ____ plastic bags. In 1969, he sold his plastic bag company for millions of dollars.

KÈ

Ross started giving away in 1977: he gave $50,000 to 50 Vietnamese refugees so that they could make a new home in the USA. (128) ____ he held a Christmas party for 1,050 poor children in the American town of Minneapolis. Ross bought a bike for every one of the 1,050 children at the party.

DẠ

Y

After these first experiences of giving money away, Ross decided to do it on a (129) ____ basis. He started a newspaper column called ‘Thanks a Million’. and later a radio show, in order to give away his money. It took years, but Ross finally (130) ____ in giving away his entire fortune.

125. A. for

B. of

C. on

D. with

126. A. threw

B. wasted

C. lost

D. sent

127. A. manufacture

B. manufacturing

C. manufacturer

D. manufactured

147

B. Then

C. Yet

D. Though

129. A. frequent

B. usual

C. occasional

D. regular

130. A. interested

B. invested

C. succeeded

D. tried

FI CI A

128. A. But

L

ENGLISH 11

Part VI. WRITING

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. ""We'll give four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children this year,” a dairy giant in Ha Noi said.

OF

A. A dairy giant in Ha Noi wanted to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children this year. B. A dairy giant in Ha Noi suggested giving four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children that year.

ƠN

C. A dairy giant in Ha Noi promised to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children that year. D. A dairy giant in Ha Noi ordered to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children that year.

NH

132. Hundreds of students in Can Tho crafted 800 paper lanterns for poor children in the last Mid-Autumn Festival. A. Both the students and poor children in Can Tho crafted 800 paper lanterns in the last Mid-Autumn Festival.

QU Y

B. 800 paper lanterns were crafted for poor children in the last Mid-Autumn Festival by hundreds of students in Can Tho. C.Hundreds of students in Can Tho had 800 paper lanterns made for poor children in the last MidAutumn Festival. D. Thanks to hundreds of students in Can Tho, poor children made 800 paper lanterns in the last Mid-Autumn Festival. 133. Both disabled and non-disabled people can contribute to our community by doing voluntary work.

M

A. Doing voluntary work can make contribution to our community by both disabled and nondisabled people.

KÈ

B. Either disabled or non-disabled people can make voluntary contribution to our community. C. Not only disabled people but also non-disabled ones can contribute to our community by doing voluntary work.

Y

D. With voluntary work, our community can contribute a lot thanks to both disabled and nondisabled people. 134. Last week, a team of foreign volunteers launched a campaign to help students with disabilities.

DẠ

A. Last week, a team of foreign volunteers set up a campaign for students with disabilities to join in.

B. Last week, students with disabilities volunteered to launch a campaign with the help of a team of foreign volunteers. C. Last week, both a team of foreign volunteers and students with disabilities launched a campaign.

148

ENGLISH 11

L

D. Last week, a campaign was launched to help students with disabilities by a team of foreign volunteers.

FI CI A

135. Two European philanthropists have spent more than a year walking from their continent to Asia to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam. A. Funds were raised for needy children in Viet Nam by a one-year-walk from their continent to Asia by two European philanthropists.

B. In order to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam, two European philanthropists have spent more than a year walking from their continent to Asia.

OF

C. Two European philanthropists have been walking from their continent to Asia for more than a year because of needy children in Viet Nam. D. Two European philanthropists walked from their continent to Asia more than a year ago to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam.

ƠN

Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. The program about the campaign drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city. It was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night.

NH

A. Although it was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night, the program about the campaign only drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city. B. The program about the campaign, which was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night, drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city. C. The program about the campaign not only drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city but it was also broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night.

QU Y

D. The program about the campaign was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night in order to draw the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city. 137. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation. This aims to construct bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities. A. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation to construct bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.

M

B. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University who has established a foundation constructed bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.

KÈ

C. Bridges are constructed to facilitate travel in isolated communities by a Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University who has established a foundation. D. If a Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation, he will construct bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.

DẠ

Y

138. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl. Her parents died in a tragic waterway accident. A. A man in Quang Nam whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl. B. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident.

149

ENGLISH 11

L

C. In order to fundraise for a young girl, a man whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident has launched a solo effort.

FI CI A

D. When a man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl, her parents died in a tragic waterway accident.

139. They wanted to provide clarity and publicity. Therefore, they listed all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos. A. In order to list all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos, they wanted to provide clarity and publicity.

OF

B. Only when they provided clarity and publicity did they list all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos. C. They either provided clarity and publicity or listed all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos.

ƠN

D. They provided clarity and publicity by listing all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos. 140. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999. He has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children since then.

NH

A. Before visiting Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children. B. Niggli has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children since his first visit to Viet Nam in 1999. C. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999 when he has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children.

QU Y

D. When he first visited Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli had been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children.

UNIT 5. BEING A PART OF ASEAN Trở thành một phần của Asean

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

VOCABULARY 1.assistance /əˈsɪstəns/(n): sự giúp đỡ 2. association /əˌsəʊʃiˈeɪʃn/(n): hội, hiệp hội 3. behaviour /bɪˈheɪvjə(r)/ (n): tư cách đạo đức, hành vi, cách cư xử 4. bend /bend/ (v): uốn cong 5. benefit /ˈbenɪfɪt/(n): lợi ích 6. bloc /blɒk/ (n): khối 7. brochure /ˈbrəʊʃə(r)/(n): sách mỏng ( thông tin/ quảng cáo về cái gì) 8. charm /tʃɑːm/(n): sự quyến rũ 9. charter /ˈtʃɑːtə(r)/(n): hiến chương 10. constitution/ˌkɒnstɪˈtjuːʃn/ (n): hiếp pháp 11. delicate /ˈdelɪkət/(a): mềm mại, thanh nhã 12. digest /daɪˈdʒest/ (v): tiêu hóa 150

FI CI A OF ƠN

NH

13. economy /ɪˈkɒnəmi/(n): nền kinh tế + economic /ˌiːkəˈnɒmɪk/(a): thuộc về kinh tế 14. elongated /ˈiːlɒŋɡeɪtɪd/ (a): thon dài 15. external /ɪkˈstɜːnl/(a): ở ngoài, bên ngoài 16. govern/ˈɡʌvn/ (v): cai trị, nắm quyền 17. graceful /ˈɡreɪsfl/(a): duyên dáng 18. identity /aɪˈdentəti/ (n): bản sắc 19. in accordance with/əˈkɔːdns/: phù hợp với 20. infectious/ɪnˈfekʃəs/ (a): lây nhiễm 21. inner /ˈɪnə(r)/(a): bên trong 22. interference /ˌɪntəˈfɪərəns/(n): sự can thiệp 23. legal /ˈliːɡl/(a): (thuộc) pháp lý, hợp pháp 24. maintain /meɪnˈteɪn/(v): duy trì 25. motto /ˈmɒtəʊ/ (n): phương châm, khẩu hiệu 26. official /əˈfɪʃl/(a): chính thức 27. outer /ˈaʊtə(r)/(a): bên ngoài 28. progress/ˈprəʊɡres/ (n): sự tiến bộ 29. rank /ræŋk/ (n): thứ hạn 30. stability /stəˈbɪləti/(n): sự ổn định 31. theory /ˈθɪəri/ (n): học thuyết, lý thuyết 32. vision /ˈvɪʒn/ (n): tầm nhìn 33. project /ˈprɒdʒekt/(n): đề án, dự án, kế hoạch 34.quiz /kwɪz/(v): kiểm tra, đố GRAMMAR

L

ENGLISH 11

QU Y

I.GERUNDS (DANH DỘNG TỪ)

1. Định nghĩa Danh động từ là hình thức động từ thêm đuôi "ing", có chức năng như danh từ.

M

2. Chức năng Danh động từ thường được dùng để: - Làm chủ ngữ trong câu: E.g: Doing exercise regularly is very good for our health.

KÈ

- Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số động từ: avoid, appreciate, admit, consider, deny, detest, enjoy, fancy, mind, finish, imagine, resume, forgive, practice, resent, keep, tolerate, risk, postpone, suggest, miss...

Y

E.g: He practices speaking English every day. - Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số cụm từ: it's (not) worth..., it's (no) use/ good..., in addition to, can't help, can't bear, can't stand...

DẠ

E.g: It's worth buying an expensive ticket to this concert. - Đứng sau các cụm động từ (phrasal verbs): give up, put off, keep on, be opposed to, face up to, be against, look forward to, be interested in, be/get used to, see about, care for...

E.g: I get used to getting up early. Một số cấu trúc:

151

ENGLISH 11

L

* V + O/ tính từ sở hữu + Ving

FI CI A

Những động từ hay gặp trong dạng này là appreciate, detest, (dis)approve of, (dis)like, hate, love, object to, forget, imagine, remember, think of, resent, recall

Eg: I appreciate him looking after me so well. I appreciate his looking after me so well, (more formal) Lưu ý: Chúng ta chỉ sử dụng hình thức sở hữu khi nói về người và chúng ta cũng không sử dụng hình thức sở hữu nếu tân ngữ phức tạp.

OF

E.g: I remember the horse winning the race. (the horse là tân ngữ chỉ vật)

I like Peter and his sister showing me around. (không nói Peter's and his sister's)

ƠN

*V + to V/Ving Những động từ hay gặp là start, begin, not bother, cease, continue E.g: I started to do/ doing the test. * V + giới từ (prep) + Ving

NH

a. Giới từ to Những động từ hay gặp là adapt, adjust, admit, look forward, own up, resort, confess, object E.g: I look forward to seeing him. b. Giới từ by Những động từ hay gặp là begin, close, end, finish (off/up), open, start (off/ out) E.g: Can you begin by doing the housework?

QU Y

c. giới từ on Những động từ hay gặp là concentrate, count, depend, focus, insist, rely E.g: I concentrate on doing the exercise. d. Giới từ of Những động từ hay gặp là approve, hear, know, speak, talk, tell E.g: Have you ever heard of (anyone) getting arrested for gossiping before?

KÈ

M

e. Giới từ from trong cấu trúc V + O + from + Ving Những động từ hay gặp là deter, discourage, keep, prevent, prohibit, stop E.g: The storm prevented us from going camping. * V (feel, hear, notice, observe, overhear, see, watch) + Ving/V (bare-inf) E.g: I heard him singing a song. (Ving để chỉ hành động đang tiếp diễn  người nói chỉ biết được một phần của hành động)

Y

I heard him sing a song. (bare-inf để chỉ hành động đã hoàn tất  người nói biết được toàn bộ hành động)

DẠ

* V (dare/ help) + V bare-inf/ to V E.g: I dare (to) say goodbye to him.

152

ENGLISH 11 Nếu sau dare có tân ngữ thì chúng ta chỉ dùng to

L

V E.g: I dared her to cross the river.

FI CI A

* V (make, have, let) + O + V bareinf E.g: I let my son go out with his friends.

* V + O + to V Những động từ thường gặp là advise, allow, believe, cause, command, enable, encourage, force, invite, order, persuade, remind, show, teach, tell, warn

OF

E.g: I advised him to stop smoking.

* V + to V Những động từ thường gặp là decide, agree, consent, fail, hope, manage, offer, pretend, refuse, start, threaten, volunteer, guarantee

ƠN

E.g: I hope to see you soon. She decided to move here.

NH

* V + prep + O + to V

a. Giới từ for Những động từ thường gặp là advertise, arrange, apply, campaign, plan, wait E.g: I arranged for Linda to stay in New York.

QU Y

b. Giới từ at Những động từ thường gặp là go on, keep on, scream, shout, yell E.g: He shouted at the girl to open the door. c. Giới từ on Những động từ thường gặp là count, depend, prevail, rely E.g: I depend on you to find the best solution.

M

d. Giới từ to Những động từ thường gặp là appeal, gesture, motion,

KÈ

signal E.g: She signalled to the man to open the windows. Note: Một số động từ có thể đi cùng với cả động từ nguyên thể có "to" và V-ing, nhưng có sự khác nhau về ý nghĩa: Stop V-ing: dừng làm gì (dừng hẳn)

Y

Stop to V: dừng lại để làm việc gì

DẠ

- Stop smoking: dừng hút thuốc - Stop to talk: dừng lại để nói chuyện Remember/forget/regret to V: nhớ/quên/tiếc sẽ phải làm gì (ở hiện tại - tương lai)

Remember/forget/regret V-ing: nhớ/quên/hối tiếc đã làm gì (ở quá khứ)

153

ENGLISH 11 E.g: I regret to inform you that the train was cancelled. (Tôi rất tiếc phải báo tin cho anh rằng chuyến tàu

L

đã bị hủy.)

FI CI A

- She remembers seeing him. (Tôi nhớ đã gặp anh ấy.) Try to V: cố gắng làm gì Try V-ing: thử làm gì E.g: I try to pass the exam. (Tôi cố gắng vượt qua kỳ thi.) - You should try wearing this hat. (Bạn nên thử đội chiếc mũ này.) Prefer V-ing to V-ing Prefer + to V + rather than (V)

OF

E.g: I prefer staying at home to going out. - I prefer to stay at home rather than go out. Mean to V: Có ý định làm gì. Mean V-ing: Có nghĩa là gì.

ƠN

E.g: He doesn't mean to prevent you from doing that. (Anh ấy không có ý ngăn cản bạn làm việc đó.) - This sign means not going into. (Biển báo này có ý nghĩa là không được đi vào trong.) Need to V: cần làm gì done) E.g: I need to clean the house.

NH

Need V-ing: cần được làm gì (= need to be

- Your hair needs cutting. (= Your hair needs to be cut.) Used to V: đã từng/thường làm gì trong quá khứ (bây giờ không làm nữa) Be/Get used to V-ing: quen với việc gì (ở hiện tại)

QU Y

E.g: I used to get up early when I was young. (Tôi đã từng dậy sớm khi còn trẻ.) I'm used to getting up early. (Tôi quen với việc dậy sớm rồi) Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + O + to V: khuyên/cho phép ai làm gì. Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + V-ing: khuyên/cho phép làm gì.

M

E.g: They don't allow us to go out. - They don't allow going out. - We are allowed to go out. (bị động)

KÈ

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG Cơ BẢN Bài 1: Decide if the Gerund in the following sentences used as a subject, object or as a complement?

DẠ

Y

1. Swimming is great fun. 2. She hates staying out at night. 3. Fishing is my hobby. 4. Smoking is bad for your health. 5. Do you enjoy cooking? 6. Climbing can be dangerous. 7. Doing housework is boring. 8. My favourite activity is using my computer.

154

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

1. Gerund is subject 2. Gerund is object 3. Gerund is subject 4. Gerund is subject 5. Gerund is object

L

9. Why don't you like ironing? 10. What he really likes is going on foot. Bài 1: 6. Gerund is subject 7. Gerund is subject 8. Gerund is complement 9. Gerund is object 10. Gerund is complement

NH

ƠN

OF

Bài 2: Choose the best answer in brackets. 1. Remember (checking/ to check) your answer before handing in your exam paper. 2. I remember (putting/ to put) the money in the top drawer, but it's not there now. 3. He needs (working/ to work) harder if he wants to make progress. 4. It's difficult problem. It needs (thinking/ to think) about very carefully. 5. I think Nam meant (breaking/ to break) that glass. It didn't look like an accident. 6. If we want to get there by 7.00, that means (getting/ to get) up before 5.00. 7. Can you help me (getting/ to get) the dinner ready? 8. He looks so funny. Whenever I see him, I can't help (smiling/ to smile). 9. I advise (taking/ to take) more exercise. 10. I'd advise you (taking/ to take) more exercise. Bài 2:

QU Y

1. to check 6. getting 2. putting 7. to get 3. to work 8. smiling 4. thinking 9. taking 5. to break 10. to take Bài 3: Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. 1. It was very dangerous. We couldn't risk her alone. A. leave B. leaving C. to leave 2. I had the roof A. to repair

M

C. repairing

up late at weekends. B. stay C. to stay

KÈ

3. We let our son A. staying

yesterday. B. repaired

4. The children were eager A. to see B. see

D. left D. repair D. stayed

their parents. C. seeing

D. saw

C. stayed

D. stay

6. Nam is very humorous. His joke makes me A. laugh B. to laugh

a lot. C. laughing

D. laughed

7. They saw him A. sign

C. to signing

D. signed

at home. B. staying

DẠ

Y

5. He'd rather A. to stay

8. It's necessary for her

155

the agreement. B. to sign

back home before 10 p.m.

ENGLISH 11

9. They would A. like

go to Ho Chi Minh City by plane than travel by train. B. rather C. prefer D. better

10. The boss allows A. us to go

going home early. B. us go C. us going

D. us to going

11. 1 remember A. meet

him in London. B. to meet

D. to meeting

12. He avoids A. buy

underwear at that shop. B. to buy C. bought

13. The girls agreed A. to be divided 14. She expected A. to select

the cake equally. B. to divide C. dividing for the job, but she wasn't. B. selected C. selecting

15. David finished A. do

his homework and then he went to the party with George and Bill. B. to be done C. to do D. doing

for a walk?

A. go

OF

D. buying D. divide

D. to be selected

the baby. She needs to eat every two hours. C. to feed D. to be fed

to his office. B. you coming

18.What about

C. meeting

ƠN

17. Mr.Tim wants A. that come

D. to come

B. going

C. you come

D. you to come

C. to go

D. gone

NH

16. Please don't forget A. feeding B. fed

C. came

L

B. come

FI CI A

A. coming

19 at the audience, the contestant gave her answer with confidence. B. To look

QU Y

A. Looking 20.The thief admitted A. to steal

D. Look

C. have stolen

D. stolen

C. have moved

D. move

the money.

B. stealing

21.She decided A to move

C. Have look

to Ho Chi Minh city.

B. moving

22.We are very happy about your

all the assignments before the deadline.

A. to reading 25.I hate

C. Had learned

D. Having learned

B to read

C. read

D. to having read

a child

DẠ

Y

A. see/crying B. see/ cry 26.The police accused him of the night of the fire. A. setting/ be C. set/ be

156

D. to complete

B To learn this book again.

KÈ

A. Learn 24.He had better

M

A. being completed B. completed C. having completed 23 all the rules of chess, the contestants started to play the first game.

. C. seeing/ to cry D. seeing/ cry fire to the building but he denied in the area on B. setting/ having been D. set/ having been

ENGLISH 11

B. drink

28.They stopped A. talk

C. drinking

when the teacher came in. B. to talk

29.I regret

D. to drinking

FI CI A

A. to drink

a larqe qlass of water.

C. talking

D. to talking

you that the model you want is out of stock.

A. tell 30.I didn't regret A. spend

B. to tell C. telling a year travelling around the world.

D. to telling

B. to spend

D. to spending

C. spending

Bài 3:

OF

1. B (Thật là rất nguy hiểm. Chúng ta không thể mạo hiểm để cô ấy ở lại một mình.)

Cấu trúc nhờ vả: Chủ động: have sb do sth Bị động: have sth done by sb

ƠN

- Risk + V-ing: liều lĩnh, mạo hiểm làm gì 2. B (Hôm qua tôi đã nhờ người sửa mái nhà.)

3. B (Chúng tôi cho phép con trai chúng tôi thức khuya vào những ngày cuối tuần.)

NH

- Let sb do sth: cho phép/ để ai đó làm gì 4. A (Bọn trẻ hào hứng gặp bố mẹ của mình.)

QU Y

- To be + adj + to V.... 5. D (Anh ấy muốn ở nhà.) - S + would rather + V(bare-inf) (Ai đó mong muốn làm gì) 6. A (Nam thì rất hài hước. Câu chuyện cười của cậu ấy làm cho tôi cười rất nhiều.) - Make sb do sth: khiến/ bắt ai đó làm gì 7. A (Họ đã nhìn thấy anh ấy ký bản hợp đồng.)

- See sb do sth: nhìn thấy ai đó làm gì (nhìn thấy toàn bộ hành động) 8. D (Thật là cần thiết đối với cô ấy trở về nhà trước 10 giờ.)

M

- It's + adj + (for O) to V.... 9. B (Họ muốn đi đến Thành phố Hổ Chí Minh bằng máy bay hơn đi bằng tàu hỏa.)

KÈ

- S + would rather + V (bare-inf). than + V (bare-inf) (muốn/ thích làm gì hơn làm gì) 10. A (Ông chủ cho phép chúng tôi về nhà sớm.) Allow sb to do sth: cho phép ai làm gì 11. C (Tôi nhớ đã gặp anh ta ở Luân Đôn rồi.) - Remember + Ving: nhớ đã làm gì (ở quá khứ) 12. D (Anh ta tránh mua đồ lót ở cửa hàng kia.)

DẠ

Y

- Avoid + Ving: tránh làm gì 13. B (Các cô gái đồng ý chia cái bánh đồng đều nhau.) - Agree to V: đồng ý làm gì 14. D (Cô ấy đã mong chờ được trúng tuyển công việc đó, nhưng cô ấy đã không được.) - Expect to V: mong đợi/ mong chờ làm gì đó

157

L

27.Passing the kitchen, he stopped

- Expect to be + PP: mong chờ được làm gì đó 15. D (David đã làm xong bài tập về nhà và sau đó đi ăn tiệc với George và Bill.)

FI CI A

- Finish + V-ing: hoàn thành làm gì đó 16. C (Đừng quên cho đứa bé ăn. Nó cần ăn hai tiếng 1 lần.) - Forget + to V: quên làm gì (sự việc chưa xảy ra) "Don't forget to V." dùng để nhắc nhở ai đó làm gì đó - Want sb to do sth: muốn ai làm gì đó 18. B (Chúng ta đi dạo nhé?) - What about + V-ing...? 19. A (Nhìn vào khán giả, thí sinh đó đưa ra câu trả lời rất tự tin.)

ƠN

OF

17. D (Ông Tim muốn bạn đến văn phòng ông ấy.)

-V-ing + O, S + V.... 20. B (Tên trộm thừa nhận đã lấy trộm tiền.)

L

ENGLISH 11

- Admit + Ving: thừa nhận làm gì 21. A (Cô ấy đã quyết định chuyển đến Thành phố Hồ Chí Minh.)

NH

- Decide + to V: quyết định làm gì 22. C (Chúng tôi rất vui khi bạn hoàn thành bài tập trước thời hạn.)

- About + Ving 23. D (Học xong các luật lệ của môn cờ vua thì các thí sinh bắt đầu chơi trận đầu tiên.) - V-ing/ Having pp + 0, s + V.... 24. C (Anh ấy nên đọc lại cuốn sách này.)

QU Y

- Had better + V (bare-inf): tốt hơn nên làm gì đó 25. D (Tôi ghét nhìn thấy đứa trẻ khóc.) - Hate + V-ing - See sb do/ doing sth: nhìn thấy ai đó làm gì 26. B (Cảnh sát buộc tội anh ấy đã đốt cháy tòa nhà nhưng anh ấy đã phủ nhận việc có mặt ở khu vực đó vào đêm hỏa hoạn.)

KÈ

M

- Giới từ + Ving - Deny + Ving: phủ nhận làm gì 27. A (Lúc đi qua nhà bếp, anh ấy dừng lại để uống một cốc nước lớn.) - Stop + to V: ngừng lại để làm gì 28. C (Họ đã ngừng nói chuyện khi giáo viên vào.)

Y

- Stop + V-ing: ngừng làm gì 29. B (Tôi rất tiếc khi phải thông báo với bạn rằng kiểu mẫu mà bạn muốn hết hàng rồi.)

DẠ

- Regret + to V: lấy làm tiếc khi làm gì 30. C (Tôi không hối hận đã dành một năm đi du lịch khắp thế giới.) - Regret + Ving: hối hận, hối tiếc đã làm gì đó

Bài 4: Put the verbs in the brackets in the correct form. 1. We encouraged him (succeed in) 158

(become) a top player.

ENGLISH 11

11. not to object - smoking 12. to eat/eating 13. smoking 14. to finish 15. get - working 16. standing - playing 17. start 18. to pick 19. not attacking 20. to watch - play/ playing

M

QU Y

1. to succeed in - becoming 2. forcing 3. to care - babysitting 4. offering - to help 5. not to accuse - ruining - trying to kiss 6. helping - do/ to do 7. choose – flying - taking 8. seeing - go 9. to accept - raising 10. going - to stay

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

2. It's no good (force) her to go with us. 3. I promised (care) for the dog but I'm not much good at (babysit). 4. The people thanked me for (offer) (help) them. 5. He begged her (not accuse) him of (ruin) her hairstyle by (try) (kiss) her. 6. It is not worth (help) her (do) the job. 7. I let my son (choose) between (fly) and (take) the train. 8. The film was really worth (see) so we made Daisy (go) to the movies with us. 9. He forced us (accept) his offer by (raise) it by 10%. 10. Normally I enjoy (go) out but today I'd prefer (stay) indoors. 11. His wife promised (not object) to his (smoke). 12. We continued (eat) after the interruption. 13. I am not in the habit of (smoke) in the office. 14. Mary reminded me (finish) my work on time. 15. He'd better (get) used to (work) harder. 16. lam capable of (stand) on my head and (play) the saxophone. 17. You'd better (start) digging the garden. 18. I expected him (pick) up these papers. 19. The Romans were quite happy about Hannibal (not attack) Rome. 20. It was interesting (watch) my cat (play). Bài 4:

Y

KÈ

II. STATE/ STATIVE VERBS (ĐỘNG TỪ CHÌ TRẠNG THÁI) 1. Định nghĩa Động từ chỉ trạng thái (State verbs) mô tả 1 trạng thái hay tình trạng mang tính ổn định, không thay đổi và kéo dài trong một thời gian nhất định. Động từ chỉ trạng thái thường không được dùng trong thì tiếp diễn. E.g: I know that ASEAN is an organization which consists often countries located in Southeast Asia.

DẠ

2. Các động từ chỉ trạng thái phổ biến - Các động từ chỉ quan điểm, nhận thức: believe, think, know, remember, doubt, guess, regret, realise, understand - Các động từ bảy tỏ tâm trạng, cảm xúc: like, hope, prefer, want, wish, desire, seem, feel - Các động từ tri giác: see, smell, hear, taste, sound

159

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

- Các động từ khác: be, have, consist, belong, concern, depend, deserve, include, matter, own, owe Các động từ không thể hiện trạng thái gọi là action verbs, thường mang nghĩa 1 hành động Tuy nhiên, có một số động từ trạng thái đôi khi được dùng ở dạng tiếp diễn để mô tả một tình huống tạm thời hoặc một điều gì đó xảy ra ở một thời điểm xung quanh hiện tại. Một số động từ vừa là động từ chỉ trạng thái (state verbs) vừa là động từ chỉ hành động (action verbs) phụ thuộc vào nghĩa của chúng. - think I think that he is a good person. (Tôi nghĩ rằng anh ấy là một người tốt.)

 "think" là "state verb":

có ý nghĩ nào đó I am thinking about my next summer holiday. (Tôi đã nghĩ về kì nghỉ mùa hè sắp tới của mình.) - have I have two big houses. (Tôi có hai ngôi nhà lớn.)

OF

 "think" là "action verb": suy nghĩ, xem xét trong đầu (mental process)

 "have" là "state verb": có, sở hữu (= own,

ƠN

possess) I am having lunch with my friend. (Tôi đang ăn trưa với bạn.)  "have" là "action verb" (= eat) - see I see what you mean. (Tôi hiểu ý của bạn.)  "see" là "state verb": hiểu (= understand)

NH

I am seeing my boyfriend. (Tôi đang đi gặp bạn trai tôi.) => "see" lờ "action verb": gặp gỡ (= meet) ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 5: Decide whether the following English verbs are action verbs, state verbs, or can be both action and state verbs. play

weigh

matter

mind smell

contain look

Bài 5:

read

burn

feel

measure

QU Y

enjoy

prefer hear

agree worry

Play: action

Read: action

Burn:

Weigh: both

Matter: state

Feel: both

Measure:

both

Contain: state

Prefer: state

Agree:

state

Look: both

Hear: state

Worry: action

Mind: state

KÈ

Smell: both

M

Enjoy: action

action

Bài 6: Decide whether the following sentences are correct or incorrect.

DẠ

Y

1. Are they having a wonderful time? 2. I am thinking you are a good person. 3. It is tasting good. 4. You are looking great. 5. He's been working since this morning. 6. He's having a big house. 7. The food tastes good.

160

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

8. They are looking at the photo album. 9. They are designing a robot. 10. She is liking him very much. Bài 6:

NH

ƠN

OF

1. correct 6. incorrect 2. incorrect 7. correct 3. incorrect 8. correct 4. incorrect 9. correct 5. correct 10. incorrect Bài 7: Choose the best answer in brackets to complete the following sentences. 1. Do you the answer? (depend on, know, include) 2. Tom dessert every day. (has, eats, possesses) 3. I good about the race's outcome, (am, were, feel) 4. She her father, (imagines, resembles, walks with) 5. Do you they will win? (think, involve, promise) 6. They really everything you did for them, (include, appreciate, dislike) 7. I think the examiner was with my speech, (involved, measured, satisfied) 8. Can you the coffee brewing? (feel, smell, dislike) 9. I still a lot of money on my student loans, (deserve, owe, involve) 10. You more shoes than anyone else I know! (dislike, suppose, have)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

Bài 8: Put the verbs into the present simple or present continuous tense. 1. I (know) the answer. 2. The boy (look) at the TV now. 3. This cake (taste) delicious. 4. My father (not, own) a car. 5. I (wear) a blue sweater today. 6. Ann (seem) a little angry today. 7. Many people (do) yoga in the park right now. 8. He (think) that English is easy. 9. Kelly (love) my brother now. 10. My sister (not/talk) on the phone at the moment. Bài 8: 1. know (Tôi biết câu trả lời.) 2. is looking (Bây giờ cậu bé đang nhìn vào TV.) 3. tastes (Cái bánh ngọt này ngon.) 4. doesn't own (Bố tôi không có ô tô.) 5. am wearing (Hôm nay tôi mặc một cái áo len màu xanh da trời.) 6. seems (Hôm nay Ann dường như hơi tức giận.) 7. are doing (Bây giờ nhiều người đang tập yoga ở công viên.) 8. thinks (Anh ấy nghĩ rằng tiếng Anh dễ.) 9. loves (Bây giờ Kelly đang yêu anh tôi.)

161

ENGLISH 11

L

10. isn't talking (Bây giờ chị tôi không phải đang nói chuyện điện thoại.) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG NÂNG CAO

FI CI A

Bài 9: the verbs in the brackets in the correct form.

Bài 9: 1. to wash - eating 2. Writing - phoning 3. to have 4. to speak

KÈ

M

5. to meet 6. has never forgotten 7. leave - making 8. working 9. to fry

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

1. We have taught our children (wash) their hands before (eat). 2. (write) letters is more boring than (phone). 3. Mark decided (have) a break from work. 4. I refused (speak) with her. 5. We agreed (meet) him at the airport. 6. There is no sense in (earn) more money than you can (spend). 7. They made us (leave) the campsite after (make) such a mess. 8. Do you mind (work) overtime? 9. She doesn't how (fry) a steak. 10. The doctor made him (promise) (reduce) his (smoke). 11. Don't let them (cross) that dangerous road on their own. 12. What about (have) a drink? 13. They accused him of (break) the window. 14. They'd rather (go) to Hue than to Hanoi. 15. There was a very good reason for (not believe) in what she said. 16. I don't know what (believe) anymore. 17. Remember (phone) Sally tomorrow - OK I won't forget. 18. Most teachers insist on their students (do) the homework. 19. Why not (spend) our holiday in Da Lat this year? 20. She is always the last person (arrive).

10. promise - to reduce - smoking

Y

Test1

11. cross 12. having 13. breaking 14. go 15. not believing 16. to believe 17. to phone 18. doing 19. spend 20. to arrive

DẠ

A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. turn B. burn C. curtain D. bury 162

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

2. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage 3. A. chemist B. champagne C. chaos D. chiropodist 4. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child 5. A. though B. comb C. only D. gone 6. A. afterwards B. advise C. agree D. allow 7. A. bear B. beard C. pear D. tear (v) 8. A. find B. bite C. since D. drive 9. A. breath B. breathe C. thank D. threat 10. A. took B. book C. shoe D. would II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. event B. prefer C. accent D. refer 2. A. pagoda B. animal C. elephant D. architect 3. A. suggest B. report C. career D. profit 4. A. equipment B. cultural C. primary D. organize 5. A. cancer B. rubbish C. species D. begin III. Read the following sentences and choose the correct intonation. 1. How many members does ASEAN have? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 2. Do you know its aims and purposes? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 3. How do ASEAN members help each other? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 4. Do you remember its main principles? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 5. Mai applied for the Singapore Scholarship. A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 6. Is the culture of Vietnam one of the oldest in the region? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 7. Dragons and turtles are important symbols in Vietnamese culture. A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 8. There are 54 ethnic groups living in Vietnam. A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 9. How often is the ASEAN Para Games held? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation 10. Is English the official language in Singapore? A. Rising intonation B. Falling intonation B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match each country with its capital city.

L

ENGLISH 11

163

1. Brunei Darussalam D

A. Kuala Lumpur

2. Cambodia C

B. Vientiane

C. Phnom Penh

4. Laos B

D. Bandar Seri Begawan

5. Malaysia A

E. Jakarta

FI CI A

3. Indonesia E

II. Match each country with its flat. 1. Myanmar E

ƠN

B.

OF

A. 2. Philippines D

L

ENGLISH 11

NH

3. Singapore B

QU Y

4. Thailand C

5. Malaysia A

C.

D.

E.

2. Benefit A 3. Charter C

A. an advantage that something gives you; a helpful and useful effect that something has

KÈ

1. Association B

M

III. Match the word with its definition.

Y

4. Dominate E

B. an official group of people who have joined together for a particular purpose

C. a written statement of the principles and aims of an organization D. serious and very important; affecting the most central and important parts of something

E. to control or have a lot of influence over somebody/ something

6. Interference F

F. the act of getting involved in and trying to influence a situation that does not concern you

DẠ

5. Fundamental D

IV. Put the stative verbs into the right column. 164

ENGLISH 11

Senses

hope agree wish

taste love guess

Opinions

Hear, see, smell, sound, Agree, believe, taste guess, know

feel see smell Emotions

sound include believe

have know

L

consist think belong

FI CI A

own hate hear

Possession

think, Hope, wish, feel, love, Belong, consist, include, hate have, own

ƠN

OF

V. Complete the sentences using the given words. cooperation economy maintain principle bend bloc 1. After his fall he complained that he couldn't ________ bend _________ his back properly. 2. As I know the European Union is a powerful trading _______ bloc _____. 3. The agreement would give new solidity to military _____ cooperation _____ between the two countries. 4. ASEAN would rank as the eighth largest ______ economy _____ in the world if it were a single country. 5. They find it difficult to _______ maintain ______ such high interest rates. 6. The general ______ principle _____ is that education should be available to all children up to the age of 16. VI. Match the two halves of a sentence to have a correct one. 1. My parents never stop quizzing me B

NH

A. for closer cooperation among the member states.

2. I've read that ASEAN focuses on improving B. about where I go at night. member states' economies C 3. As the constitution of ASEAN, the charter sets out C. and maintaining regional peace and stability. the rules A D. and will have a chance to study at universities in Singapore.

5. I hope that Vietnamese athletes will dominate F

E. cooperation in the late 1970s.

QU Y

4. ASEAN started a programme of economic E

6. Several talented students have been awarded the F. the next ASEAN Schools Games. Singapore Scholarship D

KÈ

1. Brochure B

M

VII. Match the word and its definition.

A. the system of laws and basic principles that a state, a country or an organization is governed by B. a small magazine or book containing pictures and information about something or advertising something

3. Constitution A

C. a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views

4. Identity E

D. a short sentence or phrase that expresses the aims and beliefs of a person, a group, an institution, etc. and is used as a rule of behaviour

DẠ

Y

2. Conference C

5. Motto D

E. the characteristics, feelings or beliefs that distinguish people from others

6. Progress F

F. the process of improving or developing, or of getting nearer to achieving or completing something

165

ENGLISH 11

OF

FI CI A

L

VIII. Complete the sentences using the given words. graceful official elongated dispute in accordance with external 1. Both domestic and _____ external _____ factors are believed to have played a role in this improved performance. 2. She looks so _______ graceful ______ and fashionable in this picture. 3. Children usually have to act _____ in accordance with ______ their parents' wishes. 4. Germany's Angela Merkel will hold an _______ official _______ meeting of European prime ministers on 27 August. 5. The employees have been in _______ dispute ________ with the managers for two weeks. 6. Shaped like an ______ elongated ______ “S”, Vietnam stretches the length of the Indochinese Peninsula and extends across two climatic zones. IX. Match two halves of a sentence to have a correct one. A. Malaysia is famous worldwide for its natural beauty.

2. The ASEAN countries wish to promote C

B. “Independence - Freedom – Happiness”.

3. Ranked the 10th most-visited country in the world, A

C. economic growth, social progress and cultural development.

ƠN

1. The motto of Vietnam is B

5. Do you know when Vietnam became F

NH

4. ASEAN stands for the Association of Southeast D. their brochure about ASEAN member states. Asian Nations E 6. He is seeing his classmates in an hour to discuss D

E. and it was formed on August 8th 1967. F. an official member of ASEAN?

QU Y

X. Match the sentences with the corresponding pictures. 1. She always dreams of becoming a famous model. B

A.

KÈ

M

2. I can't avoid catching a cold in winter. C

B.

DẠ

Y

3. He loves reading more than anything else. D

166

C.

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

4. Taking photos is one of her leisure activities. A D. 5. My daughter practises painting every day. F

E.

OF

6. She imagines flying in the sky. E

7. Tom has just finished cooking his own breakfast. G

ƠN

F.

NH

G.

8. He regrets making me sad. H

QU Y

H.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

XI. Complete the sentences using the given words. doing reviewing laughing lending setting visiting eating packing 1. I can't help _________ laughing ________ when I watch videos of Mr. Bean. 2. Linda dreams of _______ setting ________ up her own business. 3. He is interested in _______ eating ___________ noodles cooked by his grandma. 4. Nam suggests _______ doing ________ a quiz on ASEAN countries. 5. He insisted on _______ packing ________ his luggage on his own. 6. Do you mind _______ lending __________ me some money? 7. They carry on ______ reviewing ________ the lessons carefully before the end-of-term exam. 8. It's worth ________ visiting ________ this museum. XII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence. 1. Visiting/Visitting centers for orphans or disabled people is something that I usually do at the weekends. 2. The main aim of this cultural exchange program is promoting/promoteing a lasting friendship between the two nations. 3. Buying a new home often cause/causes people great anxiety. 4. Most of the time, swiming/swimming at the beach is safe. 167

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

5. Paul really enjoyed/forgived being the editor of the yearbook at his high school. 6. Jim's job involves take/taking complaints from dissatisfied customers. 7. Peter was rather a lazy student, and he tended to avoid playing/studying whenever he could. 8. Laura keeps apologising for not being/being able to hand in her reports on time. XIII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of one of the given words. wait smile waste finish be win break prohibit 1. _______Winning__________ laughs from audiences is a priceless gift to actors and actresses. 2. She concentrates on ______finishing______ the easy parts of the exam paper first. 3. Reading English books and watching American television shows _____are______ good ways to improve your English vocabulary. 4. There's no point in _______wasting______ too much money creating a flashy look. 5. I can't bear ______waiting____ in a long queue to buy discounted items. 6. They succeed in ______breaking______ the world records in weightlifting. 7. Marie always enjoys ______smiling______ at the camera and making her friends happy. 8. ____Prohibiting___ the use of cell phones during the lessons is a new rule proposed by the principal. XIV. Complete the sentences using the given words. owns hope realize thinks smells want weigh see 1. Jim's cousin ______ owns _____ several luxurious restaurants and five-star hotels. 2. I don't ______ realize ______ how much my best friend has changed recently. 3. The final exam is coming. I ______hope_____ you pass it with flying colours. 4. I ______see_______ what you mean. You don't need to explain more. 5. A: I'm so hungry. B: Do you ______want_____ a sandwich? 6. Mary insists on loving Peter because she ______thinks_______ he is a good guy. 7. Don't eat that cake. It ______smells______ awful. 8. Mark, you ______weigh______ 80 kilos. You should eat less chocolate. XV. Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences. 1. I ____ a multilingual dictionary. Use it if you need to look up a new word in any languages. A. have B. is having C. owe 2. The students at the back of the room ____ you. Can you speak louder? A. hear B. can't hear C. are not hearing 3. Is Alan over there? He ____ old and tired. Is he sick? A. looks B. looked C. is looking 4. She ____ the soup in the kitchen when the telephone rang. A. tasted B. is tasting C. was tasting 5. She ____ him for quite a long time. They are good friends. A. knows B. has known C. has been knowing 6. I ____ a little boy in the room. He is sleeping on the sofa. 168

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

A. see B. is seeing C. saw 7. I bet that your bag ____ a ton. There are too many books in it. A. weighs B. weight C. weighed 8. A: Hello. Please put me through to the manager. B: Could you call a little later? He ____ a meeting now. A. has B. is having C. has had XVI. Decide whether the underlined parts in the following sentences are Correct or Incorrect. 1. Peter, I believe you can do better if you join our team. Please spend more time thinking about our offer. A. Correct B. Incorrect 2. The chef always tastes every dish before he serves it to make sure that it tastes delicious. A. Correct B. Incorrect 3. We intend to have a picnic this weekend, but it is depending on what the weather's like at the weekend. A. Correct B. Incorrect 4. This ancient clock has been belonging to that museum since 2000, and now it's still on display there. A. Correct B. Incorrect 5. I am seeing my teacher this Friday, so I can't go out with you that day. A. Correct B. Incorrect 6. I was being hopeful at the beginning of the season, but now I don't think that Liverpool will be the champion. A. Correct B. Incorrect 7. I don't want to have a fight about that matter. Just forget it! It isn't mattering. A. Correct B. Incorrect 8. Tim deserves a raise because he is such a dedicated employee who is willing to work overtime to finish projects. A. Correct B. Incorrect XVII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. The thief looked into his rear-view mirror and (realise) _______realized_____ that he was being followed by a police car. 2. Mark (taste) _______was tasting________ the wine when suddenly the fire alarm went off. He spilled wine all over his shirt. 3. Although Tom is ill, he (know) ________knows__________ what's happening around him. 4. Why don't you braid your hair? You (look) ________look_______ better if you do so. 5. I'm telling you the truth. Why (you/ not/believe) _____don’t you believe_____ me? 6. Can we go somewhere else? I (hate) ________hate__________ this place. It's so boring. 7. My son (seem) ______seemed_________ nervous when I asked him who had broken the window. 8. Bob (want) ______has wanted________ a car for a long time, but he hasn't had enough money to afford one. 9. They are really rich, but they always seem unhappy. I (doubt) ________doubt_________ that money can't bring them happiness. 10. In 2010, the team (consist) ______consisted______ of ten founding members, but now it expands to include more than thirty members. 169

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

C. READING I. Read the extract from a short brochure introducing Indonesia. Match the subheadings (A-E) with the paragraphs (1-5) A. Economy B. Sports C. Area and population D. Culture E. Tourist attractions ___C___ (1) Indonesia has about 17,508 islands. It covers a land area of 1,904,569km? With a population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most populous country. The capital city is Jakarta and the official language is Indonesian. ___A___ (2) Indonesia's economy is the largest in Southeast Asia. Tourism plays a big role in the economy. In 2013 tourist sector contributed about US$9 billion. Indonesia. Singapore, Malaysia, Australia, China, Japan are the top five sources of visitors to Indonesia. ___B___ (3) Indonesia's sports are mainly male-oriented. The most popular sports are badminton and football. Traditional sports include Sepak Takraw, and Pencak Silat. ___D___ (4) Indonesia is a widely diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups. Its culture is influenced by Chinese, European, Indian and Malay cultures. The influences of Western cultures are seen in science, technology, and modern entertainment. ___E___ (5) Indonesia is famous for its islands and beautiful views. The most popular destinations in Indonesia are beaches of Bali, Lombok, wonderful islands of Java, Sumatra, Kalimantan. Museums, monuments and gardens in the capital are also famous tourist attractions. II. Read and do the tasks below. ASEAN A The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is a geopolitical and economic organization of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. It was established in Bangkok, Thailand by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Since then, membership has expanded to include Brunei, Vietnam, Laos, Myanmar and Cambodia. B ASEAN has a population of about 600 million which makes up about 9% of the world's population. It has an area of 4.46 million square kilometers, accounting for 3% of the total land area of the earth, and its territorial waters cover an area about three times larger than its land mass does. C The region's principal aims include the acceleration of economic growth, social progress, and cultural development among its members, as well as the promotion of regional peace. With these targets, 'One Vision, One Identity, One Community is chosen as the bloc's motto. D In terms of economy, if ASEAN were a single country, it would already be the eighth largest economy in the world, with a combined GDP of $2.4 trillion in 2013. The Governments of ASEAN countries have paid special attention to trade. With regard to external trade, ASEAN as a whole represents the EU's third largest trading partner outside Europe (after the US and China) with more than €246 billion of trade in goods and services in 2014. It has been estimated that a free trade area will be established in the ASEAN region by 2020. The ASEAN leaders have also adopted the ASEAN Vision 2020, which aims at forging closer economic integration within the region. The Hanoi Plan of Action, adopted in 1998, serves as the first in a series of planned actions leading up to the realization of the ASEAN Vision. 170

ENGLISH 11

OF

FI CI A

L

E In addition, ASEAN is a region of diverse cultures. Therefore, ASEAN cooperation not only covers economic growth but also in a variety of areas, including education, culture and sports activities. Student exchange programs within the regional countries are encouraged. Regional sport competitions, such as the Southeast Asian Games, the ASEAN Para Games, the ASEAN Schools Games and the ASEAN Football Championship are held with the aim of strengthening friendship among ASEAN members. Task 1. Write A, B, C, D or E next to the statement which contains the information from the paragraph. 1. ASEAN's sea area is about three times larger than its land area. ____B_____ 2. In addition to economy, ASEAN countries cooperate in a variety of aspects. ____E____ 3. ASEAN organization consists of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. ____A______ 4. Maintaining regional peace is one of the bloc's principal aims. ____C____ 5. A free trade area is estimated to be formed within ASEAN by 2020. ___D_____ Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. True

ƠN

√ √

NH

8. The bloc's motto is: 'One Vision, One Diversity, One Community. 9. ASEAN is the EU's third largest trading partner outside Europe.

10. ASEAN Schools Games is a sporting event held every year by an ASEAN state member.

Not given

√

6. ASEAN was founded in Bangkok, Thailand by Indonesia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. 7. ASEAN covers an area of over four million square kilometers.

False

√ √

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

III. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank. Passage 1 The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is an organization of ten Southeast Asian countries: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, (1) ____ Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. It promotes political, economic, cultural and social cooperation (2) ____ its members. Although ASEAN works for peace and stability in Southeast Asia, it is not a defence organization. The members of ASEAN cooperate in such fields (3) ____ population control, prevention of drug abuse, (4) ____ research and combating terrorism. Teachers, students and artists of the member nations exchange visits. In addition, the organization develops plans to promote tourism in ASEAN countries and to encourage programs of Southeast Asian studies. It works to (5) ____ trade barriers among the members. 1. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø 2. A. between B. through C. among D. from 3. A. like B. as C. alike D. that 4. A. scientific B. science C. scientist D. scientifically 5. A. increase B. prevent C. develop D. reduce Passage 2. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was (6) ____ on August 8 1967 in Bangkok by the five original member countries, (7) ____, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand. Brunei Darussalam (8) ____ on January 8, 1984, Vietnam on July 28, 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar on July 23, 1997, and Cambodia on April 30, 1999. 171

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

As of 2006, the ASEAN region has a population of about 560 million, a total area of 4.5 million square kilometers, a combined gross (9) ____ product of almost US$ 1,100 billion, and a total trade of about US$ 1,400 billion. The ASEAN Declaration states that the aims and purposes of the Association are to (10) ____ economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region and to promote regional peace. 6. A. established B. constructed C. rebuilt D. decorated 7. A. such B. like C. namely D. as 8. A. took up B. joined C. represented D. involved 9. A. home B. exotic C. domestic D. household 10. A. fetch B. endeavor C. poach D. accelerate IV. Read the following information about Thailand. Choose the appropriate words or phrases given to fill the gap. agri-food production beautiful islands famous festivals Thai boxing population 1. Land area: 513,120km; ______ population ______ :67,149,778 (2014 estimated), most speak Thai; capital: Bangkok 2. based on _____ agri-food production ______; major exports: Thai rice, textile and footwear, fishery products and electronic products 3. Ko Tarutao and Ko Chang as ______ beautiful islands ____, with sandy beaches and clean water; Ayuthaya as an old and beautiful city, with temples and palaces made of stone 4. shaped by many influences from Indian, Lao, Cambodian and Chinese cultures; ____ famous festivals ____: Thai New Year ( water fights) and Loy Kratong, a festival of lights and lanterns 5. very popular ________ Thai boxing _____; others: rugby, golf, football, etc. V. Read the passage and answer the following questions. The Asian Games, officially known as Asiad, is a multi-sport event held every four years among athletes from all over Asia. The Games were regulated by the Asian Games Federation (AGF) from the first Games in New Delhi, India, until the 1982 Games. Since the 1982 they have been organized by the Olympic Council of Asia (OCA), after the break-up of the Asian Games Federation. The Games are recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and are described as the second largest multi-sport event after the Olympic Games. Participation All 45 members affiliated to the Olympic Council of Asia (OCA) are eligible to take part in the Games. In history, 46 National Olympic Committees (NOCs) have sent competitors to the Games. Israel has been excluded from the Games since 1976, the reason cited as being due to security reasons. Israel requested to participate in the 1982 Games, but the request was rejected by the organisers due to incident in 1972 Summer Olympics. Israel is now a member of the European Olympic Committees (EOC). Due to its continuing ambiguous political status, Taiwan has participated in the Games under the flag of Chinese Taipei since 1990. Macau is allowed to compete as one of the NOCs in Asian Games, despite not being recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) for participation in the Olympic Games. In 2007, the President of OCA, Sheikh Ahmed Al-Fahad Al-Ahmed Al-Sabah, rejected the proposal to allow Australia to participate in the Games. He stated that while Australia would add good value to the Asian Games, it would be unfair to the other NOCs in Oceania.

172

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

Only seven countries, namely India, Indonesia, Japan, the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Singapore and Thailand have competed in all editions of the games. Medal count Of the 46 National Olympic Committees participating throughout the history of the Games, 43 nations have won at least a single medal in the competition, leaving three nations: Bhutan, Maldives and Timor-Leste yet to win a single medal. 34 nations have won at least a single gold medal, while Japan and China became the only two nations in history to emerge as overall champions. Future changes The number of competition events is scheduled to shrink down to just 35 sports at the 2014 Games to be held in Incheon, South Korea. 2014 will also see the last Games hosted in even-numbered years, as the Olympic Council of Asia pushed the subsequent Games to just one year ahead of the Olympic Games. This means the 18th Asian Games which were originally planned for 2018 will be pushed to 2019. 1. How many nations have completed in the Asian Games? 46 nations 2. Why was Irasel excluded from the Games? Because of security reasons. (Due to security reasons.) 3. How many countries have participated in all editions of the Games? 7 countries 4. What year will be the last time to see the Asian Games be hosted in even numbered years? 2014 D. WRITING I. Reorder the words to make complete sentences. 1. doesn't/ Trying/ to/ make/ people/ laugh/ sometimes/ work. Trying to make people laugh sometimes doesn’t work. 2. like/ Saturdays./ on/ doesn't/ getting/ Joe/ early/ up Joe doesn’t like getting up early on Saturdays. 3. much/ big/ was/ Giving/ our/ candy/ mistake./ babies/ so Giving babies so much candy was our big mistake. 4. my/ seeing/ joys/ in/ greatest/ day/ after/ work./ at/ hard/ is/ life/ love/ a/ of/ One One of my greatest joys in life is seeing my love after a hard day at work. 5. music/ is/ to/ a/ great/ pop/ to/ my/ way/ spirits./ Listening/ lift Listening to pop music is a great way to lift my spirits. 6. recommends/ to/ hotels/ Linda/ reserving/ before/ travelling/ places./ new Linda recommends reserving hotels before travelling to new places. 7. losing/ short-term/ on/ money/ Her/ his/ risks/ father/ investment. Her father risks losing his money on short-term investment. 8. but/ helping/ me/ truth./ should/ don't/ tell/ I/ mind/ the/ she/ her I don’t mind helping her but she should tell me the truth. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS

173

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. apologize B. absorb C. arrive D. absence 2. A. combine B. collect C. commerce D. correct 3. A. admiral B. adventure C. advertise D. adverb 4. A. club B. subtle C. climb D. doubt 5. A. boat B. both C. post D. lose II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. farmer B. farewell C. factory D. fairy 2. A. cattle B. country C. canal D. cover 3. A. money B. machine C. many D. mother 4. A. borrow B. agree C. await D. prepare 5. A government B. condition C. parliament D. fortunate B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR 1. Complete the sentences using the given words. charter constitution bloc principles maintain 1. ASEAN Scholarship holder has to ___ maintain ___ good academic performance to keep the scholarship. 2. A ____ charter ___ is a written statement that describes the rights a particular group of people should have. 3. A ___ constitution ____ is a set of fundamental principles or established precedents according to which a state or organization is governed. 4. The ASEAN Economic Community is an important example of a trading ____bloc_____, particularly when you consider the countries involved in it. 5. She refused to lie about it; it's against her ___ principles ___. II. Complete the following sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Development policy has a critical role to play in supporting _______stability____ to reduce conflict and violence over the long term. (STABLE) 2. CMA stands for The California Medical _____Association______ which is a professional organization representing the physicians of the state of California. (ASSOCIATE) 3. ___Cooperation___ is important because it allows people and groups to work together to achieve a common goal or derive mutual benefits. (COOPERATE) 4. ____Solidarity______ is unity which produces or is based on unity of interests, objectives, standards, and sympathies. (SOLID) 5. A ____scholarship___ is an award of financial aid for a student to further their education. (SCHOLAR) III. Choose ONE INCORRECT WORD in each sentence. 1. Have you washed the car yet? - No, I didn't. But I have already mowed the lawn. → haven’t 2. He denies take the cakes even though it is obvious that he took them. → taking 3. Casy is considering bought a new bike because her old one was out of order. → buying 4. I know listening is my weakest English skill, so I practise watch a lot of English-speaking shows. → watching 5. How ridiculous it is! He always struggles to make ends meet, but he imagines buy a Ferrari one day. → buying 174

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

6. Jucy spend all her money on buying clothes, so she can't pay her rent now. → has spent 7. A few days ago I learn that someone has planned to tear down the ancient building. → learnt or learned 8. He feels like write since it is a great way to show his creativity. → writing IV. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. Prices (go) _____have gone_______ up for a couple of months. Everything is more expensive this year. 2. Ben's responsibilities include (welcome) _____welcoming_____ Japanese guests at the airport. 3. Jack (become) _____has become_____ paralysed since he fell off in a horse racing competition in 2005. 4. She carries on (work) _____working______ on her project despite difficulties. 5. Have you ever baked your own cake? - Yes, I (try) _______tried_______ it when I was in high school but I haven't baked any cakes since then. 6. I don't mind (go) ______going_______ to the market if you accompany me. 7. Your parcel has arrived. The postman (bring) _______brought______ it two hours ago. 8. I always (wish) ______wish______ every woman in this world a happy life after marriage. C. READING I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was formed in 1967 by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand to promote political and economic cooperation and regional stability. Brunei joined in 1984, shortly after its independence from the United Kingdom, and Vietnam joined ASEAN as its seventh member in 1995. Laos and Myanmar were admitted into full membership in July 1997 as ASEAN celebrated its 30th anniversary. Cambodia became ASEAN's tenth member in 1999. The ASEAN Declaration in 1967, considered ASEAN's founding document, formalized the principles of peace and cooperation to which ASEAN is dedicated. The ASEAN Charter entered into force on 15 December 2008. With the entry into force of the ASEAN Charter, ASEAN established its legal identity as an international organization and took a major step in its community-building process. Every year following the ASEAN Ministerial Meeting (AMM), ASEAN holds its Post-Ministerial Conference (PMC) to which the Secretary of State is invited. In 1994, ASEAN took the lead in establishing the ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF), which now has 27 members and meets each year at the ministerial level just after the PMC. 1. ASEAN was formed in 1967 by four countries: Malaysia, Singapore, the Philippines and Thailand. A. True B. False C. Not given 2. Vietnam joined ASEAN in 1995 after Brunei 11 years. A. True B. False C. Not given 3. ASEAN celebrated its 30 anniversary in 1997 when Laos and Cambodia became full memberships. A. True B. False C. Not given 4. ASEAN charter helped this organization become an international organization in 2008. A. True B. False C. Not given 5. Every year ASEAN has 3 meetings with the attendance of 27 members. A. True B. False C. Not given D. WRITING I. Complete each sentence with one of the given word(s). There are two extra words. reducing own Filipino group owing means increasing 175

ENGLISH 11

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

1. Singapore or Singapura is a city or country in Southeast Asia. Singapura is a Malay word. Singa ______ means _____ Lion and pura refers to City. That is why Singapore is also known as Lion City. 2. Despite its small size, Singapore is seen as a multi-racial country. The largest ____ group ____ is Chinese who made up of 75% of the population. 3. Another unique aspect of _____ Filipino _____ culture is bayanihan, the practice of moving an entire home to a new location. 4. The ASEAN Para Games aims at promoting sports for people with disabilities in the region and ____ increasing _____ public awareness of disabled sports. 5. It comes as no surprise that Brunei's population enjoys one of the highest per capita incomes in the world, _____ owing _____ to its wealth of natural resources relative to the size of the country and its population. II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. tourist/ tropical/ climate/ with/ an/ ideal/ Thailand/ is/ pleasant/ attraction Thailand is an ideal tourist attraction with pleasant tropical climate. 2. is/ ethnic/ 300/ Indonesia/ to/ over/ groups/ home Indonesia is home to over 300 ethnic groups. 3. values/ family/ The/ Vietnamese/ appreciate The Vietnamese appreciate family values.

NH

Test3 Part I. PHONETICS

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. capital

C. stalk

D. talent

2. A. emblem

B. member

C. regret

D. theme

3. A. August

B. gerund

C. purpose

D. suggest

4. A. dream

B. mean

C. peace

D. steady

5. A. consist

B. disable

C. suggest

D. vision

M

QU Y

1. A. athlete

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A. B. C. or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position

KÈ

of primary stress in each of the following questions. B. confident

C. dynamic

D. external

7. A. academic

B. behaviour

C. participate

D. relationship

8. A. charter

B. depict

C. enter

D. purchase

B. continue

C. principle

D. regional

B. fundamental

C. interference

D. stability

Y

6. A. assistance

DẠ

9. A. athlete

10. A. competition

Part II. VOCABULARY

176

ENGLISH 11 Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined

L

word(s) in each of the following questions.

A. disapproval

B. intervention

C. limitation

FI CI A

11. The government's interference in the strike has been widely criticised.

D. postponement

12. The emblem of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations was designed basing on rice - the most important crop for the Southeast Asian people. A. banner

B. logo

C. motto

D. slogan

behaviours. A every day

B. every month

C. every week

OF

13. The scholarship is renewed annually and may be stopped if the students have poor academic records or bad

D. every year

14. In Thailand, it's against the law to litter on the pavement. If you are caught, you can be fined up to $2000

A evil

ƠN

Baht. B. illegal

C. immoral

D. wrong

A. beauty

B. fame

NH

15 The beautiful sights in Sa Pa, Mui Ne and Ha Noi all contribute to the country's magic charm. C. image

D. value

16. ASEAN organised different projects and activities to integrate its members. A. combine

B. interest

C. separate

D. upgrade

QU Y

17. The major shortcoming of ASEAN as an organisation is the inability to go through many declarations, agreements, and instruments that they have proliferated over the years. A. advantage

B. benefit

C. drawback

D. success

18. We have achieved considerable results in the economic field, such as high economic growth, stability and significant poverty alleviation over the past few years. B. development

M

A. achievement

C.prevention

D. reduction

19. After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1989, the 13th National Congress of the Communist Party of Viet

KÈ

Nam adopted a resolution to have ‘more friends and fewer enemies'. A. breakdown

B. decrease

C. establish

D . increase

20. He had dominated racing this year with six victories in seven starts.

Y

A. overexcited

B. overreacted

C. overwhelmed

D. overshadowed

DẠ

21. It's often hard to find the right time to approach someone about a delicate issue, as well as being difficult to

say the words you need to say. A. sensitive

177

B. significant

C. unconscious

D. unfamiliar

ENGLISH 11

A. basically

B. firstly

C. lastly

FI CI A

Thailand, with Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand, joining hands initially.

L

22. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, or ASEAN, was established on 8 August 1967 in Bangkok,

D. officially

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

23. Our survey also found that 75 per cent of those quizzed knew three or more of their neighbours. A. interviewed

B. asked

C. replied

D. examined

role of the group in regional security structure. A. agreement

B. cooperation

C. separation

OF

24. Viet Nam and Laos will closely cooperate to strengthen the solidarity of ASEAN and enhance the vital

D. fellowship

A. attractive

ƠN

25. Her graceful performance of this traditional art form in the evening session was a real source of pleasure. B. effortless

C. inelegant

D. sophisticated

26. Viet Nam is famous for World Heritage Sites like Ha Long Bay and Hoi An Ancient Town. B. popular

C. well-known

NH

A. honoured

D. unknown

27. The country's continued prosperity is dependent on the opportunities and achievements of all its residents. A. poverty

B. inflation

C. insecurity

D. Wealth

QU Y

28. The colour white symbolises a lot of things, and one is that it represents purity and innocence. A. cleanness

B. immorality

C. honesty

D. guiltlessness

29. All countries are obliged to maintain stability and peace in the world, because instability brings undesired effects. A. certain

B. foreseen

C. negative

D. positive

M

30. Many people afraid that the victory of US president-elect Donald Trump might affect stability in Asia, more specifically in the ASEAN region.

KÈ

A. failure

B. insecurity

C. poverty

D. weakness

31. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits opened in Vientiane, Laos, late on Tuesday on the theme of “Turning Vision into Reality for a Dynamic ASEAN Community".

Y

A. energetic

B. inactive

C. innovative

D. productive

DẠ

32. Amanita argued that Indonesia would continue to play a role in maintaining peace and promoting democratisation in ASEAN. A. assisting

178

B. lessening

C. preserving

D. upholding

ENGLISH 11

affairs. B. internal

C. local

D. national

FI CI A

A. external

L

33. Southeast Asian regionalism served to enable the member-states to focus primarily on their domestic

34. The Prince William made a brief working visit to Viet Nam from 17th - 18th November 2016, attending the IWT Conference which was hosted in Ha Noi. A. lasting

B. public

C. short

D. secret

Exercise 5 Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

____. A. bloc

B. group

C. gang

OF

35. ASEAN includes ten member states, but may get bigger because other countries have applied to join the

D. trôp

A. charter

ƠN

36. The ____ is a legal agreement among the ten ASEAN member states. B. motto

C. policy

D. principle

37. The Japanese Government ____ 20 scholarships for international students coming from ASEAN member

A. affords

B. demands

NH

countries to study in Japan.

C. offers

D. provides

38. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits will be ____ at the National Convention Centre under the Chairmanship of Lao PDR. B. conducted

QU Y

A. carried

C. held

D. taken place

39. The ASEAN charter entered into ____ after ten members signed it. A. action

B. force

C. influence

D. order

40. Each deputy should be ____ for one ASEAN community council, supported by a team of competent and

A. blamed

B. capable

M

able lawyers.

C. in charge

D. responsible

KÈ

41. Vietnamese athletes compete regionally and internationally and ____ high ranks in many sports. A. hold

B. keep

C. mark

D. score

42. Not all the winners will receive great prizes, but nobody leaves ____. A. blank-handed

B. clear-handed

C. empty-handed

D. white-handed

C. look

D. were

C. promise

D. suggest

Y

43. I ____ good about the race's outcome.

DẠ

A. am

B. feel

44. Do you ____ they will win? A. believe

179

B. involve

ENGLISH 11

A. appreciated

B. involved

C. measured

D. satisfied

C. involve

D. owe

A. consist

B. deserve

FI CI A

46. I still ____ a lot of money on my student loans.

47. Lao PDR stands ____ Lao People's Democratic Republic. A. by

B. for

C. on

L

45. I think the teacher was ____ with my speech.

D. with

48. ASEAN ____ of ten Southeast Asian countries, namely: Brunei. Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia,

A. consists

B. contains

C. includes

OF

Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Viet Nam.

D. involves

49. The member states will act in accordance ____ the law to set out in various ASEAN instruments. B. of

C. to

D. with

ƠN

A. for

50. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits will focus ____ efforts to build the ASEAN Community. A. at

B. for

C. in

NH

Part III. GRAMMAR

D. on

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A. B. C. or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 51. It is no use ____ a girl that she doesn't need to lose any weight. A. convince

B. convincing

C. to convince

D. to convincing

C. doing

D. to do

QU Y

52. I have much homework that I ought ____. A. do

B. to doing

53. She did a funny little curtsy which Josh and Silver couldn't help ____ at. A. laugh

B. laughing

C. to laugh

D. to laughing

A. go .

M

54. We are looking forward ____ out at the weekend. B. going

C. to go

D. to going

C. bullying

D. to bully

C. to listen

D. to listening

KÈ

55. You should give up ____ your sister. A. being bullied

B. bullied

56. She is used ____ to loud music. B. listening

Y

A. listen

DẠ

57. I'm in a difficult position. What do you advise me ____? A. do

B. doing

C. to do

D. to doing

58. It's a nice day. Does anyone fancy ____ for a walk? A. having gone

180

B. going

C. to go

D. went

ENGLISH 11

A. bark

B. barking

C. being barked

D. to bark

A. listen

B. listening

C. to listen

FI CI A

60. He never says anything that is worth ____ to.

D. to listening

61. Carol's parents always encouraged her ____ hard at school. A. being studied

B. study

C. studying

D. to study

62. They promised ____ me ____ for the party. B. to help/preparing C. helping/preparing

D. helping/to prepare

OF

A. to help prepare

L

59. I wish that dog would stop ____. It's driving me mad.

63. All ____ were asked to list all the members of ASEAN that they could think of in a one-minute period. A. participates

B. participations

C. participants

D. participating

ƠN

64. We will create a stable, prosperous and highly ____ ASEAN Economic community. A. compete compete B. competition

C. competitor

D. competitive

65. Unfortunately, the solution to this problem is neither simple nor ____. B. economic

C. economical

NH

A. economy

D. economicany

66. The members meet once a week to develop and adopt proposals on new ____ and legislation. A. policy

B. politic

C. political

D . politician

67. The children grew up with deep ____ for their parents. B. respecting

QU Y

A. respect

C. respectful

D. respectability

68. As an ASEAN member, Viet Nam has actively participated in the group's programs and has also created new ____ and cooperation mechanisms. A. initiatives

B. initiates

C. initiations

D. initiators

and the economy.

KÈ

A. relates

M

69. Over the past decade, Viet Nam-ASEAN ____ have been growing fast in all areas, particularly in politics

B. relatives

C. relations

D. relationships

70. With a population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most ____ country. A. popular

B. popularly

C. populous

D. unpopular

Y

71. She apologised ____ waiting so long.

DẠ

A. for keeping me

B. for me

C. for me keeping

72. Her mother prevented her ____ going out tonight. A. about

B. against

73. She insisted ____ talking to her lawyer.

181

C. at

D. from

D. to me for

ENGLISH 11 A. in

B. for

C . on

D. of

B. for – of

C.on - for

D. on - of

FI CI A

A. at – of

L

74. He is not good ____ maths. He is incapable ____ calculating.

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.

75. The ten stalks of padi represent the hope for an ASEAN comprising all the ten countries in Southeast Asia A

B

C

D

OF

bound together in friendly and solidarity.

76. In the Rio Olympics 2016, Vietnamese sports delegation returned home with two medals both from "hero" B

C

ƠN

A shooter Hoang Xuan Vinh, ranking the 48th in the final. D

NH

77. Viet Nam was the first Indochinese country joining ASEAN, and its move helped end confrontation A

between the Indochinese party and ASEAN. D

B

C

QU Y

78. ASEAN was found in Bangkok, Thailand on 8 August 1967 when the five founding members signed the A

B

ASEAN Declaration.

C

D

79. Viet Nam has remained committed to ASEAN since it joined in 1995 and the idea of an ASEAN B

C

M

A

Community has increasingly accepted into Viet Nam's political lexicon.

KÈ

D

80. Soon after becoming a member, Viet Nam signed the Treaty on the Southeast Asian Nuclear-Weapon-Free A

B

Y

Zone and being one of the founding members of the ASEAN Regional Forum.

DẠ

C

D

81. ASEAN aims at promoting economic growth, regional peace as well as provide opportunities for its

members. 182

A

B

C

D

ENGLISH 11 82. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a wide diverse nation

B

C

FI CI A

A

L

with

over 300 ethnic groups. D

83. Students from Viet Nam who wish applying for the ASEAN scholarship must be approved by the A

B

C

OF

Ministry of Education and Training. D

84. Shaping like an elongated S, Viet Nam covers a surface area of 128,000 square miles, making it roughly

A

B

ƠN

the C

size of Italy or, in the U.S., New Mexico.

D

NH

85. The MPAC is intended allowing the AEC and enhance ASEAN's inner integration with the help of A

B

improved infrastructure development. D

C

A

B

QU Y

86. Not everybody prefers study abroad to studying in his or her home country. C

D

87. Nowadays, more and more people are realising what it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it is A

B

C

M

important to join in the association. D

A

KÈ

88. To participate in sport events, people with disabilities also have a chance to find their lifetime partner. B

C

D

Y

89. I have been listening to your speech, but I am doubting what you are saying. I don't feel that it is a good

DẠ

A

B

C

D

idea.

90. John is having a clown birthday party. The clown is appearing. He always loves watching the clown. He

183

A

B

C

ENGLISH 11 is looking happy.

Part IV. SPEAKING

FI CI A

L

D

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “It's so stuffy in here." – “____” A. Do I have to open the window?

B. Must I open the window?

C. Shall I open the window?

D. Would you like to open the window?

OF

92. “Merry Christmas!" – “____” A. Happy Christmas to you!

B. Same for you!

C. The same to you!

D. You are the same!

ƠN

93. "I will pick you up around 7:30. The movie starts at 8:00." – “____” A. No, you don't

B. OK. See you then.

C. I don't like waiting.

D. Thanks, no big deal.

A. How about

B. Let's

NH

94. "____ going on a picnic this weekend?" - "That's great!"

C. Why don't we

D. Would you like

95. "Mr Green had an accident. He's been in hospital for a week.” – “____” A. How terrific

B. Oh, is he?

C. Poor it.

D. Poor him.

QU Y

96. “Do you really think that I should take the job?" – “____ Trust me. Take it. What do you have to lose?” A. I doubt so.

B. I don't think so.

C. I hope so.

D. I know so.

97. "Do you fancy a drink?" _ “____”

B . Oh! Of course not.

C. Sure, let's go and get one.

D. Wow! I am so excited.

M

A. No, everything is OK.

98. "What are you doing here, Tom? Do you want to join us?" – “____ Please continue. I'm just coming to find

KÈ

my stuff.”

A. Don't mind me.

B. Don't worry.

C. Not at all.

D. Not to mention.

99. "Take the second turning on the left and then go straight ahead until you see the cinema on the right." –

Y

“____ Thanks."

DẠ

A. I agree with you.

B. I don't think so.

C. I have got that.

100. “Do you mind if I turn on the volume?” – “____”

184

A. I don't think so.

B. I'm sorry, but you have to.

C. No, please go ahead.

D. Of course, you can't.

D. It makes sense.

ENGLISH 11 101. "Would you mind if I smoked?” – “____” C. Mind your head!

to. 102. “Let's have a pizza.” – “____” A. It doesn't matter.

B. Not at all.

C. Not really

D. You don't want

L

B. I'd rather you didn't.

FI CI A

A. Don't mention it.

D. Sure thing!

103. "It's freezing outside! What happened to the weather report? I thought this cold front was supposed to pass.” - “Yeah, ____” B. I thought so too.

C. That's good point.

D. You are right.

OF

A. I agreed with you.

104. "Let's play Scrabble! I'm really good at spelling, too!" - "Oh, yeah? ____” B. I can't believe in that.

C. I worry about it.

D. We'll see about that!

ƠN

A. Does that make sense?

105. "I'm really excited for Aunt Mary's surprise birthday party this afternoon! Aren't you?" – “____” B. Really? What happened next?

C. Uh-huh! What then?

D. Yeah! How old is she?

NH

A. Oh! I didn't know she was older.

Part V. READING

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

QU Y

Asia's economic, political and cultural importance is growing (106) ____ a never-before seen rate. Take China, for example: In terms of purchasing power, China is now the largest (107) ____ of the world, having recently (108) ____ over the crown from the long time leader United States. Understanding the fundamental structural changes in the global economy and having studied abroad in Asia is a huge asset on your (109) ____ when competing for jobs.

M

(110) ____ the increasing importance of the continent, many international with experience in companies are expanding to Asia and need (111) ____ with experience in Asian markets and culture.

KÈ

To get a (112) ____ of the action and business ideas flowing from Asia, visit Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation's (APEC) website. One of the most important variables behind the miracle of the speed of growth and recovery in the

Y

Asian economies is the (113) ____ of education. The competition for top schools and universities starts

DẠ

from a very early (114) ____ . The point of education in Asia is to equip people to become productive members of their given societies as (115) ____ as equip the students with the skills and mentality to be (116) ____ to successfully compete against the masses of other applicants. Asian students and schools

185

ENGLISH 11 receive continuously top marks in international rankings. This has been directly (117) ____in the

L

success stories of several Asian countries. B. by

C. on

D. with

107. A. economic

B. economical

C. economically

D. economy

108. A. came

B. passed

C. kicked

D. taken

109. A. summary

B. profile

C. resume

D. requirement

110. A. Although

B. Because

C. Despite

D. Due to

111. A. employees

B. employers

C. employment

D. unemployment

112. A. glance

B. glimpse

C. look

D. view

113. A. quality

B. qualification

C. quantity

D. quantification

114. A. age

B. period

C. semester

D. year

115. A. far

B. long

C. much

116. A. able

B. capable

C. disable

117. A. allowed

B. influenced

C. provided

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

106. A. at

D. well

D. unable

NH

D. reflected

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The 22nd Southeast Asian Games were held in Viet Nam from the 5th to 13th December, 2003.

QU Y

Although it was the first time Viet Nam hosted such a big sports event, the Games were a great success. The Games really became a festival that impressed sports enthusiasts with its spirit: solidarity, co-operation for peace and development.

Athletes from 11 participating countries competed in 32 sports, and 444 gold medals were won. Some teams such as table tennis, badminton, karate, volleyball, basketball and wrestling were composed of

M

top competitors in the region. Many Games records were close to international levels. Viet Nam won 158 gold medals to finish at the top of the Southeast Asian Games medal standings. Thailand ranked

KÈ

second with 90 golds, and Indonesia was third with only 55 golds. Singapore and Viet Nam were the two nations which had participants who were presented with the Most Outstanding Athlete titles in the Swimming and Shooting events. The Vietnamese Women's Football team successfully defended the

Y

SEA Games title. Viet Nam and Thailand played in the Men's Football Final. The Thai Team won the gold medal. In other sports such as karate, athletics, bodybuilding and wushu, the young and energetic

DẠ

Vietnamese athletes performed excellently and won a lot of gold medals. Viet Nam's first place finish was not surprising. Firstly, to prepare for the 22nd SEA Games, Viet Nam carried out an intensive programme for its athletes, which included training in facilities, both home

186

ENGLISH 11 and abroad. Secondly, with the strong support of their countrymen, the Vietnamese athletes competed

L

in high spirits. The country's success has proved that Viet Nam can organise sporting events on an point in the future. 118. It can be inferred from the passage that ____. A. Viet Nam can organise sporting events better than other countries B. Viet Nam had already planned for the next Sea Games in the future

OF

C. Viet Nam prepared its athletes well for the 22nd SEA Games

FI CI A

international level. A plan has been proposed for Viet Nam to host the Asia Sports Games at some

D. Viet Nam protected its first place in SEA Games competition 119. The word "title" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____. B. label

C. headline

D. trophy

ƠN

A. power

120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about the 22nd Southeast Asian Games? A. There were 11 countries participating in.

NH

B. Many athletes had broken the world records. C. Indonesia ranked higher than Singapore.

D. Vietnamese Women's Football team won gold medal.

121. The word "intensive” in paragraph 3 has OPPOSITE meaning to ____. B. flexible

QU Y

A. delicate

C. sensitive

D. vigorous

122. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage? A. To explain the reasons why 22nd Sea Games was organised in Viet Nam. B. To express the writer's love and how much he is proud of the country's success. C. To introduce top competitors in the region and their ranking in the Games.

M

D. To show Vietnamese's ability in organising international sporting events.

KÈ

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

When Malaysia takes the ASEAN chair next year, it will face a huge challenge. Too few of us know enough about this grouping we call the Association of Southeast Asian Nations. We do not know what

Y

it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it is important to us. At the same time, pressure is mounting

DẠ

to reinvent ASEAN to make it more people-centric and less government-centric. The Heat speaks to Global Movement of Moderates CEO Saifuddin Abdullah on why ASEAN should mean more to us than just acronyms.

187

ENGLISH 11 ASEAN people do not feel like they are a part of the community of Southeast Asian nations. This

L

statement, backed up by survey findings, is pretty bizarre, and extremely hurtful too, considering that

FI CI A

ASEAN is 47 years old today. "Interview 10 persons on the street and you would perhaps get only one of them who knows about ASEAN,” says Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah. This CEO of Global Movement of Moderates (GMM) is not running down ASEAN; he's confronting the truth as it impacts the project he has been entrusted with. Here's more, in 2012, the ASEAN Secretariat conducted a survey that

showed only 34% of Malaysians had heard of the ASEAN community. This compares with 96% of Laotians. Malaysia chairs ASEAN next year, and GMM is a member of the national steering

OF

committee organising the ASEAN People's Forum (APF), a platform designed to bridge the gap between governments and civil society. Never heard of it? You're forgiven.

The APF actually started off life in the 1990s, except it was called the ASEAN People's Assembly

ƠN

(APA). It was held back to back with the ASEAN Summit, which is held twice a year. The APA is the forum where 10 leaders of government engage with 10 leaders of civil society in a half-hour meeting. "It was going well until one year when the chairman decided not to hold the APA, so it was discontinued until 2005 when Malaysia took the chairmanship of ASEAN again and founded the

NH

ASEAN People's Forum (APF)," Saifuddin explains. In a perfect world, forums such as the APF or its predecessor APA would have worked perfectly to bridge the gap between government and civil society.

QU Y

However, as Saifuddin points out, Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) often do not see eye to eye with their governments. For instance this year, Myanmar is chair of ASEAN and in the APF, three member nations - including Malaysia - decided not to recognise the CSO leaders chosen as representatives so the APF did not take place. “This is where the GMM wants to play a role in ensuring that this situation does not arise again," Saifuddin says.

M

123. According to the passage, in 1990s, APF was called ____. B. ASEAN People's Forum

C. Civil Society Organisations

D. Global Movement of Moderates

KÈ

A. ASEAN People's Assembly

124. The word “acronyms” in paragraph 1 probably means ____. A. abbreviations

B. antonyms

C. enlargements

D. synonyms

Y

125. The phrase "backed up" in paragraph 2 has similar meaning to ____.

DẠ

A. concluded

B. introduced

C. proved

D. Supported

126. According to the passage, Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah was CEO of ____. A. APA

B. APF

C. CSOs

D. GMM

127. Which of the following statements is NOT true about the APF according to the passage? 188

B. APF is held every two years.

C. APF is reorganised in 2005.

D. APF lasts for 30 minutes.

128. The phrase "bridge the gap" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____.

FI CI A

A. APF consists of 20 leaders.

A. avoid the conflict

B. break down the wall

C. build a strong relation

D. narrow the difference

129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

L

ENGLISH 11

B. Laotians show more interest in politics than Malaysians. C. The APA was held twice a year until 2005. D. CSOs do not always agree with their governments.

OF

A. Discontinuing APF led to conflict between government and civil society.

ƠN

130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage? A. How important was the ASEAN People's Forum? B. Who is going to be the ASEAN chair next year?

NH

C. What does it mean to be a part of ASEAN?

D. Why do GMM play an important role in ASEAN? Part VI. WRITING

Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the

QU Y

following questions.

131. I said that she should see a doctor.

A. I advised her seeing a doctor.

B. I advised her should see a doctor.

C. I advised her to see a doctor.

D. I advised to see a doctor.

M

132. Ireland doesn't allow people to smoke in bars.

B. Ireland hates smoking in bars.

C. Smoking in bars is banned in Ireland.

D. You should not smoke in bars in Ireland.

KÈ

A. Ireland doesn't enjoy smoking in bars.

133. Working on the computer is not what she feels like. A. She doesn't feel like work on the computer.

Y

B. She doesn't feel like working on the computer.

DẠ

C. She doesn't feel like to work on the computer. D. She doesn't feel like to working on the computer.

134. California doesn't permit people to fish without a fishing license. A. California can't stand fishing without a fishing license.

189

ENGLISH 11 B. California doesn't allow fishing without a fishing license.

FI CI A

D. California doesn't mind fishing without a fishing license.

L

C. California doesn't encourage fishing without a fishing license.

135. “Why don't we go for a walk?" Mary said. A. Mary advised to go for a walk.

B. Mary asked going for a walk.

C. Mary suggested going for a walk.

D. Mary would like going for a walk.

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences

136. Everyone was all so afraid. Nobody dared to speak anything. A. Everyone was too afraid to dare to speak anything

ƠN

B. Everyone was afraid enough to not to speak anything.

OF

in the following questions.

C. Everyone was such afraid that nobody speak anything.

D. Nobody was not afraid enough to dare to speak anything.

NH

137. We cannot create a rule-based ASEAN. We don't have means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules.

A. Having means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, it is impossible to create a rule-based ASEAN.

enforcing rules.

QU Y

B. It is impossible to create a rule-based ASEAN community with means of drafting, interpreting and

C. Not having means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are unable to create a rule-based ASEAN.

ASEAN.

M

D. To have means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are able to create a rule-based

138. Indonesia was influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures. It is a widely diverse nation

KÈ

with over 300 ethnic groups.

A. To influence by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.

Y

B. To be influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse

DẠ

nation with over 300 ethnic groups. C. Influencing by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.

190

ENGLISH 11

nation with over 300 ethnic groups.

FI CI A

139. You come to Ha Noi. You are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.

L

D. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely diverse

A. Come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.

B. Coming to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.

C. Having come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites. D. To come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.

OF

140. There isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule. The ASEAN community's present goal cannot be achieved.

A. Even though there isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's

ƠN

present goal cannot be achieved.

B. Not being a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's present goal cannot be achieved.

C. Owing to the a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's present goal

NH

cannot be achieved.

D. The ASEAN community's present goal cannot be achieved unless there is a culture of respecting and following the rule.

QU Y

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. UNIT 6. GLOBAL WARMING Sự nóng lên của toàn cầu

Vocabulary

1. absorb /əbˈzɔːb/(v): thấm, hút

M

2. atmosphere /ˈætməsfɪə(r)/(n): khí quyển 3. awareness /əˈweənəs/(n): sự nhận thức, hiểu biết, quan tâm

KÈ

4. ban /bæn/(v): cấm

5. capture /ˈkæptʃə(r)/ (v): lưu lại, giam giữ lại 6. carbon footprint/ˌkɑːbən ˈfʊtprɪnt/ (n): lượng khí C02 thải ra hằng ngày của một cá nhân hoặc nhà máy... 7. catastrophic /ˌkætəˈstrɒfɪk/ (adj):thảm họa

Y

8. clean-up /ˈkliːn ʌp/(n):sự dọn dẹp, làm sạch, tổng vệ sinh

DẠ

9. climate change/ˈklaɪmət tʃeɪndʒ/ (n):biến đổi khí hậu 10. diversity /daɪˈvɜːsəti/(n):sự đa dạng

11. drought /draʊt/ (n): hạn hán

12. ecological /ˌiːkəˈlɒdʒɪkl/(adj): thuộc vể sinh thái

191

ENGLISH 11

14. emission /iˈmɪʃn/ (n):(danh từ không đếm được) sự phát (sáng), tỏa (nhiệt), xả (khí); 16. greenhouse gas/ˌɡriːnhaʊs ˈɡæs/ (n): chất khí gây hiệu ứng nhà kính 17. heat -related /hiːt - rɪˈleɪtɪd/(a): có liên quan tới nhiệt 18. infectious /ɪnˈfekʃəs/ (a): lây nhiễm, lan truyền 19. lawmaker /ˈlɔːmeɪkə(r)/ (n): người làm luật, nhà lập pháp 20. oil spill /ˈɔɪl - spɪl/ (n.p):tràn dầu

OF

Grammar

FI CI A

15. famine /ˈfæmɪn/(n): nạn đói kém

L

13. ecosystem /ˈiːkəʊsɪstəm/ (n):hệ sinh thái

ƠN

1. Perfect gerunds (Danh động từ hoàn thành) • Hình thức having + pp (chủ động); having been + pp (bị động) Chức năng: Dùng thay cho hình thức hiện tại của danh động từ khi nhấn mạnh một hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ trước hành động của động từ chính trong câu. E.g: She denied having stolen the bike. (Cô ấy phủ nhận đã lấy trộm xe đạp.)  nhấn mạnh hành động "having stolen the bike - lấy trộm xe đạp" xảy ra trước hành động "she denied- cô ấy phủ nhận"

NH

Danh động từ hoàn thành có thể được dùng trong các cấu trúc sau:

QU Y

a. V + O + Prep + Perfect Gerund Các động từ thường gặp là accuse sb of (buộc tội ai); apologize sb for (xin lỗi ai), admire sb for (ngưỡng mộ ai), blame sb for (đổ lỗi cho ai), congratulate sb on (chúc mừng ai), criticize sb for (chỉ trích ai), praise sb for (khen ngợi ai), thank sb for (cảm ơn ai), suspect sb of (nghi ngờ ai), .... E.g: The police blamed him for having cut down the oldest tree in the park. b. V + Perfect Gerund Các động từ thường gặp là admit (thừa nhận), deny (phủ nhận), forget (quên), mention (đề cập), remember (nhớ), regret (hối tiếc, hối hận), ....

KÈ

M

E.g: I admit having stolen his money. Lưu ý: Tùy vào ngữ cảnh chúng ta có thể sử dụng danh động từ đơn (gerunds) hay danh động từ hoàn thành (perfect gerunds). Trong một số trường hợp chúng ta có thể thấy rõ hành động nào xảy ra trước và do đó chúng ta chỉ cần sử dụng danh động từ đơn mà không cần dùng danh động từ hoàn thành để nhấn mạnh. E.g: She denied stealing the bag.

Y

2. Perfect participles in clauses of time and reason (Phân từ hoàn thành trong các mệnh đề chỉ thời gian và lý do)

DẠ

a. Hình thức: having + PP (chủ động); having been + pp (bị động) E.g: Having finished his homework, he went out with his friends. (Sau khi làm xong bài tập về nhà, cậu ấy đã đi chơi với bạn.) b. Chức năng Chúng ta dùng phân từ hoàn thành để:

192

ENGLISH 11

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bài 1:

OF

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Complete the sentences with the perfect participle.

FI CI A

L

- Rút gọn mệnh đề khi hành động trong mệnh đề đó xảy ra trước hành động khác. E.g: He finished his homework and then he went out with his friends.  Having finished his homework, he went out with his friends. - Rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian. E.g: After he had got up, he brushed his teeth.  After having getting up/ Having getting up, he brushed his teeth. - Giải thích lý do cho hành động trong mệnh đề chính. E.g: Having lost the game, they cried a lot. Lưu ý: Mệnh đề rút gọn được gọi là mệnh đề phân từ (participle clauses); hai hành động có cùng chủ ngữ.

ƠN

(park) the car, we searched for the ticket machine. (drink) one liter of water, she really needed to go to the toilet. (leave) the party too early, we couldn't see the fireworks anymore. (finish) her phone call, she went back to work. (lose) ten kilograms, Daisy finally fit into her favorite dress again.

NH

1. Having parked 2. Having drunk 3. Having left 4. Having finished 5. Having lost

QU Y

Bài 2: Complete the sentences with the perfect participle. Decide whether to use active or passive voice. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

KÈ

M

(stop) the car, the police officer wanted to see the documents. (write) the test, we felt relieved (work) all day, we were quite exhausted in the evening. (send) to counter 20,1 had to return to counter 3. (confess), he was accused of even more criminal offences. (arrive) at the station, we called a taxi. (type) by the secretary, the letter was signed by the boss. (interrupt) several times, she was rather annoyed. (live) in Oxford for two years, she spoke English like a native speaker. (rescue), the injured man was taken to hospital.

DẠ

Y

Bài 2: 1. Having stopped 6. Having arrived 2. Having written 7. Having been typed 3. Having worked 8. Having been interrupted 4. Having been sent 9. Having lived 5. Having confessed 10. Having been rescued Bài 3: Rewrite the sentences replacing the underlined part with a perfect participle.

193

M

QU Y

Bài 3: 1. Having switched off the lights 2. Having asked his mother's permission 3. Having drunk too much 4. Having written two tests today 5. Having filled the washing machine 6. Having been to the disco the night before 7. Having worked in the garden all day 8. Not having slept for two days 9. Not having seen him for ages 10. Not having ridden a horse for a long time

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

1. We switched off the lights before we went to bed. we went to bed. 2. The boy asked his mother's permission and then went out to play. the boy went out to play. 3. As he had drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself. he didn't drive home himself. 4. We have written two tests today, so we are very exhausted. we are very exhausted. 5. She filled the washing machine and switched it on. she switched it on. 6. She had been to the disco the night before and overslept in the morning. she overslept in the morning. 7. We had worked in the garden all day and were sunburned in the evening. we were sunburned in the evening. 8. She had not slept for two days and therefore wasn't able to concentrate. she wasn't able to concentrate. 9. Since I had not seen him for ages, I didn't recognize him. I didn't recognize him. 10. I had not ridden a horse for a long time and found it very difficult to keep in the saddle I found it very difficult to keep in the saddle.

L

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

Bài 4: Change the underlined part of the sentence into a participle clause. 1. We are lying in the sun and we are enjoying life. , we are enjoying life. 2. The boy had brushed his teeth. He was allowed to watch a few more minutes of television. , the boy was allowed to watch a few more minutes of television. 3. The children sat on their beds and watched the thunderstorm. the children watched the thunderstorm. 4. They were surprised by a sudden storm and had to seek shelter under a tree. , they had to seek shelter under a tree. 5. When they had found the secret island, they started searching for the treasure.

194

ENGLISH 11

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

Bài 4: 1. Lying in the sun 2. Having brushed his teeth 3. Sitting on their beds 4. Surprised by a sudden storm 5. Having found the secret island Bài 5: Rewrite the sentences with participle clauses. 1. Mary left school early because he felt sick.  2. The teacher was impressed by Michael's work, so she gave him the highest score.  3. Because he hadn't studied hard enough for his exam, Tom couldn't pass it.  4. As I haven't received all the applications yet, I am not eager to hire anyone.  5. The golden ring, which was stolen weeks ago, was found.  6. As I have an assignment to finish, I cannot come with you.  7. When my sister heard the good news, she wanted to cry.  8. Because I didn't want to lose my passport, I gave it to my father.  9. After he had been told to wash the dishes, David entered the kitchen with a frown.  10. As I had been to New York before, I knew where to find a good hotel. 

L

, they started searching for the treasure.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Bài 5: 1. Feeling sick, Mary left school early. 2. Impressed by Michael's work, the teacher gave him the highest score. 3. Not having studied hard enough for his exam,Tom couldn't pass it. 4. Not having received all the applications yet, I am not eager to hire anyone. 5. Stolen weeks ago, the golden ring was found. 6. Having an assignment to finish, I cannot come with you. 7. Hearing the good news, my sister wanted to cry. 8. Not wanting to lose my passport, I gave it to my father. 9. Having been told to wash the dishes, David entered the kitchen with a frown. 10. Having been to New York before, I knew where to find a good hotel. ■ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 6: Rewrite the sentences beginning with an appropriate participle (present, past or perfect). 1. When she saw the dog coming towards her, she quickly crossed the road.

195

ENGLISH 11

OF

FI CI A

L

2. If it is looked after carefully, the plant can live through the winter. 3. As I don't have a credit card, I found it difficult to book an airline ticket over the phone. 4. Jim spent a lot of time filling in job application forms because he was unemployed. 5. Because I was walking quickly, I soon caught up with her. 6. The house was built of wood, so it was clearly a fire risk. 7. I was eager to catch the bus in good time because I had been told off the day before for arriving late. 8. She didn't know where the theater was, so she asked for directions at the hotel reception. 9. As she was a nurse, she knew what to do after the accident. 10. He had spent his childhood in Hue City so he knew the city well. 11. The fruit was expensive because it was imported. 12. We had spent nearly all our money so we couldn't afford to stay at a hotel. 13. As we didn't want to offend him, we said nothing about his paintings. 14. Although James is known mainly as a writer of novel, he has now written a successful biography. 15. Although it had been hunted close to extinction, the rhino is once again common in this area.

QU Y

NH

ƠN

Bài 6: 1. Seeing the dog coming towards her, she quickly crossed the road. 2. Looked after carefully, the plant can live through the winter. 3. Not having a credit card, I found it difficult to book an airline ticket over the phone. 4. Being unemployed, Jim spent a lot of time filling in job application forms. 5. Walking quickly, I soon caught up with her. 6. Built/ Being built of wood, the house was clearly a fire risk. 7. Having been told off the day before for arriving late, I was eager to catch the bus in good time. 8. Not knowing where the theater was, she asked for directions at the hotel reception. 9. Being a nurse, she knew what to do after the accident. 10. Having spent his childhood in Hue City, he knew the city well. 11. Imported/ Being imported, the fruit was expensive. 12. Having spent nearly all our money, we couldn't afford to stay at a hotel. 13. Not wanting to offend him, we said nothing about his paintings. 14. Known mainly as a writer of novel, James has now written a successful biography. 15. Having been hunted close to extinction, the rhino is once again common in this area

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Bài 7: Choose the best answer. 1. He thought that such a trifle was not worth A. being mentioned B. having mentioned C. mentioning D. to be mentioned 2. I'm surprised at your this book so quickly. How did you manage to do it? A. being read B. having read C. having been read D. reading 3. I thought of Tim for help, but then I decided to ask Linda. A. asking B. having asked C. my asking D. to ask 4. The fear A. being punished C. of punishing

196

for what he had done made him run away. B. of being punished D. to be punished

ENGLISH 11 5. This work should be no problem for him. He is used to A. being done B. do C. doing

D. having done

anything. C. fordoing

FI CI A

D. of doing

L

6. She was tired. She didn't feel capable A. doing B. about doing

it.

7. He apologized in advance for to see us during our visit. A. being not able B. having been not able C. not being able D. not having been able 8. It is no use it. He is not listening to you. A. by repeating B. in repeating C. of repeating D. repeating 9. We have no objection A. for inviting

OF

him. B. of inviting

C. to inviting

D. to invite

6. D 7. C 8. D 9. C 10. B

NH

Bài 7: 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C

ƠN

10. I was reading a book when she burst into my room without A. being seen B. knocking C. saying goodbye D. turning on the light

KÈ

M

QU Y

Bài 8: Rewrite the sentences using participle clauses. 1. Susan was lying in the sun. She got sunburned.  2. Tim has just retired. He is now able to spend more time gardening.  3. They bought their tickets and went to find a seat.  4. The student sat in front of the computer and wrote his essay.  5. Some people argue against school uniforms. They feel children should wear what they want to.  6. Some students are disappointed in their progress at school. These students often do not go into further education.

DẠ

Y

 7. Children do not have the maturity to make every choice themselves. They need a parent or guardian to make decisions on their behalf.  8. I didn't want to break the law. I called the police instead.  9. John travelled overseas a lot as a teenager. He learns different cultures and customs.

197

ENGLISH 11

L

 Bài 8:

FI CI A

1. Lying in the sun, Susan got sunburned. 2. Having just retired, Tim is now able to spend more time gardening. 3. Buying their tickets, they went to find a seat. 4. Sitting in front of the computer, the student wrote his essay. 5. Arguing against school uniforms, some people feel children should wear what they want to. 6.Disappointed in their progress at school, these/some students often do not go into further education 6. Not having the maturity to make every choice themselves, children need a parent or guardian to make decisions on their behalf.

ƠN

Bài 9: Choose the best answer. 1. for twelve hours, I felt marvelous. A. Having slept

OF

7. Not wanting to break the law, I called the police instead. 8. Having travelled overseas a lot as a teenager, John learns different cultures and customs.

B. Have slept

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

C. Having been slept D. Have been slept 2. By the time their baby arrives, the Smiths hope painting and decorating the new nursery. A. having finished B to have finished C. having been finished D. to have been finished 3. She's angry about to the farewell party last night A. not having invited B. not to have invited C. not having been invited D. not to have been invited 4. We decided not to travel, A. having heard B. to have heard C. having been heard D. to have been heard 5. I'd love to the party, but it was impossible. A. having gone B. to have gone C. having been gone D. to have been gone 6. I don't recall him at the conference. A. having seen B. to have seen C. having been seen D. to have been seen 7. in dark colors, the room needed some bright lights. A. Having painted B. To have painted C. Having been painted D. To have been painted 8. The stockbroker denied of the secret business deal. A. having informed B. to have informed C. having been informed D. to have been informed 9. They now regret their son by providing too many material possessions. A. having spoiled B. to have spoiled C. having been spoiled D. to have been spoiled 10. to the party, we could hardly refuse to go.

198

ENGLISH 11 B. To have invited

B. to have given D. to have been given about it. B. to have told D. to have been told 9. A 10. C

7. C

11. D

4. A

8. C

12. C

ƠN

3. C

OF

A. having given C. having been given 12. Are you sure you told me? I don't recall A. having told C. having been told Bài 9: 5. B 1. A 2. B 6. A

NH

Test1 A. PHONETICS

a second

FI CI A

C. Having been invited D. To have been invited 11. Tom made a bad mistake at work, but his boss didn't fire him. He's lucky chance.

L

A. Having invited

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. disappear

C. discover

D. dinosaur

2. A. robot

B. robe

C. rock

D. role

3. A. constant

B. modern

C. obvious

D. robot

4. A. continue

B. finish

C. likely

D. instant

5. A. annual

B. basic

C. average

D. capacity

QU Y

1. A. dinner

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. B. happiness

C. employment

D. relation

2. A. possible

B. cultural

C. confident

D. supportive

3. A. office

B. nature

C. result

D. farmer

B. popular

C. effective

D. national

B. reply

C. singer

D. future

5. A. answer

KÈ

4. A. difficult

M

1. A. importance

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR 1. Choose the correct word in the bracket to complete the sentences. heat-related

emissions

extinction

absorb

catastrophic

footprint

diversity

preserve

infectious

Y

deforestation

DẠ

1. Global warming has proved truly ________ catastrophic _________ for the environment. 2. Having measured the company's carbon _______ footprint _____, they realised that the amount of carbon dioxide (CO) it produced was great. 3. Rainforests have the highest species ________ diversity _____ on the earth.

199

ENGLISH 11

L

4. We need to _______ preserve ___ the diversity of wildlife because each species has an important role to play.

FI CI A

5. Scientists have warned about the relationship between climate change and the spread of __ infectious ___ diseases. 6. The alarming rate of ______ deforestation ________ results in damage to the quality of the land.

7. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause _______ heat-related _______ illnesses which can be dangerous to people. 8. A large amount of carbon dioxide _________ emissions _______ are released into the atmosphere by burning fossil fuels.

OF

9. Many species are threatened with _______ extinction _______ due to deforestation and loss of habit.

10. More trees should be planted as they _______ absorb _______ carbon dioxide and give off oxygen. IL. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line.

ƠN

1. Global warming may lead to ____extreme_____ weather events, including heat waves, floods, and powerful storms, which could affect people's lives. (EXTREMELY) 2. Every one of us can help to protect and sustain our environment by ____changing_____ our consumption habits. (CHANGE)

NH

3. Even slight increase in the levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere can cause a ___significant__ rise in temperature. (SIGNIFICANCE) 4. There is a ___connection____ between the recent droughts and climate change. (CONNECT) 5. Farming contributes more than 30 percent of the total greenhouse gas _____emissions____. (EMIT)

QU Y

6. The overuse of chemical ____fertilizers____ is a serious threat to the environment. (FERTILIZE) 7. Global warming is the increase in the earth's average surface temperature due to the warming ____effects_____ of greenhouse gases. (EFFECTIVE) 8. The main cause of _____global____ warming is the burning of fossil fuels, such as natural gas, oil, and coal. (GLOBE) 9. The ____warming____ of the earth's atmosphere causes sea-level rise. (WARM)

M

10. Many animal species are in danger of extinction due to the loss of their habitat and inability to ____adapt_____ to climate change. (ADAPTION)

KÈ

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Developed countries are responsible for 80% of the ____ carbon dioxide that is already in the atmosphere. A. man-made

B. men-made

C. man-making

D. man-mades

2. The government must take ____ to cut vehicle emissions.

Y

A. measures

B. repeat

C. discover

D. ban

3. They didn't forget ____ a short vacation in Cuc Phuong National Park last year.

DẠ

A. being spent

B. having been spent C. to spend

D. having spent

4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ____. A. catastrophic

200

B. temperature

C. global

D. risk

ENGLISH 11

B. heating

C. thermal

D. hot

FI CI A

A. heat

6. We admired the Japanese ____ the city of Fukushima after the disaster. A. to being rebuilt

L

5. A layer of greenhouse gases – primarily water vapor, and carbon dioxide - acts as a ____ blanket for the Earth, absorbing heat and warming the surface.

B. for having rebuilt C. to rebuild

D. of having rebuilt

7. We need to preserve the ____ of wildlife because each species has an important role to play. A. diversity

B. various

C. population

D. type

8. Most climate scientists agree the main cause of the current global warming trend is human expansion of the greenhouse ____. B. damage

C. cause

D. effect

OF

A. gas

9. ____ trees around the house on the south and west sides, they can save up to about $250 a year on cooling and heating. A. Having planted

B. Being planted

C. To plant

D. To have planted

A. heat-related

ƠN

10. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause ____illness which can be dangerous to people. B. heat-relate

C. heat-relating

D. heated-relate

11. Certain ____ in the atmosphere, such as carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide, block heat from escaping. B. layers

C. effects

NH

A. gases

D. emissions

12. Having developed green technologies with low-carbon emissions, ____ intends to get rid of coal. A. that country

B. the communities

C. the effort

D. the possibility

13. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary ____ gases that cause global warming. B. house

QU Y

A. greenhouse

C. plant

D. home

14. Carbon dioxide is released through ____ processes such as respiration and volcano eruptions and through ____ activities such as deforestation, land use change, and burning fossil fuels. A. man-made

B. ordinary-man-made

C. human natural

D. natural-human

15. Vietnam has been named among the 12 countries most ____ for climate change by the World Bank. C. READING

B. in risk

M

A. at danger

C. at risk

D. ready

I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. biodiversity

conditions

temperature

rainfall

farmland

impacts

agencies

support

KÈ

landslides economic

Vietnam Likely to Face Extreme Weather Conditions by 2050

Y

Vietnam is likely to continue facing extreme weather (1) ____ conditions ____ such as higher

DẠ

(2) ___ temperature __, lower summer rainfalls, stronger storms, and rising sea levels from now to 2050. Temperature in northern Vietnam will rise by between 0.83 degrees Celsius by 2050 and continue its uptrend during the late 21st century. Summer (3) ___ rainfall ___ will decline in most areas. Meanwhile, storms may become rarer but fiercer, causing possible flash floods and (4) _____ landslides ___ in flood-prone areas of northern mountains, central and central highland provinces. The forecasts suggest sea level rise of 100mm201

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

(6) ___ impacts _____ to create a variety of dangerous extreme weather events in the future.

L

400mm along the entire Vietnamese coast by the end of the 21st century, affecting marine (5) __ biodiversity __ and coastal communities. The experts emphasize the unpredictability of climate change and its potential

To raise the public awareness of climate change impacts, the Vietnamese government urges concerned (7) ____ agencies ____ to work together on devising worst-case scenario models and responses by 2020 and calls on international experts to further (8) ____ support ____ Vietnam in climate change adaptation. Climate change is a real threat to Viet Nam's socio-(9) ______ economic _____ development. If sea levels rose one meter, five percent of the country's land, eleven percent of its population and percent of its (10) ___ farmland __ would be affects.

OF

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Consequences of Global Warming on Wildlife

ƠN

Increasing global temperatures are expected to (1) ____ ecosystems, pushing extinction to those species that cannot adapt. The first comprehensive assessment of the extinction risk (2) ____ global warming found that more than 1 million species could be extinctive by 2050 if the current rate continues. A recent study of (3) ____ 2,000 species of plants and animals discovered movement toward the poles at an average rate 3.8 miles per decade.

NH

The latest climate change report found that approximately 20 to 30 percent of plant and animal species assessed so far are likely to be at (4) ____ risk of extinction if global average temperature increases by more than 2.7 to 4.5 degree Fahrenheit.

QU Y

(5) ____ polar bears are drowning because they have to swim longer distances to reach ice floes. The U.S. Geological Survey has predicted that (6) ____ of the world's polar bear populations will be extinct by the mid-century due to melting of the Arctic ice cap. The ocean will continue to become more acidic due to carbon dioxide emissions. (7) ____ this acidification, species with hard calcium carbonate shells are vulnerable, as are coral reefs, (8) ____ are vital to ocean ecosystems. Scientists predict that a 3.6 degree Fahrenheit increase (9) ____ temperature would (10) ____ out 97 percent of the world's coral feels. B. benefit

C. harm

D. use

2. A. to

B. from

C. off

D. on

B. near

D. wealthy

C. relatively

4. A. declined

M

1. A. endanger

B. born

C. presented

D. increased

5. A. Some

B. Few

C. More

D. Little

6. A. two-third

B. two-thirds

C. two-three

D. two-thirdth

7. A. As

B. Due

C. Because

D. Because of

8. A. that

B. when

C. which

D. who

9. A. away

B. in

C. at

D. of

B. broke

C. wipe

D. lay

DẠ

Y

KÈ

3. A. nearly

10. A. send

III. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

202

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

The world's oceans have warmed 50 percent faster over the last 40 years than previously thought due to climate change, Australian and US climate researchers reported Wednesday. Higher ocean temperatures expand the volume of water, contributing to a rise in sea levels that is submerging small island nations and threatening to wreak havoc in low-lying, densely populated delta regions around the globe.

The study, published in the British journal Nature, adds to a growing scientific chorus of warnings about the pace and consequences rising oceans. It also serves as a corrective to a massive report issued last year by the Nobel-winning UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), according to the authors.

OF

Rising sea levels are driven by two things: the thermal expansion of sea water, and additional water from melting sources of ice. Both processes are caused by global warming. The ice sheet that sits atop Greenland, for example, contains enough water to raise world ocean levels by seven metres (23 feet), which would bury sea-level cities from Dhaka to Shanghai.

ƠN

Trying to figure out how much each of these factors contributes to rising sea levels is critically important to understanding climate change, and forecasting future temperature rises, scientists say. But up to now, there has been a perplexing gap between the projections of computer-based climate models, and the observations of scientists gathering data from the oceans.

NH

The new study, led by Catia Domingues of the Centre for Australian Weather and Climate Research, is the first to reconcile the models with observed data. Using new techniques to assess ocean temperatures to a depth of 700 metres (2,300 feet) from 1961 to 2003, it shows that thermal warming contributed to a 0.53 millimetre-per-year rise in sea levels rather than the 0.32 mm rise reported by the IPCC. 1. Ultimately, the new study should help scientists to ____. A. lower water levels. B. better predict climate change.

QU Y

C. bury sea-level cities like Dhaka and Shanghai. 2. The rise in water levels is especially dangerous for small island nations and ____. A. low-lying urban areas. B. all coastal cities.

C. people who live on the beach.

3. What happens when the ocean's temperature rises?

M

A. It causes sea levels to rise. B. It causes sea levels to remain constant.

KÈ

C. It causes sea levels to decrease. 4. What was the main finding of the study? A. not enough is being done about global warming.

Y

B. ocean waters have warmed faster than scientists had previously thought. C. the warming of the world's oceans is not a threat.

DẠ

5. The new study ____. A. shows that thermal warming contributed to a 0.32 millimeter-per-year rise in sea levels. B. did not reveal anything that scientists didn't already know. C. used new techniques to assess ocean temperatures.

203

ENGLISH 11 D. WRITING

L

I. Rewrite the sentences, using perfect gerunds. → We are excited about Nam’s winning a scholarship. 2. Entering the room, I was surprised at what I saw. → When I enter the room, I was surprised at what I saw. 3. The volunteers couldn't mow the old lady's lawns because of the rain. → The rain prevented the volunteers from mowing the old lady's lawns.

FI CI A

1. Nam won a scholarship. We are excited about that fact.

OF

4. Since we have become too dependent on the use of electricity, we have to find alternative sources of energy before fossil fuels run out. → Having become too dependent on the use of electricity, we have to find alternative sources of energy before fossil fuels runs out. 5. Tonya had dumped a lot of rubbish on the beach. She was strongly criticised for that.

ƠN

→ Tonya was strongly criticised for having dumped a lot of rubbish on the beach. 6. In the Tree Planting Competition, the students in Group 11G planted the most trees in the schoolyard. They were praised for that.

NH

→ The students in Group 11G were praised for having planted the most trees in the schoolyard in the Tree Planting Competition. 7. After she replaced all the light bulbs in her house with LED lights, she same a lot of money on her electricity bills.

QU Y

→ Having replaced all the light bulbs in her house with LED lights, she saved a lot of money on her electricity bills. 8. Sam had not worked hard enough in his previous job. He regretted it. → Sam regretted not having worked hard enough in his previous job. 9. Someone had cut down the oldest tree in the park. The police suspected Mike of doing it. → The police suspected Mike of having cut down the oldest tree in the park. 10. Since the farmers used too much chemical fertiliser on their farm, they now have to drink polluted water.

M

→ Having used too much chemical fertiliser on their farm, the farmers now have to drink polluted water.

KÈ

11. Denis had taken an active part in the Green Summer activities. He was rewarded for that. → Denis was rewarded for having taken an active part in the Green Summer activities. 12. After the students had learnt about the benefits of recycling and reusing, they started collecting waste paper, bottles, and cans to recycle and reuse.

DẠ

Y

→ Having learnt about the benefits of recycling and reusing, the students started collecting waste paper, bottles, and cans to recycle and reuse.

II. Rewrite the sentences, using perfect gerunds. 1. David did his homework and they went to bed. → After having done his homework, they went to bed.

204

ENGLISH 11 2. It is easy for anyone to learn how to cook.

L

→ Learning how to cook is easy for anyone. → People admired Tony for having rescued the kids from the fire. 4. He had dumped lots of rubbish onto the beach. He denied it. → He denied having dumped lots of rubbish onto the beach.

FI CI A

3. Tony had rescued the kids from the fire. People admired him for that.

5. After Ha had read some documents about Green Earth, she decided to join the organization.

→ Having read some documents about Green Earth, Ha decided to join the organization. 6. I have seen him before. I remember that.

OF

→ I remember having seen him before.

7. You had saved the lives of hundreds of wild animals. Thank you for that.

→ Thank you for having saved the lives of hundreds of wild animals.

8. They had hunted and killed many wild animals. Later they regretted what they had done.

ƠN

→ They regretted having hunted and killed many wild animals.

9. Since Mai had refused Nam's offer of a lift in his car, she had to walk home. → Having refused Nam’s offer of a lift in his car, Mai had to walk home.

NH

10. 'You've lied to us, the villagers said. The politician denied it. → The politician denied having lied to the villagers.

11. The factory had dumped tons of toxic waste into the river. It was heavily fined for that. → The factory was heavily fined for having dumped tons of toxic waste into the river.

QU Y

12. Thanh had forgotten to turn off the gas cooker before he left his house. He admitted that. → Thanh admitted having forgotten to turn off the gas cooker before leaving his house. III. Rewrite the following sentences using Perfect Participle. Ex:

We switched off the lights before we went to bed. → Having switched off the lights, we went to bed.

1. Zoe had practiced a lot, so she was sure of her winning in the competition.

M

Having practiced a lot, Zoe was sure of her winning in the competition. 2. The boy asked his mother's permission and then went out to play.

KÈ

Having asked his mother's permission, the boy went out to play. 3. As he had drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself. Having drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself. 4. We have done two tests today, so we are exhausted.

Y

Having done two tests today, we are exhausted.

DẠ

5. She filled the washing machine and switched it on. Filling the washing machine, she switched it on. 6. She had been to disco the night before and she overslept in the morning. Having been to disco the night before, she overslept in the morning. 205

ENGLISH 11 7. We had worked in the garden all day and were sunburned in the evening.

L

Having worked in the garden all day, we were sunburned in the evening.

FI CI A

8. She had not slept for two days and therefore she wasn't able to concentrate. Having not slept for two days, she wasn't able to concentrate. 9. Since I had not seen him for ages, I didn’t recognize him. Having not seen him for ages, I didn’t recognize him.

10. I had not ridden a horse for a long time and I found it very difficult to sit on the saddle. Having not ridden a horse for a long time and I found it very difficult to sit on the saddle. IV. Rewrite the following sentences using After or Before.

OF

1. I told him off. Then I realized I was wrong. → After having told him off, I realized I was wrong. 2. I worked very hard for the exam. Then I passed it.

ƠN

→ Before passing the exam, I had worked very hard for it. 3. First I considered what to study. Then I decided to major in Maths.

→ After having considered what to study, I decided to major in Maths. 4. She wrote a letter. Then she went to bed.

NH

→ After having written a letter, she went to bed. 5. He bought a radio. First he checked the price.

→ After having checked the price, he bought a radio. 6. They argued. Then they fought.

QU Y

→ After having argued, they fought.

7. She went out for a walk. Then she had a fatal accident. → Before having a fatal accident, she went out for a walk. 8. She decided to go away. First she faced the matter. → After having faced the matter, she decided to go away. 9. We read the book, then we wrote the assignment.

M

→ Before writing the assignment, we read the book. 10. She watched the film, then she wrote a report. TEST 2

KÈ

→ After having watched the film, she wrote a report. I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. serve

C. sure

D. sort

2. A. age

B. altogether

C. change

D. college

3. A. mercury

B. mermaid

C. merriment

D. servant

4. A. solar

B. cost

C. knowledge

D. impossible

5. A. appear

B. measure

C. nuclear

D. year

DẠ

Y

1. A. sale

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 206

ENGLISH 11 B. scientific

C. pagoda

D. computer

2. A. lotion

B. escape

C. prefer

D. review

3. A. commerce

B. consent

C. access

D. advent

4. A. mysterious

B. historical

C. heritage

D. particular

5. A. discriminate

B. accurate

C. transparent

D. benevolent

FI CI A

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

L

1. A. commitee

1. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees ____ and absorb CO in the air. A. capture

B. pasture

C. calculate

D. appear

2. A strong greenhouse effect will warm the ocean and partially melt glaciers, increasing ____. B. temperature

C. sea water

D. pollution

OF

A. sea level

3. The next dry season will be extremely severe ____ further saltwater intrusion, water and rain shortages, and heat waves. A. due to

B. thanks to

C. because

D. although

A. ecological

ƠN

4. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ____ balance. B. biology

C. geography

D. technology

5. Ocean water also will expand if it warm, ____ further to sea level rise. B. contributing

C. getting

NH

A. leading

D. making

6. Methane is a far more active ____ than carbon dioxide, but also one which is much less abundant in the atmosphere. A. climate change

B. emission

C. greenhouse gas

D. greenhouse effect

7. The government must take measures to cut ____ emissions. B. transportation

QU Y

A. vehicle

C. transfer

D. convert

8. The cleaning of land for agricultural, industry, and other human activities have increased ____ of greenhouse gases. A. lots

B. collections

C. concentration

D. attention

A. water level

M

9. The low ____ in the Mekong Delta leads to acute saline instruction much deeper than the traditional 30 to 40 km of mainland that is contaminated with saltwater. B. salt water

C. water currents

D. sea level

KÈ

10. Buying organic food is better for the environment because it uses less ____. A. fertilizer

B. fertilize

C. fertilizes

D. fertilized

11. Humans ____ atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration by a third since the Industrial Revolution began. A. had increased

B. were increasing

C. Increase

D. have increased

Y

12. All of the disasters resulted from ____ will continue to have a devastating effect on socio-economic development.

DẠ

A. ecological balance B. carbon footprint

C. floods

D. climate change

13. The simplest way to reduce your ____ footprint is to cycle to school. A. carbon

B. chemical

C. chemistry

D. dioxide

14. ____ the desalination plant, the company could offer an effective solution to the problem of water scarcity. 207

ENGLISH 11 A. Being built

B. Having been built C. To build

D. Having built

A. concern

B. disaster

FI CI A

L

15. Sea level rise is usually regarded as Vietnam's main ____: a one-meter rise would submerge 40 percent of the country and make millions homeless. C. hope

D. destruction

16. Replace all the light bulbs in your home with ____ bulbs. A. energy-saving

B. energy-save

C. energy-saves

D. energy-saved

17. The public praised the local farmers for ____ millions of trees of the surrounding hills. A. being planting

B. having planted

C. plant

D. being planted

A. emissions

B. releases

C. eruptions

OF

18. Leaving your DVD player on standby produces the same carbon ____ each year as the average person of Burundi. D. appearance

IV. Choose the correct word in the box to complete the sentences. greenhouse

illnesses

ecological

emissions

dioxide

balance

catastrophic

climate

energy

ƠN

capture

1. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary ______ greenhouse _________ gases that cause global warming.

NH

2. Deforestation is one of the biggest environmental threats to the ______ ecological ____ balance in the world. 3. There are many ways for us to reduce our carbon _______ dioxide ______ order to save our environment. 4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ______ catastrophic _______. 5. I believe that the only way for us to reduce global warming is to cut down on _____ energy ____ use.

QU Y

6. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees ______ capture ____ and absorb CO2 in the air. 7. As global temperature rise, there are more cases of heat-related _____ illnesses ______. 8. Motor vehicles running on petrol are responsible for a large amount of carbon dioxide _____ emissions ____. 9. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ecological _____ balance ___. change.

M

10. Although global warming is causing changes in weather patterns, it is only one aspect of ___ climate ____ V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. networks

overall

flooding

vulnerable

throughout

sensitive

increased

urbanization

KÈ

radiation systems

Y

Global warming and cooling have occurred naturally (1) ____ throughout ___ history. But in the last 200 years, humans' uses of fossil fuels and clear cutting of forests have (2) _____ increased ____ the amount of carbon dioxide and other gases in the atmosphere. These gases trap some of the (3) ____ radiation ____

DẠ

from the sun which then increases the Earth's temperature. Given the current state of environmental pollution caused by human activities, scientists believe the average temperature of the earth may increase 1-2 degrees Celsius which put simply, means some places will get much hotter and some much colder. At the same time,

208

ENGLISH 11

L

this (4) ____ overall _____ warming effect means more frequent and more intense weather systems, especially in terms of flooding and drought.

FI CI A

Vietnam is one of the most (5) ____ vulnerable ____ environments due to its location on the planet. It is already subject to some of the earth's most powerful weather systems and the increased frequency and intensity of storms will affect it often and directly, especially in coastal areas where most people live. Various estimates have been made as to the possible impacts. The most directly affected sector will be agriculture, which is very (6) ____ sensitive _____ to flooding and the effects of extreme weather.

OF

Vietnam has the advantage of coming relatively late into the industrialization, (7) ___ urbanization ___, and modernization process. This means it can avoid many of the mistakes made by wealthier industrial countries. For example, wireless communication (8) ____ networks ___ can be built from the start rather than installing lines that can be destroyed in extreme weather. Cities can be designed and located in less vulnerable locations. Climate-friendly building codes and standards can be created that are both more efficient and less prone to heat stress, wind damage, and (9) _____ flooding ____. Climate friendly transport (10) ____ systems ____, especially public transport, can be adopted.

ƠN

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

NH

Global warming is primarily a problem of too much carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, (1) ____ acts as a blanket, trapping heat and the planet. (2) ____, the average surface temperature has increases more than one degree Fahrenheit since the late 1800s. Most of that increase has occurred over the past three decades. We are overloading our atmosphere with carbon dioxide, which traps heat and steadily drives up the planet's temperature. Carbon dioxide comes from the fossil fuels we burn for energy, such as coal, natural gas, and oil, and the loss of forests due to (3) ____, especially in the tropics.

QU Y

Within the scientific community, there is no debate. (4) ____ scientists agree that global (5) ____ is happening and that human activity is the primary cause. Global warming is already having significant and costly effects- and these consequences will only intensify as the planet's temperature continues to rise. Global warming is accelerating the (6) ____ of sea level rise and dramatically increasing coastal flooding risk. Climate change has significant effects for our health, including increased air pollution and a longer and (7) ____ intense allergy season.

KÈ

M

We must significantly reduce the heat-trapping (8) ____ we are putting into the atmosphere. As individuals, we can help by taking action to reduce our carbon footprint. Tropical deforestation accounts for about 10 percent of the world's heat trapping emissions. Reducing tropical deforestation can significantly lower global warming emissions and plays an integral role in a long-term solution to global warming. Sometimes it is difficult to achieve meaningful (9) ____ to global warming because misinformation about the truth of global warming misleads and confuses the public and makes it more difficult to carry (10) ____ effective solutions. B. which

C. who

D. when

2. A. Global

B. Globaliness

C. Globally

D. Globe

3. A. deforestation

B. culture

C. relation

D. afforestation

4. A. Most of

B. Mostly

C. Most

D. Almost

5. A. wrapping

B. proving

C. offering

D. warming

DẠ

Y

1. A. that

209

B. rate

C. amount

D. part

7. A. more

B. few

C. less

D. little

8. A. inclusions

B. ceremony

C. emissions

D. creations

9. A. factor

B. stories

C. problems

D. solutions

10. A. out

B. in

C. on

D. away

FI CI A

6. A. number

L

ENGLISH 11

VII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.

One of the factors in global warming is carbon monoxide. The more carbon monoxide in the atmosphere, the less the atmosphere is able to clean itself. The result is a warming of the atmosphere, the socalled global warming, and possibly ozone damage.

OF

Earlier, it was found that carbon monoxide was concentrated in the Southern Hemisphere, and could be attributed to deforestation. Huge areas of forest and grasslands in South America and Africa have been burned, putting carbon monoxide into the atmosphere. Recently, however, the Southern Hemisphere has been found to be clean, while the Northern Hemisphere is more polluted than expected.

NH

ƠN

The latest research was done during the northern winter. The high levels in the Northern Hemisphere could be because of this. In winter carbon monoxide is destroyed more slowly. There are also more fires burned in winter, and possibly industrial processes work harder. It could also reflect the ever-increasing number of cars on the roads. Optimists hope that the reason why the North has overtaken the South as the major area of carbon monoxide is that at last the burning has stopped, or at least slowed down. 1. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A Global warming.

B. Carbon monoxide in the atmosphere.

C. The warming of the atmosphere.

D. Ozone damage.

A. Ozone damage. C. Traffic.

QU Y

2. Which of the following is NOT a reason for carbon dioxide?

B. Burning of forest. D. Industry.

3. According to the author which of the following is a reason why in winter there is more carbon-monoxide in the atmosphere? A. Fewer factories are working.

M

B. There is a decrease in the amount of traffic on the roads. C. Central heating means there are fewer fires nowadays.

KÈ

D. Carbon monoxide is not absorbed so fast. 4. Why are the optimists happy? A. People are buying more cars. B. There is more carbon dioxide in the North.

Y

C. They are possibly burning fewer forests in the Southern Hemisphere.

DẠ

D. Industry must be doing better.

5. What is the attitude of the author towards the new findings?

210

A. He is biased in favor of the South.

B. He is neutral.

C. He agrees with the optimists.

D. He is worried about the North.

ENGLISH 11 VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words in the brackets

L

1. Having been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers, they turned to bio - fertilisers. (Because)

FI CI A

Because the farmers had been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers, they turned to bio - fertilisers. 2. Having spent the whole day cleaning up my room, I needed to take a shower and have a rest. (Because) Because I had spent the whole day cleaning up my room, I needed to take a shower and have a rest. 3. Having finished all my homework, I watched my favourite film on TV. (After) After I had finished all my homework, I watched my favourite film on TV.

4. Having watched the documentary about wildlife, I made a donation to an environmental society. (After) After I had watched the documentary about wildlife, I made a donation to an environmental society.

OF

5. Having read the stories about people who reduced their carbon footprint, we started to change our daily consumption habits. (After) After we had read the stories about people who reduced their carbon footprint, we started to change our daily consumption habits.

ƠN

6. Having eaten my evening meal, I decided to go for a walk. (After) After I had eaten my evening meal, I decided to go for a walk.

NH

7. Having managed water resources irresponsibly, the authorities had to deal with water shortages in the region. (Since) Since the authorities had managed water resources irresponsibly, they had to Test3 Part I. PHONETICS

QU Y

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. gorilla

C. global

D. gases

2. A. pollution

B. poaching

C. physical

D. pesticide

3. A. warming

B. warn

C. walk

D. wasn't

4. A. floor

B. flood

C. moorland

D. door

5. A. increase

D. grease

M

1. A. genius

C. please

6. A. campaign

B. global

C. balance

D. carbon

7. A. natural

B. endangered

C. dangerous

D. habitat

B. tropical

C. discover

D. animal

9. A. pollution

B. continue

C. enormous

D. disappear

10. A. devastated

B. environment

C. diversity

D. ecology

B. release

KÈ

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

DẠ

Y

8. A. rainforest

Part II. VOCABULARY Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 211

ENGLISH 11 11. We need to cut down on the emission of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. B. retake

C. uptake

D. discharge

L

A. intake A. afforestation

B. reforestation

C. logging

D. lawn mowing

13. In the past, a lot of countries denied having contributed to global warming. A. agreed

B. refuted

C. approved

D. avoided

14. Most people admit that they contribute to global warming. A. be partly responsible for

B. disapprove

C. neglect

15. We must admit that people are heavily polluting the environment. B. rebut

C. deny

D. cause

D. accept

OF

A. decline

FI CI A

12. Land erosion is mainly caused by widespread deforestation.

16. In the polluted environment, infectious diseases can be passed easily from one person to another. A. fatal

B. safe

C. contagious

A. very good

ƠN

17. Global warming has severe impact on water supplies.

D. immune

B. very bad

C. normal

D. long-lasting

18. Global warming occurs when the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere trap the heat from the sun. A. catch

B. discharge

C. dispose

D. release

A. decline

B. stability

NH

19. Such unhygienic conditions encourage the spread of diseases. C. decrease

D. increase

20. Deforestation is one of the biggest environmental threats to the ecological balance in the world. A. sureties

B. certainties

C. dangers

D. safety

A. irreplaceable

QU Y

21. As fossil fuel resources are running out, it is important for the government to find some types of alternative energy. B. substitute

C. impossible

D. practical

22. Local people have cut down the forests to make way for farming. A. allow farming to take place

B. lose way in farming

C. have a way of farming

D. give way to farming

KÈ

A. carelessly

M

23. Because farmers had been informed about the bad effects of chemical fertilisers, they started using them sparingly on their farms. B. moderately

C. recklessly

D. irresponsibly

24. Global warming is one of the biggest issues facing humans nowadays. A. causes

B. factors

C. concerns

D. agreements

25. The biggest cause of global warming is carbon dioxide emissions from coal burning power plants.

Y

A. fauna

B. flora

C. trees

D. factories

DẠ

26. Global warming effects on people and nature are catastrophic. A. destructive

B. constructive

C. evaluative

D. creative

27. Coal burning releases a large amount of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. A. discourages

212

B. reduces

C. relaxes

D. discharges

ENGLISH 11

A. need

B. offer

C . reply

D. discovery

A. take up

B. take in

FI CI A

29. Forests absorb and capture carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.

L

28. The demand for cars is increasing rapidly in the modern world.

C. take over

D. take to

30. The process of forests absorbing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere has been disrupted by the current alarming rate of deforestation. A. discussed

B. discovered

C. disturbed

D. distributed

31. Flood and drought are two major causes of famine. A. family

B. obesity

C. hygiene

D. hunger

A. aid

B. advance

C. deter

33. It is important to maintain the biological diversity of the rainforests. A. similarity

B. identity

C. variety

OF

32. Water shortages are likely to delay economic growth and damage ecosystems.

D. defer

D. compatibility

A. reuse

ƠN

34. We may help if we cut down on energy use by using LED lightbulbs and unplug unused electronic devices. B. reduce

C. recycle

D. reproduce

A. preserve

B. reserve

NH

35. Reusing and recycling glass, plastic, paper and other products help to reduce waste and pollution, and conserve natural resources. C. converse

D. reverse

36. The thick layer of global warming gases keeps more heat from the sun, which leads to the increase in the earth temperature. B. releases

QU Y

A. catches

C. allows

D. loses

37. Global warming results in climate change and extreme weather patterns. A. results from

B. causes

C. originates

D. is due to

38. Our city is going to ban supermarkets from using plastic bags. A. reduce

B. encourage

C. prohibit

D. allow

A. damaged

M

39. Many species are threatened with extinction due to deforestation and loss of habitat. B. spoilt

C. treated

D. endangered

KÈ

40. It is important to raise money to help people who have to suffer consequences of global warming. A. collect

B. donate

C. sponsor

D. contribute

41. Everyone should remember to switch off the lights before going out. A. go off

B. turn off

C. take off

D. log off

Y

42. We may help to control global warming by reducing carbon footprints in our homes. A. putting up with

B. getting down to

C. cutting down on

D. going back to

DẠ

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 43. Cutting down on energy use is the best way to help reduce global warming. A. Shrinking

213

B. Declining

C. Decreasing

D. Increasing

ENGLISH 11 44. We should grow more trees so that they can absorb more carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. B. take in

C. consume

D . cut off

L

A. emit A. result in

B. result from

FI CI A

45. Releasing too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere can lead to global warming. C. cause

D. activate

46. Farmers turned to bio-fertilisers after they had been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers. A. trusted

B. disbelieved

C. counted on

D. depended on

47. The factory owner denied having said that he should take responsibility for the damage that his factory caused to the surrounding environment. A. refuted

B. rejected

C. opposed

D. accepted

A. exonerated

B. blamed

OF

48. Some scientists are accused of not having reported the effects of climate change. C. charged

D. complained

49. They were criticised for having acted irresponsibly towards the environment. A. blamed

B. commended

C. condemned

D. denounced

A. penalised

ƠN

50. The factory was fined for having dumped a huge amount of rubbish into the river. B. levied

C. compensated

Part III. GRAMMAR

D. punished

NH

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 51. With clear evidence, his company couldn't deny having dump a large quantity of toxins into the sea. A

B

C

D

QU Y

52. Humans now have to suffer the effects of global warming due to having treat the environment irresponsibly. A

B

C

D

53. Having denied the responsibility for the environmental it caused, the factory was forced to close down. A

B

C

D

A

M

54. Having been warn about the relationship between climate change and the spread of infectious diseases, B

C

KÈ

everyone should get vaccinated. D

55. These companies were accused on having released a large amount of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. A

B

C

D

Y

56. Having deciding on the topic of the presentation, he started finding relevant information for it.

DẠ

A

B

C

D

57. Having known about the harmful affects the company had on our neighbourhood, we decided to boycott its A

products. 214

B

C

D

ENGLISH 11

A

B

C

D

FI CI A

global warming.

L

58. Having signed an agreement to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, we were determined to help reduced

59. Having identified the most urgent environmental problems, they start working out all possible solutions. A

B

C

D

60. Having spent all their saving money, they started do some odd jobs to make ends meet. A

B

C

D

61. Having cutting down many trees in the area, now the people here have to suffer really hot summers. A

B

C

D

A

OF

62. Having decided to use public transport instead private transport, we were determined to reduce carbon B

C

footprints.

D

A

ƠN

63. Having cycled to work every day, I become more responsibly for the environmental issues. B

C

D

64. Having watched TV programmes about the farmers' careless use of chemical fertilisers on they crops, many B

NH

A

C

citizen dwellers decided to grow their own vegetables. D

65. Having suffered water shortage in the past, we are all very economic on using water. B

QU Y

A

C

D

66. Having change our attitude to nature, we started changing our behaviours as well. A

B

C

D

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 67. The president of the company officially apologised to the local residents ____ having dumped a large amount of raw sewage in the area. B. with

M

A. about

C. at

D. for

68. The factory was accused ____ having caused higher level of pollution to the environment.

KÈ

A. about

B. on

C. of

D. for

69. We all admire him ____ having changed both his attitude and behaviours towards the environmental issues. A. about

B. for

C. with

D. at

Y

70. Human activities are also blamed ____ having contributed to global warming.

DẠ

A. for

B. on

C. at

D. with

71. We congratulated him ____ having invented an energy-saving device. A. for

B. at

C. about

72. He was criticised ____ not having put the elephant poachers in jail.

215

D. on

ENGLISH 11 B. about

C. for

D. on

73. His company was punished ____ not having dumped the rubbish properly. B. for

C. about

D. because of

FI CI A

A. by

L

A. at

74. The city mayor praised all voluntary students ____ having cleaned the playgrounds for the children. A. for

B. because of

C. at

D. due to

75. He thanked us ____ having contributed to cleaning the surrounding environment. A. on

B. to

C. with

D. for

76. He was suspected ____ having received presents from the local companies and ignored their violations of the environmental law. B. on

C. of

D. for

77. Even when arrested, he denied ____ cut down that tree. A. has

B. having

C. have

OF

A. about

D. have had

78. Those farmers admitted ____ having used more chemical fertilisers than needed. B. about

C. for

D. to

ƠN

A. on

79. He forgot ____ promised to cut down on the carbon dioxide emissions into the atmosphere. A. to promise

B. have

C. having

D. had

A. switched

B. switch

NH

80. I remembered having ____ off the lights before leaving home. C. switching

D. switches

81. He regretted not ____ registered for military service last spring. A. have

B. having

C. having had

D. having done

QU Y

82. The local residents suspected the authorities ____ having kept the pollution level secret from the local people. A. about

B. on

C. of

D. for

83. He denied having polluted the environment, ____ no one believed him. A. however

B. despite

C. but

D. in spite of

84. Thank you for having ____ the information about global warming. B. sharing

M

A. shared

C. share

D. shares

85. He regretted ____ killed and eaten several rare species.

KÈ

A. to have

B. having

C. have

D. has

86. His company was fined ____ dumped tons of toxic waste near the residential area. A. to have

B. because of having

C. for having

D. of having

87. These students were rewarded ____ actively taken part in voluntary activities.

Y

A. with

B. before

C. on having

D. for having

DẠ

88. She was praised ____ donated a lot of money to the wildlife protection organisation. A. for having

B. to have

C. because of having

D. due to having

89. I remember ____ advised you to stop hunting endangered animals. A. to have

216

B. having

C. have

D. had

ENGLISH 11

A. about having

B. on having

C. for having

D. before having

FI CI A

Part IV. SPEAKING

L

90. The local authorities were blamed ____ ignored the pollution issues in the area.

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of global warming. 91. Nam: What are the main threats to the environment today? Lan: ____ A. Threats are possible dangers to the environment. C. Environmental pollution is a big issue for our planet D. We need a clean environment to live in. 92. Lan: How can ordinary people help protect the environment? Nam: ____

OF

B. Probably deforestation and global warming.

B. Environment really needs our help. C. We may use environmentally-friendly products.

ƠN

A. What can ordinary people do to help the environment?

NH

D. Both governments and individuals are to blame on. 93. Nam: Do you do anything to protect the environment? Lan: ____

A. I refuse to use plastic bags and try to recycle as much as possible.

QU Y

B. I use a lot of plastic bags and containers to save the environment. C. I'm not interested in the subject of environment. D. I don't want to change my lifestyle.

94. Lan: What solution to air pollution can you suggest? Nam: ____

A. Air pollution is really serious these days.

M

B. Smoke from factory chimneys pollutes the air. C. Air pollution causes acid rain.

KÈ

D. People should use public means of transport. 95. Nam: What is the biggest environmental problem facing our country? Lan: ____

A. Too much toxic sewage is dumped at sea.

Y

B. All countries face environmental problems.

DẠ

C. No one can help protect the environment. D. Our country is facing the biggest environmental problem.

96. Nam: Is global warming a problem in our country? Lan: ____

217

ENGLISH 11

B. Governments are closely working together to solve environmental problems. D. Probably. The temperatures are getting hotter year by year in the area. 97. Nam: What causes global warming? Lan: ____ A. Changes in weather patterns resulting from global warming. B. Too much carbon dioxide being trapped in the atmosphere. C. Catastrophic consequences of global warming.

OF

D. Common global warming consequences.

FI CI A

C. Global warming causes sea level to rise.

98. Nam: What are the consequences of global warming? Lan: ____

ƠN

A. Global warming causes many consequences. B. Consequences of global warming is catastrophic. C. Icebergs melt and low-lying areas are flooded. 99. Nam: Why is global warming a problem? Lan: ____

NH

D. More trees are being cut down.

A. People find it difficult to adapt to the changes in the weather patterns. B. Global warming can benefit people in certain areas.

QU Y

C. There's no need to worry about global warming. D. Global warming is a very interesting topic for presentation. 100. Nam: What are global warming gases? Lan: ____

A. Global warming gases are mainly man-made. B. Global warming gases are everywhere.

M

C. The amount of carbon dioxide is increasing. D. Carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and methane.

KÈ

101.Lan: What can government do to punish factories that violate environmental law? Nam: ____

A. So many of them are polluting the environment. B. Yes, I think a big fine would be relevant.

Y

C. They may force those factories to close down.

DẠ

D. There are no factories in this region.

102. Lan : Who has to suffer global warming effects the most? Nam: ____ A. What are global warming effects?

218

L

A. Global warming is getting more and more serious.

ENGLISH 11 B. Maybe poor people in low-lying areas.

L

C. All people suffer from global warming.

FI CI A

D. Only few people benefit from global warming. 103. Lan: How can we help to fight deforestation? Nam: ____ A. We may recycle paper and buy recycled paper products. B. We may cut down trees at an alarming rate. C. We should only cut branches of big trees. 104. Nam: What will happen if the low-lying areas are flooded? Lan: ____ A. Low-lying areas are often flooded.

ƠN

B. Flood happens when water level rises.

OF

D. We should set up animal ranches near forests.

C. Low-lying areas can never be flooded.

D. People in these regions will have to face a lot of problems. 105. Lan: What do you do to help the environment?

NH

Nam: ____

A. It is the responsibility of the government.

B. I try to recycle more and reduce carbon footprint. C. Everyone can protect the environment.

QU Y

D. Environment helps people live comfortably. Part V. READING

Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. ENVIRONMENTAL CRIME

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

We are probably all (106) ____ at some point in our lives of not caring for the environment as much as we should. Perhaps we drop litter without thinking, or cause (107) ____ by using our cars when it's not necessary. However, the real environmental (108) ____ are those big businesses which ignore the law. For many years now, (109) ____ have attempted to protect the environment by making businesses responsible for making sure that the chemical they use don't add to the (110) ____ of the environment. The problem for businesses is that the (111) ____ of the environment costs money, and businesses will always try to (112) ____ their costs if they can. Some of them do this by simply putting chemical into rivers when they have finished with them, leading to the (113) ____ of major problems. Although government (114) ____ may try to catch them doing it, it can be very difficult to get (115) ____ that a particular business is responsible for an environmental problem. It really depends (116) ____ not only the government but also businesses and individuals as well. All people need to contribute to (117) ____ the environment.

106. A. guilty 219

B. proud

C. sorry

D. tired

B. pollution

C. . accidents

D. trouble

108. A. agents

B. crimes

C. criminals

D. doers

109. A. politicians

B. politics

C. parties

D. residents

110. A. induction

B. construction

C. instruction

D. destruction

111. A. production

B. protection

C. destruction

D. deforestation

112. A. stabilise

B. raise

C. lower

D. save

113. A. creation

B. creativity

C. creator

D. creature

114. A. suspicion

B. suspect

C. inspection

D. inspectors

115. A. improvement

B. proof

C. waterproof

D. prove

116. A. over

B. at

C. on

D. in

117. A. protecting

B. protect

C. protected

OF

FI CI A

107. A. damage

L

ENGLISH 11

D. protection

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

NH

ƠN

The costs and benefits of global warming will vary greatly from area to area. For moderate climate change, the balance can be difficult to assess. But the larger the change in climate, the more negative the consequences will become. Global warming will probably make life harder, not easier, for most people This is mainly because we have already built enormous infrastructure based on the climate we now have. People in some temperate zones may benefit from milder winters, more abundant rainfall, and expanding crop production zones. But people in other areas will suffer from increased heat waves, coastal erosion, rising sea le more erratic rainfall, and droughts.

QU Y

The crops, natural vegetation, and domesticated and wild animals (including seafood) that sustain people in a given area may be unable to adapt to local or regional changes in climate. The ranges of diseases and insect pests that are limited by temperature may expand, if other environmental conditions are also favourable.

M

In its summary report on the impacts of climate change, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change stated, "Taken as a whole, the range of published evidence indicates that the net damage costs of climate change are likely to be significant and to increase over time.” 118. What is the main idea of the passage?

KÈ

A. Environment pollution is real. C. Solutions to global warming.

B. Reasons why low-lying areas are flooded. D. Reasons why global warming is a problem.

119. Which of the following is TRUE as the result of global warming? B. All people benefit from global warming.

C. Life is more difficult for the majority of people.

D. Life is easier for most people.

Y

A. All people suffer from global warming. 120. In paragraph 1, the word “this” refers to ____.

B. easier life as a result of global warming

C. climate change on global scale

D. flood in low-lying areas

DẠ

A. harder life as a result of global warming

121. In paragraph 2, the word “erratic” is closest in meaning to ____. 220

ENGLISH 11 B. unpredictable

C. changeable

D. unchangeable

122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of global warming EXCEPT ____.

D. stable rainfall

FI CI A

A. higher temperature B. coastal erosion C. increasing sea level

L

A. predictable

123. What may happen to diseases and insect pests as a result of global warming? A. They will become extinct.

B. They will increase in number.

C. They will not harm our planet.

D. They will be under good control.

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

ƠN

OF

The Amazon rainforest is home to more than a third of all the world's species of plants, birds and animals. Twenty per cent of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest. Scientists have discovered thousands of types of plants and animals that can only be found there. There are thousands - probably millions more that we haven't discovered yet. There are at least 2.5 million species of insects there. Imagine what would happen if they all lost their home? It couldn't happen, could it? Unfortunately, it's happening right now. Yet, the rainforest is big. But it's getting smaller. The problem is that people are cutting down the trees, mainly to make room for cows. These provide meat and make money for their owners. This process of cutting down trees is called ‘deforestation'.

QU Y

NH

The good news is that it is slowing down. In 2004, for example, more than 27,000 square kilometres were cut down. That's an area bigger than Wales. In 2006, because of all the campaigns to save rainforest, it dropped to just over 13,000 square kilometres. The bad news is that it's not enough. Scientists predict that by 2030, the rainforest will have become smaller by 40%. It's possible that by the end of the 21st century, the rainforest will have completely disappeared. With deforestation, thousands of the animals, birds, fish and plants that live in the Amazon rainforest lose their home, their natural habitat. Some of them move to other areas, but most of them die. Many species have already become extinct, and many more will if deforestation continues. That will change the balance of life in the rainforest and could cause enormous problems to the region's ecosystem.

M

There's another problem too. Trees and plants are a vital source of oxygen. If we cut them down, we lose that oxygen. But it's worse than just that. With deforestation, the trees and plants are burnt. This sends gases into the Earth's atmosphere, which stops some of the Earth's heat escaping. That then leads to the temperature here on the ground going up. This increase in the world's temperature is called 'global warming', and most scientists believe it's a very serious issue. If they stopped deforestation, it might help prevent global warming.

KÈ

124. Which title best summarises the main idea of the passage? A. Chances for owners of cow ranches Habitat destruction

B. Threats to Amazon rainforest C. Global warming effects D.

Y

125. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?

DẠ

A. A fifth of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest. B. 20% of all the animals in the world live in the rainforest.

C. Nearly two million species of insects are found in the Amazon rainforest.D. Nearly half of the world's species of plants grow there. 126. In paragraph 1, the word "room” is closest in meaning to ____.

221

ENGLISH 11 A. chamber

B. flat

C. area

D. studio

C. rainforest

D. deforestation

B. process

FI CI A

A. room

L

127. In paragraph 2, the word "it” refers to ____. 128. According the passage, which of the following is TRUE about Amazon rainforest? A. It has become smaller by 40%.

B. The deforestation is decreasing.

C. 25% of animal species are extinct now.

D. The deforestation is under control.

129. In paragraph 2, the word “enormous” is closest in meaning to ____. A. serious

B. important

C. common

D. insignificant

130. What might help to restrain global warming?

B. stabilising deforestationC. ceasing cutting down trees

OF

A. increasing deforestation trees for farming Part VI. WRITING

D.

clearing

more

ƠN

Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. Having seen people suffer global warming consequences, we decided to reduce carbon footprints. A. We decided to reduce carbon footprints before seeing people suffer global warming consequences.

NH

B. We saw people suffer global warming consequences after we decided to reduce carbon footprints. C. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints after we saw people suffer global warming consequences. D. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints before we saw people suffer global warming consequences.

QU Y

132. Climate change leads to numerous catastrophic consequences. A. Numerous catastrophic consequences result in climate change. B. Numerous catastrophic consequences result from climate change. C. Climate change results from numerous catastrophic consequences. D. Numerous catastrophic consequences cause climate change.

M

133. The increase in earth's temperature can cause heat-related illnesses. A. Heat-related illnesses result from the increase in earth's temperature.

KÈ

B. Heat-related illnesses result in the increase in earth's temperature. C. Heat-related illnesses lead to the increase in earth's temperature. D. Heat-related illnesses trigger the increase in earth's temperature. 134. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary greenhouse gases that cause global warming.

Y

A. Carbon dioxide is the only greenhouse gas that causes global warming. B. Global warming results in greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide.

DẠ

C. One of the main greenhouse gases that lead to global warming is carbon dioxide. D. Global warming causes greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide.

135. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming. 222

ENGLISH 11

L

A. Global warming can't be controlled by planting trees. B. Planting trees is the only way to control global warming.

FI CI A

C. Planting trees can accelerate global warming.D. Planting trees can help reduce global warming.

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. He said that he would take responsibility for his company's damage to the area. But then he denied that. A. Having denied his company's damage, he took responsibility for it. B. He denied having damaged to his company's area.

C. He denied having taken responsibility for the damage to his company's area.

OF

D. He denied having said that he would take responsibility for his company's damage to the area. 137. He donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns. He was admired for that. A. Unless he donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he was admired. B. He was admired for having donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns.

ƠN

C. If he had donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he would have been admired. D. If he donates a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he will be admired.

NH

138. They decided to cut down their carbon footprints. They were praised for that. A. They were praised for having decided to decrease their carbon footprints. B. They were not punished for having decided to decrease their carbon footprints. C. Unless they decided to cut down their carbon footprints, they were praised for that. D. If they decided to cut down their carbon footprints, they would be praised for that.

QU Y

139. We have advised you on how to cut down your energy use. We remember that. A. We can no longer remember having advised you on how to decrease your energy use. B. We remember having advised you on how to maintain your energy use. C. We remember having advised you on how to decrease your energy use. D. We remember to have advised you on how to decrease your energy use.

M

140. Some scientists have distorted the effects of climate change. They were accused of that. A. Some scientists were accused of having falsify the effects of climate change.

KÈ

B. Some scientists were accused of having been honest about the effects of climate change. C. Although some scientists have distorted the effects of climate change, they were not accused. D. Some scientists were accused of having falsified the effects of climate change.

DẠ

Y

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. UNIT 7. FURTHER EDUCATION

I.VOCABULARY 1. abroad /əˈbrɔːd/ (adv):ở nước ngoài 223

Giáo dục nghề

ENGLISH 11 2. academic /ˌækəˈdemɪk/ (adj):thuộc vể hoặc liên quan đến giáo dục, việc học tập, mang tính học thuật

L

3. accommodation /əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃn/(n): phòng ở

FI CI A

4. achieve /əˈtʃiːv/ (v):đạt được 5. admission /ədˈmɪʃn/(n): sự vào hoặc được nhận vào một trường học 6. analytical /ˌænəˈlɪtɪkl/(adj):(thuộc) phân tích 7. baccalaureate /ˌbækəˈlɔːriət/(n):kì thi tú tài 8. bachelor /ˈbætʃələ(r)/(n):người có bằng cử nhân 9. broaden /ˈbrɔːdn/ (n):mở rộng, nới rộng 11. collaboration/kəˌlæbəˈreɪʃn/ (n): cộng tác 12. college /ˈkɒlɪdʒ/ (n): trường cao đẳng hoặc trường chuyên nghiệp 13. consult /kənˈsʌlt/(v): hỏi ý kiến, tra cứu, tham khảo 15. course /kɔːs/ (n): khoá học, chương trình học 16. critical /ˈkrɪtɪkl/(adj):thuộc bình phẩm, phê bình

ƠN

14. coordinator /kəʊˈɔːdɪneɪtə(r)/ (n):người điều phối, điều phối viên

OF

10. campus /ˈkæmpəs/ (n): khu trường sở, sân bâi (của các trường trung học, đại học)

NH

17. CV/ˌsiːˈviː/ (n): viết tắt của curriculum vitae, bản tóm tắt quá trình hoạt động của một người (thường nộp theo đơn xin việc); bản lí lịch 18. dean /diːn/(n):chủ nhiệm khoa (một trường đại học) 19. degree /dɪˈɡriː/ (n):học vị, bằng cấp

20. diploma /dɪˈpləʊmə/(n) : bằng cấp, văn bằng

QU Y

21. doctorate /ˈdɒktərət/(n):học vị tiến sĩ

22. eligible /ˈelɪdʒəbl/(adj):đủ tư cách, thích hợp 23. enrol /ɪnˈrəʊl/ (v):ghi danh

24. enter /ˈentə(r)/ (v):gia nhập, theo học một trường 25. faculty /ˈfæklti/(n):khoa (của một trường đại học) 26. institution /ˌɪnstɪˈtjuːʃn/ (n):viện, trường đại học

M

27. internship /ˈɪntɜːnʃɪp/ (n):giai đoạn thực tập 28. kindergarten /ˈkɪndəɡɑːtn/ (n): trường mẫu giáo ( cho trẻ 4 - 6 tuổi)

KÈ

29. major /ˈmeɪdʒə(r)/ (n): môn học chính của sinh viên, chuyên ngành 30. mandatory /ˈmændətəri/ (a):có tính bắt buộc 31. Master/ˈmɑːstə(r)/ (n): thạc sĩ 32. passion /ˈpæʃn/(n):sự say mê, niềm say mê

Y

33. potential /pəˈtenʃl/(n): khả năng, tiềm lực

DẠ

34. profession /prəˈfeʃn/ (n):nghề, nghề nghiệp 35. pursue /pəˈsjuː/(v):đeođuổi

36. qualification /ˌkwɒlɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/(n): văn bằng, học vị, chứng chỉ 37. scholarship /ˈskɒləʃɪp/(n):học bổng

224

ENGLISH 11 38. skill /skɪl/(n):kĩ năng

L

39. talent /ˈtælənt/ (n): tài năng, năng lực, nhân tài

FI CI A

40. training /ˈtreɪnɪŋ/ (n): rèn luyện, đào tạo 41. transcript /ˈtrænskrɪpt/(n):học bạ, phiếu điểm 42. tuition /tjuˈɪʃn/(n): tiền học, học phí 43. tutor/ˈtjuːtə(r)/ (n):thầy giáodạy kèm

44. undergraduate /ˌʌndəˈɡrædʒuət/(n): sinh viên đang học đại học hoặc cao đẳng, chưa tốt nghiệp 45. university /ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːsəti/ (n): trường đại học

46. vocational /vəʊˈkeɪʃənl/ (adj): thuộc vể hoặc liên quan đến học nghề, hướng nghiệp

OF

GRAMMAR

Affirmative (Khẳng định)

ƠN

A. GRAMMAR I. THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS (HIỆN TẠI HOÀN THÀNH TIẾP DIỄN) 1. Cấu trúc (Form) Negative (Phủ định)

Interrogative (Nghi van)

S + have/ has + not + been + Ving

Have/ Has + S + been + v-ing...?

She has been waiting here for 30 minutes.

She hasn't been waiting here for 30 minutes.

Has she been waiting here for 30 minutes?

NH

S + have/ has + been + V-ing

QU Y

2. Cách dùng (use) Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn được dùng để diễn tả: - Hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài liên tục đến hiện tại, vẫn đang tiếp tục ở hiện tại. Cách dùng này thường đi kèm với giới từ "since" và "for" E.g: They have been waiting here for over two hours. (They are still waiting here now.) I have been reading for 3 hours. (I am still reading now.) How long have you been learning English? (You are still learning now.)

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

- Hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, vừa mới kết thúc gần đây.

225

ENGLISH 11 E.g: Why is the grass wet? Has it been raining?

L

I'm tired because I've been running.

FI CI A

3. Signal Words Một số cụm từ thường đi kèm trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn như: all day, for 4 years, since 1993, how long, the whole week, ... 4. Sự khác biệt giữa hiện tại hoàn thành và hiên tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn - Thì hiện tại hoàn thành chú ý đến kết quả của hành động.Trong khi đó, thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh đến hành động mà có thể chưa kết thúc.

OF

E.g: I've been decorating the house this morning. (nhấn mạnh vào hành động -decorating- hành động chưa kết thúc) I've painted the living room blue. (nhấn mạnh vào kết quả của hành động. Bây giờ chúng ta có thể nhìn thấy được kết quả)

ƠN

- Thì hiện tại hoàn thành nói đến hành động hoàn thành được bao nhiêu (how many/ how much); còn thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn nói đến hành động xảy ra được bao lâu (how long) E.g: She's been writing letters for 3 hours. She's written 5 letters.

E.g: I've worked here for ten years.

NH

- Thì hiện tại hoàn thành nói đến hành động mang tính chất lâu dài, còn thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn chỉ hành động mang tính tạm thời.

QU Y

I usually work in Hanoi but I've been working in Ho Chi Minh City for the last 3 weeks. Lưu ý: Trong một số trường hợp, ta có thể chia động từ ở cả thì hiện tại hoàn thành và hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn tùy thuộc vào ngữ cảnh. ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG Cơ BẢN Bài 1: Put the verbs into the correct form (present perfect continuous).

Y

KÈ

M

1. He (work) in this company since 1995. 2. I (wait) for you since two o'clock. 3. Mary (live) in Germany since 1990. 4. Why is he so tired? He (play) tennis for five hours. 5. How long (you, learn) English? 6. We (look for) the motorway for more than an hour. 7. I (live) without electricity for two weeks. 8. The film (not run) for ten minutes yet, but there's a commercial break already. 9. How long (she, work) in the garden? 10. She (not / be) in the garden for more than an hour.

DẠ

Bài 2: Make sentences using the present perfect continuous. 1. (I / not/work today)  2. (you / not / eat well recently)

226

Y

DẠ M

KÈ QU Y ƠN

NH

FI CI A

OF

L

ENGLISH 11 

227

FI CI A OF

B. have you been waiting D. do you wait

3. He A. is working

QU Y

NH

Bài 3: Choose the best answer. 1. How long for? A. are you waiting C. have you waited 2. We in this street for twenty years. A. are living C. live

ƠN

3. (we/not/exercise enough)  4. (she / not / study)  5. (they/ not/ live here for a long time)  6. (it / not / snow)  7. (he / not / play football for five years)  8. we / not / drink enough water - that's why we feel tired)  9. (I/ not/ sleep - I was reading)  10. (they / not / watch TV much recently) 

L

ENGLISH 11

in the garden since morning.

C. worked 4. It A. is raining

B. have been living D. lived B. work D. has been working

heavily yesterday.

D. has been raining

M

C. rained

B. has rained

KÈ

5. I this laptop for three vears. A. am using B. use C. have been using 6. The workers higher wages for a long time. A. has been demanding B. have been demanding C. demand D. demanded her lessons for 2 hours. B. have been learning D. is learning

DẠ

Y

7. The girl A. has been learning C. had been learning 8. The children A. has been playing

228

in the garden now. B. have been playing

D. used

ENGLISH 11

B. have been running D. was running B. has been sleeping D. was sleeping

L

D. are playing

FI CI A

C. had been playing 9. "You look tired". "Yes, I " A. am running C. has been running 10. Who in my bed since 7 o'clock? A. is sleeping C. have been sleeping

ƠN

OF

Bài 4: Choose the best answer. 1. I've (been writing/ written) to the bank twice, but I haven't had a reply. 2. We've (painted/ been painting) the bedroom. We've nearly finished. 3. They've (been knowing/ known) each other for ten years. 4. Have you (been seeing/ seen) the new James Bond film yet? 5. I've (been trying/ tried) to call you all morning! 6. How long have you (been waiting/ waited) for the bus? 7. We've (been having/ had) a dog for ten years. 8. I haven't (been working/ worked) hard recently.

NH

Bài 5: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect continuous.

M

QU Y

1. How long Jerry? (you/to know) 2. You look dirty. What all day? (you/to do) 3. How many times New York? (Michael/to visit) 4. She French words for hours, but she still doesn't remember all of them, (to learn) 5. The children videos for two hours, (to watch) 6. hard today? (he/to study) 7. My father . (never/to smoke) 8. Sorry, I'm late. for long? (you/to wait) 9. We Lisa recently, (not/to see) 10. He his essay all day, but he yet. (to write) (not/to finish)

KÈ

Bài 6: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Continuous or the Present Perfect continuous.

DẠ

Y

1. It (rain) all week. I hope it stops by Friday because I want to go to the beach. 2. You look really great! (You, exercise) at the fitness center? 3. Mark, where have you been? We (wait) for you since 1 p.m. 4. Tim: What is that sound? Daisy: A car alarm (ring) somewhere down the street. It(drive) me crazy - I wish it would stop! it (ring) for more than twenty minutes.

229

ENGLISH 11

6.

FI CI A

L

5. Johnson's English (improve, really) , isn't it? He (watch) American television programs every day since he first arrived in San Diego. Soon he will be totally fluent. Dave: You look a little tired. (You, get)

Michelle: Yes, I (sleep)

enough sleep lately?

relatively well. I just look tired because I (feel)

a little sick for the last week. Dave: I hope you feel better soon.

some medicine, so I should feel better in a couple of

OF

Michelle: Thanks. I (take, currently; days.

Bài 7: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect continuous.

NH

ƠN

1. Julia: How long (you, be) ;n Canada? Clare: I (study) here for more than three years. 2. I (have) the same car for mere than ten years. I'm thinking about buying a new one. 3. I (love) chocolate since I was a child. You might even call me a "chocoholic." 4. Mark and Sarah (have) some difficulties in their relationship lately, so they (go) to a marriage counselor. I hope they work everything out. 5. John (work) for the government since he graduated from Harvard University. Until recently, he (enjoy) his work, but now he is talking about retiring. 6. Lately, I (think) about changing my career because I (become) dissatisfied with the conditions at my company

QU Y

7. I (see) Julia for more than five years and during that time I (see) changes in her personality. ■ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 8: Choose the correct form (Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect continuous).

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

1. We want to tell how we have spent our time: A. We have played football. B. We have been playing football. 2. The action is completed now: A. Charles has sent the letter. B. Charles has been sending the letter. 3. I want to tell how I have spent my time: A. I have watched TV. B. I have been watching TV. 4. I want to emphasise that the door is open now: A. Elizabeth has opened the door. B. Elizabeth has been opening the door. 5. I want to emphasise that the house is ready now: A. My friends have built a house.

230

many

ENGLISH 11 B. My friends have been building a house.

OF

1. I (play) football for five years. 2. My team (win / only) two matches so far. 3. The others (be I always) _better. 4. Are we not there yet? We (walk) for hours. 5. But we (cover / only) an area of five miles so far. 6. I (finish/just) my homework. 7. I (work) on this essay since two o'clock. 8. Jane (go out) with Bob for seven years. 9. Peter (date) three girls this week. 10. How long (wait / you) for us?

FI CI A

L

Bài 9: Put the verbs into the correct form, using either the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect continuous.

ƠN

Bài 10: Put the verbs into the correct tense (Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous). 1. A: (you / take) the dog for a walk yet? 2. B: I (work) all day. I (come / just) home from work and I (have I not)

the time yet to walk the dog.

NH

3. A: How long (the dog / be) home alone? 4. B: For about 6 hours. You (walk I not) the dog for a long time. Don't you want to go? 5. A: Well, I (laze / not) about all day either, you know. I have a very important meeting tomorrow and I still (finish / not) my report.

QU Y

6. B: Okay, I will go then. Where (you / put) 7. A: They are in the kitchen. By the way, (you I eat) something from the market?

collar and leash? anything yet? If not, could you get us

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

Bài 11: Put these words into the correct order to make sentences with present perfect continuous. 1. morning / cleaning I these / been I dirty /. / all / I've I floors  2. three I office / for / has / Sarah / this /. / in / been / weeks I working  3. to I been / how / bus / long I this / ?/ waiting / we / come / have I for  4. been / hour./ we've /1 / understand I don't / and I document I reading / for / this I anything /an  5. I very / long I haven't / they / for / French / been / learning  6. weeks / been / with / sister / few /. / his / a / Martin / living I for I has  7. five I you / ? / have I been / doing / these I years / last / what  8. these / cleaning / all / you / do / been / ? / I've / know / glasses / why 231

ENGLISH 11

Bài 3: 5. C

1. B

QU Y

NH

ƠN

KEY UNIT 7: FURTHER EDUCATION Bài 2: 1. I haven't been working today. 2. You haven't been eating well recently. 3. We haven't been exercising enough. 4. She hasn't been studying. 5. They haven't been living here for a long time. 6. It hasn't been snowing. 7. He hasn't been playing football for five years. 8. We haven't been drinking enough water - that's why we feel tired. 9. I haven't been sleeping -I was reading. 10. They haven't been watching TV much recently.

OF

FI CI A

Bài 12: Put the verbs into either the Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous. 1. I'm really tired. I since seven this morning, (work) 2. Peter at six schools in six years. He never stays in the same job. (teach) 3. Mr Hung since she left university in 2000. (teach) 4. Hoa English for nearly two years, (study) 5. This week he ten new verbs, (learn) 6. I over 40 resumes but I still can't decide who to give the job to. (read) 7. She can't still be thirsty! She three glasses of lemonade, (drink) 8. How long professional baseball? (play) 9. How many games ? (play)

L

8. D

6. B

9. B

3. D

7. A

10. B

Y

Bài 4:

KÈ

4. C

M

2. B

DẠ

1. written

8. been trying

2. been painting

9. been waiting

3. known

10. had

4. seen

11. been working

232

Bài 5: 1. have you known 2. have you been doing 3. has Michael visited 4. has been learning 5. have been watching

FI CI A

6. Has he been studying 7. has never smoked 8. Have you been waiting 9. haven't seen 10. has been writing / hasn't finished

5. has been working - has enjoyed 6. have been thinking - have become 7. have been seeing - have seen

QU Y

NH

Bài 7: 1. have you been - have been studying 2. have had 3. have loved 4. have been having - have been going

ƠN

OF

Bài 6: 1. has been raining 2. Have you been exercising 3. have been waiting 4. is ringing - is driving - has been ringing 5. is really improving - has been watching 6. Have you been getting - have been sleeping - have been feeling - am currently taking

Bài 8: 1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A

M

Bài 9:

KÈ

1. have been playing 2. has only won 3. have always been 4. have been walking 5. have only covered

6. have just finished 7. have been working 8. has been going out 9. has dated 10. have you been waiting

DẠ

Y

Bài 10: 1. Have you taken 2. have been working - have just come - have not had

233

L

ENGLISH 11

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

3. has the dog been 4. have not walked 5. have not been lazing - have not finished 6. have you put 7. have you eaten

ƠN

OF

Bài 11: 1. I've been cleaning these dirty floors all morning. 2. Sarah has been working in this office for three weeks. 3. How long have we been waiting for this bus to come? 4. We've been reading this document for an hour and don't understand anything! 5. They haven't been learning French for very long. 6. Martin has been living with his sister for a few weeks. 7. What have you been doing these last five years? 8. Do you know why I've been cleaning all these glasses? Bài 12: 1. have been working 2. has taught 3. has been teaching 4. has been studying 5. has learned/has learnt

NH

QU Y

TEST1

6. have read 7. has drunk 8. have you been playing 9. have you played

A. PHONETICS 1. A. ago

B. across

C. about

D. adult

2. A. language

B. article

C. partly

D. hardly

3. A. but

M

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

B. cut

C. sun

D. put

B. plane

C. plan

D. state

B. medium

C. inventor

D. president

5. A. lecture

KÈ

4. A. lake

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. B. politician

C. situation

D. production

2. A. image

B. purchase

C. mislead

D. deadline

3. A. extinction

B. endangered

C. business

D. intention

4. A. cattle

B. country

C. canal

D. cover

5. A. copy

B. remove

C. notice

D. cancel

DẠ

Y

1. A. definition

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR 234

ENGLISH 11 I. Put the verbs in the present perfect or the present perfect continuous tense.

L

1. I (try) ___have been trying___ to learn French for years, but I (not succeed) ___haven’t succeeded__ yet.

FI CI A

2. She (read) ___has been reading___ all the works of Dickens. How many (you read) ___have you read___? 3. I (wait) ___have been waiting___ here nearly half an hour for my girlfriend; do you think she (forget) ___has forgot____ to come? 4. Mary (rest) ___has rested__ in the garden all day because she (be) _____was____ ill.

5. Although John (study) ____has been studying___ at the University for 5 years, he (not get) __hasn’t got___ his degree yet.

OF

6. Jack (go) ____has gone___ to Switzerland for a holiday. He (never, be) ___has never been____ there.

7. We (live) ____have lived__ here for the last six months, and (just, decide) __have just decided___ to move. 8. That book (lie) ____has been lying____ on the table for weeks. You (not read) ___haven’t you read___

ƠN

it yet?

9. He (not be) ____hasn’t been____ here since Christmas; I wonder where he (live) ___has lived___ since then.

NH

10. He (lose) ____has lost____ his books. He (look) ___has been looking___ for them all afternoon, but they (not turn up) ___haven’t turned up___ yet. 11. She (work) ___has been working___ so hard this week that she (not have) ____hasn’t had___ time to go to the cinema. 12. Your hair is wet. (You swim) ___Have you swum____ for a long time?

QU Y

13. Bill is still a bad driver although he (drive) ____has been driving____ cars for six years. 14. You look very tired. (You work) ____Have you worked___ very hard ? 15. The phone (ring) ___has been ringing__ for 2 minutes, but I (not answer) ___haven’t answered__ it yet. II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. 1. Academic courses should teach practical skills ______in_______ addition to critical thinking.

M

2. When a student enters a college or university, he/she has to choose a main subject ______of_____ study, which is called major. 3. Specialized vocational courses such _______as______ design and cooking are very popular.

KÈ

4. Students _______with________ bachelor's degrees can pursue postgraduate education to get master's or doctoral degrees. 5. It's difficult ________to_______ find a place to park in the city centre. 6. Although Kevin did not have any academic qualifications, he had a lot _____of______ practical experience.

Y

7. We have just attended a seminar _______on____ further education.

DẠ

8. Students can choose to pursue further education which is generally divided ______into_____ higher education and vocational education and training. 9. I started the course two weeks ago, but I have already passed most _______of______ the tests.

10. The academic year has just started and I have been living _______in_____ the halls of residence so far.

235

ENGLISH 11

1. Prof. Wilson has given / has been giving the same seminar to students for the last 12 years.

L

III. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.

FI CI A

2. She has never understood / has never been understanding why so many young people want to study abroad. 3. Nam has studied / has been studying English for two years. 4. He has attended / has been attending online vocational courses twice.

5. Have you applied / Have you applying for the scholarship to study in Singapore?

6. We have waited / have been waiting for the university's reply about entry requirements for the whole week. We hope to receive it soon.

OF

7. The British Council has used / has been using IELTS as an international standardised test of English for non-native English language speakers for a long time. 8. The university has built / has been building a new campus since May.

9. We have read / have been reading three books on vocational training to complete this project.

ƠN

10. They have read / have been reading a report on a further education since last Monday. I will finish it this Sunday. 11. Mary has stayed / has been staying at a homestay for three weeks during her undergraduate programme. 12. I have applied / have been applying for a vocational scholarship three times.

NH

IV. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. Can you explain what types of _____funding___ are available for international students? (FUND) 2. Are _____international_____ students allowed to work part-time? (NATIONAL)

QU Y

3. I'd like to consult you about the ______cultural_____ differences (that) I should be aware of. (CULTURE) 4. What _____worries______ me most is the high cost of living in London as an international student. (WORRY) 5. One of the reasons for Vietnamese students' studying abroad is the quality of the _____academic_____ programmes in higher education. (ACADEMY)

M

6. Most of these students are interested in pursuing ______undergraduate_______ studies for bachelor's degrees. (GRADUATE)

KÈ

7. Some students decide to study in the United States or the United Kingdom to improve their language _____skills______, which can help them to get a better job. SKILLFUL 8. Some universities in the United States offer different ____scholarships___ to international students to help to cover tuition fees and living costs. (SCHOOL)

Y

9. The higher education _____qualifications_____ gained at UK universities and colleges are recognised worldwide. (QUALIFY) 10. Universities must better prepare students for their _____professional_____ careers. (PROFESSION)

DẠ

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. We ____ him since he ____ married. A. didn't see/got

236

B. haven't seen/got

C. don't/get

D. hadn't seen/got

ENGLISH 11

A. not received

B. didn't receive

C. haven't received

D. hadn't received

A. is/was

B. has been/is

FI CI A

3. Today is Thursday and she ____ late twice this week. She ____ late yesterday and on Monday. C. has been/was

D. has been/had been

C. haven't decided

D. hadn't decided

4. We ____ what to do with the money yet. A. not decide

B. didn't decide

5. My father ____ as a teacher for almost thirty years. A. works

B. is working

C. worked

D. has been working

6. He ____ to New York at least three times this year. C. has been going

7. They ____ to know each other for more than ten years. A. get

B. got

C. have got

B. washed

C. has washed

A. was washing 9. I ____ you for ages.

A. haven't been meeting

D. had got

ƠN

8. She ____ dishes already.

D. is going

OF

A. had been going B. was going

B. didn't meet

L

2. I ____ the money yet.

D. has been washing

C. wasn't meeting

D. haven't met

NH

10. Tom is still watching television. He ____ television all day. A. has been watching

B. was watching

C. has watched

D. watched

11. A Bachelor's degree is a three-year or four-year course you take in undergraduate higher education after you ____ further education. B. had been finishing

QU Y

A. has finished

C. have finished

D. have been finishing

12. At most institutions in the UK, the ____ starts in September or October and runs until June or July. A. leap year

B. gap year

C. new year

D. academic year

13. That university ____ the Advanced Programme with the aim to enrol around 500 international students for a decade. B. will be implementing C. have implemented

D.

M

A. has been implementing will implement

KÈ

14. Further and higher education colleges offer courses and qualification wide range of vocational and academic subjects at many ____. A. levels

B. positions

C. standards

D. qualities

15. Depending on your nationality, you may be ____ for a loan or financial support from the UK government. A. keen

B. eligible

C. legal

D. capable

Y

16. The UK offers a wide range of work-based ____ for students seeking to build careers in specific industries. A. exercising

B. practicing

C. learning

D. training

DẠ

17. University ____ in Vietnam can decide their own criteria for enrolling international students. A. bosses

B. leaders

C. principals

D. rectors

18. A Bachelor's degree is also known as the ____ university degree or an undergraduate degree. 237

ENGLISH 11 A. main

B. ordinary

C. first

D. major

A. solve

B. collaborate

C. support

FI CI A

L

19. The teachers at Edinburgh College encourage students to ____ with others, experiment with arts and find their own ideas. D. improve

20. With thousands of UK further education courses on offer, you can choose a course that ____ your goals and interests. A. watches

B. appoints

C. fixes

D. matches

C. READING I. Fill the blank with a suitable word.

OF

In the USA, further education generally refers to education undertaken by adults of all ages after leaving full-time study. It doesn't include degree courses (1) ___taken___ at college or university directly after leaving high school, which come under (2) ___higher___ education.

ƠN

Further education includes everything from basic reading and writing skills for the illiterate to full-time professional and doctorate degrees at university. On many university (3) ___campuses__, more students are enrolled in further education courses than in (4) __regular__ degree programmes.

NH

Often adult education students don't need to be high school or degree graduates or take any tests or interviews, and they're generally (5) ___admitted___ on a first-come, first served basis. A high school diploma is (6) ___required___ for some courses, although General Educational Development (GED) tests allow students to (7) ___earn____ a high school equivalency diploma.

QU Y

Adult education courses may be full-time or part-time and are provided by two and four-year colleges, universities, community colleges, (8) ___technical__ schools, and elementary and high schools. Courses are also provided by private community organizations, government (9) __agencies__, and job training centres. More and more adult education programmes are becoming (10) ___available___ on the Internet, including courses which offer university or continuing education credits for completion. II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. leading

straight

higher

offers

long

fields

education

persuade

skilled

qualifications

KÈ

M

Further education in Britain means (1) ___ education ___ after GCSE exams taken around the age of 16. It includes courses of study (2) ____ leading ___ to A-levels which students do at their school or college. Some students go (3) _____ straight_____ to a college of further education which (4) ____ offers __ a wide range of full or part-time courses. Further education also includes training for professional (5) ____ qualifications __ in nursing, accountancy, and management and in (6) ____ fields _____ such as arts and music. The term (7) _____ higher _____ education is used to refer to degree courses at universities.

Y

The British government is keen on (8) ____ persuade ____ more young people to remain in

DẠ

education as (9) _____long_____ as possible in order to build up a more highly (10) ___ skilled ___, better educated workforce. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank in the following passage.

238

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

British further education qualifications are respected by employers and (1) ____ worldwide. There are two main types: academic courses, and vocational and professional courses. Academic courses help you (2) ____ for higher education at a university or college. They aim to develop your analytical skills, critical thinking and knowledge. (3) ____ and professional courses give you the skills and qualification you need to enter and succeed in your chosen career. They offer technical (4) ____ and skills for the workplace. British (5) ____ education providers invest heavily in facilities - from libraries, computer centres and science laboratories to sports centres, theatres and arts studios. Class sizes are (6) ____ to ensure that you have access to equipment and enough time to talk to your tutors and lectures.

OF

British qualifications are a great boost to your CV and to your earnings. Employers are increasingly looking for (7) ____ with multicultural experience. Moreover, British colleges and universities have strong links with industry - many courses are designed in partnership with, and taught by, industry professional. Many include the option of a year in industry or a work placement, giving you real professional (8) ____.

ƠN

English is widely regarded as the language of business. Studying in the UK helps you learn language quickly, through your studies, friends and everyday life. If you need any additional support, (9) ____ are lots of English language classes across the UK.

NH

The UK is a truly multicultural society, with a wonderful mix of people from many different backgrounds. As a student, you'll get to know people from all over the world and be inspired by many cultures. Many colleges have international offices and advisers to ensure you feel welcome and are supported (10) ____ your time in British further education. B. academy

C. academical

D. academically

2. A. get

B. prepare

C. make

D. support

3. A. Occasional

B. Vocational

C. Optional

D. Various

4. A. growing

B. changing

C. adding

D. training

5. A. further

B. each

C. both

D. every

6. A. bored

B. restricted

C. expensive

D. attracted

7. A. joins

B. enters

C. arrives

D. graduates

8. A. experiment

B. factor

C. experience

D. problem

9. A. there

B. that

C. which

D. they

10. A. in

B. over

C. throughout

D. cross

M

QU Y

1. A. academics

IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

Y

KÈ

It's called 42 - the name taken from the answer to the meaning of life, from the science fiction series The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy. 42 was founded by French technology billionaire Xavier Niel, whose backing means there are no tuition fees and accommodation is free. Mr Niel and his co-founders come from the world of technology and start-ups, and they are trying to do to education what Facebook did to communication and Airbus to accommodation.

DẠ

Students at 42 are given a choice of projects that they might be set in a job as a software engineer perhaps to design a website or a computer game. They complete a project using resources freely available on the Internet and by seeking help from their fellow students, who work alongside them in a large open-plan room full of computers. Another student will then be randomly assigned to mark their work. 239

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

The founders claim this method of learning makes up for shortcomings in the traditional education system, which they say encourages students to be passive recipients of knowledge. “Peer-to-peer learning develops students with the confidence to search for solutions by themselves, often in quite creative and ingenious ways."

Like in computer games, the students are asked to design and they go up a level by completing a project. They graduate when they reach level 21, which usually takes three to five years. And at the end, there is a certificate but no formal degree. Recent graduates are now working at companies including IBM, Amazon, and Tesla, as well as starting their own firms.

OF

"The feedback we have had from employers is that our graduates are more apt to go off and find out information for themselves, rather than asking their supervisors what to do next," says Brittany Bir, chief operating officer of 42 in California and a graduate of its sister school in Paris. Ms Bir says 42's graduates will be better able to work with others and discuss and defend their ideas - an important skill in the "real world” of work. “This is particularly important in computer programming, where individuals are notorious for lacking certain human skills," she says.

ƠN

But could 42's model of teacherless learning work in mainstream universities? Brittany Bir admits 42's methods do not suit all students. "It suits individuals who are very disciplined and self-motivated, and who are not scared by having the freedom to work at their own pace," she says. Question 1: According to the passage, 42 is ____.

B. a type of accommodation C. an innovation in technology D. a tool of virtual

NH

A. a kind of school communication

Question 2: The word "them" in paragraph 2 refers to ____. A. students at 42

B. projects

C. resources

D. software engineers

QU Y

Question 3: The author mentions “to design a website or a computer game” in paragraph 2 to illustrate ____. A. a job that a French software engineer always does B. a choice of assignment that students at 42 have to complete C. a free resource available on the Internet

D. a help that students at 42 get for their work A. a certificate

M

Question 4: What do 42's graduates receive on completion of their course? B. a degree

C. a project

D. a design

KÈ

Question 5: Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. The founders of 42 share the idea of providing free service on Facebook. B. It normally takes 42's students at least five years to complete their course. C. The students of 42 are required to play computer games during their course.

Y

D. 42's peer-to-peer approach promotes active learning and working.

DẠ

Question 6: According to Ms Bir, 42's graduates will be able to improve ____. A. the skills of giving feedback

B. the skills of searching for information

C. the skills of teamwork and debating

D. the skills of software programming

Question 7: The word "notorious" in paragraph 5 can be best replaced by ____. 240

ENGLISH 11 A. respectable

B. incompetent

C. infamous

D. memorable

L

Question 8: It can be inferred from the passage that ____.

FI CI A

A. 42 is a good choice for people of all ages and nationalities B. all 42's graduates are employed by world leading technology companies C. 42's students have to handle the task assigned without any assistance D. 42 adopts project-based and problem-solving learning methods D. WRITING

I. Rewrite the sentences, using the present perfect or the present perfect continuous.

OF

1. I started discussing my research proposal with my professor at the beginning of my course. We're still discussing it. → I have been discussing my research proposal with my professor since the beginning of my course. 2. Nam's still studying English. He started studying it two years ago. (for) → Nam has been studying English for two years.

ƠN

3. I started learning how to play the piano eight months ago. I'm still learning it. → I have been learning to play the piano for eight months.

4. He attended two online vocational courses: one in 2012 and the other in 2013. (twice)

NH

→ He has attended online vocational courses twice.

5. They visited this college in 2009, 2012 and 2014. (three times) → They have visited this college three times. / They have visited this college three times before. 6. The British Council established IELTS a long time ago. It still uses this test as an international standardised test of English for non- native English language speakers. (for)

QU Y

→ The British Council has been using IELTS as an international standardized test of English for non- native English language speakers for a long time. 7. She started her research project last month. She's still doing it. → She has been doing her research project since last month. 8. The university started building a new campus in May. They are still building it. (since)

M

→ The university has been building a new campus since May. 9. The graduate students started arriving at four o'clock. They are all in the lecture hall.

KÈ

→ The graduate students have all arrived at the lecture hall. 10. Mary is staying at a homestay during her undergraduate programme. The programme began three weeks ago. (for) → Mary has been staying at a homestay for three weeks during her undergraduate programme.

Y

TEST2

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. bustle

C. hundred

D. number

2. A. modern

B. mother

C. opera

D. hobby

3. A. function

B. assimilation

C. question

D. communication

DẠ

1. A. business

241

4. A. thousand

B. Thailand

C. theatre

D. think

5. A. French

B. school

C. mechanic

D. chemistry

L

ENGLISH 11

1. A. extinction

B. furniture

C. applicant

D. wilderness

2. A. bamboo

B. offer

C. student

D. minute

3. A. facility

B. minority

C. necessary

D. priority

4. A. apply

B. differ

C. decide

D. protect

5. A. charity

B. accurate

C. erosion

D. dangerous

1. I'm very hungry. I ____ all day. A. didn't eat

B. haven't ate

C. haven't eaten

2. Their new kitchen looks fantastic. They ____ completely ____ it.

OF

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.

B. have/redecorated

C. already /redecorated

D. didn't/redecorated

A. didn't do

B. haven't been doing

D. have been eating

ƠN

A. have /been redecorating

3. Our kitchen's a mess. We ____ any cleaning for weeks.

FI CI A

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

C. have done

D. haven't done

A. had seen

NH

4. I think they are dating. They ____ each other a lot recently. B. haven't been seeing

C. have been seeing

D. have seen

5. We've discovered in this great café and we ____ there a lot. A. have been going

B. have gone

C. are going

D. have went

QU Y

6. How's your Mum? I ____ her for ages. A. had seen

B. haven't seen

C. haven't been seeing

D. didn't see

7. You're covered in paint! What ____ you ____? A. have / done

B. were / doing

C. did / do

D. have / been doing

8. She's gone to the doctor's. She ____ well lately. A. hasn't felt

B. hasn't been feeling

C. has felt

D. doesn't feel

M

9. I ____ for ages now. A. have waited

B. waited

C. was waiting

D. have been waiting

KÈ

10. I have to write an essay. I ____ about half of it so far. A. have written

B. have been writing

C. wrote

D. have to write

11. As well as studying on ____ in the UK, you can also choose to study outside the UK - for example by distance learning.

Y

A. department

B. dormitory

C. campus

D. accommodation

DẠ

12. You can choose to study online or on ____, in the UK or even at an overseas site. A. the move

B. campus

C. the ground

D. board

13. IB students can select subjects so that they specialise in a particular academic field, but mathematics, native language and theory of knowledge are ____ subjects. 242

ENGLISH 11 B. certain

C. optional

D. elective

14. In England, most students in further education are adults ____ on part time programmes. B. joining

C. enrolled

D. enrolling

FI CI A

A. joined

L

A. compulsory

15. In some institutions, A-levels can also be awarded in combination with other ____, such as International Baccalaureate certificates. A. courses

B. levels

C. examinations

D. qualifications

16. Vietnam National University - Ho Chi Minh City ____ around 30 undergraduate courses in English since 2000. B. have been set up

C. has set up

D. has been setting up

OF

A. have been setting up

17. The International Baccalaureate is also now offered by more schools in the UK as a(n) ____ to A-levels. A. alternative

B. option

C. choice

D. substitution

A. school

ƠN

18. Vietnam National University - Ha Noi, the country's largest ___ , has been carrying out a similar project since 2008, setting up six undergraduate, three masters and a PhD programme taught in English. B. faculty

C. institute

D. institution

19. Further education courses are usually described as either ____ or vocational. B. partial

C. academic

NH

A. major

D. practical

20. Academic ____ are official copies of your academic work. A. transcripts

B. reminds

IV. Find and correct the mistakes. 1. How long has you been living here?

C. accounts

D. statements → have → have

3. Have they working in this company since 1990?

→ been working

4. She has been cried all day long.

→ crying

5. I have waiting for my turn for 20 minutes.

→ been waiting

6. She have been cleaning her house for 4 hours.

→ has

7. I'm tired because I worked very hard.

→ have been working

M

QU Y

2. I has been living here for 2 years.

→ been writing

9. Jane is getting fatter because she has eating too much.

→ been eating

KÈ

8. He has write his letter all the morning. 10. My mother has peeling potatoes all the morning.

→ been peeling

V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

DẠ

Y

Like any other universities, the Open University can give you a degree. However, you don't have to (1) ____stop____ working to study. It can also open up a whole variety (2) ____of____ interest. If you have (3) ____never____ studied before, you will enjoy the special, new pleasure of (4) ____increasing___ your knowledge. You will make friends of (5) ____all____ kinds. You may also (6) ____find_____ that your qualification provides new career opportunities.

You don't actually (7) _____go_____ to the Open University for lectures, but study at home, using television, radio and computer software. You can (8) ___attend____ one class a month if you wish at an Open 243

ENGLISH 11

L

University centre. Of course, there are exams to take, as in (9) _____any___ university. If you (10) ___would___ like to know more, all you have to do is complete the form below. It could be the start of a wonderful new period in your life.

FI CI A

VI. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. professional

instructions

separation

distant

subject

individual

systems

courses

Distant education is a rapidly developing approach to (1) ____ instructions _____ throughout the business. The approach has been widely used by business, industrial, and medical organizations. For many years, doctors, veterinarians, pharmacists, engineers, and lawyers have used it to continue their

OF

(2) ___ professional ____ education. Recently, academic instructions have been using (3) ____ distant ____ education to reach a more diverse and geographically disperse audience not accessible through traditional classroom instructions.

ƠN

The distinguishing characteristics of distant education is the (4) ___ separation ____ of the instructor and students during the learning process. The communication of the (5) ____ subject _____ matter is primarily to individuals rather than groups. As a consequence, the course content must be delivered by instructional media.

NH

The media may be primarily printed, as in the case of traditional correspondence course. Audiocassettes, videotapes, videodiscs, computer-based instructions, and interactive video (6) ____ courses ____ can be sent to (7) ____ individual ____ students. In addition, radio, broadcast television, telelectures, and teleconferences are utilized for "live" distant education. The latter two delivery (8) ____ systems _____ allow for interactive instructions between the instructor and students.

QU Y

VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

M

If you (1) ____ to go to a university, you usually apply during your last year at school, when you are 17-18. You can apply to (2) ____ at any university in Britain and most people choose a university that is not in their own town. So, university students usually live away from home. Students get a grant from the government to study. At the beginning of your last year at school, you (3) ____ an application form. On this form you choose up to five universities that you would like to go to. The form is sent to those universities with (4) ____ from your school about your academic (5) ____. If the universities are interested in your application, they will offer you a place.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

Any offer, however, is only conditional at this stage. Applications and interviews take (6) ____ several months before students do their A-level examinations. These are the exams that you do at the end of your time at school. So, when a university makes an (7) ____, it will tell you the minimum grades that you will have to get when you do your A-level exams. If you don't obtain those grades, then, you will not be able to (8) ____ the place. It will be offered to someone else and you must apply (9) ____ to another university. You don't have to accept your place immediately. Some students don't want to straight from school to university. (10) ____, after they have taken their A-level, they take a year out to work or travel. 1. A. want

B. make

C. perform

D. participate

2. A. lead

B. link

C. study

D. lock

3. A. reply

B. ban

C. receive

D. forward

244

B. information

C. support

D. present

5. A. degree

B. diploma

C. certificate

D. record

6. A. out

B. place

C. in

D. after

7. A. attempt

B. offer

C. secondary

D. main

8. A. get

B. make

C. remind

D. inquire

9. A. soon

B. again

C. against

D. much

10. A. So

B. But

C. Because

D. Then

FI CI A

4. A. problem

L

ENGLISH 11

VIII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.

OF

The system of higher education had its origin in Europe in the Middle Ages, when the first universities were established. In modern times, the nature of higher education around the world, to some extent, has been determined by the models of influential countries such as France and Germany.

ƠN

Both France and Germany have systems of higher education that are basically administered by state agencies. Entrance requirements for students are also similar in both countries. In France, an examination called the baccalauréat is given at the end of secondary education. Higher education in France is free and open to all students who have passed this baccalauréat. Success in this examination allows students to continue their higher education for another three or four years until they have attained the first university degree called a licence in France.

QU Y

NH

Basic differences, however, distinguish these two countries' systems. French educational districts, called académies, are under the direction of a rector, an appointee of the national government who is also in charge of universities in each district. The uniformity in curriculum throughout the country leaves each university with little to distinguish itself. Hence, many students prefer to go to Paris, where there are better accommodations and more cultural amenities for them. Another difference is the existence in France of prestigious higher educational institutions known as grandes écoles, which provide advanced professional and technical training. Most of these schools are not affiliated with the universities, although they too recruit their students by giving competitive examinations to candidates. The grandes écoles provide rigorous training in all branches of applied science and technology, and their diplomas have a somewhat higher standing than the ordinary licence.

KÈ

M

In Germany, the regional universities have autonomy in determining their curriculum under the direction of rectors elected from within. Students in Germany change universities according to their interests and the strengths of each university. In fact, it is a custom for students to attend two, three, or even four different universities in the course of their undergraduate studies, and the majority of professors at a particular university may have taught in four or five others. This high degree mobility means that schemes of study and examination are marked by a freedom and individuality unknown in France.

DẠ

Y

France and Germany have greatly influenced higher education systems 20cd the world. The French, either through colonial influence or the work of missionaries, introduced many aspects of their system in other countries. The German the first to stress the importance of universities as research facilities, and they also created a sense of them as emblems of a national mind. Question 1. What does the passage mainly discuss? A. The nature of education around the world in modern times B. Systems of higher education in France and Germany 245

ENGLISH 11

D. The influence of France and Germany on educational systems of other countries A. proximity

B. discrepancy

C. similarity

FI CI A

Question 2. The word “uniformity” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____. D. uniqueness

Question 3. The word "their" in paragraph 3 refers to ____. A. schools

B. universities

L

C. The origin of higher education system in Europe

C. examinations

D. branches

Question 4. Which of the following about grandes écoles in France is NOT stated in paragraph 3? A. Most of them have no connection with universities.

B. They have a reputation for advanced professional and technical training.

OF

C. Their degrees are better recognized than those provided by universities. D. They offer better accommodations and facilities than universities.

Question 5. According to the passage, a regional university rector in Germany is elected by ____. B. the national government officials

ƠN

A. the staff of the university C. the regional government officials

D. the staff of other universities

Question 6. According to paragraph 4, what makes it possible for students in Germany to attend different universities during their undergraduate studies?

NH

A. The university staff have become far more mobile and occupied.

B. The university's training programs offer greater flexibility and freedom of choice. C. University tuition fees are kept at an affordable level for all students. D. Entry requirements to universities in Germany are made less demanding. A. representatives

QU Y

Question 7. The word “emblems” in the final paragraph is closest in meaning to B. directions

C. structures

D. delegates

Question 8. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage? A. Studying in France and Germany is a good choice for people of all ages and nationalities. B. It normally takes longer to complete a university course in France than in Germany. C. Universities in Germany can govern themselves more effectively than those in France.

KÈ

TEST3

M

D. The level of decentralization of higher education is greater in Germany than in France.

Part I. PHONETICS

Y

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. doctorate

C. graduate

D. kindergarten

2. A. bachelor

B. chapter

C. chemistry

D. teacher

3. A. culture

B. student

C. institution

D. university

4. A. appreciate

B. psychology

DẠ

1. A. degree

246

C. programme

D. respectively

ENGLISH 11 5. A. academic

B. apply

C. apology

D. achieve

FI CI A

L

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 6. A. biology

B. geography

C. education

D. relationship

7. A. broaden

B. provide

C. pursue

D. succeed

8. A. college

B. degree

C. language

D. subject

9. A. analytical

B. opportunity

10. A. bachelor

B. diploma

C. qualification C. internship

D. university

D. scholarship

Part II. VOCABULARY

OF

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 11. It is not easy at all to get a good job without any ____ qualifications. A. academic

B. social

C. great

12. At the ____ level, you can join three-year or four-year colleges. B. secondary

C. postgraduate

D. undergraduate

ƠN

A. primary

D. favourite

13. Hugh is quite worried because he hasn't ____ for the end-of-term test. A. examined

B. researched

C. studied

D. read

A. misbehave

B. misbehaved

NH

14. Any pupil caught ____ was made to stand at the front of the class.

C. misbehaviour

D. misbehaving

15. They ____ sacrifices so that their only child could have a good education. A. made

B. did

C. provided

D. lent

A. secondary

QU Y

16. A university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants ____ degrees at all levels in a variety of subjects. B. optional

C. academic

D. vocational

17. You have to be highly ____ to do well in these subjects. A. competitive

B. competitor

C. competition

D. competed

18. I can't cope well ____ all the homework I've got to do! B. of

C. about

D. with

M

A. on

KÈ

19. ____ education normally provides undergraduate and postgraduate education, as well as vocational education and training. A. Intermediate

B. Primary

C. Secondary

D. Tertiary

20. You'll find plenty of books on the ____ of business studies in the library. A. lesson

B. subject

C. curriculum

D. schedule

Y

21. I wonder if you could tell me who was awarded the ____.

DẠ

A. scholar

B. scholastic

C. scholarship

D. scholarly

22. My dad said that I'd better spend more time on my ____. A. student

B. studied

C. studious

23. He has got a degree ____ Information Technology from Oxford University. 247

D. studies

ENGLISH 11 A. in

B. for

C. on

D. of

B. have

C. see

D. take

25. If you're not sure what “something” means, look it ____ in the dictionary. A. for

B. out

C. at

D. up

26. Mrs Dawson said that we are ____ our lesson in the library next Monday. A. going

B. having

C. making

D. reading

27. My dad wants me to go to university, but I'm in ____ minds about it. B. my

C. some

28. Yesterday, we had a discussion ____ different cultures. A. about

B. around

C. for

D. from

29. I still have a lot ____ about the English language. B. of learning

C. learning

D. to learn

ƠN

A. for learning

D. two

OF

A. different

FI CI A

A. annoy

L

24. I don't really ____ the point of taking the exam when you are not ready for it.

30. Belinda missed a few months of school because of illness and found it difficult to keep ____ with her classmates. A. on

B. off

C. down

D. up

A. attract

B. pay

NH

31. If you need to ____ the teacher's attention, just put up your hand. C. take

D. pull

32. I did six hours of ____ for the test, but I still failed. A. education

B. survey

C. revision

D. training

A. hand in

QU Y

33. Please, don't forget ____ your essays during Friday's lesson.

C. to hand in

B. graduate

C. graduating

B. handing in

D. to handing in

34. Australians and New Zealanders often have a/an ____ year before going to college or after finishing high school to travel overseas independently. A. gap

B. new

C. busy

D. graduation

35. It's my ____ ceremony next week; I think my parents are looking forward to it more than I am. D. graduates

M

A. graduation

KÈ

36. Going to university is expensive because in addition to the tuition ____, there are expenses for accommodation, books, living costs, etc. A. grants

B. fees

C. fares

D. scholarships

37. When I got to 16, some of my friends left school to get a job, but most ____. A. dropped out

B. moved back

C. got in

D. stayed on

Y

38. The more ____ you have, the more chance you have of finding a better job.

DẠ

A. courses

B. contributions

C. qualifications

39. Next year, I have to decide which area of medicine I want to ____ in. A. come

248

B. focus

C. hand

D. specialise

D. qualities

ENGLISH 11

B. diploma

C. degree

D. scholarship

FI CI A

A. certificate

L

40. I got a diploma in business administration, but still sometimes wish I had been able to go to university and get a ____.

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 41. When you sit for the exam tomorrow, try to stay calm and relaxed. A. answer

B. take

C. make

D. write

42. If the examiner can't make sense of what your essay is about, you'll get the low mark. A. declare

B. estimate

C. communicate

D. understand

A. performance

B. score

C. figure

OF

43. If you want to get a high mark on a test, review the material carefully beforehand.

D. note

44. Some students only cram for tests when there is little time left, so their results are not satisfactory. B. prepare in a long time

C. prepare well

D. prepare badly

ƠN

A. prepare in a short period

45. My application for the scholarship has been turned down because the transcript of marks is not satisfactory enough. B. postponed

C. reduced

NH

A. cancelled

D. rejected

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meanin the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 46. Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of optional courses in the university. A. mandatory

B. selective

C. free

D. limited

QU Y

47. Tom did miserably on the final test, which caused a shock to everyone in the class. A. took

B. sat for

C. failed

D. passed

48. Schools are more relaxed nowadays as discipline is less tough than before. A. accurate

B. severe

C. strict

D. loose

49. Well, Mrs Baker, you'll be pleased to hear that George has made a dramatic improvement in geography. B. important

M

A. meaningful

C. insignificant

D. steady

50. Most of the students in our country are interested in pursuing higher education to get bachelor's degrees. A. following

B. giving up

C. trying

D. interrupting

KÈ

Part III. GRAMMAR

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 51. I ____ English for five years. I study it at school. B. have learnt

Y

A. have been learning

C. learnt

D. am learning

C. had read

D. read

52. You can have your book back now. I ____ it.

DẠ

A. have been reading

B. have read

53. You look upset. ____ you ____? A. Are – crying

249

B. Do - cry

C. Have - been crying

D. Have - cried

ENGLISH 11 54. How many times ____ you ____ that international conference? B. do - attend

C. have - been attending

D. have - attended

L

A. did – attend

FI CI A

55. I ____ for my math textbook all day, but I ____ it yet. A. have been looking/haven't found

B. have looked/haven't found

C. have been looking/haven't been finding

D. have looked/haven't been finding

56. Mum ____ all morning. She ____ lots of Christmas presents. A. has shopped/has bought

B. has been shopping/has bought

C. has been shopping/has been buying

D. has shopped/has been buying

57. Kevin ____ his homework, but he ____ it yet.

B. has done/hasn't finished

C. has been doing/hasn't finished

D. has done/hasn't been finishing

OF

A. has been doing/hasn't been finishing

58. Pete ____ at Midfield Secondary School since 2006, but he ____ music in his lessons twice. B. has been teaching/has only been playing

ƠN

A. has been teaching/has only played C. has taught/has only been playing

D. has taught/has only played

59. I ____ the biography of Robbie Williams, but I'm on page 50. A. have read

B. have been reading

C. had read

NH

60. Jimmy can go out when he ____ for the exam. A. has been studying

B. has been studied

D. was reading

C. has studied

D. studied

61.I ____ the latest Harry Potter book all day. I'm dying to know what happens in the end! A. am reading

B. have been reading

C. have read

D. had read

C. didn't fail

D. haven't failed

A. haven't been failing

QU Y

62. So far I ____ any of the exams at school. B. hadn't failed

63. We ____ our classroom for the upcoming Teachers' Day, but there's still a lot to do. A. are decorating

B. decorated

C. have been decorating

D. have decorated

64. Margaret ____ in the school marathon for charity before. A. has never run

B. never runs

C. never ran

D. has never been running

M

65. My brother graduated from Hong Kong University of Science and Technology last month and ____ for a job since then.

KÈ

A. has been looking

B. has looked

C. was looking

D. had looked

66. Tim ____ for the scholarship to study abroad in the USA at least twice. A. applied

B. is applying

C. has been applying

D. has applied

67. All the students ____ for their academic transcripts all this week, but they ____ them yet. B. have been waiting/haven't received

C. have waited/haven't been receiving

D. have been waiting/haven't been receiving

DẠ

Y

A. have waited/haven't received

68. I ____ for the information about the differences between further education and higher education all this morning. A. had searched

250

B. have been searched

C. have been searching

D. have searched

ENGLISH 11 69. It's the first time you ____ an online course, isn't it? B. have ever been taking

C. ever took

D. have ever taken

L

A. had ever taken

A. has already been writing B. has already written C. already wrote already written 71. Sandy ____ his sister since she ____ to university in 2014. A. hadn't seen/went

B. hasn't been seeing/went C. didn't see/has gone

FI CI A

70. The teacher ____ the speaking task on the board, so now the students are discussing it. D.

had

D. hasn't seen/went

72. They ____ to Spain for an educational exchange and won't be back until the end of this month. B. went

C. have been going

73. Poor Tracy! She ____ that essay for hours now and she still ____.

D. is going

OF

A. have gone

A. has written/hasn't finished

B. has been writing/didn't finish

C. has been writing/hasn't finished

D. has written/hasn't been finishing

74. Tom and Mary are still discussing the math exercise with each other because they ____ how to do it.

ƠN

A. aren't working out B. haven't worked out C. haven't been working out 75. I ____ reading a wonderful book about space travel. A. just finish

B. just do finish

C. have just finished

D. didn't work out D. have just been finishing

NH

76. As a rule, you shouldn't argue with your hosts unless they ____ something openly offensive. A. had said

B. have been saying

C. have said

D. would say

77. Noah Webster an American Dictionary of the English Language in two volumes in 1828, and since then it ____ the recognised authority for usage in the United States.

QU Y

A. published/became B. has published/has become C. published/was becoming become

D.

published/has

78. She ____ of great help to us because she ____ for such a long time with us. A. has been/had lived

B. has been/has been living

C. has been/lived

D. was/has lived

79. I ____ the book yet so I can't tell you what happens. A. haven't finished

B. haven't been finishing

C. didn't finish

D. hadn't finished

M

80. Peter has been a junior clerk for three years. Lately he ____ for a better post but so far he ____ anything.

KÈ

A. looks/hasn't found B. have looked/haven't found C. has been looking/hasn't found found

D. has looked/hasn't

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 81. My brother has applied for that scholarship for months, but he has never succeeded yet.

Y

A

B

C

D

82. I have been unable to make out what the lecturer was saying because we were right at the back of the hall.

DẠ

A

B

C

D

83. I have found a lot of informations about the history of English language teaching recently. A

B

C

D

84. Although there were a number of significant differences between the two systems, both countries share a 251

ENGLISH 11 A

B

C

L

commitment to high quality education.

FI CI A

D 85. I have never been understanding why such a lot of people want to study abroad. A

B

C

D

86. It is the first time the Internet has ever applied in English teaching and learning in this remote district. A

B

C

D

87. Due to the geographical barrier, he has been deciding to choose distance education in order to get his A

B

C

D

OF

university degree.

88. Lily couldn't answer any questions in the end-of-term examination this morning, but she thinks she failed. A

B

C

has

D

A

ƠN

89. I have started doing my homework when I got home from school, but I stopped to watch my favourite music show. B

C D

NH

90. Prof. Daniel, who has been working in our faculty for almost 15 years, is giving a seminar on further A

B

education to students on next Friday. D

QU Y

Part IV. SPEAKING

C

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “Could you pass that book over to me, please?” – “____” A. Yes, of course.

B. No, why not?

C. Actually, I'm busy.

D. Yes, go ahead.

92. “If I were you, I would apply for the scholarship to the University of Melbourne.” – “____” A. I'm not afraid so.

B. No way!

C. I guess I should.

D. I hope so.

M

93. “I hear you've passed your exam. Congratulations!” – “____” A. What a pity!

B. You're welcome.

C. I'm alright.

D. Thank you.

KÈ

94. “Why do you choose French as your second major?” – “____” A. Because it's quite like English.

B. Because they are friendly.

C. I don't really care.

D. It's nice to say so.

95. “Can I have a quick look at your lecture notes?” – “____” B. So far, so good!

C. No, I don't think so.

D. Sorry, I'm using them myself.

DẠ

Y

A. Of course not today.

96. - "Let's go to the Dr. Millet's seminar on learning styles this afternoon!” - “____”

A. I wish I could but I'm busy then.

252

B. Learning styles are really subjective.

ENGLISH 11 C. Thanks, I won't.

D. I would if I were you.

L

97. - "Mom, I've received an offer for a summer internship in Singapore!”

FI CI A

- “____” A. Really? Good luck!

B. Oh, that's great! Congratulations!

C. I couldn't agree more.

D. Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.

98. “Sorry, I'm late! May I come in, Miss Millie?” – “____” A. Yes, come in, please!

B. Not right now.

C. Let's do it!

99. "What an imaginative essay you've written, Matt!” – “____”

D. I guess so.

D. Sorry, just

OF

A. That's the least I could do. B. Actually, I don't mind. C. Thanks, it's nice of you to say so. my luck! 100.- “It was very kind of you to help me with the difficult homework!" A. Oh, don't mention it.

B. Sorry, I don't know.

C. That sounds nice. D. Thanks a lot.

101. “Do you mind if I use your dictionary for a while?” – “____” B. No, I don't think so.

102. “Work harder or you'll fail the exam!” – “____” A. Oh, that's fine for me!

B. Thanks, I will.

C. Yes, go ahead.

ƠN

A. Yes, I don't mind.

D. No, go right ahead.

C. That sounds great!

D. Sure, go ahead!

A. I'm afraid, you can't. C. No, of course not.

NH

103. “I'm sorry, teacher. I've left my exercise book at home today!” – “

B. Well, don't do that again next time. D. I hope you won't.

104. "Shall I lend you a hand with the survey questionnaire?” – “____” B. That sounds interesting!

QU Y

A. Yes, I'd love to. C. Sure! That would be great help!

D. How about tomorrow?

105. - “I’ll celebrate my graduation party this weekend. Could you come?" - “____”

A. Yes, of course, I will. Great work! Keep up!

D.

M

Part V. READING

B. How can this be? C. The more, the merrier.

KÈ

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

DẠ

Y

One way of training for your future occupation in Germany is by pursuing a dual vocational training programme. Such programmes offer plenty of opportunity for on-the-job training and work experience. Programmes usually last between two and three and a half years and comprise theoretical as well as practical elements. You will spend one or two days a week, or several weeks at once, at a vocational school where you will acquire the theoretical knowledge that you will need in your future occupation. The rest of the time will be spent at a company. There you get to apply your newly acquired knowledge in practice, for example by learning to operate machinery. You will get to know what your company does, learn how it operates and find out if you can see yourself working there after completing your training.

253

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

This combination of theory and practice gives you a real head start into your job: by the time you have completed your training, you will not only have the required technical knowledge, but you will also have hands-on experience in your job. There are around 350 officially recognised training programmes in Germany, so chances are good that one of them will suit your interests and talents. You can find out which one that might be by visiting one of the jobs and vocational training fairs which are organised in many German cities at different times in the year.

Employment prospects for students who have completed a dual vocational training programme are very good. This is one of the reasons why this kind of training is very popular with young Germans: around two thirds of all students leaving school go on to start a vocational training programme.

OF

106. Which of the following is probably the best title of the passage?

A. Employment Opportunities and Prospects in Germany B. Higher Education System in Germany C. Dual Vocational Training System in Germany D. Combination of Theory and Practice in Studying in Germany A. company

ƠN

107. The word "it" in the first paragraph refers to ____. B. machinery

C. knowledge

D. organisation

108. Which of the following statements best describes the dual vocational training programmes?

NH

A. These programmes consist of an intensive theoretical course of two and a half years at a vocational school. B. These programmes require you to have only practical working time at a certain company. C. These programmes offer you some necessary technical skills to do your future job. D. These programmes provide you with both theoretical knowledge and practical working experience. A. theoretical

QU Y

109. The word "hands-on” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____. B. practical

C. technical

D. integral

110. How many German school leavers choose this vocational training programme? A. well over 75% C. less than a third

B. around one out of five D. about 70%

M

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

KÈ

Do you think education is better now than it was in your grandparents' time? Many older people in the UK believe the opposite. “Schools were better in our day,” they complain. “There isn't enough discipline these days. Kids don't work as hard as we did, either. The syllabus isn't as challenging, so clever students aren't being stretched enough. They need to study things in greater depth. Exams are much, much easier now as well.”

DẠ

Y

Were schools better years ago? Some British teenagers travelled back in time to a 1950s boarding school. They got a big surprise! The first shock came when the teenagers met their new teachers. Dressed in traditional black gowns, they look so frosty and uncaring! They were really authoritarian, too, so anyone caught breaking the rules - talking in classes, mucking about in the playground or playing truant – was in big trouble! Punishments included writing 'lines' or staying after class to do detention. The naughtiest kids were expelled.

254

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Things were just as bad after class. At meal times the students had to endure a diet of plain, nononsense, healthy food. Homework was obligatory and it took ages! Copying essays off the Internet wasn't an option, as personal computers didn't exist in the 1950s!

At the end of 'term' everyone sat 1950s-style exams. The old exams were much longer than their twenty-first century equivalents and involved learning huge amounts of facts by heart. History papers were all dates and battles. Maths papers were trickier, too; calculators weren't around in the 1950s, so the students had to memorise multiplication tables and master long division. Our candidates found this really difficult.

OF

The exam results surprised a lot of people. Students predicted to do well in their real-life, twenty-first century exams often got low grades in the 1950s exams. Does this prove modern exams are too easy? Do twenty-first century kids rely too much on modern technology, like calculators and computers?

ƠN

The TV series of That 'll teach 'em! focused on a 1960s vocational school. UK school-kids study a range of academic subjects these days. But in the 1960s, children judged to be less ‘able' went to vocational schools. These helped them learn job skills. Boys studied subjects like metalwork, woodwork or gardening. In some classes, they even learned how to milk goats! The girls' timetables included secretarial skills. They also learned to cook, clean and sew - probably not much fun for most girls. 111. What criticism is sometimes made about modern education in the first paragraph?

NH

A. Teachers aren't strict enough. B. The syllabus is out of date.

C. There's too much stress on exams.D. The teaching methods are not good enough. 112. The word "authoritarian” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____. A. inexperienced

B. impolite

C. unreasonable

D. strict

QU Y

113. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the food the students ate at school? A. It wasn't cooked properly.

B. It wasn't delicious.

C. It wasn't nutritious.

D. There wasn't much of it.

114. The word "obligatory” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ____. A. compulsory

B. difficult

C. long

D. complicated

115. According to the passage, how did exams in the 1950s differ from those in the twenty-first century? B. It took students less time to do them.

C. There was more to remember.

D. They were less difficult.

M

A They covered more subjects.

KÈ

116. What was surprising about the students' results after taking the 1950s-style exams? A. All the students found the exams difficult. B. Students didn't do as well as expected.

Y

C. Students who were predicted to fail did rather well.D. Students did better than twenty-first century exams. 117. The word “these” in the last paragraph refers to ____.

DẠ

A. school-kids

B. subjects

C. series

118. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A. Vocational schools provided poorer children with equipment. B. Vocational schools took children who were good at studying.

255

D. vocational schools

ENGLISH 11 C. Vocational schools prepared students for employment.

L

D. Vocational schools were a complete waste of time.

FI CI A

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. GAP YEAR

OF

In the professional or career world, a gap year is a year before going to college or university and after finishing high school or (119) ____ a year off before going into graduate school after completing a bachelor as an undergraduate. (120) ____ this time, students may engage in advanced academic courses, extra-academic courses and non-academic courses, such as yearlong pre-college math courses, language studies, learning a trade, art studies, volunteer work, travel, internships, sports and more. Gap years are sometimes considered a way for students to become independent and learn a great deal of (121) ____ prior to engaging in university life.

B. going

120. A. During

B. When

121. A. responsible

B. responsibility

122. A. at

B. on

123. A. distributed

B. used

124. A. head

B. mind

QU Y

119. A. calling

NH

ƠN

Australians and New Zealanders have a tradition of travelling overseas independently (122) ____ a young age. In New Zealand, this is known as “doing an OE” (Overseas Experience). Sometimes, an OE is (123) ____ to one year, but often Australians and New Zealanders will remain overseas for three to five years, with many working short-term in service industry jobs to fund their continuing travels. Europe and Asia are popular destinations for doing an OE. In Australia, through exchange programmes and benefits for youth, there are so many opportunities for a young person to broaden their (124) ____ through travel in a gap year. C. taking

D. turning

C. While

D. By

C. irresponsible

D. irresponsibility

C. in

D. for C. spent

C. brain

D. limited D. memory

Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. EXAM OR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT?

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

How do you feel when you sit an exam? Do you always succeed in getting all your ideas down on paper, or do you sometimes feel that you're (125) ____ a mess of it? (126) ____ from those lucky few who sail through exams, most secondary school pupils find them very stressful. Many teachers are (127) ____ of the problems their students face and use a different method for measuring their progress: continuous. With continuous assessment, students are given (128) ____ tasks to do throughout the year. All their marks are added together to produce a total mark (129) ____ the end of the year. Students have to (130) ____ more responsibility for their education because they can't rely on doing well on just one day. Also, they have more time to think over their work, meaning that they are able to do their best.

125. A. doing

B. having

C. making

D. taking

126. A. Apart

B. According

C. Except

D. But

127. A. aware

B. intelligent

C. recognisable

D. knowledgeable

256

ENGLISH 11 B. various

C. vary

D. variably

B. on

C. in

D. from

130. A. do

B. get

C. make

D. take

FI CI A

129. A. at

L

128. A. variety

Part VI. WRITING

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131 It's only her second time in an international conference about further education.

A. It was the second time she had been in an international conference about further education. B. She has only been in an international conference about further education once before.

OF

C. She has never been to any international conference about further education before.

D. She has already got used to being in an international conference about further education. 132. I started writing this essay hours ago and it's still not right.

A. I have been writing this essay for hours and it's still not right.

ƠN

B. It's hours ago since I last wrote this essay correctly.

C. The last time I started writing this essay was hours ago, which is still not right. D. I didn't stop to write this essay hours ago and it's still not right.

NH

133. “You'd better work harder if you don't want to retake the exam!” the teacher said to Jimmy. A. The teacher advised Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam. B. The teacher ordered Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam. C. The teacher reminded Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.

QU Y

D. The teacher warned Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam. 134. Lisa has never studied abroad before.

A. It's the first time Lisa has ever studied abroad. B. It's the last time since Lisa studied abroad. C. It was the first time Lisa had ever studied abroad.D. Never before Lisa has studied abroad. 135. The last time my friend wrote a letter to me was in February. A. I haven't never received a letter from my friend since February.

M

B. I last received a letter from my friend in February. C. It was in February since I first received a letter from my friend.

KÈ

D. My friend last wrote a letter to me when in February. Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 136. Marie prepared her homework carefully. She could answer all the questions and got good marks.

DẠ

Y

A. Although she prepared her homework carefully, Marie could not answer all the questions and got good marks. B. Having prepared her homework carefully, Marie could answer all the questions and got good marks. C. If she had prepared her homework carefully, Marie could have answered all the questions and got good marks.

257

ENGLISH 11

L

D. It was because of her careful preparation for the homework, Marie couldn't answer all the questions and got good marks.

FI CI A

137. We have been trying to learn English for years. We haven't succeeded yet. A. Although we have been trying to learn English for years, we haven't succeeded yet. B. After we've been trying to learn English for years, we have succeeded.

C. We haven't succeeded yet since we have been trying to learn English for years. D. We have been trying to learn English for years, so we haven't succeeded yet. 138. The teacher was giving the lesson. The lights went out. A. The lights went out as soon as the teacher started giving the lesson. C. The teacher was giving the lesson, so the lights went out. D. While the teacher was giving the lesson, the lights went out.

OF

B. If the teacher had been giving the lesson, the lights wouldn't have gone out.

139. Our school started building a new canteen in June. They are still building it now.

ƠN

A. Our school have started building a new canteen from June till now. B. Our school have been building a new canteen since June.

C. Our school have built a new canteen now since starting in June.

NH

D. Our school are building the new canteen which started in June.

140. Henry only started learning English last year. However, he can now speak it like a native. A. If he had started learning English last year, Henry could now speak it like a native. B. After starting learning English last year, Henry can now speak it like a native.

QU Y

C. Although he only started learning English last year, Henry can now speak it like a native. D. Henry, who has only started learning English since last year, can now speak it like a native.

KÈ

M

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Unit 8. OUR WORLD HERITAGE SITES

A. VOCABULARY

/əˈbʌndənt/

(adj)

dồi dào, nhiều

acknowledge

/əkˈnɒlɪdʒ/

(v)

chấp nhận, công nhận, thừa nhận

archaeological

/ˌɑːkiəˈlɒdʒɪkl/

DẠ

Y

abundant

(adj)

thuộc về khảo cổ học

authentic

/ɔːˈθentɪk/

(adj)

thật, thực

breathtaking

/ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ/

(adj)

đẹp đến ngỡ ngàng

bury

/ˈberi/

(v)

chôn vùi, giấu trong lòng đất

258

/keɪv/

(n)

hang động

citadel

/ˈsɪtədəl/

(n)

thành trì (để bảo vệ khỏi bị tấn công)

complex

/ˈkɒmpleks/

(n)

quần thể, tổ hợp

comprise

/kəmˈpraɪz/

(v)

bao gồm, gồm

craftsman

/ˈkrɑːftsmən/

(n)

thợ thủ công

cruise

/kruːz/

(n)

chuyến du ngoạn trên biển

cuisine

/kwɪˈziːn/

cách thức chế biến thức ăn, nấu nướng

(n)

/ˈdekəreɪt/

(v)

trang trí

demolish

/dɪˈmɒlɪʃ/

(v)

đổ sập, đánh sập

distinctive

/dɪˈstɪŋktɪv/

(adj)

nổi bật, rõ rệt, đặc trưng

dome

/dəʊm/

dynasty

/ˈdɪnəsti/

(n)

triều đại

emerge

/iˈmɜːdʒ/

(v)

trồi lên, nổi lên

emperor

/ˈempərə(r)/

(n)

đế vương, nhà vua

endow

/ɪnˈdaʊ/

(v)

ban tặng

excavation

/ˌekskəˈveɪʃn/

(n)

việc khai quật (v)

mở rộng

NH

/ɪkˈspænd/

mái vòm

ƠN

(n)

OF

decorate

expand

FI CI A

cave

(n)

hệ động vật

(n)

hệ thực vật

(a)

thuộc về địa chất

fauna

/ˈfɔːnə/

flora

/ˈflɔːrə/

geological

/ˌdʒiːəˈlɒdʒɪkl/

grotto

/ˈɡrɒtəʊ/

harmonious

/hɑːˈməʊniəs/

(a)

hài hòa

heritage

/ˈherɪtɪdʒ/

(n)

di sản

imperial

/ɪmˈpɪəriəl/

(a)

thuộc về hoàng tộc

in ruins

/ ɪn ˈruːɪn/

(idiom) bị phá hủy, đổ nát

intact irresponsible islet

/ɪnˈtækt/ /ˌɪrɪˈspɒnsəbl/ /ˈaɪlət/

(a) (a) (n)

nguyên vẹn, không bị hư tổn thiếu trách nhiệm, vô trách nhiệm hòn đảo nhỏ

/aɪˈtɪnərəri/

(n)

lịch trình cho chuyến đi

/ˈlændskeɪp/

(n)

phong cảnh ( thiên nhiên)

/ˈlæntən/

(n)

đèn lồng

/ˈlaɪmstəʊn/

(n)

đá vôi

magnificent

/mæɡˈnɪfɪsnt/

(a)

tuyệt đẹp

masterpiece

/ˈmɑːstəpiːs/

(n)

kiệt tác

mausoleum

/ˌmɔːsəˈliːəm/

(n)

lăng mộ

mosaic

/məʊˈzeɪɪk/

(adj)

khảm, chạm khảm

mosque

/mɒsk/

(n)

nhà thờ Hồi giáo

lantern

DẠ

QU Y

M

Y

limestone

KÈ

itinerary landscape

259

(n)

L

ENGLISH 11

hang động

/aʊtˈstændɪŋ/

(adj)

nổi bật, xuất chúng

picturesque

/ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/

(adj)

đẹp, gây ấn tượng mạnh

poetic

/pəʊˈetɪk/

(adj)

mang tính chất thơ ca

preserve

/prɪˈzɜːv/

(v)

bảo tồn

preservation

/ˌprezəˈveɪʃn/

(n)

việc bảo tồn

relic

/ˈrelɪk/

(n)

cổ vật

respectively

/rɪˈspektɪvli/

(adv) theo thứ tự lắn lượt

royal sanctuary

/ˈrɔɪəl/ /ˈsæŋktʃuəri/

(adj) (n)

scenic

/ˈsiːnɪk/

subsequent

/ˈsʌbsɪkwənt/

(adj)

tiếp theo, kế tiếp

tomb

/tuːm/

(n)

lăng mộ

worship

/ˈwɜːʃɪp/

(n)

thờ cúng, tôn thờ

FI CI A

outstanding

L

ENGLISH 11

thuộc về nhà vua, hoàng gia thánh địa, địa điểm thẩn thánh

ƠN

GRAMMAR

OF

có cảnh quan đẹp

(adj)

NH

A. GRAMMAR Participle and to - infìnitive clauses (Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng một ngữ phân từ và động từ nguyên mẫu có TO)

 Mệnh đề quan hệ có dạng: who/ which / that + V có thể được rút gọn bằng những cách sau: 1. Dùng hiện tại phân từ V-ing (present participle) Dùng V-ing khi mệnh đề quan hệ ở chủ động: who / which / that + V (active) →V-ing

QU Y

E.g: The girl who is talking to Mr. Huy is my younger sister→The girl talking to Mr. Huy is my younger sister. (Cô gái đang nói chuyện với Thầy Huy là em gái tôi.) 2. Dùng quá khứ phân từ V-ed/V3 (past participle) Dùng V-PP khi mệnh đề quan hệ ở bị động: who / which / that + V (passive) →V-PP E.g: The lamp which was made in China is five dollars. =The lamp made in China is five dollars. (Chiếc đèn được sản xuất ở Trung Quốc có giá 5 đô la)

M

3. Dùng động từ nguyên mẫu có TO (to -infinitive) Dùng to V khi:

KÈ

- Danh từ phía trước đại từ quan hệ đứng trước một số từ như: the first, the second, etc., the next, the last, the only; và đôi khi trước hình thức so sánh bậc nhất như the oldest, the most beautiful ....... (the only, the first...) + N + relative pronouns (who/ which/ that) + V → to V (chủ động); to be PP (bị động)

Y

E.g: He was the first person who came here yesterday. → He was the first person to come here yesterday

DẠ

(Anh ấy là người đầu tiên đến đây vào hôm qua.) She is the only person who is called for the interview. → She is the only person to be called for the interview. - Động từ phía trước là HAVE/HAS để diễn tả mục đích,

260

ENGLISH 11

I have a lot of homework which I have to do now. → I have a lot of homework to do now.

FI CI A

+ Đầu câu có HERE (BE), THERE (BE)

E.g: There are ten messages which are sent today. → There are ten messages to be sent today. 4. Dùng cụm danh từ/ giới từ Dùng cụm danh từ/ giới từ khi mệnh đề quan hệ có dạng: S + BE + Noun/ Noun phrases /Prepositional phrases Cách làm: ta bỏ who, which và be E.g: Football, which is a popular sport, is very good for our health.

OF

Football, a popular sport, is very good for our health. ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Choose the best answer.

for the bus are good ones. B. waiting C. which is waiting

D. to wait

2. This is the last person A. coming

late. B. to come

D. all are correct

5. The man A. stood

NH

C. come

next door is a famous actress. B. who live C. living

in the storm has now been rebuilt. B. destroying C. which destroyed in front of the blackboard is our teacher. B. stands C. standing

QU Y

4. The house A. destroyed

ƠN

1. The students A. waited

3. The woman A. lives

D. that living D. that is destroyed D. to stand

6. Tom was the last student the classroom yesterday. A. to leave B. leaving C. left

D. leaves

7. Sally was the last student A. to be asked B. asking

D. to ask

M

by French architects is very nice. B. designing C. to design

KÈ

8. The bridge A. was designed

in the final exam. C. asks

9. The ring A. she is wearing it

is made of gold and diamond. B. he gave it to her C. she like by the traffic chaos. C. delayed

Y

10. 1 have a message for people A. to delay B. who delay

DẠ

Bài 2: Use a participle clause to reduce relative clauses. 1. They called a lawyer who lived nearby. Þ.

2. We broke the computer that belongs to my father. 261

L

E.g: He had something that he had to do. → He had something to do. (Anh ấy có một số việc phải làm.)

D. designed D. she is wearing D. who delaying

ENGLISH 11 Þ.

FI CI A

L

3. The man who is wearing a blue jumper is in the garden. Þ. 4. We found a doctor who works at a hospital in Hanoi City. Þ. 5. People who have arrived late will not be allowed to enter. Þ.

7. Who is that boy who is walking in the forest? Þ. 8. The man who wants coffee is over there. Þ.

NH

10. I often buy cheese which is imported from Paris. Þ.

ƠN

9. The television which was bought 20 years ago was stolen. Þ.

OF

6. Don't wake the baby who is sleeping in the next room. Þ.

Bài 3: Replace the Relative Clause by a Participle Construction while keeping the rest of the sentence unchanged

QU Y

1. The boy who was waiting in the hall expected a phone call. Þ. 2. Passengers who wanted to go to Liverpool had to change in Manchester. Þ. 3. The girl who was picked up by her brother was very nice. Þ.

M

4. The house that stands at the end of the road will soon be sold. Þ.

KÈ

5. The conference which was planned by non-governmental organisations was about globalisation. Þ. 6. Irish people who live in Great Britain have the right to vote in British elections. Þ.

Y

7. A friend who helps you in need is a good friend indeed. Þ.

DẠ

8. A picture that shows the image of a person is a portrait. Þ. 9. The problems that were discussed will be essential for your exam. Þ.

262

ENGLISH 11

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

FI CI A

L

10. Animals that eat plants are called herbivores. Þ.

263

ENGLISH 11 Bài 4: Rewrite the sentences using reduced relative clauses.

FI CI A

L

1. The present that was given to me last night must have been very expensive. It certainly is beautiful. Þ. 2. Claire Baktne, who was born in 1843, was a true representative of the hopes of hundreds of immigrants. Þ.

3. Frequently, computers which are considered obsolete at large companies are donated to charity institutions or community centers in poor neighborhoods. Þ.

OF

4. The mall which was built in the downtown area of the city has affected traffic considerably. Þ. 5. The children who were selected for the team will start training in a couple of weeks. Þ.

ƠN

6. The new construction company promises to hire all the engineering students who will have graduated from MIT by the end of next year. Þ.

NH

7. Alexander G. Bell, who was considered the inventor of the telephone until recently, simply obtained the patent that belonged to an Italian inventor. Þ. The stamp which is on that envelope is a rare collector's item.

QU Y

Þ.

Bài 5: Shorten these sentences without changing the order. Where it's not possible to shorten them, write "Cannot be shortened". 1. I've just read a book that was called Life without limit. Þ.

M

2. Save electricity by reducing the number of computers that are left on overnight. Þ.

KÈ

3. Did you watch the film which I recommended to you? Þ. 4. I met Jeff last week, whom I believe you know from the office. Þ.

DẠ

Y

5. I thought the man who was walking down the street was my neighbour. Þ.

■ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO

Bài 6: Choose the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.

1. (A) The waiter (B) whom served us yesterday (C) was polite and (D) friendly. 264

ENGLISH 11

3. This is (A) the boy (B) who sister (C) studied (D) with me at high school. 5. The girl (A) whom is standing (B) over there (C) is (D) from Vietnam.

FI CI A

4. He (A) is moving to Lang Son city, (B) that is (C) in the north-east (D) of Vietnam.

L

2. This class (A) is only (B) for people (C) who's first language (D) is not English.

Bài 7: Choose the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions. 1. He likes the dress. Linda is wearing it. A. He likes the dress which Linda is wearing it.

OF

B. He likes the dress Linda is wearing it. C. He likes the dress who Linda is wearing. D. He likes the dress Linda is wearing.

2. What was the name of the boy? You met and talked to him this morning.

ƠN

A. What was the name of the boy who you met and talked to him this morning? B. What was the name of the boy you met and talked to this morning? C. What was the name of the boy you met and talked to whom this morning? D. What was the name of the boy whose you met and talked to this morning?

NH

3. The church is over 200 years old. Our class visited it last summer.

A. The church which our class visited it last summer is over 200 years old. B. The church that our class visited it last summer is over 200 years old. C. The church which our class visited last summer is over 200 years old.

QU Y

D. The church our class visit last summer is over 200 years old. 4. The song says about the love of two young students. She is singing the song. A. The song which she is singing it says about the love of two young students. B. The song she is singing says about the love of two young students. C. The song says about the love of two young students which she is singing. D. The song says about the love of two young students that she is singing it.

M

5. The man is my teacher. I am grateful to him. A. The man whom I grateful to him is my teacher.

KÈ

B. The man whom I am grateful to is my teacher. C. The man is my teacher who is grateful.

Y

D. The man to him I am grateful is my teacher. Bài 8: Rewrite the sentences using reduced relative clauses.

DẠ

1. Do you know the woman who is coming toward us? Þ.

2. The students who have been waiting for the bus in the rain are getting wet. Þ.

265

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

4. They live in a house that was built in the 1990s. Þ.

L

3. I come from a city that is located in the southern part of the country. Þ.

5. He was the first man who left the burning building. Þ. 6. The couple who live in the house next door are both professors. Þ.

OF

7. The cat which is on the table is mine. Þ.

8. The students who left school early yesterday have to explain their reason to the teacher. Þ.

ƠN

9. Did you get the message which concerned the special meeting? Þ.

KEY Bài 1: 6. A 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. C

QU Y

1. B 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C

NH

10. Lan is the only person who was given a special gift this morning. Þ.

Bài 2:

Y

KÈ

M

1. They called a lawyer living nearby. 2. We broke the computer belonging to my father. 3. The man wearing a blue jumper is in the garden. 4. We found a doctor working at a hospital in Hanoi City. 5. People arriving late will not be allowed to enter. 6. Don't wake the baby sleeping in the next room. 7. Who is that boy walking in the forest? 8. The man wanting coffee is over there. 9. The television bought twenty years ago was stolen. 10. I often buy cheese imported from Paris.

DẠ

Bài 3: 1. The boy waiting in the hall expected a phone call. 2. Passengers wanting to go to Liverpool had to change in Manchester. 3. The girl picked up by her brother was very nice. 4. The house standing at the end of the road will soon be sold.

266

FI CI A

5. The conference planned by non-governmental organisations was about globalisation. 6. Irish people living in Great Britain have the right to vote in British elections. 7. A friend helping you in need is a good friend indeed. 8. A picture showing the image of a person is a portrait. 9. The problems discussed will be essential for your exam. 10. Animals eating plants are called herbivores.

L

ENGLISH 11

OF

Bài 4: 1. The present given to me last night must have been very expensive. 2. Claire Baktne, born in 1843, was a true representative of the hopes of hundreds of immigrants. 3. Frequently, computers considered obsolete at large companies are donated to charity institutions or community centers in poor neighborhoods.

ƠN

4. The mall built in the downtown area of the city has affected traffic considerably. 5. The children selected for the team will start training in a couple of weeks.

6. The new construction company promises to hire all the engineering students graduating from MIT by the end of next year.

NH

7. Alexander G. Bell, considered the inventor of the telephone until recently, simply obtained the patent that belonged to an Italian inventor. 8. The stamp on that envelope is a rare collector's item.

QU Y

Bài 5: 1. I've just read a book called Life without limit. 2. Save electricity by reducing the number of computers left on overnight. 3. Did you watch the film I recommended to you? 4. Cannot be shortened. 5. I thought the man walking down the street was my neighbour.

KÈ

M

Bài 6: 1. B (whom => who) 2. C (who's => whose) 3. B (who => whose) 4. B (that => which) "That" không được dùng trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (mệnh đề có dấu phẩy). 5. A (whom => who

DẠ

Y

Bài 7: 1. D He likes the dress. Linda is wearing it. Þ He likes the dress (which) Linda is wearing, (which có thể được lược bỏ vì nó làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ) 2. B What was the name of the boy? You met and talked to him this morning.

267

ENGLISH 11 Þ What was the name of the boy (whom) you met and talked to this morning? (whom có thể được lược bỏ)

FI CI A

L

3. C The church is over 200 years old. Our class visited it last summer. Þ The church which our class visited last summer is over 200 years old. (which làm chức năng tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ) 4. B The song says about the love of two young students. She is singing the song. Þ The song (which) she is singing says about the love of two young students. (which có thể được lược bỏ)

OF

5. B The man is my teacher. I am grateful to him. Þ The man (whom) I am grateful to is my teacher, (whom thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chức năng tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ)

QU Y

NH

ƠN

Bài 8: 1. Do you know the woman coming toward us? 2. The students waiting for the bus in the rain are getting wet. 3. I come from a city located in the central part of the country. 4. They live in a house built in the 1990s. 5. He was the first man to leave the burning building. 6. The couple living in the house next door are both professors. 7. The cat on the table is mine. 8. The students leaving school early yesterday have to explain their reason to the teacher. 9. Did you get the message concerning the special meeting? 10. Lan is the only person to be given a special gift this morning. TEST1

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. borrowing

C. program

D. promotion

2. A. possession

B. access

C. property

D. American

B. Wales

C. Australia

D. pronunciation

B. Indian

C. China

D. mingling

B. French

C. American

D. West Africa

4. A. print

KÈ

3. A. language

M

1. A. government

5. A. English

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. B. terrific

C. wonderful

D. marvelous

2. A. conical

B. different

C. symbolic

D. careful

3. A. cultural

B. mischievous

C. interesting

D. responsible

4. A. finance

B. service

C. order

D. company

5. A. interview

B. agency

C. addition

D. customer

DẠ

Y

1. A. beautiful

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR 268

ENGLISH 11 I. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.

FI CI A

L

1. If you buy stolen relics, you will help to create a black market, to lead / leading to further destruction of the heritage site. 2. The final thing to remember / remembering is to admire the corals from a distance and not to break off any pieces to take home as souvenirs. 3. The tour guide taking / to take us to Ha Long Bay can speak three languages.

4. At the end of this corridor there is a gate leading / leaded to the main door of the temple.

5. The Taj Mahal complex, recognized / recognizing as a World Heritage Site in 1983, includes the tomb, the mosque, the guest house, and the main gate.

OF

6. Here are some of the things to avoid / avoiding when visiting a heritage site.

7. Many of the items such as rings, key chains, or souvenirs are made of unusual shells or unique stones illegally removed / to remove from the protected areas. 8. The pagoda damaged / damaging in the storm has now been rebuilt.

ƠN

9. That man was selling unusual relics illegally removed / removing from the protected area of this heritage site. 10. Visitors should avoid shops to sell / selling unusual relics from the area. II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. archaeological

heritage

relics

complex

cultural

intact

excavations

dynasties

attraction

NH

preservation

1. A lot of ancient houses in Ho An remain _____ intact ______ even after several hundred years. 2. A lot of ___ relics _____ from ancient times are on display at the national heritage museum.

QU Y

3. During the different ______ dynasties ___, the Thang Long Imperial Citadel was expanded. 4. What is special about Hoi An Ancient Town is that it is in a good state of ____ preservation ____. 5. The old houses have been pulled down in order to build a modern residential _____ complex ____. 6. These historic buildings are an important part of Hanoi's ______ heritage ______ and should be preserved. 7. The archaeological ______ excavations _____ that led to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several years.

M

8. The tour of the cave and grotto system is the main _____ attraction _____ for tourists in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park.

KÈ

9. At the Central Sector of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long, visitors can see the _____ archaeological ____ site at 18 Hoang Dieu street and several famous monuments. 10. In December 1993, UNESCO recognised the Complex of Hue monuments as a World _____ cultural ____ Heritage Site - the first site in Vietnam to be added to the World Heritage list.

DẠ

Y

III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. Cuc Phuong National Park is also a(n) _______abudant_______ zone of fauna. (ABUNDANCE)

2. A number of caves in Huong Son Complex are _____archaeological_____ sites belonging to the Hoa Binh Culture dated back to over 10,000 years. (ARCHAEOLOGY) 269

ENGLISH 11

L

3. Set in a quiet environment, Hoi An is ____surrounded_____ by peaceful villages that have crafts such as carpentry, bronze making, and ceramic. (SURROUNDING)

FI CI A

4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is one of the finest and most ______distinctive_____ examples of a complex limestone landform in Southeast Asia. (DISTINCT) 5. The _____excavation_____ work in Con Moong Cave area has been carried out for several years. (EXCAVATE) 6. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park can be compared to a huge ____geological___ museum. (GEOLOGY) 7. Last year, we came to the heritage site and beautiful ____landscape___ of West Yen Tu. (LAND)

8. The Champa Kingdom was vividly _____illustrated____ by the ruins of My Son. (ILLUSTRATE)

OF

9. The basic architectural and landscape features of the Complex of Hue Monuments have been maintained intact since their original _____construction____ in the early 19t century. (CONSTRUCT) 10. Yen Tu is a complex of ___architectural___ masterpieces located in a beautiful landscape. (ARCHITECT)

ƠN

IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. The guest on our show is the youngest golfer ____ the Open. A. won

B. to win

C. being won

2. I have a message for people ____ by the traffic chaos. B. who delaying

C. delayed

NH

A. to delay

D. winning

D. who delay

3. The ____ items in Con Moong Cave are now kept in Thanh Hoa Museum for preservation and displaying work. A. excavating

B. excavated

C. excavation

D. excavator

A. constructing

QU Y

4. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the only stone citadel in Southeast Asia ____ of large limestone blocks. B. which constructed

C. to construct

D. to be constructed

5. Emma Thompson is the most famous actress ____ on the stage here. A. appeared

B. appear

C. appearing

D. to appear

6. Have you visited the pagodas ____ on Tran Phu Street in Hoi An. A. to lie

B. lying

C. lain

D. lie

KÈ

A. linked

M

7. The Temple of Preah Vihear in Cambodia is composed of a series of sanctuaries ____ by a system of pavements and starcases over an 800 metre long axis. B. linking

C. to link

D. being linked

8. Cat Ba is also rich of cultural festivals and traditions that are highly potential for ____ and development. A. research

B. growth

C. conservation

D. promotion

Y

9. Irresponsible tourists damaged the archaeological site and some of the relics ____ back to the last ruling dynasty.

DẠ

A. to date

B. dating

C. to be dated

D. date

10. The ancient houses ____ by the fire are now under reconstruction. A. to destroy

B. destroying

C. destroyed

11. The boy ____ in the accident was taken to hospital. 270

D. destroy

ENGLISH 11 A. injuring

B. being injured

C. have injured

D. injured

B. unspoiled

C. intact

D. unharmed

FI CI A

A. damaged

L

12. Hoi An Ancient Town is preserved in a remarkably ____ state. 13. Son Doong Cave, ____ in 2009, is believed to contain the world's largest cave passage. A. first explored

B. to explore first

C. exploring first

D. was first explored

C. left

D. whom to leave

14. The captain was the last ____ the sinking ship. A. to leave

B. that leaving

15. Son Doong Cave is the largest cave in the world ____ in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park. A. which discovered B. discovering

C. to discover

D. to be discovered

A. marking

B. offering

OF

16. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was built in the 11th century by the Ly Dynasty, ____ the independence of Dai Viet. C. commemorating

17. Melanie was the only person ____ a letter of thanks. B. written

C. to write

D. writing

ƠN

A. wrote

D. bringing

18. No fluorescent lights, no motorcycles, no television, on the 15th day of each lunar month, the riverside town of Hoi An ____ modern life the night off. B. lets

C. brings

D. turns

NH

A. gives

19. We came to the temple dedicated to King Dinh Tien Hoang, ____ Hoa Lu to build the citadel. A. to choose

B. choosing

20. Who were those people ____ outside? A. waited

B. to wait

C. chosen

D. which chose

C. who waiting

D. waiting

QU Y

V. Choose the correct word in the box to complete the sentences. attractive

mysterious

combination

preservation

exceptionally

excavation

settlement

harmonious

architectural

geological

1. In 1805, King Gia Long requested the building of a new, smaller citadel called Hanoi Citadel with a new ____ architectural ____ style.

M

2. The Complex of Hue Monuments is a _____ combination _____ of many royal monuments from the Nguyen Dynasty.

KÈ

3. As for me, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is one of the most _____ attractive ____ destinations in Vietnam because of its value. 4. Due to its special ____ geological ____ constitution, Ba Be Lake has very original and special features. 5. The ____ excavation ____ site in Con Moong Cave is also one of archaeological sites that contain the thickest cultural layer Vietnam at present.

DẠ

Y

6. Cat Ba Archipelago bears the _____ exceptionally ___ natural values with its tropical forests which cover the limestone system and the mangrove wetlands. 7. The Complex of Yen Tu Monuments and Landscape is a vivid illustration of human interaction with the environment and traditional human permanent _____ settlement _____.

271

ENGLISH 11

L

8. Besides the historical value of geology, Phong Nha - Ke Bang is also favoured with the ____ mysterious ____ and majestic landscapes by nature.

FI CI A

9. Management and ____ preservation _____ in Hoi An are further strengthened through master planning and action plans. 10. The architecture of Hoi An is a _____ harmonious _____ blend of Vietnamese, Chinese and Japanese influences. C. READING I. Fill in the bank with a suitable word.

ƠN

OF

Hoan Kiem Lake is an attractive body of water right in the (1) ___heart__ of Ha Noi. Legend has it that in the mid-15th (2) ___century__, Heaven gave Emperor Le Thai To (Le Loi) a magical sword which he used to fight (3) ___against___ the Chinese, the Ming aggressors, out of Viet Nam. After that one day when he was out (4) ___ sailing ___ in the lake, a giant (5) __golden __ tortoise suddenly grabbed the sword and (6) ___disappeared__ into the depths of the lake. Since then, the lake has been known as Hoan Kiem Lake (Lake of the Restored Sword) (7) ___because___ it is believed the sword was taken to its original divine owners. The tiny Tortoise Pagoda, topped with a red star, is (8) ____on___ a small island in the middle of the lake; it is often used (9) ___as___ an emblem of Ha Noi. Every morning around 6 a.m., local residents can be seen around Hoan Kiem Lake (10) __doing___ their morning exercise, jogging or playing badminton. guardians

sacred

mainland

chiseled

NH

II. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word in the box.

intricate

dilapidated

bridge

archaeologists

MY SON SANCTUARY

QU Y

Hidden away in the tropical forest near the port city of Da Nang and the very popular World Heritage town of Hoi An is the Champa civilization’s (1) _____ sacred ______ valley of My Son, or “Beautifal Mountain”. I joined the full day package tour from Hoi An, which was quite very convenient as it included all transportation, ticket fee. lunch and guide. I arrived in My Son around 10 o’clock. After walking for a while, I found the complex of tourist facilities, and one of them is the performance hall. Our guide insisted us keeping going into the forest. Within few minutes, I started to see the complex of ancient Hindu temples made from brick

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

At first, the (2) _____ dilapidated ______ state of the complex was quite shocking, and almost nothing was left to see. I decided to discover the site by myself and I started to be impressed by the amazing quality of brick carving details. The image of Hinduism (3) ______ guardians _____ and angels are truly beautiful and reminded me about Angkor in Cambodia. For me, My Son is the great evidence of how Southern Indian art expanded to Southeast Asia since ancient Cham people came from Java where Indian art flourished, and later expand to modern day Vietnam and later Cambodia and Thailand. The construction method of My Son is also very unique: Cham people built a whole block of bricks then burned them to make the whole brick block very solid and strong then (4) ____ chiseled ______ into the temple. I walked around the complex many times to enjoy its (5) _____ intricate _____ motifs until the guide informed that there are more complex to see. I went to see another complex, this one is located on the hill and recently partial rebuilt by a group of Italian (6) _____ archaeologists ____, and they are planning to rebuild more, which is a very good news for My Son preservation. The rebuilt complex is very lovely and illustrates the original layout very well even

272

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

though the new brick really contrasts with the old ones. After that, the guide took me back to the bus and back to Hoi An, it was exactly 3 hours inside My Son. Despite the bad state of preservation, I really enjoyed my visit to My Son, the place has exceeded my expectation and even small complex can clearly show its value as a (7) _____ bridge ____ of cultural exchange between India - Java and (8) ____ mainland ____ Southeast Asia. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cord that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Recognized as a World Heritage Site in Vietnam, Ha Long Bay attracts thousands of visitors every year, who come to enjoy its magnificent natural (1) ____. However, the bay is also facing a number of threats that may lead to serious damage to the site.

OF

Wildlife in Ha Long Bay is being (2) ____ by overfishing as this is the only job to support most of the inhabitants here. As a (3) ____, rare sea creatures may become extinct soon.

ƠN

(4) ____ problem is deforestation of mangrove forests. The mangroves, known as the plants native to Ha Long Bay, provide protection during storms, preserve the shoreline, and act as a natural filter that keeps the sea environment clean and healthy. Numerous wildlife species (5) ____ plants and fish also depend on the mangroves.

NH

What is more, some markets in Ha Long Bay sell unusual relics and natural (6) ____, such as coral pieces, sea shells, or unique stones, probably illegally removed from the (7) ____ areas. Many of these items, converted into rings, key chains, and other souvenirs, are purchased by unsuspecting tourists. Buying these items creates a black market (8) ____ to further destruction of Ha Long Bay. As eco-tourists, we can help to protect Ha Long Bay for future generations in several ways. For example, by sailing or fishing with the fishermen, we can share the benefits of tourism with the local (9) ____.

C. landscape

D. point

B. destroyed

C. destructing

D. destroy

3. A. instant

B. example

C. accident

D. result

4. A. Others

M

1. A. middle

B. main

2. A. destruction

QU Y

This will help them to increase their income and reduce excessive fishing. We can also help local people to learn about the significance of the mangrove forests and help them to replant the mangroves. We should also avoid purchasing unusual souvenirs. As responsible tourists, we can (10) ____ suspected traders or vendors by refusing to buy their illegal goods.

B. Other

C. Another

D. One

B. including

C. getting

D. creating

B. dangers

C. lost

D. escapes

7. A. protective

B. protection

C. protecting

D. protected

8. A. allowing

B. leading

C. appointing

D. sending

9. A. community

B. people

C. society

D. human

10. A. do

B. discourage

C. compare

D. contrast

Y

6. A. objects

KÈ

5. A. making

DẠ

IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer. A rather surprising geographical feature of Antarctica is that a huge freshwater lake, one of the world's largest and deepest, lies hidden there under four kilometers of ice. Now known as Lake Vostok, this huge body of water is located under the ice block that comprises Antarctica. The lake is able to exist in its unfrozen 273

ENGLISH 11

L

state beneath this block of ice because its waters are warmed by geothermal heat from the earth's core. The thick glacier above Lake Vostok actually insulates it from the frigid temperatures on the surface.

FI CI A

The lake was first discovered in the 1970s while a research team was conducting an aerial survey of the area. Radio waves from the survey equipment penetrated the ice and revealed a body of water of indeterminate size. It was not until much more recently that data collected by satellite made scientists aware of the tremendous size of the lake; the satellite-borne radar detected an extremely flat region where the ice remains level because it is floating on the water of the lake.

OF

The discovery of such a huge freshwater lake trapped under Antarctica is of interest to the scientific community because of the potential that the lake contains ancient microbes that have survived for thousands of years, unaffected by factors such as nuclear fallout and elevated ultraviolet light that have affected organisms in more exposed areas. The downside of the discovery, however, lies in the difficulty of conducting research on the lake in such a harsh climate and in the problems associated with obtaining uncontaminated samples from the lake without actually exposing the lake to contamination. Scientists are looking for possible ways to accomplish this. A. undrinkable

ƠN

Question 1: The word "hidden" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____. B. untouched

C. unexploitable

Question 2: What is true of Lake Vostok? C. It is beneath a thick slab of ice.

B. It is saltwater lake.

NH

A. It is completely frozen.

D. undiscovered

D. It is heated by the sun.

Question 3: Which of the following is closest in meaning to "frigid" in paragraph 1? A. extremely cold

B. easily broken

C. quite harsh

D. lukewarm

Question 4: All of the following are true about the 1970 survey of Antarctica EXCEPT that it ____. B. made use of radio waves

C. could not determine the lake's exact size

D. was controlled by a satellite

QU Y

A. was conducted by air

Question 5: It can be inferred from the passage that the ice would not be flat if ____. A. there were no lake underneath

B. the lake were not so big

C. Antarctica were not so cold

D. radio waves were not used

M

Question 6: The word "microbes" in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by which of the following? A. Pieces of dust

B. Tiny bubbles

C. Tiny organisms

D. Rays of light

KÈ

Question 7: Lake Vostok is potentially important to scientists because ____. A. can be studied using radio waves B. may contain uncontaminated microbes C. may have elevated levels of ultraviolet light

Y

D. has already been contaminated

Question 8: The purpose of the passage is to ____.

DẠ

A. explain how Lake Vostok was discovered B. provide satellite data concerning Antarctica C. discuss future plans for Lake Vostok

274

ENGLISH 11

D. WRITING

FI CI A

I. Rewrite the following sentences using present participle, past participle or to-infinitive. 1. Maxicorp were the only company which replied my letter. Maxicorp were the only company to reply my letter. 2. Do you know the man who is talking to my father? Do you know the man talking to my father? 3. Applications which were sent after 23rd will not be considered.

We have a lot of exercises to do tonight. 5. Studies of her son are the most important thing that she cares about. 6. The equipment which belongs to the club is insured. The equipment belonging to the club is insured. George is the first person to be interviewed.

NH

7. George is the first person that we will interview.

ƠN

Studies of her son are the most important thing to care about.

OF

Applications sent after 23rd will not be considered. 4. We have a lot of exercises which we have to do tonight.

L

D. present an unexpected aspect of Antarctica's geography

8. Meetings which are held every month are called monthly meetings. Meetings held every month are called monthly meetings.

QU Y

9. The most excellent students who were rewarded the scholarship would have a two-week holiday in Vung Tau. The most excellent students rewarded the scholarship would have a two-week holiday in Vung Tau. 10. The trees which were planted last week are growing well. The trees planted last week are growing well.

II. Rewrite the following sentences using present participle, past participle or to-infinitive. 1. The man who is talking to John is from Korea.

M

The man talking to John is from Korea. 2. The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting.

KÈ

The ideas presented in that book are interesting. 3. Ann is the woman who is responsible for preparing the budget. Ann is the woman responsible for preparing the budget. 4. English has an alphabet that consists of 26 letters.

Y

English has an alphabet consisting of 26 letters.

DẠ

5. The books that are on that shelf are mine. The books on that shelf are mine. 6. The children who attend that school receive a good education. The children attending that school receive a good education. 275

ENGLISH 11

The psychologists studying the nature of sleep have made important discoveries. The sunlight coming through the window wakes me up early every morning.

FI CI A

8. The sunlight which comes through the window wakes me up early every morning.

L

7. The psychologists who study the nature of sleep have made important discoveries.

9. John Quincy Adams, who was born on July 11th 1767, was the sixth president of the United States. John Quincy Adams, born on July 11th 1767, was the sixth president of the United States. 10. These are the ancient houses which were built a long time ago. These are the ancient houses built a long time ago. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF 1. A. study

B. business

C. function

2. A. soft

B. modern

C. communication

3. A. love

B. box

C. hobby

4. A. gone

B. go

C. hot

5. A. houses

B. glasses

C. horses

OF

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

D. number

D. technology

ƠN

D. problem

D. long

D. studies

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. B. illegal

C. positive

2. A. confident

B. eternal

C. dangerous

D. healthier

3. A. independent

B. academic

C. compulsory

D. unexpected

4. A secondary

B. immediate

C. miraculous

D. domestic

5. A. simple

B. polite

C. formal

D. instant

D. domestic

QU Y

NH

1. A. inaccurate

III. Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. 1. Scholars believe that there are still relics buried under the tomb and awaiting excavation / heritage. 2. Lack of preservation / customer of this heritage building has resulted in damage to its walls. 3. The best part of our trip to the national park was the tour to many ancient / antiques ruins. 4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang has a complex geological / biological structure with different varieties of stone

M

5. The ruling scholar / dynasty was responsible for reuniting the kingdom.

KÈ

6. Exploring / Destroying the caves and grottos in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is the most popular activity for visitors 7. This heritage site is famous for its beautiful scenes / scenery. 8. Visiting the Tomb of Khai Dinh, tourists will notice a mix of eastern and western dynasties / architecture.

Y

9. Scientists working on the site found many ancient tools, tombs and pottery, and made some important archaeological / technological discoveries.

DẠ

10. The tombs are part of our historical heritage / traditions. IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. We noticed a pile of stones ____ in the road. A. left

276

B. leaving

C. to leave

D. having left

ENGLISH 11

B. house

C. scenery

D. basis

FI CI A

A. home

L

2. The vegetation layers in Cat Ba Archipelago from spectacular and scenic landscapes and make the site become ____ to all Vietnam's typical ecosystems.

3. The monuments of My Son are the most important constructions of the Champa Kingdom, ____ coast of Central Vietnam from the 4th to the 13th centuries. A. to flourish

B. flourished

C. flourishing

D. to be flourished

C. carrying

D. to carry

4. A lorry ____ concrete pipes has overturned. A. carried

B. being carried

5. Most tourists like buying clothes, lanterns, and other handicraft ____ by local craftmen in Hoi An. C. made B. making

C. made

D. make

OF

A. to make

6. The only thing ____ at the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the stone walls. A. to see

B. seeing

C. sees

D. see

7. The Complex of Hue Monuments was the first site in Vietnam ____ as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO. B. be recognizing

C. recognizes

D. recognize

ƠN

A. to be recognized

8. Located in Hoang Dieu Street, Hau Lau has ____ architecture of the Eastern and Western styles A. abundant

B. authentic

C. mixed

D. complex

A. distinctive

B. similar

NH

9. The limestone in Phong Nha is not continuous, which has led to a particularly ____ shape. C. genuine

D. diverse

10. Near the White House is another famous landmark ____ the Washington Monument. A. is which

B. which call

C. called

D. it is called

QU Y

11. The distinction of the Khai Dinh Tomb is the unique architecture ____ the art of Rococo and the Vietnamese style. A. combined

B. combining

C. to be combined

D. which combine

12. Although some of the structures are now ____, most of the significant existing monuments have been partially restored. A. in danger

B. at risk

C. in ruins

D. at war

C. to sell

D. sold

A. selling

M

13. The food ____ in this supermarket is very good. B. which sold

KÈ

14. My Son Sanctuary is an area ____ with Hindu-like architecture and art. A. covering

B. covered

C. which covered

D. to cover

15. Most houses in Hoi An are of ____ architecture dating from the 17th to the 19th century. A. tradition

B. traditional

C. ancient

D. customary

Y

16. To plant rice, farmers, ____, set young plants in the mud. B. who water wading in their bare feet

C. wading in the water with their bare feet

D. whose bare feet wading in the water

DẠ

A. they wade with bare feet in the water

17. The nearly 4-hour ____ from Ha Long Bay to Cat Ba Island afforded us visits to well-known caves and beaches. A. travel

277

B. vacation

C. boating

D. cruise

ENGLISH 11

B. exact

C. authentic

D. original

FI CI A

A. correct

L

18. Another thing that I was really impressed with Hoi An is the preservation of the whole town which is very amazing and very ____. 19. A fine tomb, ____, marks the grave of the poet Chaucer. A. which in the fifteenth century was erecting

B. erected in the fifteenth century

C. erecting in the fifteenth century

D. being erected in the fifteenth century

20. I live in a pleasant room ____ the garden. A. to overlook

B. overlooked

C. overlooking

D. which overlooking

V. Fill in the gap with a suitable word to complete the passage.

OF

THE AREA OF OLD CARVED STONES IN SA PA

The area of old carved stones in Sa Pa lies mainly in the Muong Hoa Valley, (1) _____where____ there are settlements of ethnic minority people in Sa Pa District. Lao Cai Province. Carved stones here have been discovered since a long time (2) ____ago_____. In 1925, a French scholar coming here discovered

ƠN

more than 30 pieces of stone that had been carved with various images, scattered along the Hoa Spring bank. Later, other scientists have come here to (3) ____study___ the carved pieces of stone. Until now, researchers have discovered more than 200 (4) ____pieces_____ of stone carved with different images, among them are the big ones which have complicated designs.

NH

The (5) _____most_____ common patterns are images of mountains, hills and fields. In one pieces of one, we can find images of houses, following the patter of house on site with the form of bond with curved roof, reminding the image of here on the Dong Son bronze (6) ___drums___.

QU Y

Particularly, a (7) ___number____ of researchers have raised the hypothesis of traces of 3 kinds of writing system, following the pattern of pictorial writing with straight and curved lines. There are writing systems almost (8) ___similar____ to the writing systems found on amulets of Tay ethnic group and Dao ethnic group, but they are not Tay characters. The discovery of 3 above kinds of writing system on carved pieces of stones makes more complicated the determination of the author of those works. Maybe those authors (9) ____belong___ to many different ethnic minorities and have achieved their works in different times.

M

There are opinions underlining that those pieces of stone have been carved by the old Viet people. At present, there remain a number of (10) ____legends____ about the “Father piece” and “Mother piece” of stone related to inhabitants of the areas lying at the mountain foot coming here to find new settlements. However, the problem of determination of the real authors of those works is still to be solved.

KÈ

VI. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. performs

meeting

nature

skill

attacked

set

sessions

rocky

construction

considering

Y

The citadel of the Ho Dynasty was built according to the Feng Shui principles, (1) ____ considering____

DẠ

the flowering of neo-Confucianism in the late 14th century in Vietnam and its spread to other (2) __ sessions __ of East Asia. According to these principles, it was located in a landscape of great (3) ____ nature ____ beauty on an axis (4) __ meeting __ the Tuong Son and Don Son Mountains in a plain between the Ma and Buoi Rivers. In terms of architectural history, the citadel of the Ho Dynasty (5) ____ performs __ an important role in the planning and building of urban areas in Vietnam. It shows the uniqueness in the (6) __ 278

ENGLISH 11

L

construction_ of a citadel in general and a stone citadel in particular, and a breakthrough in Vietnam's tradition of citadel building.

FI CI A

Thanks to the unique construction techniques, all the (7) ____ rocky ____ stone sections are intact and have not been (8) _____ attacked _____ by time and weather or by recent urban encroachment. The citadel of the Ho Dynasty is an architectural (9) _____ skill _____ of the 14th century with impressive architecture of the walls and other parts. The citadel buildings represent an outstanding example of a new (10) ____set_____ of Southeast Asian imperial city with a combination between the Vietnamese architecture and the unique building techniques of Southeast Asia and Eastern Asia.

HOI AN ANCIENT TOWN

OF

II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

ƠN

Arriving in Hoi An around 9 p.m, I was really relieved when I discovered that the (1) ____ town was peacefully quiet, something I am really (2) ____ is that Hoi An at night may become crazy club scenes. In the next morning, I woke up very early, and walked around the town admiring waterfront areas where local fishermen were ready to go out for day fishing, the very lively market and extremely ring and empty streets. (3) ____ there was no tourist, only locals then and the souvenir shops were still close, I felt that Hoi An at that moment was an extremely gorgeous place to visit.

QU Y

NH

The yellowish Chinese styled houses along the street together with decorative bushes of bougainvillea flower are lovely sights and very (4) ____. The layout of houses was claimed to be unique for not strictly complied with Feng Shui but for benefit of better ventilation in tropical region. Another thing that I am really (5) ____ is the preservation of the whole town which is very amazing and very authentic, which is a thing that cannot be found in Melaka, Singapore or Macao. The Japanese Bridge is maybe the only sight that I found very interesting for its stories that the Japanese built this bridge in (6) ____ to calm evil serpent spirit "Namazu" that caused earthquake in very faraway Japan since they believe Hoi An is located on the back of the serpent. I strangely found that there are still many nice temples, (7) ____ the one dedicate to Confucius which has more unique and interesting Vietnamese elements more than the preserved one in the core zone.

KÈ

M

I also (8) ____ that Hoi An is not only popular with European tourists but also Korean, Japanese, Australian and New Zealander. After sunset, the whole town waterfront becomes a night market with many local foods. And at that time Hoi An is very charming with hundreds of paper and (9) ____ lanterns. Hoi An at night seems to be a very popular place for pre-wedding photo shooting, as I saw many Vietnamese couples in their traditional dresses with their photographer teams everywhere especially around the Japanese Bridge, so a great place to see local contemporary weeding cultures. All in all, I really enjoyed my time in Hoi An for its lovely (10) ____ nice townscape. Note: - bougainvillea flower = hoa giấy - townscape = cảnh quan thành phố B. mainly

C. whole

D. major

2. A. neglected

B. concerned

C. noticed

D. protected

3. A. Because

B. As

C. For

D. Since

4. A. photograph

B. photographer

C. photogenic

D. photography

5. A. impressing

B. impressed

C. impressive

D. impression

DẠ

Y

1. A. middle

279

B. that

C. as

D. other

7. A. specially

B. contrarily

C. partly

D. especially

8. A. destroyed

B. noted

C. wrote

D. ruined

9. A. silk

B. clothes

C. shirts

D. shoes

10. A. weather

B. atmosphere

C. tent

D. villager

FI CI A

6. A. order

L

ENGLISH 11

VIII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.

ƠN

OF

The rules of etiquette in American restaurants depend upon a number of factors the physical location of the restaurant, e.g., rural or urban; the type of restaurant, e.g., informal or formal; and certain standards that are more universal. In other words, some standards of etiquette vary significantly while other standards apply almost anywhere. Learning the proper etiquette in a particular type of restaurant in a particular area may sometimes require instruction, but more commonly it simply requires sensitivity and experience. For example, while it is acceptable to read a magazine in a coffee shop, it is inappropriate to do the same in a more luxurious setting. And, if you are eating in a very rustic setting it may be fine to tuck your napkin into your shirt, but if you are in a sophisticated urban restaurant this behavior would demonstrate a lack of manners. It is safe to say, however, that in virtually every restaurant it is unacceptable to indiscriminately throw your food on the floor. The conclusion we can most likely draw from the above is that while the types and locations of restaurants determine etiquette appropriate to them, some rules apply to all restaurants.

NH

Question 1: With what topic is this passage primarily concerned? A. Instruction in proper etiquette

C. Variable and universal standards of etiquette

B. Rules of etiquette D. The importance of good manners

Question 2: Which of the following words is most similar to the meaning of "rustic"? A. Ancient

B. Urban

C. Unsophisticated

D. Agricultural

A. somewhat innocent

QU Y

Question 3: The author uses the phrase "safe to say" in order to demonstrate that the idea is ____. B. quite certain

C. very clever

D. possible

Question 4: What does the word "it" in bold and underlined refer to? A. Knowing the type of restaurant

B. Clear instruction

C. Learning the proper etiquette

D. Sensitivity

M

Question 5: According to the passage, which of the following is a universal rule of etiquette? B. Tucking a napkin in your shirt

C. Reading a magazine at a coffee shop

D. Not throwing food on the floor

KÈ

A. Eating in rustic settings

Question 6: The word “manners” in bold could best be replaced by which of the following? A. Tact

B. Ceremony

C. Experience

D. Character

Y

Part I. PHONETICS

DẠ

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. scholar

B. technique

C. archaeology

2.A. ancient

B. concern

C. associate

280

D. achievement D. special

3. A. itinerary

B. abundant

C. elegance

D. landscape

4. A. tomb

B. dome

C. mosaic

D. poetic

B. luxury

C. perfume

D. mon ment

FI CI A

5. A. numerous

L

ENGLISH 11

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 6. A. archaeology

B. itinerary

C. unforgettable

7. A. magnificent

B. associate

C. mausoleum

8. A. religious

B. masterpiece

9. A. intact

B. nightlife

D. harmonious

C. prestigious C. relic

B. heritage

D. abundant D. complex

C. memory

Part II. VOCABULARY

D. represent

OF

10. A. cultural

D. authenticity

Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 11. I'd like to book a room with a/an ____ of the sea. B. sight

C. view

12. When I'm on holiday, I enjoy ____. A. getting sunburnt

D. scenery

ƠN

A. outlook

B. getting sunstroke

C. having a sunbath

D. sunbathing

A. charter

B. package

NH

13. The most popular destinations for ____ holidays are Spain, Italy, and Greece. C. packed

D. packet

14. When you are staying at a popular resort, there are plenty of ____ to go on. A. excursions

B. expeditions

C. pilgrimages

D. sightseeing

A. cruise

QU Y

15. One day when I'm rich and famous, I'm going to go on a round-the-world ____. B. sail

C. self-catering

D. survival

16. You can save money by choosing a ____ holiday. A. do-it-yourself

B. self-catering

C. self-study

D. survival

17. My favourite part of England is Cornwall. There's some absolutely beautiful ____ there. A. nature

B. signs

C. scenery

D. views

A. by the sea

M

18. There's a pretty little fishing village ____. B. on the sand

C. on the beach

D. by the shore

th

KÈ

19. There's a path that ____ out of the village to a beautiful 14 -century church. A. follows

B. moves

C. takes

D. leads

20. Costa Rica is one of the most beautiful places I have ever visited. Wherever you go, you can see the ____ of volcanoes, some of which are still alive.

Y

A. tops

B. heads

C . mouths

D. ends

DẠ

21. The beaches were absolutely ____. Sometimes we were the only two people there. A. unspoilt

B. deserted

C. natural

D. romantic

22. Sri Lanka has some fantastic beaches – miles after miles of golden sand and ____ water. A. crystal clear

281

B. crystal clean

C. light blue

D. navy blue

ENGLISH 11

A. accuse

B. charge

C. blame

D. claim

A. blame

B. complaint

FI CI A

24. When I worked as a waiter, the hotel manager found ____ with everything I do. C. fault

D. criticism

C. stage

D. season

C. trip

D. travel

25. It can be quite busy here during the tourist ____. A. period

B. phase

26. I always enjoy our school ____ to France. A. excursion

B. journey

27. Captain Cook discovered Australia on a ____ to the Pacific. B. cruise

C. travel

28. The sunset over Niagara Fall is really a magnificent ____. A. look

B. sign

C. view

A. staying

D. sight

ƠN

29. The hotel where we are ____ is quite luxurious.

D. tour

OF

A. voyage

B. existing

L

23. The travel agent wasn't to ____ for the overbooking.

C. remaining

D. living

30. Passengers requiring a special meal during the flight should inform the airline in ____. A. ahead

B. advance

C. front

D. forward

A. travel

B. trip

NH

31. We usually do go by train, even though the car ____ is a lot quicker. C. voyage

D. journey

32. The area near the palace gates was ____ with tourists. A. full

B. crowded

C. flooded

D. covered

A. sights

QU Y

33. From the top of the cathedral tower there are some spectacular ____ of the surrounding countryside. C. views

B. sites

C. relics

B. sites

D. scenery

34. She didn't enjoy the Mediterranean ____ at all; she was seasick most of the time. A. cruise

B. tour

C. voyage

D. trip

35. Known as 'Ha Long Bay on Land', Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is famous for its mountains, caves, and archaeological ____.

M

A. excavations

D. heritages

KÈ

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s)in each of the following questions. 36. The balance and harmonious blending of various elements contribute to Taj Mahal's unique beauty. A. successful

B. agreeable

C. tasteful

D. fitting

Y

37. My Son Sanctuary is a large complex of religious relics comprising more than 70 architectural works such as towers, temples, and tombs.

DẠ

A. royal

B. precious

C. holy

D. valuable

38. In addition to exploring the caves and grottos, and seeing its flora and fauna, visitors can also enjoy mountain climbing. A. flowers and plants

282

B. plants and animals

ENGLISH 11 C. plants and vegetation

D. flowers and grass

A. unbreathable

B. heartbreaking

C. awe-inspiring

FI CI A

L

39. Ha Long Bay has attracted millions of visitors who come to enjoy its breathtaking views and experience other activities. D. unforgettable

40. They can enjoy the -comfort and elegance of five-star hotels and luxury cruise ships. A. style

B. convenience

C. standard

D. grace

41. Most of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was demolished in the early 20th century. A. rebuilt

B. pulled down

C. put up

D. pulled up

A. noticeable

B. attractive

C. brilliant

OF

42. Taj Mahal is a giant mausoleum of white marble in Arga, India. It is considered to be an outstanding work of art. D. significant

43. Recognised as a World Heritage Site in 1983, the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb, mosque, guest house, and main gate, has preserved the original qualities of the buildings. B. ancient

C. unique

D. perfect

ƠN

A. initial

44. As visitors explore this magnificent place, there are always new surprises for them. A. interesting

B. strange

C. impressive

D. unusual

A. contains

B. includes

NH

45. The mausoleum represents the greatest architectural and artistic achievement of Muslim art. C. claims

D. embodies

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 46. Though built almost five hundred years ago, the church remained practically intact. B. in ruins

QU Y

A. in perfection

C. in chaos

D. in completion

47. Tourists can do and see a lot in Ha Long Bay at a reasonable price. A. inexpensive

B. affordable

C. cheap

D. exorbitant

48. The major stone sections of the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty remain intact thanks to the unique construction techniques. A. special

B. common

C. excellent

D. ancient

KÈ

A. following

M

49. The Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was first built during the Ly Dynasty and then expanded by subsequent dynasties. B. successive

C. preceding

D. next

50. Visitors with more abundant travel budgets can enjoy the comfort of five-star hotels and luxury cruise ships. A. huge

B. plentiful

C. mean

D. tight

Y

Part III. GRAMMAR

DẠ

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 51. The best way ____ London is by taking a guided tour. A. of which to see

283

B. to see

C. seeing

D. in which you see

ENGLISH 11

B. to emerge

C. emerging

D. being emerged

FI CI A

A. emerge

L

52. With its thousands of rocks and caves ____ out of the water, Ha Long Bay has won international recognition.

53. Hoi An Ancient Town is a well-preserved example of a Southeast Asian trading port ____ from the 15th to the 19th century. A. to date

B. dated

C. that date

D. dating

54. We can also see the stone dragons of Kinh Thien Palace and relics associated with many Vietnamese royal families, ____ during archaeological excavations. B. being discovered

C. to discover

55. John F. Kennedy was the last US president ____. A. to assassinate

B. assassinated

D. discovering

OF

A. discovered

C. assassinating

D. to be assassinated

56. The Complex of Hue Monuments was the first site in Viet Nam ____ to the World Heritage List. A. adding

B. to add

C. to be added

D. added

A. led

ƠN

57. The archaeological excavation ____ to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several years. B. leading

C. to lead

D. being led

58. Though ____ many centuries ago, the palace remains practically intact. B. to build

C. built

NH

A. building

D. people built

59. I picked up some holiday brochures ____ around the table at the travel agency. A. to lie

B. lying

C. to be lying

D. being lying

60. Situated on Cam Khe Hill, Tomb of Minh Mang is one of the most interesting royal tombs ____ in Hue. A. to visit

B. visited

C. visiting

D. being visited

QU Y

61. You may choose one from the five World Heritage Sites in Viet Nam ____ in this leaflet to visit on your next field trip. A. includes

B. including

C. included

D. to include

62. ____ UNESCO criteria for outstanding universal value to humanity, Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex was added to the World Heritage List in 2014. A. Meeting

B. Met

C. To meet

D. Having met

A. noticed

M

63. The most magnificent feature of Taj Mahal ____ is the central dome. B. being noticed

C. to notice

D. noticing

KÈ

64. Scientists ____ on the site found many ancient tools, tombs and pottery, and made some important archaeological discoveries. A. worked

B. working

C. to work

D. to be working

Y

65. ____ with an average of 320 days of sunshine a year, the coastline offers the perfect holiday destination for anyone ____ to switch off and unwind.

DẠ

A. Blessed/wanting

B. Blessing/wanting C. Blessed/wants

D. Blessing/wanted

66. Southern Spain's Costa del Sol, ____ from Nerja in the east to Manilva in the west, is one of the most fascinating tourist areas in the world. A. stretches

284

B. stretching

C. stretched

D. being stretched

ENGLISH 11

B. provided

C. providing

D. is provas

FI CI A

A. provides

L

67. As well as its beautiful sun-soaked beaches and excellent gastronomy, the region boasts no fewer than thirty golf courses, ____ amateurs and professionals alike with year-round golfing opportunities. 68. The Saga Rose is a good-looking ship. ____ in 1965, she is highly regarded by marine experts for her elegant lines. A. Launching

B. Was launched

C. To launch

D. Launched

69. I took up salsa, ____ by dance teacher, Thabo, who made us believe we were good enough to perform in front of passengers and crew. A. was inspired

B. inspiring

C. inspired

D. was inspiring

A. tricking

B. tricks

C. trick

D. tricked

71. Henry VIII of England was the only king ____ six times. B. married

C. was married

D. marrying

ƠN

A. to marry

OF

70. The electromagnetic fields can also cause responses in the brain, ____ observers into thinking they are seeing even more vivid impressions.

72. Travellers are faced with a lot of destinations ____ from. A. choosing

B. choose

C. to be choosing

D. to choose

73. I think China will be the next country ____ the Olympic Games. B. hosting

C. to host

NH

A. who host

D. hosted

74. At 24, William Pitt was the youngest person ____ Prime Minister. A. becoming

B. to become

C. became

D. was become

75. Tourists ____ the train from London to Stratford have to change at Coventry. B. taking

QU Y

A. take

C. to take

D. who takes

76. The capital city of Ecuador was the first city in the world ____ a World Heritage Site by UNESCO. A. to declare

B. declared

C. declaring

D. to be declared

77. Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is the 8th World Heritage in Viet Nam ____ by UNESCO. A. to be recognised

B. to recognise

C. recognising

D. recognised

A measures

M

78. The London Tower Bridge, ____ 244 metres long, is a World Heritage Site. B. measured

C. measuring

D. is measured

KÈ

79. Scholars believe that there are still relics ____ under the tomb and awaiting to be excavated. A. burying

B. buried

C. are burying

D. are buried

80. ____ the email - supposedly from Boyd's Bank - to be genuine, she was tricked into disclosing her credit card details. B. Being believed

C. To believe

D. Believing

Y

A. Believe

DẠ

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 81. Breaking her leg the last time she went, Laura decided not to go on the school trip this year. A

B

C

D

82. Lived here for seven years, my friend volunteers to act as tour guide for us all on our city break. 285

ENGLISH 11 A

B

C

D

B

C

D

84. ‘Wait a minute,' said Tom, ran through the door. A

B

C

D

FI CI A

A

L

83. We found a hotel, we looked for somewhere to have dinner.

85. Amy seems like a bright student. She's always the first to be finished her work. A

B

C

D

86. Annoying by the receptionist's behaviour, they decided not to stay in that hotel. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

88. Having imported from America, the fruit was expensive. B

C

D

ƠN

A

OF

87. We decided not to travel, having been heard the terrible weather forecast.

89. Barbara has now written a successful biography though know mainly as a novel writer. A

B

C

D

90. The book publishing last week is her first novel about a World Heritage Site in Viet Nam. B

Part IV. SPEAKING

C

D

NH

A

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “I'm not hot. I'm absolutely roasting” – “____”

QU Y

A. You lucky thing! I'm sure you'll enjoy it. C. You'll get a lovely suntan.

B. Let's go and cool down in the sea. D. Maybe you've got a sun stroke.

92. “Why don't you take your T-shirt off?” – “____” A. That sounds like a good idea.

B. Yes, let's take it off.

C. No, of course not. It's boiling here.

D. Because I don't want to get sunburnt.

93. “____” – “That's a good idea! Then we'll still have a couple of hours left.”

M

A. I'd like to suggest we see the Imperial first. Then we'll have more time for the second attraction. B. Why don't we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.

KÈ

C. What do you think about we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction. D. How about see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction. 94. “____” – “I'd like to see a cultural one.”

Y

A. Would you like to visit a natural or a cultural world heritage site?

DẠ

B. Which site is worth visiting in Hue? The Citadel or the Royal Tombs? C. Would you like to go to Tomb of Minh Mang or the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? D. Do you prefer seeing the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or Tomb of Minh Mang

95. “Can you recommend a good guest house in this area?” – “____” 286

ENGLISH 11 B. Yes, there's a nice B&B round the corner.

C. Wow! It's very kind of you to ask me.

D. Let's stop at the first hotel we find.

A Where shall we stay? Can you recommend a good place in town? B. How can we carry all this luggage by ourselves? It's too heavy for us. C. Poor us! We've spent a whole day on the road.

FI CI A

96. “____” – “Why don't we thumb a lift?”

L

A. I know. I prefer a B&B round the corner.

D. How are we going to get home? We haven't got enough money for a taxi.

97. “Last year, we went to one of those resorts where everything - food and drink - is free.” – “____” B. Really? I prefer to go somewhere a bit quieter. C. It sounds great. I've never been on an all-inclusive holiday.

OF

A. Wow! I didn't realise you were such snobs!

D. If you want all your meals and drinks included, you can stay on an all-inclusive basis. A. Yes, it does. I think you'll get a lovely suntan.

ƠN

98. “My back feels sore. Does it look a bit red?” – “____” B. Yes, it does. Probably you should go for a swim. C. Yes, it does. It's important to go for a paddle.

NH

D. Yes, it does. Perhaps you should keep out of the sun for the rest of the day. 99. “____” – “No, not yet. I might call in at the travel agent's on the way home and pick up a few brochures.” A. Have you decided where you're going on holiday this year? B. Have you booked the flight tickets for your holiday this year? D. All are correct.

QU Y

C. Have you discussed whether or not to go on holiday this year? 100. “I'm really fed up with work at the moment. I need a break.” – “____” A. Why shouldn't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam? B. I would advise you to take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam. C. Why don't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam?

M

D. You're highly recommended taking next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam.

KÈ

101. “Are you going to Wales again this year?” – “____” A. I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun. B. Not likely! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun. C. Sure! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.

Y

D. Actually, I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.

DẠ

102. “____” – “Glorious! Warm and sunny every day.” A. What was the beach like?

B. What was the weather like?

C. What was the hotel like?

D. What were the people like?

103. “____” – “Well, most of the citadel was demolished in the early 20th century.” 287

A. Is it still intact or in ruins?

B. Has it been pulled down?

C. Is it a significant geological site?

D. What has happened to it?

FI CI A

104. “____” – “Let's go to the Citadel.”

L

ENGLISH 11

A. Is the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty a natural or cultural world heritage site?

B. Shall we go to the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or do you want to see another site?

C. When is the best time to visit the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? In spring or summer? D. Why do you recommend the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? Is there anything special? 105. “Why is Taj Mahal considered to be an outstanding work of art?” – “____”

A. Because it was built by order of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his favourite wife.

OF

B. Because legend has it that Shah Jahan made a promise to build his wife the most beautiful tomb ever known. C. As acknowledged by UNESCO, it represents the greatest architectural and artistic achievement of Muslim art.

ƠN

D. Because the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb, mosque, guest house, and main gate has preserved the original qualities of the buildings. Part V. READING

NH

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. TOURISM

QU Y

Tourism is a big business. Millions of people around Europe spend their winters planning their destinations for the following summer, and their summers (106) ____ to foreign climes for two weeks in the sun. They are the modern-day descendants of the aristocrats and the wealthy who would (107) ____ months to complete the “Grand Tour” of Europe. But unlike their forefathers, tourists these days get a bad press. They're not (108) ____ in the local culture, we're (109) ____; they're just after the chance to behave a bit more wildly than they do at home. What's more, they damage the local environment and don't respect the locals and their (110) ____ of life.

M

But are tourists really to (111) ____? Or is it the (112) ____ of the tourist industry, which has (113) ____ to provide reasonably-priced alternatives? And if the local resort only offers a succession of bars for the tourists to visit, can we really (114) ____ them for not doing more cultural activities?

KÈ

One holiday company, Far and Away, (115) ____ that tourists are crying out for more cultural holidays and believes that it has (116) ____ to come up with a range of package holidays which are affordable, culturally interesting, and environmentally friendly. Their brochure, which is to be (117) ____ later this month, offers 200 holidays based on cultural themes, including history and architecture, learning the language, meeting the locals. B. moving away

C. taking off

D. jetting off

107. A. spend

B. make

C. take

D. pass

108. A. devoted

B. eager

C. keen

D. interested

109. A. told

B. informed

C. convinced

D. said

110. A. way

B. manner

C. standard

D. means

DẠ

Y

106. A taking away

288

B. fault

C. blame

D. accuse

112. A. criticism

B. fault

C. blame

D. accusation

113. A. avoided

B. lost

C. missed

D. failed

114. A. accuse

B. charge

C. criticise

D. arrest

115. A. claims

B. mentions

C. informs

D. persuades

116. A. succeeded

B. managed

C . achieved

D. resulted

117. A. brought up

B. brought out

C. brought off

D. brought around

FI CI A

111. A. criticise

L

ENGLISH 11

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

ƠN

OF

One of the seven wonders of the ancient world, the Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 B.C. Despite its antiquity, certain aspects of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The thirteen-acre structure near the Nile River is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are a number of hidden passageways and the burial chamber for the Pharaoh. It is the largest single structure in the world. The four sides of the pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true north, south, east, and west – an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshipers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were based on astronomical observations.

QU Y

NH

Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many intersecting lines. Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of events – past, present, and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under investigation. Many believe that pyramids have supernatural powers, and this one is no exception. Some researchers even associate it with extraterrestrial beings of the ancient past. Was this superstructure made by ordinary beings, or one built by a race far superior to any known today? 118. The word “intersecting” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____. A. crossing

B. aligning

C. observing

D. cutting

119. What do the intersecting lines in the base symbolise? A. Architects' plans for the hidden passages.

M

B. Pathways of the great solar bodies. C. Astrological computations.

KÈ

D. Dates of important events taking place throughout time. 120. The word "prophesied” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____. A. affiliated

B. precipitated

C. terminated

D. foretold

Y

121. Extraterrestrial beings are ____. B. astronomers in the ancient times

C. researchers in Egyptology

D. living beings from other planets

DẠ

A. very strong workers

122. What is the best title for the passage? A. Symbolism of the Great Pyramid B. Problems with the Construction of the Great Pyramid

289

ENGLISH 11 C. Wonders of the Great Pyramid of Giza

L

D. Exploration of the Burial Chamber of Cheops

MY 25,000 WONDERS OF THE WORLD

FI CI A

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The coaches at the Uluru Sunset Viewing Area were parked three deep. Guides were putting up tables and setting out wines and snacks. Ten minutes to go. Are we ready? Five minutes, folks. Got your cameras? OK, here it comes ...

OF

Whether an American backpacker or a wealthy traveller, Danish, British, French, we all saw that sunset over Uluru, or Ayer Rock, in what seems to be the prescribed tourist manner: mouth full of corn chips, glass full of Château Somewhere, and a loved one posing in a photo's foreground, as the all-time No 1 Australian icon behind us glowed briefly red.

NH

ƠN

Back on the coach, our guide declared our sunset to be 'pretty good', although not the best she'd witnessed in her six years. Behind me, Adam, a student from Manchester, reinserted his iPod earphones: 'Well, that's enough of that rock.' Indeed. Shattered from getting up at five in order to see Uluru at dawn, I felt empty and bored. What was the point? What made this rock the definitive sunset rock event? Why had we come here? Well, I suppose my sons would remember it always. Except they'd missed the magical moment while they checked out a rival tour group's snack table, which had better crisps.

QU Y

So now I've visited four of the “25 Wonders of the World", as decreed by Rough Guides. And I think this will be the last. While in my heart I can see myself wondering enchanted through China's Forbidden City, in my head I know I would be standing grumpily at the back of a group listening to some Imperial Palace Tour Guide. At the Grand Canyon I would be getting angr with tourists watching it through cameras – eyes are not good enough, since they lack a recording facility.

KÈ

M

As we become richer and consumer goods are more widely affordable, and satisfy us only briefly before becoming obsolete, we turn to travel to provide us with 'experiences’. These will endure, set us apart from stay-at-home people and maybe, fill our lives with happiness and meaning, Books with helpful titles like 1,000 Places to See Before You Die are bestsellers. I'd bet many backpacks on the Machu Picchu Inca Trail are filled with copies, with little tieks penciled in the margins after each mustsee sight has been visited. Travel is now the biggest industry on the planet, bigger than armaments or pharmaceuticals. And yet viewing the main sight of any destination is rarely the highlight of a trip. Mostly it sits there on your itinerary like a duty visit to a dull relative. The guilt of not visiting the Sistine Chapel, because we preferred to stay in a bar drinking limoncello, almost spoilt a weekend in Rome.

DẠ

Y

In Queensland, the Great Barrier Reef reproached us. How could we travel 15,000 miles without seeing it? How would we explain back home that we were too lazy, and preferred to stay playing a ball game in our hotel pool? In the end, we went to the reef and it was fine. But it won't rank highly in the things I'll never forget about Australia. Like the fact that the banknotes are made of waterproof plastic: how gloriously Australian is that? Even after a day's surfing, the $50 note you left in your surfing shorts is still OK to buy you beer! And the news item that during a recent tsunami warning, the surfers at Bondi Beach refused to leave the sea: what, and miss the ride of their lives? Or the stern warning at

290

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport: "No jokes must be made whilst being processed by this facility' - to forestall, no doubt, disrespectful Aussie comments: 'You won't find the bomb, mate. It's in my suitcase.’ The more I travel, the clearer it seems that the truth of a place is in the tiny details of everyday life, not in its most glorious statues or scenery. Put down your camera, throw away your list, the real wonders of the world number indefinitely more than 25. 123. What does the author mean by ‘the prescribed tourist manner’ in paragraph 2? A. They are all backpackers. C. They are all interested in seeing the wonders of the world.

OF

B. They are all wealthy travellers.

D. They all eat, drink and do the same things at the sites of the world wonders. 124. What did the author think or feel after seeing the sunset over Ayer Rock? A. She thought it was pretty good.

ƠN

B. She felt exhausted, empty, and bored. C. She thought that was enough.

D. She thought this rock was the definitive sunset rock event.

125. Why does she think that Uluru is probably the last 'wonder of the world' she will see?

NH

A. She doesn't like wandering around the wonders.

B. She doesn't enjoy the Imperial Palace Tour Guide.

C. She doesn't like watching the wonder through a camera. D. She doesn't want to explore the sites the way people around her do.

QU Y

126. What kind of tourists is she criticising when she says 'eyes are not good enough' in paragraph 4? A. those who stand grumpily at the back of the group B. those who wander enchanted through the site C. those who look at the wonders through their cameras D. those who lack a recording facility

M

127. According to the author, what do a lot of backpackers carry with them nowadays? B. books that are bestsellers

C. copies of must-see sights

D. little pencils

KÈ

A. books with helpful titles

128. The author compares visiting the main tourist sights to ____. A. armaments

B. Pharmaceuticals

C. a trip highlight

D. a duty visit to a dull relative

Y

129. What does she mean by `the Great Barrier Reef reproached us' in paragraph 6? A. The Great Barrier Reef is worth visiting if you are in Australia.

DẠ

B. It is fine to visit the Great Barrier Reef when you are in Australia.

C. It seems wrong not to visit the Great Barrier Reef once you are in Australia. D. The Great Barrier Reef is an unforgettable sight in Australia.

291

ENGLISH 11 130. All of the following are mentioned in the article as memorable aspects of Australia EXCEPT ____.

L

A. banknotes made of waterproof plastic

FI CI A

B. the fine visit to the Great Barrier Reef C. the surfers at Bondi Beach refusing to leave the sea despite tsunami warning

D. the stern warning at the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport. Part VI. WRITING

Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. Visitors come to admire the relics that were excavated from the ancient tombs.

OF

A. Visitors come to admire the relics excavating from the ancient tombs. B. Visitors come to admire the relics excavated from the ancient tombs.

C. Visitors come to admire the relics being excavated from the ancient tombs. D. Visitors come to admire the relics to be excavated from the ancient tombs.

ƠN

132. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, which is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011.

NH

A. Locating in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011. B. Located in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011. C. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, that is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011.

QU Y

D. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, locating in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011. 133. The Complex of Hue Monuments, which lies along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good example of a well-designed capital city. A. The Complex of Hue Monuments, laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good example of a well-designed capital city.

M

B. Laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of a well-designed capital city.

KÈ

C. Lying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of a well-designed capital city. D. Laid along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good example of a well-designed capital city.

Y

134. He has been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university. A. Living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.

DẠ

B. Being lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university. C. Has lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.

292

ENGLISH 11

A. Chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.

FI CI A

135. After we had chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.

L

D. Having been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking to a place close to his university.

B. Choosing a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.

C. Having chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip. D. Having prepared for the trip, we chose a destination for our holiday.

136. A picture was stolen by art thieves. It was painted by Munch. A. Stolen by art thieves, a picture was painted by Munch. B. Painted by Munch, a picture was stolen by art thieves. C. A picture painted by Munch was stolen by art thieves.

ƠN

D. All are correct.

OF

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.

137. You can see Velazquez in this painting. He is standing in the background. A. Standing in the background, you can see Velazquez in this painting.

NH

B. You can see Velazquez, who is standing in the background, in this painting. C. You can see Velazquez standing in the background in this painting. D. Both B and C are correct.

138. The sculpture represents the biblical King David. It was carved in the early 1500s. A. The sculpture carved in the early 1500s represents the biblical King David.

QU Y

B. The sculpture, carved in the early 1500s, represents the biblical King David. C. Represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s. D. Being represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s. 139. Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain. It was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber. A. Written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain.

M

B. Cats, written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain. C. Cats, one of the longest-running musicals in Britain, was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber.

KÈ

D. All are correct.

140. The Matrix was released in 1999. It stars Keanu Reeves. A. Releasing in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves. B. Released in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves.

Y

C. The Matrix released in 1999 stars Keanu Reeves.

DẠ

d. Both B and C are correct. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

293

ENGLISH 11 UNIT 9. CITIES OF THE FUTURE

2. detect /dɪˈtekt/(v): dò tìm, phát hiện ra 3. infrastructure /ˈɪnfrəstrʌktʃə(r)/ (n): cơ sở hạ tầng 4. inhabitant /ɪnˈhæbɪtənt/ (n): cư dân, người cư trú 5. liveable /ˈlɪvəbl/ (a): sống được 7. overcrowded /ˌəʊvəˈkraʊdɪd/(adj): chật ních, đông nghẹt 8. pessimistic /ˌpesɪˈmɪstɪk/(adj): bi quan 9. quality of life (n): chất lượng sống 10. renewable /rɪˈnjuːəbl/(adj):có thể tái tạo lại

OF

6. optimistic /ˌɒptɪˈmɪstɪk/(adj):lạc quan

FI CI A

Vocabulary 1. city dweller/ˈsɪti - ˈdwelə(r)/ (n):người sống ờ đô thị, cư dân thành thị

L

Thành phố trong tương lai

ƠN

11. sustainable /səˈsteɪnəbl/(adj): không gây hại cho môi trường, có tính bển vững 12. upgrade /ˈʌpɡreɪd/(v): nâng cấp 13. urban /ˈɜːbən/(adj): thuộc về đô thị

NH

14. urban planner (n): người / chuyên gia quy hoạch đô thị GRAMMAR B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. BASIC CONDITIONALS a. Habit (Thói quen)

QU Y

1. Type 0: Câu điều kiện diễn tả thói quen hoặc một sự thật hiển nhiên. If + simple present tense ..., + simple present tense... Ex:

I usually walk to school if I have enough time.

b. Command (Mệnh Lệnh).

If + simple present tense ..., + command form of verb + ... - If you go to the Post Office, mail this letter for me.

M

Ex:

- Please call me if you hear anything from Jane.

KÈ

2. Type 1: FUTURE POSSIBLE (Diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai). If + S + V (simple present), S + will / shall + V (nguyên thể)

Ex:

If I have time, I will go. If + S + V (past subjunctive/ simple past), S + would / could / might + V.

I don't win a lot of money, so I can't spend most of it travelling round the world.

DẠ

Ex:

Y

3. Type 2: PRESENT UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai)

→ If I won a lot of money, I could spend most of it travelling round the world.

4. Type 3: PAST UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở quá khứ)

294

If + S + had + Vp2, S + would / could / might + have + Vp2

ENGLISH 11 Ex:

I didn't tell her any good news because I wasn't here early.

L

→ If I had been here earlier, I would have told her some good news.

FI CI A

5. Type 4: Câu điều kiện pha trộn: Form 1: Type 3 và Type 2

If + S + had + Vp2, S + would / could / might + V. Ex:

He isn't a rich man now because he didn't take my advice. → If he had taken my advice, he would be a rich man now.

Form 2: Type 2 và Type 3

If + S + V (past subjunctive simple past), S + would / could / might + have + Vp2 If I were him, I wouldn't have got married to her.

OF

Ex:

II. TAG QUESTIONS A. Ý NGHĨA CỦA CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI

Ex:

There is no milk in the fridge, isn't there?

NH

2. Quy tắc chung:

ƠN

1. Câu hỏi đuôi là một phần nhỏ được thêm vào sau mỗi lời phát biểu. Chúng ta sử dụng câu hỏi đuôi để xin phép sự đồng ý hoặc kiểm chứng xem thông tin có đúng không.

- Lời phát biểu khẳng định + câu hỏi đuôi phủ định

- Lời phát biểu phủ định + câu hỏi đuôi khẳng định Ex:

She likes chocolate, doesn't she?

He doesn't go to school on weekends, does he?

QU Y

3. Phần câu hỏi đuôi phủ định thường được viết rút gọn. Chủ ngữ của câu hỏi đuôi luôn luôn là một đại từ. B. SPECIAL TYPES (CÁC DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT) 1. Phần đuôi của “I am....., aren’t I”. Ex:

I'm going to do it again, aren't I?

M

2. Imperatives and Requests (Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu): + Có phần đuôi là “Won't you?” khi cầu phát biểu diễn tả lời mời Take your seat, wont you? (Mời ông ngồi).

KÈ

Ex:

+ Có phần đuôi là “will you?” khi cầu phát biểu diễn tả lời yêu cầu hoặc mệnh lệnh phủ định Ex:

Open the door, will you? ( Xin vui lòng mở cửa) Don't be late, will you ? (Đừng đi trễ nha)

Y

3. Phần đuôi của cậu bắt đầu bằng “Lets ..” là “shall we?”

DẠ

Ex: Let's go swimming, shall we? - Nhưng phần đuôi của “Let me, ..... will you” 4. Đại từ bất định:

295

ENGLISH 11

Everything will be all right, won't it?

FI CI A

Ex:

L

- Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ vật: Nothing, anything, something everything được thay thế bằng “It” ở câu hỏi đuôi.

- Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ người: No one, nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone được thay thế bằng “They” trong câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:

Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn't they?

Note: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ câu hỏi đuôi sẽ phải ở dạng khẳng định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định) Ex:

Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it?

Ex:

OF

5. This/ That được thay thế là “It”. This won't take long, will it?

6. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”. Ex:

Those are nice, aren't they?

Ex: He seldom goes to the movies, does he? 8. Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng:

NH

- You’d better → câu hỏi đuối sẽ là: hadn't you?

ƠN

7. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little... phần đuôi phải ở dạng khẳng định.

- You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: Wouldn’t you? - You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: didn’t you? - S + ought to + V, oughtn't + S? Ex:

QU Y

9. Câu đầu là “wish’ thì ta dùng “May” trong câu hỏi đuôi. I wish to study English, may I?

10. Chủ ngữ là ONE ta dùng “you” hoặc “one”. Ex:

One can be one's master, can't you/one?

Ex:

M

11. Câu cảm thán: Lấy danh từ trong câu đổi thành đại từ, [to be] dùng “is, am, are”. - What a beautiful dress, isn't it?

KÈ

- What a stupid boy, isn't he? - How intelligent you are, aren't you? 12. Câu đầu có “It seems that + mệnh đề” ta lấy mệnh đề làm câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:

It seems that you are right, aren't you?

Ex:

Y

13. Chủ từ là mệnh đề danh từ: Dùng “it” - What you have said is wrong, isn't it?

DẠ

- Why he killed himself seems a secret, doesn't it?

14. Câu đầu có I + các động từ sau: think, believe, suppose, figure, assume, fancy, imagine, reckon, expect, seem, feel + mệnh để phụ: Ta lấy mệnh phụ làm câu hỏi đuôi.

Ex:

296

- I think he will come here, won't he?

ENGLISH 11 - I don't believe Mary can do it, can she?

L

Note: - Mệnh đề chính có not thì vẫn tính như ở mệnh để phụ. Ex:

She thinks he will come, doesn't she? Test EXERCISES

A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. look

C. floor

D. good

2. A. hate

B. mate

C. cake

D. manage

3. A. thank

B. than

C. month

D. youth

4. A. noon

B. good

C. soon

D. food

5. A. chorus

B. cheap

C. child

D. change

OF

1. A. book

FI CI A

- Cùng mẫu này nhưng nếu chủ từ không phải là I thì lại dùng mệnh đề đầu làm câu hỏi đuôi.

B. title

C. notice

2. A. nature

B. marriage

C. value

3. A. police

B. spirit

C. banquet

4. A. determine

B. maintain

C. sacrifice

5. A. inversion

B. miserable

C. pleasant

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR

NH

1. A. podium

ƠN

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

D. pioneer

D. belief D. culture

D. apologize D. difficulty

I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.

QU Y

1. If I didn't feel so tired, I (go) _____would go____ out with you. 2. If you (not pass) _____didn’t pass_______ the exam, would you take it again? 3. If I (be) ______were______ you, I would apply for the job. 4. I could repair the car if I (have) _______had_____ the right tools. 5. If I (study) _____had studied______ hard, I would have passed the exam. 6. If I (not be) ______hadn’t been______ busy yesterday, I would have visited you.

M

7. She (go) ____would have gone_____ to the university if she had had the opportunity. 8. Suppose they had offered her a job, do you think she (take) ___would have taken____ it?

KÈ

9. If she hadn't been ill yesterday, she (go) ______would go_______ to work now. 10. If I (be) ______were_____ you, I wouldn't have told him the truth yesterday. 11. If today were Monday, I (not go) ____wouldn’t have gone_____ to work yesterday. 12. What would happen if you (not go) _____didn’t go______ to work tomorrow.

Y

13. If I had gone to your party last night, I (be) ____would be____ very tired now.

DẠ

14. She must apologize to me or I (never speak) _____will never speak____ to her again. 15. If he hadn't stayed up late, he (not finish) ___wouldn’t have finished___ his task yesterday.

II. Add question tags to the following statements. 1. Everyone can learn how to swim, ____can’t they_____?

297

ENGLISH 11 2. Nobody cheated in the exam, _____did they_____?

L

3. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, ____did it____? 5. This bridge is not very safe, ______is it_____? 6. These sausages are delicious, ____aren’t they___? 7. You haven't lived here long, ____have you____? 8. The weather forecast wasn't very good, ____was it_____? 9. He'd better come to see me, _____hadn’t he_______? 10. You need to stay longer, ____don’t you_____?

OF

III. Choose the correct words in the bracket to complete the sentences.

FI CI A

4. I am invited, ____aren’t I ______?

innovation

availability

urbanization

detectors

inhabitants

sustainability

developments

investment

creation

optimistic

1. Songdo is unique, offering city _____ inhabitants _____ something they have never had access to before.

ƠN

2. The city officials are ____ optimistic _____ that the downtown will continue to be a green population center. 3. The information will be collected through the _____ detectors ____.

NH

4. Cities need to make full use of land in order to achieve urban _____ sustainability ___. 5. Some of the other problems predicted for the near future include limited and diminishing arable land, deforestation, _____ urbanization _____, and degradation of land and water. 6. For South Korea, Songdo is more than a hi-tech business district, but a temple for future __ developments___.

QU Y

7. Songdo is the prototype for the green ____ investment _____ the Korean government wants to build the economy on in the future. 8. The pace of ____ innovation ____ is happening fast in the United States. 9. I think the cities of tomorrow also need to consider the ____ availability _____ of open space. 10. Cities at their best are social environments where _____ creation _____ and human developments go hand in hand.

M

IV. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line.

KÈ

1. The rapid growth of the population has caused daunting problems for city planners, such as ____overcrowded_______ roads. (CROWDED) 2. It comes as no surprise that Seattle is the gold standard of _____sustainable_____ city living. (SUSTAIN) 3. New York City is expected to increase its ____renewable____ energy capacity by 50% by 2050. (RENEW)

DẠ

Y

4. Our communities will be _______cleaner______ and more sustainable, so our quality of life will be better. (CLEAN) 5. The government is making plans to _____install_____ sensors and cameras in the city centre to detect traffic problems and help drivers to avoid traffic jams. (INSTALLMENT)

298

ENGLISH 11

L

6. It's urgent to upgrade the city's transport ______infrastructure______ because almost all the roads get flooded after heavy rain. (INFRASTRUCTURAL)

FI CI A

7. We can improve the quality of life of the inhabitants by _____reducing______ pollution. (REDUCE)

8. City dwellers can enjoy better health care than people living in the ____countryside_____, but they are usually busier and more stressed because of the city's fast pace of life. (COUNTRY) 9. They are building a new waste _____processing_____ plant to treat wastewater before it is reused or discharged into rivers. (PROCESS)

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. ____ there are some more ideas, we can end the meeting now. A. Unless

B. If

C. As if

OF

10. Be _____prepared______ for overcrowded streets and shopping malls when you visit big cities like Hong Kong and Beijing. (PREPARE)

D. In case

2. "It's really raining." - "Yes. If the weather ____, we'll have to camp somewhere else.” B. might get worse

C. get worse

3. If anyone ____, ____ him I ____ back at 9 o'clock.

D. should get worse

ƠN

A. would get worse

B. called / telling / would be

C. is calling / tells / am

D. will call / to tell / am

4. If she asks for money, I ____ her. A. will give

B. gave

NH

A. calls / tell / will be

C. would give

D. would have given

5. If I ____ this exam, I'll go to the university next summer. A. pass

B. to pass

C. had passed

D. passed

A. promoting

QU Y

6. As we move toward 2050, we are facing the consequences of ____ urbanization and population growth. B. improving

C. moving

D. accelerating

7. Studies reveal that food production will need to increase by 70 percent to ____ the over 9 billion people on Earth. A. give

B. supply

C. provide

D. feed

8. New York has invested substantially in improving the ____ of its waterways in recent years. B. quantity

M

A. quality

C. level

D. feature

9. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades. B. harmless

KÈ

A. sustainable

C. continued

D. natural

10. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades. A. sustain

B. sustainable

C. survival

D. available

C. will you

D. shall we

C. isn't that

D. isn't it

C. didn't they

D. did they

Y

11. Don't leave anything behind, ____? A. do you

B. don't you

DẠ

12. That isn't Bill driving, ____? A. is it

B. is that

13. Nobody likes the play, ____? A. do they 299

B. don't they

ENGLISH 11 14. The children can read English, ____? B. can they

C. they can

D. they can't

L

A. can't they A. was he

B. is he

C. wasn't he

D. isn't he

FI CI A

15. Your grandfather was a millionaire, ____? 16. I think the cities of tomorrow also need to consider the availability of open space, ____? A. do I

B. don't I

C. do they

D. don't they

17. We will need new technologies to generate energy and use it in clean and safe ways, only from fully ____ sources. B. controlled

C. renewable

D. endurable

18. Across the globe, nations are preparing for water scarcity, ____? A. are they

B. aren't they

C. will they

OF

A. replaced

D. won't they

19. Copenhagen has been voted the most ____ city in the world several times. B. ecologically soundly

C. eco-friendly

D. friendly ecologically

20. This is your essay on smart cities by 2050, ____? A. is this

B. isn't this

C. is it

ƠN

A. ecological friendly

D. isn't it

NH

VI. Complete the sentences with the correct question tags.

1. Berlin ties green spaces beautifully into the urban landscape, _______________________? 2. Chicago is dedicated to being a green building leader, _______________________? 3. All new cars sold in the country will be emissions free in less than 35 years, _______________________?

QU Y

4. Tianjin, the eco-city in China, has focused on ensuring all its structures qualify as green buildings, _______________________? 5. There is lack of the formation necessary for making urban progress, _______________________? 6. The Mayor of London did not believe an electric double decker was technically feasible, _______________? 7. Your life will be organised by a domestic computer, _______________________?

M

8. The global population is growing towards nine billion by 2050, _______________________? 9. There will be electric, driverless cars, ________________________?

KÈ

10. Yahoo CEO Marissa Mayer banned telecommuting, _______________________? 11. The start of the 21st century in China and the Arab world was marked by the creation of new, energyconsuming cities, _______________________?

Y

12. By 2050, between 70 and 80 percent of the world's population will live in cities, _____________________? 13. Tomorrow's cities are managed by a computer, _______________________?

DẠ

14. The global conference provides us with the occasion for looking more closely at several solutions, _______________________? 15. We do not oppose the urban situations as they exist today, _______________________? 300

ENGLISH 11

L

16. One billion children are deprived of one or more services essential to survival and development, _______________________?

FI CI A

C. READING I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

Silicon Valley is (1) ___home____ to hundreds of technology companies, so it comes as no surprise that San Jose has partnered with technological giant Intel to transform itself (2) ____into___ a smart city. San Jose and Intel will work (3) __together___ to further the city's Green Vision initiative - a 15-year plan for economic growth, and improve (4) ___quality____ of life - which it launched in 2007.

OF

Intel expects to help San Jose create 25,000 clean-tech jobs, drive economic growth, and improve the city's environmental (5) ___sustainability___. To achieve this (6) ___goal___ Intel will work with the city to track real-time data on air quality, noise pollution, traffic flow, and other environmental and (7) ___urban____ concerns which it will then use to encourage (8) __inhabitants___ to reduce emissions by using public transportation or bicycles to get to work or school.

ƠN

Smart cities may sound like something of the distant future (9) __as (or but)___ many people thought the same thing about smartphones and smart homes. Up to now, over 70 percent of American adults have owned a smartphone and 1.9 billion smart home devices have been installed. If smart cities are (10) ___anything___ like these other smart innovations, we will see them appear in our communities sooner rather than later. II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. decrease

booming

estimate

technology

circuits

intelligent

non-renewable

advancements

NH

self-driven

digitization

QU Y

The cities of the future will see a large number of (1) ____ intelligent ___ homes that can communicate with their owners. In fact, things that were earlier considered science fiction are already coming to life in smart cities such as Masdar in the United Arab Emirates, where an automated underground transport network fully by solar power is already running (2) ____ circuits____.

M

With smart (3) ___ technology ____, the possibility of having huge savings on electricity and power is within our reach. Sensors are being developed so that street lights of the future will switch on only when you are close by. The smart technology in (4) ____ self-driven _____ cars will enable you to save on gas and other (5) ____ non-renewable ____ energy sources. In fact, smart cities will aim to neutralize the use of fossil fuels completely. The cities of the future will have to adapt quickly to rapid technological (6) ____ advancements ___

KÈ

in IT and engineering. The gap between technological leaps is going to (7) ____ decrease _____ over time. Technology will help bridge the current gap between the government and public in the cities of the future, given that IT and (8) ___ digitization ____ will make these cities more open and social.

DẠ

Y

Another thing that we can all agree on is that the cost of building in these smart cities is going to be considerable. An (9) _____ estimate _____ can be derived based on the latest smart city developments in India. With the (10) _____ booming ______ population, the Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is pushing to attract investments to fuel rapid development projects in the country. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. PREDICTIONS ABOUT THE CITIES OF THE FUTURE

301

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Cities are built to (1) ____ and prosper. Over the years, we have learned to transform our surroundings according to our needs. We have (2) ____ through mountains to make more land and created artificial islands to make skyscrapers. City planning, as an organized profession, has existed for less than a century. (3) ____, a considerable (4) ____ of evidence (both archaeological and historical) proves the existence of fully planned cities in ancient times. Over the years, humans have made some mistakes in terms of using an excessive amount of resources for cities. This gives rise to the question of (5) ____ sustainable the cities of the future would be.

We might be (6) ____ at smart cities in which street lights would only switch on when you are close (7) ____ traffic light would be eliminated by smart driving. The cities of the future would try to save our resources (8) ____ than deplete them.

OF

An example of an advanced city is Kansas. Plans are in place to make Kansas a smart futuristic city in the future. Planners are considering introducing sensors to monitor the water mains. Warning would be issued to city officials when the (9) ____ requires repair or replacement. In this way, the city would never be at risk of having broken pipes.

ƠN

While the idea sounds fantastic, a large amount of rational critique has called this plan an oversold dream. Amy Glasmier is an urban planning professor at MIT. She is a smart city skeptic who believes that all the research and talk is great but gravely (10) ____. B. act

C. survive

2. A. experience

B. cut

C. decrease

3. A. But

B. Therefore

C. Although

4. A. number

B. amount

C. percent

D. static

5. A. what

B. how

C. when

D. which

6. A. looked

B. look

C. looking

D. looks

7. A. at

B. by

C. of

D. from

8. A. rather

B. more

C. would

D. less

9. A. requests

B. research

C. infrastructure

D. dependence

10. A. consider

B. future

C. urban

D. oversold

QU Y

NH

1. A. find

D. celebrate

D. pollute D. However

IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.

M

Today's urban cities are practically bursting at the seams. According to research from the United Nations, 54 percent of the world's population lives in urban cities areas, a percentage that is expected to increase to over 66 percent by 2050. In fact, India alone is projected to add 404 million urban dwellers to its population by 2050.

KÈ

This rapid growth of the urban population has caused daunting problems for city planners, such as overcrowded roads, excessive energy consumption and unemployment. Therefore, to build more sustainable cities and accommodate the growing number of residents, many city leaders are turning to the Internet of things (IoT).

DẠ

Y

The IoT has forever changed the way urban cities operate. Cities that were once detached and inaccessible are now intelligent and highly connected. From Amsterdam to Seoul, cities are launching smart city projects to help improve quality of life residents and better support the environment. According to research from IHS Technology, there will be at least 88 smart cities globally by 2025, up from 21 in 2013.

San Francisco, for example, provides more than 100 charging stations in various locations to promote the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce harmful greenhouse gas emissions. Copenhagen is also taking advantage of 302

ENGLISH 11

L

the lot to improve environmental protection and reduce road traffic by developing smart bikes equipped with sensors that generate date on air contamination and traffic congestion.

FI CI A

The possibilities afforded by the IoT are endless; however, designing smart cities quires comprehensive technology infrastructure that is capable of capturing and processing large amounts of data quickly and securely - which is where 4G LTE comes into play.

The future looks bright for urban cities. Soon they will be able to do things that only sci-fi enthusiasts could dream of before, like monitoring bridge conditions using intelligent sensors and conserving energy by automatically dimming street lights when no one is around. 1. Some cities which follow this trend of the new technology ____. B. provide charging stations in various locations for cars and bikes C. make transportation more eco-friendly and more convenient D. only allow the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce pollution

OF

A. introduce smart bikes to escape air contamination and traffic congestion

ƠN

2. All of the following are the advantages of the IoT EXCEPT that ____ A. the Internet of Things will be applied in several cities around the world B. the number of smart cities decreases but the quality is much better C. cities around the world become more intelligent and connected 3. Today's urban cities ____. A. are in fact extremely crowded B. are bursting around the world

NH

D. we may improve quality of life and better support the environment

QU Y

C. account for 66 percent of the world's population D. have more 404 million dwellers by 2050

4. The potential of the IoT includes all of the following EXCEPT that ____. A. intelligent sensors can help watch and check bridge conditions carefully B. energy conservation can be done by automatically controlling street lights C. things that only sci-fi enthusiasts could dream of before come true

M

D. comprehensive technology infrastructure to support the IoT is endless 5. The Internet of Things allows the city planners and leaders ____.

KÈ

A. to develop the broadband Internet connectivity in urban cities B. to forget daunting problems, such as overcrowded roads, and unemployment C. to stop the rapid growth of the urban population in most cities

Y

D. to make cities more sustainable and provide enough accommodation D. WRITING

DẠ

I. Rewrite these sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. I don't buy it because I don't have enough money. → If I had enough money, I would buy it. 2. I didn't buy it because I didn't have enough money. 303

ENGLISH 11 → I would have bought it if I had had enough money.

L

3. There was a test yesterday. I didn't know that, so I didn't study for it. 4. I'm busy right now, so I can't help you. → I could help you if I weren’t busy right now. 5. He's very thin, that's why he feels so cold. → If he weren’t very thin, he wouldn’t feel so cold. 6. I didn't eat breakfast several hours ago, so I am hungry now. → If I had eaten breakfast several hours ago, I wouldn’t be hungry now.

OF

7. If John had played for our football team, we would not have lost the game.

→ Unless John had played for our football team, we would have lost the game. 8. If I won a big prize in a lottery, I'd give up my job.

→ Unless you like this one, I will bring you another. 10. I'll only help you if you promise to try harder.

NH

→ Unless you promise to try harder, I won’t help you.

ƠN

→ Unless I won a big prize in a lottery, I wouldn’t give up my job. 9. If you don't like this one, I'll bring you another.

11. If she doesn't work harder, she'll lose her job. → She'll lose her job unless she works harder.

12. You can use my car, but have to keep it carefully.

QU Y

→ Provided you keep my car carefully, you can use it.. 13. If the work is finished by lunch, you can go home. → Get the work finished by lunch, you can go home.

14. Keeping calm is the secret of passing your driving test. → As long as you keep calm, you will pass your driving test. 15. You must work harder or you won't pass the exam.

M

→ You won't pass the exam unless you work harder. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

KÈ

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. Italy

B. Spanish

C. Italian

D. Japanese

B. day

C. pay

D. saw

B. floor

C. moor

D. boor

4. A. sky

B. Indian

C. China

D. mile

5. A. English

B. empty

C. medicine

D. West

2. A. say

DẠ

Y

3. A. poor

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. prisoner

B. difficult

C. exercise

D. disaster

2. A. improvement

B. occasion

C. believe

D. interest

304

FI CI A

→ If I had known there was a test yesterday, I would have studied for it.

B. opportunity

C. temperament

D. expectation

4. A. picture

B. number

C. water

D. advice

5. A. organize

B. embarrass

C. discourage

D. surrounding

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Your brother's here, ____? A. is he

B. are he

C. isn't he

D. aren't he

C. wasn't that

D. wasn't it

C. do Tom

D. does he

C. wasn't she

D. was Mary

2. That was Ann on the phone, ____? A. was it

B. was that

A. did Tom

B. did he

OF

3. Tom didn't see her, ____? 4. Mary wasn't angry, ____? A. was she

B. is she B. does she

ƠN

5. Susan doesn't like oysters, ____? A. did she

FI CI A

3. A. influential

L

ENGLISH 11

C. doesn't she

D. she does

6. Nothing serious will be expected in the process of building our smart city, ____? A. will it

B. won't it

C. will they

D. won't they

A. detect

B. select

NH

7. Since 2007, Boston police have been using Shotspotter, a system that allows them to ____ the location of shots fired immediately. C. collect

D. realize

8. I'm not old enough to understand the master plan of our city by 2050, ____? B. am not I

C. aren't I

QU Y

A. am I

D. are you

9. By 2050, seven out of every 10 people on Earth will be a(n) ____. A. shelter

B. urban residence

C. city developer

D. city dweller

10. Study after study has shown that nature improves human health and well-being, ____? A. has it

B. hasn't it

C. doesn't it

D. does it

11. If someone ____ into the store, smile and say "May I help you?" B. came

M

A. comes

C. will come

D. would come

12. If you ____ all of my questions, I ____ anything to help you. B. didn't answer/ won't do

C. wouldn't answer / can't do

D. wouldn't answer/ couldn't do

KÈ

A. don't answer / can't do

13. "Here's my phone number." - "Thanks, I ____ you a call if I ____ some help." B. would give / needed

C. give / need

D. will give / need

Y

A. will give / will need

DẠ

14. The teacher was absent today, so class was canceled. If she ____ absent again tomorrow, the class ____ tomorrow, too. A. is / will cancel

B. is / will be canceled

C. was / would be canceled

D. was / would cancel

305

ENGLISH 11

A. in case

B. if

C. otherwise

D. unless

A. interested

B. pessimistic

C. optimistic

D. negative

17. Vancouver is often considered to be one of the most ____cities in the world. A. fit

B. liveable

C. endurable

D. suitable

FI CI A

16. Many scientists are cautiously ____ that the earth can feed more than nine billion people.

L

15. I won't lend you this money ____ you promise to pay it back.

18. The Saudi government is investing billions in ____ to support the enormous influx of people in Mecca. A. streets

B. roads

C. bridges

D. infrastructure

A. change

B. replace

OF

19. Telecommunications and cloud computing will ____ transportation for moving ideas and intellectual property. C. remove

D. eliminate

20. ____ structure in Hanoi will be changed with the development of satellite areas. A. City

B. Downtown

C. Urban

D. Town

ƠN

IV. Identify the underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence correct. 1. If I had known English better, I would apply for that job. A

B

C

D

→ knew

A

NH

2. His English friend told him that he would help him to learn English if he has time. B

C

D

→ had

3. If you were a fish, what kind of fish will you be? A

B

C

D

→ would

A

QU Y

4. Frank would have passed the test if he studied more often. B

C

→ had studied

D

5. Unless Mary could be an animal, she would like to be a dolphin. A

B

C

→ if

D

6. Unless we had more rain, our crop would grow faster. A

B

C

→ if

D

A

M

7. The thief would steal money if he were rich. B

C

→ unless

D

A

KÈ

8. If I were to have a lot of money, I will buy that building. B

C

→ would buy

D

9. If were I in your position, I would have another check. A

B

C

→ I were

D

Y

10. I couldn't possibly go there if my parents gave me some money.

DẠ

A

B

C

→ unless

D

V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. mini-urban

liveable

housing

running

transforms

urban core

commute

connections

306

together neighbourhoods

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Helsinki already ranks as one of the world's most (1) ___ liveable ___ cities, but by 2050, it may top the list. Over the next few decades, Helsinki expects to add around 250,000 new residents. But the more the population grows, the fewer cars will be on city streets as Helsinki (2) ___ transforms ___ itself into a network of (3) ___ neighbourhoods ___ that are virtually car-free. Right now, like many cities, Helsinki has a compact (4) __ urban core ___ linked to far-flung suburbs by expressways. As the city grows, each suburb will change into a (5) __ mini-urban ____ center surrounding tram or trail stations.

OF

Helsinki expects its busy expressways to become boulevards lined with new (6) _____ housing ______, sidewalk cafes, bike lanes, and trams and buses. Residents will run everyday errands on foot or by bike; the city hopes that homes, businesses, schools, and stores will all be close enough (7) ____ together ___ that many people might not even have to (8) ____ commute ___ anymore.

ƠN

Helsinki is described as a green network city which has five green fingers (9) ___ running ___ through the city from sea to surrounding forest network. Most of the new development will be located on brownfield areas, and on transforming motorway corridors. The city also plans to add parks along the shoreline and add new (10) ___ connections ___ to nearby islands. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. WHAT WILL LIFE BE IN 2050?

QU Y

NH

I find it (1) ____ fascinating thinking about the future, as technology is rapidly advancing and in 40 years' time, who knows what we'll be able to do with it. Scientists have recently predicted that (2) ____ 2050 the population of the world will be over ten billion and technology will have advanced so greatly (3) ____ we will have far more information about all known diseases and possibly cures), we will all be living in eco houses and will no longer face high electricity bills and we may even be able to make a holiday to Mars. Our daily lives will definitely be filled with all kinds of new technologies that help us do the things we hate nowadays. House Robo's will be a likely feature in all homes and will help run the family home, take out the rubbish, prepare food and hoover the house from top to bottom. Our kitchen gadgets (such as your fridge, cooker, microwave and dishwasher) will also be 'robotic' and will email or text us, the users, when a food item has gone out of date or has been used up. (4) ____, the fridge has a built-in camera so that when you are at the supermarket, you can log in to your fridge and (5) ____ what you need to stock up on.

Y

KÈ

M

It is predicted that by 2050 we will all have 'weekly digital health checks' in our homes, which run sensors over our bodies to check for signs of ill (6) ____ and any abnormalities. Conditions can instantly be (7) ____ by the ‘virtual doctor’ inside the health machine and treated immediately, and if you need a prescription - it will be ordered and sent out automatically. If the digital health check picks up on a person being overweight, they will send a signal to the (8) ____ house computer to (9) ____ their diet and book in for gym sessions. Because of all this immediate treatment, people will live far longer and won't be (10) ____ out by disease or forms of cancer. Medical conditions that are considered rare today will be far more known about and will be able to be cured quickly and efficiently. B. extinctively

C. disappeared

D. absolute

2. A. in

B. at

C. by

D. since

3. A. that

B. what

C. which

D. when

4. A. Finally 307

B. Contrarily

C. Differently

D. Similarly

DẠ

1. A. absolutely

ENGLISH 11 B. find

C. check

D. connect

6. A. disease

B. health

C. ruin

D. tiredness

7. A. recognizing

B. recognized

C. recognition

D. recognize

8. A. national

B. town

C. domestic

D. international

9. A. modify

B. recycle

C. conclude

D. make

10. A. blown

B. wiped

C. broke

D. went

FI CI A

L

5. A. give

VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. The Rise of Robots

OF

As kids, our grandparents frequently scared us by talking about how difficult life was when they were growing up. They mentioned walking miles to school in the snow, or doing hours of manual labour for little pay. Life has changed greatly since then, and it seems to get easier year by year. In fact, with the help of robots we soon might have to do much at all. But is this a good thing?

NH

ƠN

By 2030, it's estimated that robotics will be a $10 billion business worldwide. Companies are already starting to integrate them into the workforce. The electronics manufacturer Foxconn is drawing up plans to launch a factory within the next 10 years that's completely staffed by robot workers. Meanwhile, an American company Briggo has invented a robot that serves gourmet-quality coffee to customers. With the push of a button it will crush coffee beans, measure exact quantities of water, and even wave a steam wand to ensure customers get the perfect cream on top. Unlike human baristas, it can serve multiple drinks at once and work all day and night without a break.

QU Y

Robots are also invading our homes. The Rooma is a mini-robot that vacuums rooms automatically according to a schedule. The Robomow is a device that will cut the grass for you while you sit in the shade. Then there's the Nanda clocky, an alarm clock that makes sure that even the deepest sleepers get up on time. The clock is attached to a pair of wheels, and it will randomly move around the room. Once you finally catch it, you're probably too awake to hit the snooze button. Although these early home robots are somewhat basic, they will likely become more capable as times goes on.

M

Although robots certainly help us to eliminate tedious tasks, many people are concerned about a future filled with robots. Some fear that humanity will start to decline if machines do everything for us. Others have even warned about the robot rebellion, in which robots become so smart that they may decide to turn on their masters. These ideas may seem a bit far-fetched, but there are certainly lots of questions that need to be answered before everyone opens up to the idea of a robotic future.

KÈ

Question 1. How is Briggo's invention superior to human workers? A. It is more knowledgeable about coffee-making. B. It is better at conversation. C. It requires no break

D. It can operate machinery.

Question 2. What would happen if you pressed the snooze button? B. The alarm clock would turn off forever

C. The alarm would stop, but go off again soon

D. Nothing would happen at all

DẠ

Y

A. You would have to wake up immediately

Question 3. Which of the following is NOT true about the concerns over robots? A. It takes some time for people to accept robots.

B. Robots may do some harm to humans.

C. The idea of robotics may seem far-fetched.

D. Robots may be dominant at the workplace.

308

ENGLISH 11 Question 4. The word "tedious" in the last paragraph mostly means ____. B. difficult

C. intelligent

D. expensive

L

A. boring

FI CI A

Question 5. What is the last paragraph mainly about? A. Some reasons why people don't accept robots yet.

B. A very amusing science-fiction story about robots. C. How people in local communities are supporting robots. D. A few of the latest robots on the market today.

Question 6. According to the first paragraph, how is the life changed since our parents time? A. The education system has got much worse B. Things aren't as hard as they once were

OF

C. Children have to walk longer distance to school D. It hasn't changed much at all Question 7. All of the following are true about robots EXCEPT that ____.

A. they can work all day and night without break B. they have greater capabilities Question 8. We can infer from the passage that ____.

ƠN

C. they can draw up plans to launch a storyD. they can do boring tasks for human

A. present domestic robots can work without any programs B. the communication will decline with the use of robots

NH

C. a robot rebellion can happen daily D. robotics will have been a major business by 2030 Test3 Part I. PHONETICS

QU Y

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. dweller

B. overcrowded

C. network

D. waste

2. A. commercial

B. electricity

C. advanced

D. processing

3. A. inhabitant

B. geography B. presentation

5. A. disposal

B. optimistic

D. available

C. description

D. consumption

C. population

D. occupy

M

4. A. upgrade

C. radiation

KÈ

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 6. A. organiser

B. comfortable

C. technology

D. populated

B. pessimistic

C. residential

D. innovative

8. A. renewable

B. sustainable

C. insfrastructure

D. environment

9. A. familiar

B. generate

C. assignment

D. pollutant

B. inhabitant

C. geography

D. convenient

Y

7. A. presentation

10. A. overcrowded

DẠ

Part II. VOCABULARY Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, G, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 11. Local authorities should find ways to limit the use of private cars and encourage city ____ to use public transport.

309

ENGLISH 11 A. commuters

B. planners

C. dwellers

D. people

B. telling

C. talking

D. speech

FI CI A

A. speaking

L

12. To get ready for the presentation, we can start preparing the slides while Jeremy will do the ____.

13. Located about 60 km southwest of Seoul, this eco city has been planned around a central park and designed so that every resident can walk to work in the business ____. A. district

B. area

C. location

D. organisation

14. The waste ____ system here is also innovative. There are no rubbish trucks or waste bins in the street. A. dump

B. disposal

C. landfill

D. throwaway

15. London is a/an ____ city. It's a melting pot for people from all parts of the world. B. national

C. metropolitan

OF

A. international

D. cosmopolitan

16. Cities in poorer countries often lack basic ____. Without it, they are unable to function properly as cities. A. structure

B. construction

C. infrastructure

D. condition

17. The ____ of living in some places can be very high. Prices in London are particularly exorbitant. B. price

C. worth

D . cost

ƠN

A. value

18. Urban ____ is prevalent in most cities. Everywhere you go there are building sites, pedestrian precincts, blocks of flats, and housing estates spreading into the countryside. B. expansion

C. widening

D. spread

NH

A. sprawl

19. This safe, ____ friendly city is like a paradise for its inhabitants who can enjoy the highest quality of life. A. environment

B. environmental

C. environmentally

D. environmentalist

20. ____ waste is putting city dweller's health at a real risk. A. Treatment

B. Untreated

C. Non-treatment

D. Non-treated

A. experiments

QU Y

21. Every month, scientists invent new gadgets and ____ to help us with our daily lives, and discover ways to make existing technology faster and better. B. effects

C. laboratories

D. equipment

22. Unlike the country where the day often ends quite early in the evening, the city offers its people exciting ____. B. performances

M

A. activities

C. nightlife

D. night clubs

23. The roads are terrible. I'm always getting ____ in traffic.

KÈ

A. stuck

B. lost

C. exhausted

D. late

24. A pedestrian ____ is a specified place on the road where people can cross. A. crossroads

B. crossing

C. junction

D. T-junction

Y

25. Everything's a bit more expensive here and property prices are extremely high. A lot of people have no choice but to live in the ____ and commute in to work. B. suburbs

A. lanes

B. streets

A. outskirt

C. city

D. urban

DẠ

26. It's much safer for cyclists to get around these days with cycle ____ everywhere. C. roads

D. paths

27. The ____ is where you'll find all the large department stores and banks. A. city heart

310

B. town hall

C . city centre

D. business district

ENGLISH 11

A. fumes

B. smokes

C. gases

D . smog

A. pollution

B. litters

FI CI A

29. Many factories still allow ____, such as toxic waste, to flow into our rivers

L

28. Exhaust ____ from cars are responsible for much of the air pollution in cities.

C. garbage

D. pollutants

30. Many commuters struggling to work through the rush-hour ____ ask 'Is it worth it?' A. congestion

B. vehicles

C. roads

D. accidents

31. It is perhaps, the daily stresses and ____ of the city which make life there a matter of survival rather than of enjoyment. B. strains

C. demands

32. Most cars nowadays are fitted with a security ____ of some kind. A. motor

B. gadget

C. tool

D. challenges

OF

A depresses

D. device

33. The greenhouse ____ takes place when certain gases in the atmosphere trap sun's heat. A emission

B. gas

C. effect

D. affect

A cosmopolitan

ƠN

34. Pollution and heavy traffic are common problems in ____ cities. B. modern

C. metropolitan

D. overcrowded

35. Millions of people around the world still live in poverty. They are struggling every day simply to ____. B. get by

C. get on

D. get round

NH

A. get up

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 36. Today Islamabad is a thriving city of about 1 million people. It offers a healthy climate, a pollution-free atmosphere, plenty of water, and many green spaces. B. prosperous

QU Y

A. healthy

C. modern

D. green

37. Scientists hope that this new drug will be a major breakthrough in the fight against AIDS. A. new cure

B. important therapy C. sudden remedy

D. dramatic development

38. They design and carry out projects aiming to reduce fossil fuel consumption, find renewable fuels for public transport, and promote other clean air efforts. B. recyclable

M

A. inexhaustible

C. green

D. environmentally-friendly

39. The urban planners are working for Eco Infrastructure Network, whose main function is to deal with urban environmental problems to make Super Star City greener, cleaner, and more sustainable.

KÈ

A. eye-catching

B. developed

C. long-lasting

D. friendly

40. If we have solar panels on our roofs, we'll be able to generate our own electricity. A. afford

B. produce

C. manufacture

D. light

Y

41. I believe the government will use advanced technology to build faster trains and make people's life more comfortable.

DẠ

A. modern

B. expensive

C. public

D. latest

42. Many city dwellers, especially those in developing countries, still live in poverty. A. people

311

B. migrants

C. immigrants

D. residents

ENGLISH 11

B. challenging

C. unsolvable

44. There's a real mix of people in Brighton. It has a very cosmopolitan feel to it. A. busy

B. hectic

C. multi-cultural

D. unbearable

FI CI A

A. hard

L

43. These projects have proved to be very effective in dealing with global climate change, which was considered an insoluble problem in the first 30 years of this century.

D. diversified

45. People who hold optimistic view believe that cities of the future will increase the general well-being of individuals and societies. A. health state

B. quality of life

C. level of development

D. growth rate

OF

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 46. If I take the pessimistic viewpoint, Tokyo won't be a safe place to live in. A. negative

B. optimistic

C. optical

D. neutral

47. To reduce carbon emissions into the atmosphere, ways to limit the use of private cars must be found. B. personal

C. common

D. shared

ƠN

A. public

48. People who live in towns and cities live in an urban environment. A. remote

B. deserted

C. suburban

D. rural

A. social

B. mental

NH

49. There is pollution not only of the physical environment because the various pressure of urban life causes cities to breed crime. C. moral

D. manual

50. Governments have to join hands to solve the environmental problems on a global scale. A. worldwide

B. nationwide

QU Y

Part III. GRAMMAR

C. local

D. international

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 51. This is the right DVD, ____? A. isn't this

B. is this

C. isn't it

D. is it

52. I'm not the only one, ____?

B. am I

M

A. aren't I

C. am not I

D. are not I

53. Let's go out tonight, ____?

KÈ

A. shall we

B. will we

C. could we

D. would we

C. can you

D. will you

C. do they

D. don't they

54. Don't forget to write to me soon, ____? A. would you

B. could you

55. Nothing frightens you, ____?

Y

A. does it

B. doesn't it

56. Somebody's just called my name, ____?

DẠ

A. hasn't he

B. didn't he

С . haven't they

D. have they

57. I suppose you don't like the course, ____? A. don't I

312

B. do I

C. don't you

D. do you

ENGLISH 11

A. isn't he

B. is he

C. aren't they

D. are they

C. have we

D. haven't we

A. do we

B. don't we

FI CI A

59. We never enjoy our city break, ____? 60. There will be more and more megacities in the world, A. will it

B. won't it

C. will there

D. won't there

C. does he

D. doesn't he

61. No one wants to live in a polluted city, ____? A. do they

B. don't they

62. I think city dwellers can enjoy an exciting nightlife, ____? B. don't I

C. can't they

63. There's hardly anything that can be done to reduce pollution, ____? A. isn't there

B. is there

C. can it

A. haven't you

D. can't it

ƠN

64. You have to wear uniform when going to work, ____?

D. can they

OF

A. don't you think

L

58. Everyone's going to be there, ____?

B. have you

C. do you

D. don't you

65. We are supposed to submit the assignment by Friday, ____? B. are we

66. Put these flowers near the window, ____? A. will you

B. would you

C. aren't we

NH

A. don't we

C. could you

D. do we D. all are correct

67. None of the old people likes living in urban areas, ____? A. do them

B. does he

C. do they

D. don't they

QU Y

68. Neither of the locations was ideal for a new shopping mall, ____? A. were they

B. was it

C. weren't they

D. wasn't it

69. I believe nothing serious happened, ____? A. did it

B. didn't it

C. do I

D. don't I

70. Sophie has got no major problems living in the new city, ____? A. hasn't she

B. has she

C. does she

D. doesn't she

M

Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 71. Sarah will be very annoyed if Dave ____ her this evening.

KÈ

A. won't call

B. not call

C. doesn't call

D. will call

72. When you ____ with your computer, can I borrow it? A. have finished

B. will finish

C. will have finished

D. are finishing

73. If you like peace and quiet, ____ move to the town to live.

Y

A. you won't

B. you will

C. let's

D. don't

DẠ

74. If you go by air, it ____ you around two hours to get to Ho Chi Minh City from Ha Noi. A. would take

B. takes

C. took

D. spends

75. ____ he do well in the exam, his parents will buy him an MP3 player. A. If

313

B. When

C. Should

D. Were

ENGLISH 11

A. when

B. if

C. whenever

D. all are correct

A. will tell

B. let's tell

FI CI A

77. If you need help, ____ me! C. let tell

D. tell

78. If unemployment is rising, people ____ to stay in their current jobs. A. tend

B. will tend

C. have tended

D . would tend

79. If you see Karen, ____ you ask her to call me? A. shall

B. will

C. do

D . would

80. If you bully someone, you ____ them to do things against their will. B. forced

C. force

D. would force

OF

A. will force

L

76. You are expected to fasten the seatbelt ____ you are driving.

Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 81. Won't you be a lot happier if Dad came home this weekend? A

B

C

ƠN

82 Should Jade gets to interview a famous politician, she will ask lots of difficult questions. D

NH

83. If her condition should improve, we inform you immediately. A D

B

84. I don't want a brother or sister, unless it will happens, of course.A 85. If you meet John, will tell him I want to see him.A

B B

C

86. None of your friends really enjoyed themselves at the party, didn't they? D

QU Y

87. If you borrow my coat, don't get it dirty, can you? A 88. You never work more than you have to, do you?

A

B

89. You made no effort to make friends with Darren, didn't you? A D

B

90. You sent that letter I gave you, haven't you?A

D

Part IV. SPEAKING

B

C

B

C

C D

D

C C

A

C

AB

B

D

C D

D C

M

Exercise 9. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. 91. “____?" – "It's ten minutes' walk from here.”

KÈ

A. How long does it take to get to the town centre? B. Can you show me the way to the town centre? C. How far is it from here to the town centre?D. How can we get to the town centre? 92. “What a boring lecture!" - “____”

Y

A. Yes, it was dull, wasn't it? C. It's interesting, wasn't it?

B. I don't agree. It's dull. D. I'm sorry not.

DẠ

93. “I believe people will have a better life in the future.” - “____ Life will be more enjoyable than it is today, won't it?” A. No, I don't think so.

B. Not exactly.

C. Yes, I agree.

94. ” ____” – “That's right. London will be cleaner and more sustainable.” 314

D. You can't be right.

ENGLISH 11 A. This means there'll be no pollution, will there? B. This means there'll be no pollution, won't there?

L

C. This means there won't be no pollution, will there?D. This means there'll be no pollution, doesn't it? A. Don't forget your raincoat, will you?

FI CI A

95. "What's the weather forecast?” – “____” B. Don't forget your raincoat, do you?

C. It's going to rain. Don't forget your raincoat, will you? D. It's going to rain. Don't forget your raincoat, do you? 96. “Global warming will continue to be a big threat to life on earth.” – “____”

A. We can't afford to ignore its effects any longer. B. Then we can't afford to ignore its effects any longer, can we? 97. “Oh, I'm sorry! Am I disturbing you?” – “____”

OF

C. So don't ignore its effects any longer.D. Please don't ignore its effects any longer. A. Sure, you're a real nuisance!

B. You're such a pain in the neck!

C. No, never mind.

D. No, you're OK.

ƠN

98. “In 2050, London won't be a good place to live in, will it?” – “____” A. Exactly, it will be.

B. On the contrary, it will be.

C. I'm sorry, it will be.

D. Unfortunately, it will be.

NH

99. “I'm going to the supermarket now. Do you need anything?” – “____”

A. Get me some cheese and some oil, may you? B. Get me some cheese and some oil, can't you? C. Get me some cheese and some oil, could you?D. Get me some cheese and some oil, couldn't you? 100. “I don't have any plans for tonight.” – “____”

B. I suggest to go to the cinema.

C. Let's go to the cinema, shall we?

D. What if going to the cinema?

QU Y

A. Why not going to the cinema with me?

101. “What if I quit more than 3 sessions?” – “____” A. You won't take the final exam.

B. You wouldn't take the final exam.

C. You wouldn't be able to take the final exam.

D. You can't take the final exam.

102. “____” – “Yes, I love it here. Everything I want is only five minutes away.”

M

A. It's convenient to live here, isn't it? C. It's inconvenient to live here, isn't it?

B. It's comfortable to live here, isn't it? D. It's uncomfortable to live here, isn't it?

KÈ

103. “City dwellers are always so busy, aren't they?" – "____” A. No, they aren't. Everybody's rushing about all the time. B. Not really. Everybody's rushing about all the time. C. I'm not sure. Everybody's rushing about all the time. D. Yes, everybody's rushing about all the time.

Y

104. “____” – “London's so big. It took me ages to find my way round.”

DẠ

A. What about London? C. How was London?

B. What was London? D. How about London?

105. “Most cities aren't safe places to live, are they?" – "____” A. No, I'm afraid. There are always what they call ‘no-go areas'.

315

ENGLISH 11

C. Well, the opposite is true. There are always what they call ‘no-go areas’.

FI CI A

D. On the contrary. There are always what they call ‘no-go areas'.

L

B. Yes, they are. There are always what they call ‘no-go areas’.

Part V. READING

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. MARRAKECH

OF

Where can you go in January for almost guaranteed sunshine – without travelling for most of the day to get there? The answer is Marrakech in Morocco, a four-hour (106) ____ from Britain, where the average temperature is a pleasant 66°F.

ƠN

Marrakech is a city of (107) ____ beauty, with its pink buildings and green palm trees contrasting with the snow-covered (108) ____ of the Atlas Mountains in the distance. For tourists, there's the added attraction of excellent food at reasonable prices, and high quality accommodation, such as Hotel La Momounia, (109) ____ as one of the top hotels in the world.

NH

(110) ____ Marrakech is one of Morocco's busiest and most modern cities, the influence of the Middle Ages is still very evident. (111) ____ can admire the battlements, towers, and mosques, which were built (112) ____ centuries ago. And forget about shopping malls – for perfumes, fabrics, antiques, spices and crafts, (113) ____ the ‘souks’, open-air market places where you'll almost (114) ____ find something to take back home.

B. trip

C. flight

D. voyage

107. A. big

B. great

C. large

D. high

108. A. peaks

B. hills

C. heads

D. surfaces

109. A. thought

B. regarded

C. believed

D. guessed

110. A. Because

B. However

C. Despite

D. Although

111. A. Spectators

B. Viewers

C. Sightseers

D. Onlookers

B. plenty

C. other

D. all

B. put up with

C. head for

D. make up for

114. A. likely

B. certainly

C. probably

D. possibly

115. A. do

B. exercise

C. take off

D. go in

B. Apart

C. In addition

D. Moreover

B. views

C. aspects

D. appearances

112. A. several

KÈ

113. A. work out

M

106. A. travel

QU Y

For those who want to (115) ____ sport Marrakech has plenty to offer. (116) ____ to golf and tennis, there is also skiing on the slopes of the high Atlas Mountains, where the (117) ____ of the surrounding area are quite spectacular. Alternatively, you could just relax by a heated swimming pool and dream of your next visit.

Y

116. A. As well 117. A. visions

DẠ

Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

316

A NEW CAPITAL

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

When the new state of Pakistan was founded in 1947, Karachi acted as the capital city. However, it was difficult for Karachi to remain in this role due to a number of drawbacks such as the climate and the state of the existing buildings. Rather than try to overcome these drawbacks, the government decided to create a new capital city. In 1959, a commission was established to investigate the possible locations of this new city. The advisor appointed to the commission was Dr Doxiadis, a famous architect and city planner. Dr Doxiadis and his colleagues looked at the various locations. They then produced a report suggesting two possible areas: one just outside Karachi and the other to the north of Rawalpindi. Both locations had advantages as well as disadvantages. Which site was it to be?

OF

The choice between these two options was made after consideration of many factors, such as transportation, the availabilities of water, economic factors, and factors of national interest. Finally, the site north of Rawalpindi was chosen and on the 24th February 1960, the new capital was given the name of ‘Islamabad’ and a master plan was drawn up. This master plan divided the area into three different sections: Islamabad itself, neighbouring Rawalpindi, and the national park.

ƠN

Each of these three sections had a different role. Islamabad would act as the national's capital and would serve its administrative and cultural needs, whereas Rawalpindi would remain the regional centre with industry and commerce. The third piece of the plan, the national park, was planned to provide space for education, recreation, and agriculture.

QU Y

118. Why was a commission founded in 1959?

NH

Today Islamabad is a thriving city of about 1 million people. It offers a healthy a pollution-free atmosphere, plenty of water, and many green spaces. Guide tree-lined streets, elegant public buildings, and well-organised bazaars and shopping centres. The new capital is a superb example of good urban planning. A. to overcome the drawbacks of Karachi as a capital city B. to create a new capital city for Pakistan C. to look into possibilities of the locations for a new capital city D. to appoint an advisor for planning the new capital city 119. How many places were suggested for the new capital city in the initial reports? A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

M

120. Which of the following factors was NOT considered when choosing the location for the new capital city? A. the climate and the state of the existing buildings B. transportation and the availabilities of water

KÈ

C. economic issues D. issues of pational interest 121. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. Islamabad would serve cultural needs. B. Rawalpindi would be the regional centre with industry and commerce.

Y

C. The national park would provide space for agriculture.D. Islamabad would play the most important role of all.

DẠ

122. What does the passage primarily describe? A. The history of the two capital cities of Pakistan. B. The disappearance of the old capital city of Pakistan. C. The reasons why Islamabad became the new capital city of Pakistan.

317

ENGLISH 11 D. The choice and development of Islamabad as the modern capital of Pakistan.

LESSONS FROM CURITIBA

FI CI A

L

Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Urban planning deals with the physical, economic, and social development of cities. Today urban populations are increasing rapidly, and growing cities are putting enormous pressure on the environment. For this reason, the type of urban planning found in Curitiba, in southern Brazil, is more important than ever.

OF

Curitiba is a fine example of how urban planning can work. This has not always been the case, however. At one time, Curitiba faced the same problems as many other cities all over the world, namely overcrowding, pollution, and an increased demand for services, transport, and housing. How, then, did Curitiba address these problems?

ƠN

By the 1940s the population of Curitiba had grown to about 150,000 as immigrants from countries such as Japan, Syria, and Lebanon came to work in agriculture and industry. These people needed both housing and transportation. Curitiba's leaders realised that it was not sensible to deal with these problems separately. Consequently, they employed a French planner and architect, Alfred Agache, to find an overall solution.

QU Y

NH

Agache studied all aspects of the problem. He designed a scheme which gave priority to public services such as sanitation and public transport. At the same time, the scheme included centres which helped both community life and commerce to develop, and reduced traffic congestion. This was the first scheme to address several problems of growing cities at the same time. Unfortunately, some parts of his plan were not completed. The result, as described below, was that his scheme only served Curitiba for another 20 years.

M

By the 1960s, the population of Curitiba had grown to about 430,000 inhabitants, so the city had to rethink its needs. In order to do this, the mayor put together a team of architects and town planners led by Jaime Lerner. This team produced the Curitiba Master Plan. This consisted of taking Agache's original plan and adding wide, high-speed roads which crossed the smaller streets. Their proposals also included plans to minimise urban growth, reduce city centre traffic, and preserve the city's historic district. It is clear that the Curitiba Master Plan was one of the first attempts to integrate all aspects of city planning.

KÈ

This integrated approach to urban design was maintained throughout the 1980s as Curitiba's population grew to almost one million inhabitants. Environmental facilities were added, such as a recycling programme for household waste, and parks and 'green' spaces were protected from development. However, good transportation remained central to the planning.

DẠ

Y

Good transportation still remains a priority, together with the needs for jobs. A growing population needs employment, so business parks and centres have been added to encourage new small businesses. All these changes will continue be the population of Curitiba increases, but its city planners are continually searching for solutions to the problems.

123. What aspect of development does urban planning NOT deal with?

318

A. physical development

B. technical development

C. economic development.

D. social development

ENGLISH 11

A. 2

B. 3

C. 4

D. 5

FI CI A

125. What was the main cause of the increase in Curitiba's population Delore the 1940s?

L

124. How many problems are mentioned in the passage as commonly shared by many cities?

A. immigrants from rural areas

B. workers in business park

C. immigrants from neighbouring countries

D. immigrants from Japan, Syria, and Lebanon

126. In what ways was Agache’s approach different? A. His scheme gave priority to public services.

B. His scheme included centres which helped both community life and commerce to develop. 127. What did the Curitiba Master Plan do?

OF

C. His scheme reduced traffic congestion.D. His scheme addressed several problems at the same time. A. added better road system

B. reduced urban growth

C. prohibit city-centre traffic

D. all of the above

ƠN

128. What was new about the approach to the planning in the 1980s?

A. It was an integrated approach. B. Environmental facilities were introduced. C. Good transportation was the key.D. It provided housing for one million inhabitants. 129. The new thing about the current approach to urban planning is ____. C. the need for jobs

B. good transport

NH

A. new small businesses

D. the appearance of business parks

130. Which statement best describes the author's opinion of the Curitiba experience of urban planning? A. It was a complete success. B. The challenges for urban planners in Curitiba were many.

QU Y

C. Other city planners could benefit greatly from this experience. D. It was a once-and-done plan. Part VI. WRITING

Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. 131. You use your mobile phone a lot, so you have large phone bills. A. If you don't use your mobile phone a lot, you don't have large phone bills.

M

B. If you didn't use your mobile phone a lot, you wouldn't have large phone bills. C. If you don't use your mobile phone a lot, you won't have large phone bills.

KÈ

D. If you won't use your mobile phone a lot, you won't have large phone bills. 132. I think you should tell your parents the truth. A. If I am you, I tell your parents the truth. B. If I am you, I will tell your parents the truth. C. If I were you, I would tell your parents the truth.D. If I were you, I will tell your parents the truth.

Y

133. My computer always crashes when a CD is inserted.

DẠ

A. If I insert a CD, my computer will crash. B. If I insert a CD, my computer crashes. C. If you want my computer to crash, insert a CD.D. Unless you want my computer to crash, insert a CD.

134. Water always boils when you heat it long enough.

319

ENGLISH 11 B. If water is heated long enough, it boils.

C. If you heat water long enough, it boils.

D. All are correct.

L

A. If heated long enough, water boils.

FI CI A

135. Plants and flowers can't live without water.

A. If you water plants and flowers, they can't live. B. If you water plants and flowers, they will live. C. If you don't water plants and flowers, they can't live. D. Unless you water plants and flowers, they live. Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.

OF

136. Researchers are developing low-cost devices. These devices can detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes. A. Researchers are developing low-cost devices that can detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes. B. Researchers are developing low-cost devices to detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes.

ƠN

C. Researchers are developing low-cost devices so that they can detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes. D. Researchers are developing low-cost devices who can detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes. 137. Urban planners carry out projects to develop a city. They look at the needs of local people and the environment when they do this.

NH

A. While carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people and the environment when they do this. B. While carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people and the environment.

QU Y

C. If they carry out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people and the environment when they do this. D. As carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people and the environment. 138. Most Superstar City Dwellers are quite happy with their life and work. Barbara and Mark are quite happy, too.

M

A. Not only most Superstar City Dwellers are quite happy with their life and work but also Barbara and Mark are quite happy, too.

KÈ

B. Most Superstar City Dwellers along with Barbara and Mark are quite happy with their life and work. C. Like most Superstar City Dwellers, Barbara and Mark are quite happy with their life and work.

Y

D. Barbara and Mark are like most Superstar City Dwellers because they are quite happy with their life and work.

DẠ

139. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water. This is done to ensure there is no shortage of fresh water. A. For there is shortage of fresh water, wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water. B. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water because there is shortage of fresh water. C. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water though there is no shortage of fresh water.

320

ENGLISH 11

140. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading. It's in an extremely poor condition now.

L

D. To ensure there is no shortage of fresh water, wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water.

FI CI A

A. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading, for it's in an extremely poor condition now.

B. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading though it's in an extremely poor condition now. C. While the infrastructure of our city needs upgrading, it's in an extremely poor condition now. D. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading when it's in an extremely poor condition now.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

A. VOCABULARY be attributed to

/əˈtrɪbjuːtɪd /

boost

/buːst/

(v)

đẩy mạnh, nâng lên

dietary

/ˈdaɪətəri/

(adj)

thuộc về chế độ ăn uống

immune system

/ɪˈmjuːn ˈsɪstəm/

(n)

hệ miễn dịch

life expectancy

/ˈlaɪf ɪkˈ spektənsi/

(n)

tuổi thọ

meditation

/ˌmedɪˈteɪʃn/

(n)

sự suy ngẫm, sự trầm mặc suy tưởng

natural remedy

/ˌnætʃrəl ˈremədi/

(n.p)

phương pháp trị liệu dựa vào thiên nhiên

nutrition

/njuˈtrɪʃn/

(n)

sự dinh dưỡng

nutritious

/njuˈtrɪʃəs/

(adj)

NH

QU Y

prescription medicine /prɪˈskrɪpʃn - ˈmedsn/ (n)

ƠN

quy cho

OF

Unit 10. HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND LONGEVITY

bổ dưỡng, có chất dinh dưỡng

thuốc do bác sĩ kê đơn

stress-free

/stres - friː/

(adj)

không bị căng thẳng

workout

/ˈwɜːkaʊt/

(n)

luyện tập thể lực

B. GRAMMAR REVIEW

I. REPORTED SPEECH WITH CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (câu điều kiện gián tiếp) 1. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 1:

Jim said "If I catch the bus, I'll be home by six".

KÈ

Ex:

M

- Nếu trong câu nói trực tiếp có câu tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 1, khi chuyển sang dạng tường thuật sẽ lùi 1 thì thành câu điều kiện loại 2. => Jim said that if he caught the bus, he would be home by six. (Jim nói rằng nếu anh ta bắt kịp xe buýt, anh ta sẽ về nhà vào lúc 6 giờ.) home.

Y

Khi chuyển thành câu tường thuật phải lùi 1 thì: catch thành caught, will be home thành would be

DẠ

2. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 2: - Khác với cầu điều kiện loại 1 trong cấu tường thuật, cầu điều kiện loại 2 khi chuyển từ câu nói trực tiếp sang tường thuật không cần thay đổi về thì.

Ex:

321

My mom said to me "If you had a permit, you could find a job".

ENGLISH 11 => My mom told me that if I had a permit, I could find a job.

L

Mẹ tôi nói với tôi là nếu tôi có giấy phép, tôi có thể đi tìm việc. Không có sự khác biệt về thì giữa câu 3. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 3:

FI CI A

nói trực tiếp và câu tường thuật.

- Tương tự như tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 2, ở câu điều kiện loại 3 khi chuyển câu nói trực tiếp sang tường thuật cũng không cần thay đổi về thì. Ex:

Tom said "If Jenna had loved me, she wouldn't have left like that" => Tom said that if Jenna had loved him, she wouldn't have left like that.

Tom nói rằng nếu Jenna yêu anh ta, cô ấy đã không bỏ đi như vậy. Không có sự khác biệt về thì giữa

OF

câu nói trực tiếp và cấu tường thuật. 4. Tường thuật câu điều kiện: If + mệnh đề yêu cầu, đề nghị Jack said "If you have time, clean the living room"

ƠN

Chúng ta hãy cùng xem xét ví dụ sau:

=> Jack told me to clean the living room if I had time. (Jack bảo tôi dọn phòng khách nếu tôi rảnh.) Hoặc Jack said "If you have time, would you clean the living room?"

NH

=> Jack asked me to clean the living room if I had time.

(Jack hỏi tôi rằng tôi có thể dọn phòng khách không nếu tôi có thời gian rảnh?) 3. Tường thuật cấu điều kiện: If + mệnh để mang ý nghĩa lời khuyên Xem xét thử ví dụ sau:

The doctor said "If you are ill, you should go to bed earlier".

QU Y

=> 'The doctor advised me to go to bed earlier if I was ill. => The doctor advised that if I was ill, I should go to bed earlier. (Bác sĩ khuyên tôi nên đi ngủ sớm nếu tôi bị ốm.) Nhận xét:

M

- Một khi chuyển câu trực tiếp có ý nghĩa khuyên nhủ, bạn nên lùi như tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 1, 2, 3 thông thường. Nên thay động từ said bằng advised để thể hiện ý nghĩa đưa ra lời khuyên và sử dụng cấu trúc advise somebody to do something (khuyên một ai làm việc gì đó) hoặc cấu trúc advise that + mệnh đề.

Test 1

KÈ

- Tương tự như cầu đề nghị, yêu cầu, trong trường hợp này chúng ta cũng chuyển mệnh đề if xuống cuối câu, đứng sau mệnh đề chính khi dùng advise somebody to do something. A. PHONETICS

Y

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. business

C. functions

D. numbers

2. A. nurse

B. films

C. stops

D. coughs

3. A. language

B. program

C. England

D. applicant

4. A. English

B. French

C. American

D. Celtic

DẠ

1. A. studies

322

ENGLISH 11 5. A. China

B. Latin

C. skin

D. pronunciation

B. visit

C. travel

D. develop

2. A. offer

B. listen

C. precede

D. follow

3. A. interview

B. appropriate

C. employ

D. describe

4. A. support

B. fascinate

C. accept

D. believe

B. appeal

C. attempt

D. hesitate

5. A. inform

B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Use the words given in the box to complete the sentences. anti-acne

prescription

expectancy

meditation

healthy

immune

OF

anti-ageing

FI CI A

1. A. happen

L

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

sugar - free

nutritious

stress - free

1. My doctor said that these natural remedies can boost my _______ immune _______ system. 2. One of the main responsibilities of a dietitian is to promote ______ nutritious _______ and balanced diets.

ƠN

3. _______ sugar - free ______ drinks are better for your teeth and general health. 4. In addition to a nutritious diet, a ____ stress - free ______ lifestyle can boost your health and increase your life expectancy.

NH

5. The development of effective medicines has contributed to the increase in the average life ___ expectancy __ in some countries. 6. An hour of _______ meditation _______ can help you to relieve your stress. 7. Some people believe that ______ anti-ageing _______ foods can make them younger. 8. Home-made ______ anti-acne _______ masks based on fruits are completely natural and inexpensive.

QU Y

9. Doctors should use more legible handwriting when giving _____ prescription _______. 10. Some people believe that keeping a diary of daily activities is one simple way to help you to stay _____ healthy _____.

II. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences.

M

1. Antibacterial / Meditation takes many forms, but its core is the ability to control the mind and quieten it down. 2. Learning is the most fundamental brain workout / cholesterol-free - and the more you do it, the more you'll benefit.

KÈ

3. Research for more recent periods shows a surprising and continuing improvement in life expectancy / oilfree among those aged 80 or above. 4. Many individuals through the ages realised there was a very important link between health, exercise, fitness, meditation, intelligence and longevity / anti-glare.

Y

5. A research suggests that Tai Chi may also slow ageing / fat-free by boosting a certain type of stem cell.

DẠ

6. Bird's nest soup brings overall benefit to the immune system / alcohol-free and it gives you glowing skin. 7. Widespread gardening provides an opportunity for exercise, sunlight and nutritious / consumption food for people in Okinawa, Japan.

323

ENGLISH 11

L

8. The first step in boosting / continuing Nagano's life span was a campaign to reduce salt consumption and promote a healthier diet and lifestyle.

FI CI A

III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. In the United States, if a food contains less than 0.5 grams of fat in a ______serving___, it can be labeled fat-free. (SERVE) 2. Try to avoid glaring on your computer from windows and lights, and use an anti-acne screen if _____needed______. (NEED)

OF

3. It's all about their diet and _____lifestyle______ that people in the Longevity Hot Spots have already found the secrets of the anti-ageing process. (LIFE) 4. Men should drink no more than four units in any one day and have at _______least______ two alcohol-free days a week. (LESS)

ƠN

5. Studies have shown that our overuse of ____antibacterial____ ingredients has helped to create new resistant bacteria. (BACTERIAL) 6. Although it's impossible to control all the factors involving your skin, you can take measures to reduce the problem with the anti-glare ______treatment_____ at home. (TREAT) 7. After rinsing your face, if your face feels dry, apply a(n) oil-free ____moisturizer___. (MOISTURE)

NH

8. Perhaps the key to a stress-free _____existence____ is not to remove the cause of the stress, but rather to improve one's response to stress. (EXIST) 9. Kidney beans, almonds, sunflower seeds and walnuts are all _____excellent_____, cholesterol-free sources of protein, fiber and magnesium. (EXCELLENTLY)

QU Y

10. Sugar-free foods can be helpful if you have diabetes and it is best to support overall wellness and blood sugar _____regulation______. (REGULAR) IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. She's going to the photographer's ____. A. that her photograph be taken

B. to have her photograph taking

C. to have her photograph taken

D. to have taken her photograph

A. who

M

2. The director has promised that ____ finds a solution to this particular problem will be well awarded. B. the one

C. whoever

D. anyone

KÈ

3. In order to avoid bad eating habits, you'll have to replace unhealthy fat with more ____ food. A. nutrition

B. nutritional

C. nutritious

D. nutritive

4. If you're tired, even if you feel that you need to get more done, give yourself ____ to sleep. A. request

B. requirement

C. permission

D. permit

Y

5. Bahrain's ____ closed up 10.09 points today at 2160.09. A. stockbroker

B. stock index

C. stock exchange

D. stock option

DẠ

6. The student failed to meet the necessary ____ for admission to the course. A. fulfillments

324

B. qualities

C. aptitudes

D. requirements

ENGLISH 11

B. Dietary

C. Meal

D. Food

C. determination

D. prescription

C. will finish

D. had finished

FI CI A

A. Diet

8. After ____, people feel more refreshed and alert. A. meditation

B. attention

9. Come and see me when you ____ your report. A. finish

B. finished

10. ____ my great surprise, almost everyone agreed ____ him. A. For - to

B. At - from

L

7. ____ cholesterol is a byproduct of the fat that are found in animal-based foods like eggs, dairy products and meat.

C. To - with

D. In - of

A. lifetime

B. lifework

C. life force

OF

11. Living to an average of 83 years old, Japan is the nation with the highest ____ in the world. D. life expectancy

12. Make sure the ____ for your glasses or contact lens is up-to-date and adequate for computer use. A. medicine

B. prescription

C. size

D. introduction

A. hurt

ƠN

13. By cutting down trees we ____ the natural habitat of birds and animals. B. harm

14. The doctor has advised ____ less coffee. B. I will drink

D. injure

C. me drinking

D. me to drink

NH

A. me drink

C. damage

15. Whole grains are high in fiber and contain a variety of ____ that support healthy blood sugar levels. A. nutrition

B. nutrients

C. nutritionists

D. nutritious

16. Good ____, controlling calorie intake and physical activity are the only way to maintain a healthy weight. B. nutrition

QU Y

A. nutrient

C. malnutrition

D. nutritionists

17. The High Street is so narrow that the council have decided to ____ it. A. extend

B. widen

C. increase

D. lengthen

18. I'm very glad to hear that you share my ____ in Spanish music. A. enjoyment

B. listening

C. interest

D. liking

19. My own ____ for health is less paperwork and more running barefoot through the grass. B. treatment

M

A. routine

C. medicine

D. prescription

20. The university graduates one of the highest percentages of registered dieticians and ____ in the world.

KÈ

A. nutrition

B. nutritious

C. nutrients

D. nutritionists

C. READING

I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. emphasis

purpose

active

DẠ

Y

reach

fraction

traits

adding

socializing

almost

lifestyle

HIGHEST LIFE EXPECTANCY IN THE WORLD

Longevity hot spots are located in regions of different countries where people commonly lead

(1) ____ active ___ lives past the age of 100. A blue zone is considered to be a "longevity oasis" and the people who live there are believed to have the longest life expectancy on Earth. 325

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

The longest living women were found in Okinawa, Japan. Another blue zone was discovered in the mountains of Sardinia, Italy where even men (2) ____ reach ___ the age of 100 at an amazing rate, another was discovered on the Nicoya Peninsula of Costa Rica in 2007. Only one of the blue zone is located in the United States. It was found when researchers who were staying in Loma Linda, California discovered they suffered from a (3) ____ fraction ___ of the diseases that commonly kill people in other parts of the United States and throughout the developed world. The final blue zone was found on an expedition to the island of Ikaria, Greece where they have 50% lower rates of heart disease, 20% less cancer, and (4) ___ almost ____ zero dementia - loss of memory.

ƠN

OF

What's their secret formula for (5) ______ adding _____ another 10 healthy years? Scientists focused on these longevity hot spots to answer that question and found that while it helps to have good genes, that's less than 30% of the equation. If you adopt the right (6) ____ lifestyle ___, they concluded the other 70% can be up to us. Other (7) ____ traits ____ the people living in the blue zones have in common include less stress and more (8) ____ socializing ____, strong (9) ____ emphasis _____ on family, a fresh natural plant based diet, very little red meat and daily exercise. Leading their lives with a sense of (10) ____ purpose _____ was a big factor. It insures they look forward to getting up in the morning, II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

NH

In China, it is believed that tai chi can delay ageing and prolong life, increase flexibility, strengthen muscles and tendons, and aid in the treatment of heart disease, high blood (1) ____, arthritis, skin diseases, depression, cancer, and many other (2) ____.

QU Y

(3) ____ of the research on tai chi has been done in older individuals in the area of balance and fall prevention. This area of (4) ____ is important because fall-related injuries are the leading cause of death from injury and disability among older adults. Because tai chi movements are slow and deliberate (5) ____ shifts of body weight from one leg to the other in (6) ____ with upper body movements, it challenges balance and many have long assumed it helps improve balance and reduce fall frequency.

M

In a similar tai chi study of older adults, 54% of the subjects who practised tai chi attributed their improved (7) ____ of confidence to improved balance. One study looked at adults in their 60s and 70s who practised tai chi three times a week for 12 weeks (60-minute classes). After (8) ____ six weeks, statistically significant improvements were observed in balance, muscular strength, endurance, and flexibility measures. Improvements in each of these areas increased (9) ____ after another 12 weeks.

KÈ

The demands of living are stressful for adults of all ages. Although one cannot directly point to studies showing a reduction in stress from practising tai chi, the breathing, movement, and mental concentration required of individuals who practise tai chi may be just the distraction you need from your hectic (10) ____. B. ceremony

C. request

D. telling

2. A. bride

B. regulations

C. diseases

D. notes

3. A. Almost

B. Most

C. The most

D. Mostly

4. A. research

B. boxe

C. present

D. war

5. A. through

B. for

C. in

D. with

6. A. respect

B. coordination

C. stopping

D. refusal

7. A. sense

B. common

C. marriage

D. divorce

DẠ

Y

1. A. pressure

326

B. as

C. just

D. that

9. A. father

B. further

C. farthest

D. more

10. A. troubles

B. problems

C. lifestyle

D. rounds

FI CI A

8. A. then

L

ENGLISH 11

III. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

Psychologists have debated a long time about whether a child's upbringing can give it the ability to do outstandingly well. Some think that it is impossible to develop genius and say that it is simply something a person is born with. Others, however, argue that the potential for great achievement can be developed. The truth lies somewhere between these two extremes.

OF

It seems very obvious that being born with the right qualities from gifted parents will increase a child's ability to do well. However, this ability will be fully realized only with the right upbringing and opportunities. As one psychologist says, “To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel”.

NH

ƠN

Scientists have recently assessed intelligence, achievement, and ability in 50 sets of identical twins that were separated shortly after birth and brought up by different parents. They found that achievement was based on intelligence, and later influenced by the child's environment. One case involving very intelligent twins was quoted. One of the twins received a normal upbringing, and performed well. The other twin, however, was brought up by extremely supportive parents and given every possible opportunity to develop its abilities. That twin, though starting out with the same degree of intelligence as the other, performed even better. This case reflects the general principle of intelligence and ability. The more favorable the environment, the more a child's intelligence and ability are developed. However, there is no link between intelligence and the socioeconomic level of a child's family. In other words, it does not matter how poor or how rich a family is, as this does not affect intelligence.

QU Y

Gifted people cannot be created by supportive parents, but they can be developed by them. One professor of music said that outstanding musicians usually started two or three years earlier than ordinary performers, often because their parents had recognized their ability. These musicians then needed at least ten years' hard work and training in order to reach the level they were capable of attaining. People who want to have very gifted children are given the following advice: - Marry an intelligent person.

- Allow children to follow their own interests rather than the interests of the parents.

M

- Start a child's education early but avoid pushing the child too hard.

KÈ

- Encourage children to play, for example, playing with musical instruments is essential for a child who wants to become an outstanding musician. Question 1: The upbringing of highly intelligent children requires ____. A. an expensive education

B. good musical instruments

C. parental support and encouragement

D. wealthy and loving parents

Y

Question 2: The word "others" used in the first paragraph refers to____. A. other people

B. other scientists

C. other children

D. other geniuses

DẠ

Question 3: When scientists studied intelligence and ability in twins, they found that ____. A. ability depends mainly on intelligence and achievement B. intelligence and development are irrelevant to ability

327

ENGLISH 11 C. ability depends both on intelligence and on environment

L

D. different twins generally have different levels of ability A. each twin has the same environment as his/her twin B. they are born into the same family, hence the same upbringing

FI CI A

Question 4: Scientists chose twins for their study because ____.

C. they have the same economic background and hence the same opportunities D. they have the same genetic background, usually with similar intelligence

Question 5: How were great musicians different from ordinary musicians in their development? B. They practice playing their instruments for many years. C. They concentrated on music to the exclusion of other areas. D. They were exceptionally intelligent and artistic.

OF

A. Their ability was realized at an early stage and then nurtured.

ƠN

Question 6: The remark: "To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel." in the passage means that in order to become a genius ____. A. you need to have good health and good nourishment B. you need intelligence and you need to develop it

NH

C. you should try to move quickly and efficiently

D. you must nourish your brain and train your muscles hard Question 7: All of the following statements are true EXCEPT ____. A. a child's intelligence is influenced by that of his/her parents

QU Y

B. to become successful, a child needs both native intelligence and development C. studying different twins is a useful scientific procedure D. educational development depends completely on economic well-being. D. WRITING

I. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. 1. Mark said, "I went camping 5 days ago."

M

Mark said he had gone camping 5 days before. 2. "If Brain doesn't train harder, I won't select him for the team" said the manager.

KÈ

The manager said if Brain didn’t train harder, he wouldn’t select him for the team. 3. "Our correspondent in Paris sent this report some days ago" said the editor in-chief. The editor in-chief said that their correspondent in Paris had sent that report some days before. 4. "How long have you been waiting here?" the girl asked me.

Y

The girl asked me how long I had been waiting there.

DẠ

5. "Do not write on the wall" said the teacher to the boys. The teacher to the boys not to write on the wall. 6. “Take your place in the queue" the nurse said to the old man. The nurse told the old man to take his place in queue. 328

ENGLISH 11 7. "How many jobs have you had since you left school?" the interviewer asked Jack.

L

The interviewer asked Jack how many jobs he had had since he left school.

FI CI A

8. "Why didn't you report the incident to the police last week?" the officer asked the frightened witness.

The officer asked the frightened witness why he hadn’t reported the incident to the police the previous week. 9. "Why hasn't Peter phoned?" she wondered. She wondered why Peter hadn’t phoned. 10. "If I were you, I wouldn't trust Peter" she told John. She advised John not to trust Peter. 1. "I'll take you to the zoo tomorrow" my mother said to me.

OF

II. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. My mother told me that she would take me to the zoo the following day. 2. Jane said to Bill "When do you expect to finish your assignment?"

ƠN

Jane asked Bill when he expected to finish his assignment. 3. The man said to the boy "Can you show me the way to the bank?" The man asked the boy to show him the way to the bank.

4. The man asked the postman "Are there any letters for me today”

NH

The man asked the postman if there were any letters for him that day.

5. Henry said to the librarian "How many books can I borrow at a time" Henry asked the librarian how many books he could borrow at a time. 6. John asked his friend "How did you manage to know my telephone number? “

QU Y

John asked his friend how he had managed to know his telephone number. 7. Rose said "I was just leaving for the office"

Rose said that she had just been leaving for the office. 8. Ann asked her brother "What are you planning to do tomorrow?" Ann asked her brother what he was planning to do the following day. 9. She asked her boyfriend "Is it true that your father fought in the last war?"

M

She asked her boyfriend if it was true that his father had fought in the previous war. 10. He said "I don't understand why she has refused to join us on the trip"

KÈ

He said he didn’t understand why she had refused to join them on the trip. III. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. 1. Tom said to me "If I have spare time, I will go fishing with you". Tom told me that if he had spare time, she would go fishing with me.

Y

2. The teacher told us “If it doesn't rain tomorrow, we can go for a picnic."

DẠ

The teacher told us if it didn’t rain the next day, they could go for a picnic. 3. "Unless you study harder, you will fail the exam" said his parents. His parents said unless he studied harder, he would fail the exam. 4. "If she goes to the party, she will have a lot of fun." said Peter. 329

ENGLISH 11

5. "If you need help, I will be willing to help you with the difficult exercises" my sister said. 6. Linda said "I would have come to the party if I hadn't been so busy last week."

FI CI A

My sister said if I needed help, she would be willing to help me with the difficult exercises.

L

Peter said if she went to the party, she would have a lot of fun.

Linda said if she hadn’t been so busy the previous week, she would have come to the party. 7. Tom told me "If I were you, I would look for another job." Tom told me if he were me, he would look for another job.

8. My friend said to me "What would you do if someone gave you a million pounds?" My friend asked me what I would do if someone gave me a million pounds.

OF

9. The gardener said "If I didn't water these plants yesterday, they could die."

The gardener said if he didn’t water these plants the day before, they could die.

10. The doctor said to the patient "You won't feel better unless you takes these medicine." The doctor told the patient if he took those medicine, he would feel better.

ƠN

PART 3: TEST YOURSELF

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. medium

C. Japanese

2. A. spontaneous

B. official

C. control

3. A. carry

B. battle

C. day

D. hat

4. A. near

B. bear

C. hear

D. dear

5. A. said

B. brain

C. drain

D. train

NH

1. A. recognize

D. seat

D. work

QU Y

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. swallow

B. survive

C. digest

D. finish

2. A. product

B. satisfy

C. pleasure

D. however

3. A. happiness

B. rewrite

C. eject

D. oblige

4. A. compare

B. compose

C. company

D. consist

5. A. manage

B. recognize

C. argue

D. discriminate

M

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. The government proposes to increase the excise ____ on tobacco

KÈ

A. fee

B. money

C. obligation

D. duty

C. electrify

D. electrical

2. When I was a boy we had no ____ in this village. A. electric

B. electricity

3. Baking soda is considered the best home ____ for acne as it sooths itching and inflammation around spots.

Y

A. dealing

B. medicine

C. remedy

D. substance

DẠ

4. Most ____ is caused by wishing things that you are unable to achieve them right now. A. disease

B. injury

C. stress

D. wound

5. Ann could not speak Chinese and ____ could John. A. either

330

B. also

C. neither

D. so

ENGLISH 11 6. By tomorrow morning everything ____ set up in time for the performance. B. will be

C. had already been

D. have already been

L

A. will have been

A. succeed

B. boost

C. stimulate

FI CI A

7. By paying attention to your hunger signals and switching to healthy snacks, you can ____ nutrition, control cravings, and lose weight. D. request

8. Reducing saturated fat is the single most important ____ change you can make to cut blood cholesterol. A. life

B. food

C. menu

D. dietary

9. He was very ashamed ____ his friend's bad manner. B. of

C. on

D. through

10. HIV is listed as one of the most life-threatening ____ diseases. A. antibiotics

B. infectious

C. nutritious

OF

A. at

D. check-up

11. The acid in nonstick pans is associated with birth and developmental defects, ____ system problems, and cancer. B. immunity

C. immunization

D. immunized

ƠN

A. immune

12. Whey protein may account for many of the health benefits ____ to dairy products. A. believed

B. attributed

C. resulted

D. dietary

A. is

B. are

NH

13. Not only my son but also I ____ tired from walking so far. C. am

D. were

14. Many doctors recommend ____ as a way to reduce stress. A. medication

B. thinking

C. silence

D. calmness

15. Chocolate and cakes cause our blood sugar to rise and give us a quick ____. B. power

QU Y

A. boost

C. action

D. success

16. They all laughed because the film was very ____. A. amuse

B. amusement

C. amused

D. amusing

17. 'Which of these two men is Chinese?' – ‘____ is.’ A. Both of them

B. All of them

C. Neither of them

D. None of them

A. fitness

M

18. A ____ makes the body more efficient and enhances the body's ability to respond to stress. B. morning exercise

C. training

D. workout

KÈ

19. Tobacco not only affects you and the people around you, but can ____ to serious health conditions including lung and heart disease. A. go

B. influence

C. lead

D. point

20. The committee ____ among themselves for hours.

Y

A has been arguing

B. have been arguing

C. has been argued

D. have been argued

IV. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. dietary

nutritious

expectancy

boost

remedies

prescription

attributed

DẠ

immune

1. Obese patients should strictly follow health experts' _______ dietary _________.

331

ENGLISH 11

L

2. Science has shown that many types of chronic diseases are ______ attributed ______ to people's bad eating habits.

FI CI A

3. My doctor gave me a _____ prescription ______ for antibiotics.

4. You can ______ boost _______ your health by leading a stress-free life, eating low-cholesterol food and exercising every day. 5. In general, Japanese people having higher life ______ expectancy _______ than people in other countries because their diet is rich in fish. 6. Lack of exercise and fatty food consumption can weaken our ______ immune _______ system. 7. Honey and lemon juice are often used as natural ______ remedies ______ for coughs. V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. conscious

well-being

obligations

dealing

endorphins refers

OF

8. School canteens should provide only highly _______ nutritious ______ meals to young children. balance

well-balanced

Take

properly

ƠN

Having a healthy lifestyle is not just about eating healthily and exercising. It often (1) ___ refers ____ to having a balance between work and life.

To start with, make sure you get plenty of sleep. Some research suggests that teenagers need more sleep than adults, however, it's often the case that they get less than they need. With homework and social

NH

(2) ____ obligations _____, you can be staying up late still have to get up early to get to classes, work or other activities. To function (3) ___ properly ___, your body and mind need a minimum of eight hours of sleep each night.

QU Y

Eating a (4) ___ well-balanced ___ diet can sound much easier than it is. A lot of people are really (5) __ conscious ___ about what they eat, and try and make healthy choices. If you think you have too much junk food and want to make some changes to your diet, don't try and eliminate all junk food. You should drink plenty of water, eat a balance of protein, whole grains, fruit and vegetables daily, and don't skip breakfast - eat something for breakfast every day.

M

Exercising regularly is part of having a healthy lifestyle. Physical activity helps build a strong body and mind. Doing physical activity releases (6) ___ endorphins ___, which are a chemical your body produces, which gives you a good feeling. Physical activity is also an effective way to manage moods and is a really good lifestyle choice to improve your overall (7) ___ well-being ___.

KÈ

Having friends and family that you can confide in is really important. To be a healthy person, you need to have people around you that you can talk to about what's happening to you, rather than (8) ___ dealing ____ with them alone.

Y

Another important part of having a healthy lifestyle is remembering to "play". Just taking time to laugh, have fun and being around people who make you feel good is part of having (9) ____ balance ____ in your life.

DẠ

(10) ____ Take ____ time to learn about what makes you feel good and remember to include some of those things in your day. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

332

ENGLISH 11 HEALTH BENEFITS OF YOGA

FI CI A

L

Yoga is a healthy lifestyle. One of the (1) ____ of yoga is that you can choose a yoga style that is suitable for your lifestyle, such as hot yoga, power yoga, relaxation yoga, etc. If you are a yoga beginner, Hatha Yoga, (2) ____ focuses on basic postures at a comfortable pace, would be great for you. If you want to increase (3) ____ through using more of your own body's resistance, Power Yoga may be right for you. Whether you prefer you're at home, in a available to suit your goals and needs.

OF

Improved (4) ____ is one of the first and most obvious benefits of yoga. During your first class, you probably won't be able to touch your toes. (5) ____ if you stick with it, you'll notice a gradual loosening, and eventually, seemingly impossible poses will become possible. Each of the yoga poses (6) ____ to (7) ____ the muscles around the spine, the very center of your body, which is the core from which everything else operates. When the core is working properly, posture is improved, thus (8) ____ back, shoulder, and neck pain.

ƠN

Strong muscles do more than look good. They also protect us from conditions like arthritis and back pain, and help prevent falls in elderly people. And when you build strength through yoga, you balance it with flexibility. If you just went to the gym and lifted weights, you might build strength at the (9) ____ of flexibility.

NH

Yoga gets your blood flowing. More specifically, the relaxation exercises you learn in yoga can help your circulation, especially in your hands and feet. Yoga also gets more oxygen to your cells, which function better as a result. Twisting poses are thought to wring out venous blood from internal organs and allow oxygenated blood to flow in once the twist is related. Many studies found that a consistent yoga practice improved (10) ____ and led to greater levels of happiness and better immune function. B. ritual

C. benefits

D. differences

2. A. that

B. which

C. who

D. when

3. A strong

B. strongly

C. strengthen

D. strength

4. A. flexibility

B. shell

C. union

D. gratitude

5. A. As

B. But

C. Even

D. On

6. A. was built

B. builds

C. is built

D. are built

7. A. weaken

B. release

C. increase

D. reinforce

8. A. alleviating

B. ceremony

C. approaching

D. creation

B. depth

C. expense

D. death

B. problem

C. confliction

D. depression

KÈ

10. A. trouble

M

9. A. life

QU Y

1. A. disadvantages

VII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow.

DẠ

Y

Acupuncture involves the insertion of very thin needles through the patient's skin at specific points on the body, and the needles are inserted to various depths. The medical community is not in conclusive agreement about how acupuncture works scientifically. However, we know that it does have some therapeutic benefits, including pain relief. According to WHO, acupuncture is effective for treating 28 conditions, while evidence indicates it may have an effective therapeutic value for many more. People with tension, headaches or migraines may find acupuncture to be very effective in alleviating their symptoms. Another study found that twice weekly

333

ENGLISH 11

L

acupuncture treatments relieve debilitating symptoms of zerostomia - severe dry mouth - among patients treated with head and neck cancer.

FI CI A

Traditional Chinese medicine explains that health is the result of a harmonious balance of the complementary extremes of yin and yang of the life force known as chi or qi. Qi is said to flow through pathways in the human body. Through 350 acupuncture points in the body, these pathways and energy flows may be accessed. Illness is said to be the consequence of an imbalance of the forces. If needles are inserted into these points with appropriate combinations, it is said that the energy flow can be brought back into proper balance.

1. The word “triggering” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ____.

OF

In Western societies and several other parts of the world, acupuncture is explained, including concepts of neuroscience. Acupuncture points are seen by Western practitioners as places where nerves, muscles and connective tissue can be stimulated. Acupuncture practitioners say that the stimulation increases blood flow while at the same time triggering the activity of our own body's natural painkillers. B. making something develop very quickly

C. causing a device to start operating

D. causing something to explore

ƠN

A. making something happen suddenly 2. With the practice of acupuncture, it is believed that ____.

A. patients can get proper balance between yin and yang

NH

B. illness causes the imbalance of qi throughout the body C. the energy flow can be brought back to patients

D. energy can go through acupuncture points in the body 3. It is thought that acupuncture is effective in treating all of the following symptoms EXCEPT ____. B. nervousness

C. headaches

D. cancer

QU Y

A. migraines

4. According to Western medicine, the insertion of needles through acupuncture points in the body may ____. A. help to explain where nerves and muscles can be stimulated B. increase blood flow and stimulate our instinct of pain relief C. stimulate the effect of painkillers in our bodies for treatment D. be used only in China and the Far East not the Western countries

M

5. In acupuncture, the insertion of the very thin needles involve with ____. B. the locations, and the depths

C. the thinness of needles and skin

D. therapeutic benefits of pain relief

KÈ

A. agreement from scientists

Part I. PHONETICS

Y

Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. consume

C. trans-fat

D. obesity

2. A. vitamin

B. mineral

C. diet

D. fitness

3. A medicine.

B. remedy

C. exercise

D. obesity

4. A balanced

B. yoga

C. fatty

D. natural

DẠ

1. A. sugar

334

ENGLISH 11 5. A. vegetable

B. hygiene

C. sugary

D. longevity

6. A. prevent

B. injure

C. sugar

D. fitness

7. A. healthy

B. consume

C. diet

D. headache

3. А. уора

B. fatal

C. immune

D. careful

9. A. infectious 10. A. unhealthy

B. essential B. vitamin

C. precaution C. mineral

FI CI A

L

Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.

D. properly D. natural

Part II, VOCABULARY

OF

Exercise 3, Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 11. Children often get vaccinated in order to be immune to fatal diseases. B. vulnerable

C. allowed

12. This kind of fruit helps to boost the immune system. A. decrease

B. reduce

D. resistant

ƠN

A. susceptible

C. increase

D. maintain

13. Life expectancy for both men and women has improved greatly in the past twenty years. B. Longevity

C. Life skills

NH

A. Living standard

D. Lifeline

14. Here are some principles for people to stick to if they want to stay healthy. A. rules

B. principals

C. laws

D. duties

15. We should consume healthy food and exercise regularly. A. store

B. purchase

C. buy

D. eat

QU Y

16. There are several ways to exercise and stay healthy. A. apply

B. exploit

C. keep fit

D. operate

17. We should take prescription medicine only when other methods fail. A. decline

B. not succeed

C. break

D. fall

18. If you take this medicine, you will recover quickly. B. get on

M

A. get well

C. get up

D. get in

19. The doctor warned his patient not to take too much sugar.

KÈ

A. shouted

B. threatened

C. punished

D. cautioned

20. In order to stay healthy, make sure you have a balanced intake of vitamins and minerals. A. take-off

B. take-away

C. consumption

D. digestion

21. Too much fast food consumption can increase the risk of obesity and heart disease.

Y

A. being underweight

B. being overweight

C. malnutrition

DẠ

22. A popular way to relieve stress in today's busy lifestyles is practising meditation. A. reduce

B. relax

C. repeat

D. require

23. People can fight infection more easily if they have an adequate diet. A. injection

335

B. disease

C. hygiene

D. each other

D. fitness

ENGLISH 11 24. We should drink a lot of water to prevent water loss. B. stimulate

C. avoid

D. trigger

L

A. boost A. continue

B. encourage

C. facilitate

FI CI A

25. In order to avoid sunburn, many people wear protecting clothes when they go out. D. block

26. Remember to wash your face twice a day with warm water and mild soap to remove dirt. A. light

B. destructive

C. strong

D . protective

27. Squeezing pimples can lead to swelling, redness, and infection. A. falling

B. declining

C. shrinking

D. becoming bigger

28. Eating a wide variety of fruit and vegetables provides you with vitamins and nutrients. B. narrow

C. limited

D. certain

OF

A. broad

29. She gave us some tips for keeping our skin healthy and preventing common skin problems. A. particular

B. normal

C. infrequent

D. accepted

A. trivial

ƠN

30. Having healthy skin is especially essential to women to maintain their beauty. B. meaningless

C. vital

D. contributory

31. If you stare at a computer screen for too long, it may damage your eyesight. А. peep

B. look

C. glance

D. gaze

A. activities

B. advisers

NH

32. The increase in life expectancy can be attributed to health lifestyle, better nutrition, and advances in medical science and technology. C. delays

D. breakthroughs

33. Mass media have helped to raise people's awareness of lifestyle choices. B. reduce

QU Y

A. stabilise

C. lift

D. encourage

34. John Keith has been a fitness instructor for more than ten years. A. practitioner

B. trainer

C. learner

D. intern

35. Here are some precautions for us to take when doing different types of physical activities. A. safety measures

B. safety levels

C. safety rules

D. safety factors

36. If you do workout outdoors in the hot and sunny weather, your body can overheat and lose a lot of fluid. B. vitamins

M

A. liquid

C. minerals

D. nutrients

C. originate

D. be due to

37. Losing a lot of fluid can lead to heat stroke.

KÈ

A. result from

B. result in

38. You should drink a glass of water before a workout and then pause regularly to drink more. A. break up

B. break down

C. break off

D. break in

39. You should also exercise early in the morning when it's not too hot.

Y

A. have a rest

B. do housework

C. do homework

D. work out

DẠ

40. Make sure you have warmed up your body by stretching or jumping before swimming. A. exercised

B. put on warm clothes

C. had a warm bath

D. rested

41. If you are swimming and lightning strikes, you risk serious injury or death. A. trivial

336

B. bad

C. important

D. minor

ENGLISH 11

A. socially accepted

B. morally accepted

C. correctly

D. easily

L

42. If yoga is not done properly, it can do more harm than good.

FI CI A

Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 43. You need to do some warm-up exercise such as stretching before you start your yoga practice. A. remaining

B. declining

C. developing

D. shrinking

44. Stretching will relax your muscles and prevent any damage to your joints. A. allow

B. avoid

C. limit

D. protest

45. When you walk, don't look at your feet. This will slow you down and cause back pain. B. result from

C. lead to

D. activate

OF

A. result in

46. After hundreds of rejections by the employers, I decided that I need to do something about my obesity. A. denial

B. approval

C. refusal

D. rebuttal

47. I found a website advertising an effective way to lose weight in one month. B. waste

C. maintain

D. gain

ƠN

A. drop

48. I have followed a special diet and joined a fitness class for overweight people for over six months. A. refused

B. obeyed

C. adhered to

D. carried on

A. aided

NH

49. My family totally supported me during my fight against obesity. B. discouraged

C. assisted

D. promoted

50. I have just received my first job offer after having been unemployed for two years. A. got

B. gained

C. rejected

QU Y

Part III. GRAMMAR

D. acquired

Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 51. We need some cholesterols to help our skin, brain, and other organs grow, but too much of it can cause A

B

health problems.

C

D

M

52. People who eat lots of red meat are at risk of develop heart diseases. A

B

C

D

KÈ

53. Your body may not be able to fights infections naturally if your immune system is weakened. A

B

C

D

54. I told him that if I drank coffee before bedtime, I can't sleep. A

B

C

D

Y

55. Dr Lam said that we'd boost our immune system if we have a healthy lifestyle.

DẠ

A

B

C

D

56. Nam’s wife told him that it would be nice if he spends more time with the children. A

B

C

D

57. Peter explained to us that if Ann called him back, he'll arrange an appointment for her. 337

ENGLISH 11 A

B

C

D

B

C

D

FI CI A

A

L

58. The travel agent explained to us that if we travelled to a foreign country, we need a valid passport.

59. My grandmother keeps to tell us that if we catch a cold, we should try natural remedies before taking A

B

C

any medicine. D 60. John told me that if he were rich, he'd donate money for charity. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

OF

61. Mira's father said that she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice. D

62. Khanh's father promised buying her a pair of Nike shoes if she passed her English test. B

C

D

ƠN

A

63. Lan's mother reminded her to turn off the lights before leaving a house. A

B

C

D

64. The doctor advise him not to exercise too hard because it was not good for his heart. B

C

NH

A

D

65. Mai invited me spend my summer holidays on her grandparents' farm. A

B

C

D

66. Jack's father advised him not eating fast food every day. B

C

QU Y

A

D

Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. 67. Hoa reminded Lan ____ some groceries on the way home. A. buying

B. to buying

C. buy

D. to buy

68. My friend suggested ____ on a yoga course to lose weight. A. enrolled

B. enroll

C. enrolling

D. to enroll

A. to forget

M

69. Tom and Ken admitted ____ to submit the assignments the day before. B. to forgetting

C. forget

D. forgot

KÈ

70. The mother told her two daughters ____ too much fast food. A. not to eat

B. to not eat

C. to eat not

D. not eat

71. The doctor said to Mr Black that if he ate lots of fatty food, he ____ increase his chance of developing heart disease.

Y

A. will be

B. will

C. would be

D. would

DẠ

12. My yoga instructor asked me to close my eyes, breathe slowly and deeply, and ____ about my problems. A. not thinking

B. to think not

C. not to think

D. not think

73. The patient admitted ____ his doctor's advice. A. to not follow

338

B. not to following

C. to follow not

D. to following not

ENGLISH 11 74. Le's friend suggested ____ some games to relax because they had studied for three hours. B. play

C. to play

D. played

L

A. playing A. to him drink

B. to drink him

C. him drink

FI CI A

75. Nam's mother advised ____ some ginger tea if he wants to feel better. D. him to drink

76. Lan said that if I wanted to try natural remedies, I ____ find useful information on the Internet. A. will

B. can

C. could

D. am able to

77. Huong told me that if she ____ strong tea, she usually starts feeling dizzy. A. drank

B. drinks

C. will drink

D. has drunk

78. Lan's doctor advised ____ a yoga class to relieve stress. B. her take

C. to take her

D. her to take

OF

A. her taking

79. Kim's father reminded ____ to his fitness class. A. to him going

B. him go

C. him to go

D. he goes

A. us not to

ƠN

80. Our fitness instructor warned ____ work out more than two hours a day. B. us to not

C. us not

D. not us to

81. Tom's father told him if he goes to bed on an empty stomach, he ____ be able to sleep well. A. doesn't

B. won't

C. wouldn't

D. hasn't

A. didn't

B. won't

NH

82. My mother warned me that if I work too much and ____ rest, I will weaken my immune system. C. don't

D. wouldn't

83. Ann's doctor told her that if she ____ his advice, her health will be much better. A. followed

B. will follow

C. follows

D. would follow

QU Y

84. My doctor explained that if children ____ enough calcium, they won't grow strong and healthy bones. A. don't get

B. get

C. got

D. will get

85. Anna said that if she ____ a lot of fast food, she could become overweight. A. consumes

B. consumed

C. will consume

D. would consume

86. Lan's father reminded ____ her medicine regularly. A. to take

B. her take

C. her to take

D. her taking

A. her practise

M

87. Her yoga instructor insisted ____ those relaxation techniques every day to improve her health. B. her to practise

C. on her practise

D. on her practising

KÈ

88. My doctor warned me ____ out if air pollution levels are very high. A. not to go

B. to not go

C. not go

D. go not

89. John apologised ____ his doctor's instructions. A. not for following

B. for not following

C. to follow

D. to not follow

Y

90. The swimming instructor told the children ____ into the pool.

DẠ

A. to not jump

B. not jump

C. not to jump

D. not jumping

Part IV. SPEAKING Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of healthy lifestyle and longevity. 339

ENGLISH 11 91. Nam: What do you personally do to keep fit?

L

Lan: ____

FI CI A

A. I think keeping fit is necessary for everyone. B. As far as I know, more and more people exercise to keep fit. C. Fitness centres are mushrooming.D. I just do morning exercise and maintain a balanced diet. 92. Lan: Do you think it's important for young people to keep fit? Nam: ____

A. Why do they need to keep fit? B. It's very important for old-aged people to have a healthy lifestyle. D. It doesn't cost much to work out in the gym these days. 93. Nam: Do you do any sports ? Lan: ____

OF

C. I do think so. As the main labour force of the country, they must be strong.

ƠN

A. More and more people are talking about sports events these days. B. I used to, but now I don't. I'm too busy. C. There are different types of sports.D. Sportsmen should be highly paid. 94. Lan: What do people do to keep fit?

NH

Nam: ____

A. Everyone wants to keep fit these days. B. So many people do harm to their health by smoking or drinking. C. They combine exercising and having a balanced diet. D. Not many people can afford to eat healthily.

QU Y

95. Nam: Do young people you know get enough exercise? Lan: ____

A. Not really. They are a little bit lazy. B. Getting enough exercise is very important. C. They tend to eat too much junk food.D. Fast food is the young people's favourite food. 96. Nam: What could we do to encourage them to exercise more?

M

Lan: ____

KÈ

A. Exercising in the morning is really encouraging. B. What about forming some sports clubs after school hours? C. Young people tend to exercise less than before.D. Lack of exercise will weaken your body. 97. Nam: Do you think we are healthier today than people were fifty years ago? Lan: ____

Y

A. People always want to live long and stay healthy. B. Life fifty years ago was much harder than nowadays.

DẠ

C. People in the past had to overcome lots of hardship.

D. Not really. People nowadays live in a more polluted environment.

98. Nam: What are the main health problems young people face? Lan: ____

340

ENGLISH 11

L

A. There are so many health problems these days. B. Young people tend to eat a lot of convenience food. D. It is easy for young people to overcome their health problems. 99. Nam: Do you think all medical care should be free? Lan: ____

FI CI A

C. Diabetes and obesity are the biggest threats to them.

A. I think it should be. People's life must be protected. B. Medical equipment is very expensive.

C. Public schools are also free in many countries.D. Not all people can get access to free medical care. 100. Nam: What is a healthy diet?

OF

Lan: ____

A. All people need to eat healthily. B. Healthy diets are getting more expensive.

C. Fast food is not healthy food.D. It must be a balanced, nutritious and healthy diet. 101. Lan: In your opinion, do you have a healthy diet?

ƠN

Nam: ____

A. I prefer to cook my own meals. B. Sometimes I eat out with my family or my friends. C. In general, I do. I have a balanced and healthy diet.D. My friends eat a lot of fast food.

NH

102. Lan: How many hours a day do you spend watching TV? Nam: ____

A. TV programmes are various. There are so many of them. B. Not much. Just about thirty minutes after dinner. C. My mother spends hours watching soap operas.D. Sports channel is my favourite.

QU Y

103. Lan: Do you ever eat junk food? Nam: ____

A. Sometimes I have a snack for my breakfast. B. Junk food is not nutritious enough. C. Junk food is also addictive.D. We should discourage children from eating junk food. 104. Nam: What exercise do you do?

M

Lan: ____

KÈ

A. I go jogging in the morning and aerobics in the afternoon. B. My teachers ask us to do so many exercises. C. I hate doing too much homework. D. Exercising is time-consuming. 105. Lan: What could you do to make your lifestyle healthier? Nam: ____

B. I do need to exercise more.

C. I don't care much about my diet.

D. I prefer to eat out at the weekends.

Y

A. People need a healthy lifestyle.

DẠ

Part V. READING Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. 341

ENGLISH 11 HEALTHY LIVING

FI CI A

L

Millions of people today are overweight and out of shape. This is due in part (106) ____ their diet, which is often high in sugars and fats. Another (107) ____ is that too many of us spend our evenings gluing (108) ____ the television, instead of doing something to keep (109) ____ fit. Today hectic lifestyles also prevent us (110) ____ spending as much time as we should on staying in shape.

Long hours at school and work don't (111) ____ much time for healthy eating. Convenience food, such as (112) ____ meals and canned vegetables, saves time but is often (113) ____. Fast food and takeaways are also (114) ____ for many health problems.

OF

In order to enjoy good health, a regular programme of (115) ____ is essential. This can be anything from gentle forms of yoga (116) ____ body building. Doing a little exercise every day so as not to develop (117) ____ problems is something that all of us should consider, young and old. If you don't practise any form of exercise now, it is for you to choose one and start today and get in shape! B. to

C. in

D. at

107. A. reason

B. effect

C. result

D. consequence

108. A. in

B. on

C. to

109. A. them

B. themselves

C. us

110. A. from

B. against

C. about

111. A. take

B. leave

C. spend

112. A. freeze

B. freezing

C. frozen

D. unfrozen

113. A. health care

B. healthful

C. healthy

D. unhealthy

114. A. responsive

B. reacted

C. responsible

D. irresponsible

115. A. exercises

B. exercise

C. homework

D. housework

116. A. to

B. but

117. A. healthy

B. unhealthy

QU Y

NH

ƠN

106. A. of

D. at

D. ourselves

D. with

D. waste

C. and

D. with

C. health care

D. health

Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

M

Super Size Me is a 2004 film by Morgan Spurlock, in which he documents his experiment to eat only McDonald's fast food three times a day, every day, for thirty days.

KÈ

Spurlock made himself a short list of rules for the experiment, including an obligation to eat all of the three meals he ordered. He also had to ‘Super Size’, which means accepting a giant portion every time the option was offered to him. He ended up vomiting after the first Super Size meal he finished, after taking nearly twenty minutes to consume it.

DẠ

Y

After five days Spurlock put on almost 5kg, and he soon found himself feeling depressed, with no energy. The only thing that got rid of his headaches and made him feel better was another McDonald's meal, so his doctors told him he was addicted. More seriously, around day twenty, he started experiencing heart palpitations and one of the doctors detected liver problems. However, in spite of his doctor's advice, Spurlock continued to the end of the month and achieved a total weight gain of 11kg. His body mass index also increased from a healthy 23.2 to an overweight 27.

342

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

It took Spurlock fifteen months to recover from his experiment and return to his original weight, but the film also had a wider impact. Just after its showing in 2004, McDonald's phased out the Super Size option and healthier options like salads appeared on the menu. Unfortunately, McDonald's denied the connection between the film and the changes, but it is interesting to note how closely they coincided with the release of the film. 118. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. An experiment with McDonald's fast food food

B. Putting on weight due to eating fast

C. Connection between fast food and heart diseases

D. How fast food trigger liver damage

OF

119. Which of the following is TRUE about Morgan Spurlock? A. He had to eat Super Size meal once a week. B. He had to eat Super Size meal twice a day. C. He had to eat Super Size meal three times a week.

ƠN

D. He had to consume Super Size for three meals a day. 120. In paragraph 2, the word "giant” is closest in meaning to ____. A. light

B. balanced

C. big

D. healthy

121. Which of the following could get rid of Spurlock's headaches? B. a McDonald's meal

NH

A. salad

C. a pain killer

D. nothing

122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of the experiment EXCEPT ____. A. Spurlock put on weight C. the experiment affected his liver

B. the experiment affected his heart

D. he became fairly relaxed and energetic

A. McDonald's

QU Y

123. The word “its” in paragraph 4 refers to ____. B. the experiment

C. the film Super Size Me

D. the menu

Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

KÈ

M

In 2002, several obese teenagers in the USA sued McDonald's, claiming that the company was responsible for making them fat. They argued that McDonald's deliberately misled them into thinking that their cheeseburgers and other products were healthy and nutritious food. They claimed that the company had not warned them about the health problems that can result from eating too much salty, high-fat food and drinking too many sugary drinks: diabetes, high blood pressure and obesity. The mother of one of the children, who at the age of 15 weighed more than 180 kilograms, said in her statement: ‘I always believed McDonald's was healthy for my son.'

DẠ

Y

McDonald's rejected the claim that they were responsible for these teenagers’ health problems. ‘People don't go to sleep thin and wake up obese,' said McDonald's lawyer, Brad Lerman. 'The understanding of what hamburgers and French fries do has been with us for a long, long time,’ he added. The judge agreed, and dismissed the case, saying: 'it is not the place of the law to protect people against their own excesses.' In other words, if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food, they can't blame the company that sold it to them.

343

ENGLISH 11

FI CI A

L

Other similar lawsuits against fast food companies in the USA have also failed. In 2005, the US House of Representatives passed a bill which became known as the 'Cheeseburger Bill'. It made it much harder for obese people to take legal action against the food industry. However, the bill has not ended the arguments about responsibility. There is some scientific evidence to suggest that fast food is addictive, and harmful too. So is selling fast food the same, in a way, as drug-dealing? 124. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. Obesity - who is to blame?

B. Is fast food addictive?

C. Is fast food really healthy?

D. How to get rid of fast food?

A. diabetes

B. hypertension

C. obesity

126. In paragraph 2, the word “rejected” is closest in meaning to ____. A. accepted

B. denied

C. ignored

OF

125. According to the obese teenagers in the USA who sued McDonald’s, which of the following health problems was NOT mentioned? D. heart disease

D. agreed

A. law

ƠN

127. In paragraph 2, the word “it” refers to ____. B. healthy food

C. unhealthy food

D. bill

128. What happens if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food?

A. The company will be responsible for their health problems. C. They will surely succeed in lawsuits.

NH

B. They may get financial support from the company.

D. They can't force the company to be responsible for them. 129. In paragraph 3, the word “failed” is closest in meaning to ____. B. not important

QU Y

A. not famous

C. not successful

D. not proud

130. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about fast food? A. salty and high-fat Part VI. WRITING

B. addictive

C. nutritious

D. harmful

Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions.

M

131. ‘I'll buy you a new bicycle if you stop eating junk food,' said Lam's mother. A. Lam's mother promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.

KÈ

B. Lam's mother promises to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food. C. Lam's mother will promise to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food. D. Lam's mother had promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.

Y

132. 'You will boost your immune system if you exercise regularly,' said Tam. A. Tam says that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.

DẠ

B. Tam said that we'd boost our immune system if we exercised regularly. C. Tam said that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly. D. Tam said that we boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.

133. 'Mai will recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice, said Mai's father. 344

ENGLISH 11

B. Mai's father said she will recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.

FI CI A

C. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.

L

A. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor’s advice.

D. Mai's father says she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice. 134. 'You should exercise more in order to keep fit,' said Anna. A. Anna urged us to exercise more to keep fit. B. Anna demanded us to exercise more to keep fit. C. Anna forced us to exercise more to keep fit. D. Anna advised us to exercise more to keep fit.

OF

135. ‘You should eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time,' said my doctor.

A. My doctor advised me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time. B. My doctor advised me not to eat lots of fruit so as to get colds all the time.

ƠN

C. My doctor forced me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.

D. My doctor demanded me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time. Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.

NH

136. I thought I should ask the doctor about going on a diet. I went to the surgery. A. Having been on a diet, I went to the surgery.

B. I went to the surgery, so I asked the doctor about going on a diet. C. I asked the doctor about going on a diet, so I went to the surgery.

QU Y

D. I went to the surgery in order to ask about going on a diet. 137. I had to lose some weight. I went on a strict diet. A. I had to lose some weight after I went on a strict diet. B. I went on a strict diet in order to lose some weight. C. I had to lose some weight before I went on a strict diet. D. I had to lose some weight even when I went on a strict diet.

M

138. People want to keep fit. Many people take up sports. A. Many people take up sports so as to keep fit.

KÈ

B. Many people want to keep fit so as to take up sports. C. Many people want to keep fit in order to take up sports. D. Although people want to keep fit, they take up sports. 139. I want to stay healthy. I try to eat lots of fruit.

Y

A. Although I try to eat lots of fruit, I stay healthy.

DẠ

B. I stay healthy though I eat lots of fruit. C. I try to eat lots of fruit in order to stay healthy. D. I eat lots of fruit, but I stay healthy.

140. I didn't want to catch a cold. I wore a warm coat and a scarf.

345

ENGLISH 11 A. I wore a warm coat and a scarf though I didn't want to catch a cold.

L

B. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, so I didn't want to catch a cold.

FI CI A

C. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, but I didn't want to catch a cold. D. I wore a warm coat and a scarf in order not to catch a cold.

DẠ

Y

KÈ

M

QU Y

NH

ƠN

OF

……………………………………………………………………………………..

346

Y

DẠ M

KÈ QU Y ƠN

NH

FI CI A

OF

L

ENGLISH 11

347

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook

Articles inside

work out (phr.v): tìm ra

9hr
pages 70-348

viewpoint /ˈvjuːpɔɪnt/ (n): quan điểm

1min
page 69

value /ˈvæljuː/ (n): giá trị

2min
page 68

upset /ʌp ˈset/ (a): không vui, buồn chán, lo lắng, bối rối

2min
page 67

trend /trend/ (n): xu thế, xu hướng

2min
page 66

table manners /ˈteɪbl mænəz/ (n.p): cung cách

2min
page 63

taste /teɪst/ (n) in: thị hiếu về

2min
page 64

swear /sweə(r)/ (v): thề, chửi thề

2min
page 62

tight /taɪt/ (a): bó sát, ôm sát

2min
page 65

stuff /stʌf/ (n):thứ, món, đồ

2min
page 61

studious (a): chăm chỉ, siêng năng

2min
page 60

state-owned/ ˌ steɪt – /əʊnd/(adj): thuộc về nhà nước

2min
page 59

spit /spɪt/ (v):khạc nhổ

2min
page 58

soft drink / ˌ sɒft ˈdrɪŋk/(n.phr): nước ngọt, nước uống có gas

2min
page 57

skinny (of clothes) /ˈskɪni/ (a): bó sát, ôm sát

2min
page 56

sibling /ˈ sɪblɪŋ/ (n):anh/chị/em ruột

1min
page 55

rude /ruːd/ (a):thô lỗ, lố lăng

1min
page 54

right /raɪt/(n): quyền, quyền lợi

1min
page 53

respectful /rɪˈspektfl/ (a): có thái độ tôn trọng

1min
page 51

responsible /rɪˈspɒnsəbl/ (a): có trách nhiệm

1min
page 52

respect /rɪˈspekt/ (v): tôn trọng

2min
page 50

relaxation / ˌ riːlækˈ seɪʃn/ (n): sự nghỉ ngơi, giải trí

1min
page 49

privacy /ˈ prɪvəsi/(n): sự riêng tư

1min
page 48

pressure /ˈ preʃə(r)/(n): áp lực, sự thúc bách

2min
page 47

prayer /preə(r)/ (n): lời cầu nguyện, lời thỉnh cầu

2min
page 46

pierce /pɪəs/(v): xâu khuyên (tai, mũi

2min
page 45

outweigh /ˌ aʊtˈ weɪ/(v): vượt hơn hẳn, nhiều hơn

2min
page 44

open –minded /ˌəʊpən ˈ maɪndɪd/(a): thoáng, cởi mở

1min
page 43

objection /əbˈdʒekʃn/(n): sự phản đối, phản kháng

0
page 42

obey /əˈbeɪ/(v): vâng lời, tuân theo

1min
page 41

nuclear family /ˌnjuːkliəˈfæməli/(n.p): gia đình hạt nhân

1min
page 40

mature /məˈtʃʊə(r)/ (a): trưởng thành, chín chắn

2min
page 37

multi-generational /ˌ mʌlti – ˌ dʒenəˈreɪʃənl/(a): đa thế hệ, nhiều thế hệ

1min
page 38

norm /nɔːm/(n): sự chuẩn mực

2min
page 39

judge /dʒʌdʒ/(v): phán xét, đánh giá

2min
page 35

junk food /ˈdʒʌŋk fuːd/(n.p): đồ ăn vặt

2min
page 36

interact /ˌɪntər ˈækt/(v): tương tác, giao tiếp

1min
page 34

impose /ɪm ˈ pəʊz/(v) on somebody: áp đặt lên ai đó

2min
page 33

force /fɔːs/(v): bắt buộc, buộc phải

1min
page 29

frustrating /frʌˈstreɪtɪŋ/(a): gây khó chịu, bực mình

2min
page 30

generation gap /dəˌdʒenəˈreɪʃn ɡæp/(n.p): khoảng cách giữa các thế hệ

2min
page 31

hairstyle /ˈheəstaɪl/ (n): kiểu tóc

2min
page 32

follow in one’s footstep: theo bước, nối bước

2min
page 27

flashy /ˈflæʃi/(a): diện, hào nhoáng

2min
page 26

forbid /fəˈbɪd/(v): cấm, ngăn cấm

2min
page 28

financial /faɪˈnænʃl/ (a): thuộc về tài chính

2min
page 25

experienced /ɪkˈ spɪəriənst/(a): có kinh nghiệm

2min
page 21

extended family /ɪk ˌ stendɪd ˈfæməli/(n.p): gia đình đa thế hệ

2min
page 22

extracurricular / ˌ ekstrə kəˈrɪkjələ(r)/(a): ngoại khóa, thuộc về ngoại khóa

2min
page 23

fashionable /ˈfæʃnəbl/(a): thời trang, hợp mốt

2min
page 24

dye /daɪ/ (v): nhuộm

1min
page 19

disapproval /ˌ dɪsəˈpruːvl/ (n): sự không tán thành, phản đối

2min
page 18

current /ˈkʌrənt/ (a): ngày nay, hiện nay

1min
page 17

elegant /ˈelɪɡənt/(a): thanh lịch, tao nhã

2min
page 20
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.